Reports Guide

Reports
User's Guide
Version 2016 (11.0)

November 2016
Copyright
Copyright © 1999-2016 Intergraph® Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Intergraph is part of Hexagon.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains
confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret law, and
international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph Corporation.
Portions of this software are owned by Spatial Corp. © 1986-2016. All Rights Reserved.
Portions of the user interface are copyright © 2012-2016 Telerik AD.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of the
United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
305 Intergraph Way
Madison, AL 35758
Documentation
Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form, User's Guides, Installation Guides, Reference Guides,
Administrator's Guides, Customization Guides, Programmer's Guides, Configuration Guides and Help Guides delivered with a
particular software product.
Other Documentation
Other Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form and delivered with software or on Intergraph Smart Support,
SharePoint, or box.net, any documentation related to work processes, workflows, and best practices that is provided by Intergraph
as guidance for using a software product.
Terms of Use
a. Use of a software product and Documentation is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with the
software product unless the Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the
Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take
precedence and govern the use of this software product and Documentation. Subject to the terms contained within the
applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the
Documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and delivered with the software product for Licensee's internal,
non-commercial use. The Documentation may not be printed for resale or redistribution.
b. For use of Documentation or Other Documentation where end user does not receive a EULA or does not have a valid license
agreement with Intergraph, Intergraph grants the Licensee a non-exclusive license to use the Documentation or Other
Documentation for Licensee’s internal non-commercial use. Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a
reasonable number of copies of Other Documentation for Licensee’s internal, non-commercial use. The Other Documentation
may not be printed for resale or redistribution. This license contained in this subsection b) may be terminated at any time and
for any reason by Intergraph Corporation by giving written notice to Licensee.
Disclaimer of Warranties
Except for any express warranties as may be stated in the EULA or separate license or separate terms and conditions, Intergraph
Corporation disclaims any and all express or implied warranties including, but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed
a modification or amendment of such disclaimer. Intergraph believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its
publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
Reports User's Guide 2

The software, Documentation and Other Documentation discussed in this document are furnished under a license and may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of this license. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL
EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.
Limitation of Damages
IN NO EVENT WILL INTERGRAPH CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF USE OR PRODUCTION, LOSS OF
REVENUE OR PROFIT, LOSS OF DATA, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL INTERGRAPH CORPORATION’S LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT THAT
INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN PAID BY LICENSEE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AT THE TIME THE CLAIM IS
MADE. EXCEPT WHERE PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO CLAIM, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT BY LICENSEE MORE THAN TWO (2)
YEARS AFTER THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CAUSE OF ACTION HAS OCCURRED.
IF UNDER THE LAW RULED APPLICABLE ANY PART OF THIS SECTION IS INVALID, THEN INTERGRAPH LIMITS ITS
LIABILITY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY SAID LAW.
Export Controls
Intergraph Corporation’s software products and any third-party Software Products obtained from Intergraph Corporation, its
subsidiaries, or distributors (including any Documentation, Other Documentation or technical data related to these products) are
subject to the export control laws and regulations of the United States. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. These Software
Products, and the direct product thereof, must not be exported or re-exported, directly or indirectly (including via remote access)
under the following circumstances:
a. To Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, or Syria, or any national of these countries.
b. To any person or entity listed on any U.S. government denial list, including but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Commerce
Denied Persons, Entities, and Unverified Lists, http://www.bis.doc.gov/complianceandenforcement/liststocheck.htm, the U.S.
Department of Treasury Specially Designated Nationals List, http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/, and the U.S.
Department of State Debarred List, http://www.pmddtc.state.gov/compliance/debar.html.
c. To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, the end use of the Software Product is related to the design,
development, production, or use of missiles, chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons, or other un-safeguarded or sensitive
nuclear uses.
d. To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, that an illegal reshipment will take place.
Any questions regarding export or re-export of these Software Products should be addressed to Intergraph Corporation’s Export
Compliance Department, Huntsville, Alabama 35894, USA.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, PDS, SmartPlant, FrameWorks, I-Sketch, SmartMarine, IntelliShip, ISOGEN, SmartSketch,
SPOOLGEN, SupportManager, SupportModeler, Sapphire, and Intergraph Smart are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Intergraph Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Hexagon and the Hexagon logo are registered
trademarks of Hexagon AB or its subsidiaries. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. ACIS is a
registered trademark of SPATIAL TECHNOLOGY, INC. Infragistics, Presentation Layer Framework, ActiveTreeView Ctrl,
ProtoViewCtl, ActiveThreed Ctrl, ActiveListBar Ctrl, ActiveSplitter, ActiveToolbars Ctrl, ActiveToolbars Plus Ctrl, and ProtoView are
trademarks of Infragistics, Inc. Incorporates portions of 2D DCM, 3D DCM, and HLM by Siemens Product Lifecycle Management
Software III (GB) Ltd. All rights reserved. Gigasoft is a registered trademark, and ProEssentials a trademark of Gigasoft, Inc.
VideoSoft and VXFlexGrid are either registered trademarks or trademarks of ComponentOne LLC 1991-2013, All rights reserved.
Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Tribon is a
trademark of AVEVA Group plc. Alma and act/cut are trademarks of the Alma company. Other brands and product names are
trademarks of their respective owners.

Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................ 44
ISO Standards in Marine Drawings....................................................................................................... 44
What's New in Drawings and Reports ..................................................................................................... 47
Drawings and Reports .............................................................................................................................. 52
Interface Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 54

Menus and Toolbars ............................................................................................................................. 55
Icons for Components and Drawings .................................................................................................... 55
Permissions Overview .......................................................................................................................... 57
View Menu .................................................................................................................................................. 58

Management Console (View Menu)...................................................................................................... 58
Detail View (View Menu) ....................................................................................................................... 59
Specify columns in the detail view.................................................................................................. 60
Column Settings Dialog Box ........................................................................................................... 61
Workspace Explorer (View Menu) ........................................................................................................ 62
Refresh (View Menu) ............................................................................................................................ 62
Shortcut Menus ......................................................................................................................................... 63

New Command ..................................................................................................................................... 64
Add a folder .................................................................................................................................... 64
Add a package of components ....................................................................................................... 65
Add a component ........................................................................................................................... 65
Add Component Dialog Box ........................................................................................................... 65
Save Package Command ..................................................................................................................... 65
Save a package .............................................................................................................................. 66
Save Package Dialog Box .............................................................................................................. 67
Save As Command ............................................................................................................................... 68
Save to a file ................................................................................................................................... 68
Save as SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml) ......................................................................................... 70
Save As Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................ 72
Open Command .................................................................................................................................... 74
Open a document ........................................................................................................................... 74
Delete Command .................................................................................................................................. 74
Delete an item ................................................................................................................................ 75
Rename Command ............................................................................................................................... 75
Rename an item ............................................................................................................................. 75
Print Command ..................................................................................................................................... 75
Print a document ............................................................................................................................ 76
Print a document as a PDF file ....................................................................................................... 76
Select Printer (File Menu) ............................................................................................................... 76

Contents
Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for Windows ....................................................................... 77

Select Printer Dialog Box................................................................................................................ 77
Setting Properties ................................................................................................................................. 78
Properties Command...................................................................................................................... 79
Properties Dialog Box ..................................................................................................................... 80
Choose Label Dialog Box ............................................................................................................. 101
Updating Documents .......................................................................................................................... 101
Refresh (Shortcut Menu) .............................................................................................................. 102
Update Now .................................................................................................................................. 103
Update .......................................................................................................................................... 107
Conditional Drawing Update ......................................................................................................... 109
Restore................................................................................................................................................ 110
Create a backup to use for restoration ......................................................................................... 111
Restore a document from a backup model .................................................................................. 111
Components Overview ............................................................................................................................ 112
Spreadsheet Reports .............................................................................................................................. 116

Marine Reports.................................................................................................................................... 117
Reports Workflow ................................................................................................................................ 118
Reports Common Tasks ............................................................................................................... 119
Report Templates ......................................................................................................................... 120
Report Templates Folder .............................................................................................................. 122
Report Queries to Extract Data .................................................................................................... 124
Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) ............................................................................................... 128
Create a new report template from an existing template ............................................................. 128
Create and update a delivered report........................................................................................... 130
Create a filter-based report .......................................................................................................... 131
Select Report Template Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 135
Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu) ............................................................................................... 136
Edit a Report Template................................................................................................................. 136
Add Sheets to a Report Template ................................................................................................ 137
Embed Labels in a Report ............................................................................................................ 139
Report Template Editor ................................................................................................................ 140
Design Layout............................................................................................................................... 145
Smart 3D View Definition Explorer Dialog Box ............................................................................ 162
Parameters (Report Shortcut Menu) ................................................................................................... 163
Report Parameters Dialog Box ..................................................................................................... 164
Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut Menu) .............................................................................. 164
Copy a report template to the catalog .......................................................................................... 165
Select Location Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 166
Run Report .......................................................................................................................................... 167
Run Report Dialog Box ................................................................................................................. 168
Properties Dialog Box ................................................................................................................... 169
Run an Existing Catalog Report ................................................................................................... 171
Run an Existing Personal Report ................................................................................................. 171
Save Report Template (File Menu) ..................................................................................................... 172
Save Report Template As (File Menu) ............................................................................................... 172
Save a report template to a specified location ............................................................................. 173
Save Template As Dialog Box ...................................................................................................... 174

Contents
Add Query (Tools Menu) ..................................................................................................................... 175

Add a filter-based query to a report template ............................................................................... 175
Add Report Query Dialog Box ...................................................................................................... 177
Add Formatting (Tools Menu) ............................................................................................................. 178
Add Display (Tools Menu)................................................................................................................... 178
Add Baseline (Tools Menu)................................................................................................................. 178
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box .................................................................................................. 179
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu) ......................................................................................... 179
Use the SmartPlant Review Spreadsheet Report for SPRDirect ....................................................... 180
Using SPRDirect........................................................................................................................... 181
SPRDirect Tips and Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 187
Search Folders ......................................................................................................................................... 188

Create a search folder ........................................................................................................................ 189
Setup (Search Folder) ......................................................................................................................... 190
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) ...................................................................................................... 190
Search Folder Filters ........................................................................................................................... 190
Imported Folders ..................................................................................................................................... 194

Create an imported folder ................................................................................................................... 195
Setup (Imported Folder) ...................................................................................................................... 196
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) ................................................................................................... 196
Browse for Folder Dialog Box ....................................................................................................... 196
Tools Menu ............................................................................................................................................... 197

Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch Services......................................................................... 198
Drawings Batch Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 198
Add Actions to Queue................................................................................................................... 199
Create a Template ........................................................................................................................ 200
Schedule [Task] Dialog Box ......................................................................................................... 200
Batch Processing ................................................................................................................................ 202
Batch Management ...................................................................................................................... 203
Batch Print .................................................................................................................................... 209
Batch Update ................................................................................................................................ 209
Batch Local Update ...................................................................................................................... 210
Batch Update Document(s) .......................................................................................................... 210
Batch Refresh ............................................................................................................................... 211
Schedule Wizard .......................................................................................................................... 212
Custom Commands ............................................................................................................................ 224
Create custom commands ........................................................................................................... 227
Add custom commands ................................................................................................................ 228
Run a custom command............................................................................................................... 228
Edit a custom command ............................................................................................................... 228
Delete a custom command ........................................................................................................... 228
Custom Commands Dialog Box ................................................................................................... 229
Add Custom Command Dialog Box.............................................................................................. 229
Edit Custom Command Dialog Box .............................................................................................. 230
Delivered Custom Commands ..................................................................................................... 230

Contents
Revising .................................................................................................................................................... 232

Revise ................................................................................................................................................. 232
Revise a document ....................................................................................................................... 233
Revise Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................ 234
Publishing Documents............................................................................................................................ 235

Publishing Title Blocks ........................................................................................................................ 237
Publish Common Tasks ...................................................................................................................... 238
Publish ................................................................................................................................................ 238
Set properties for publishing documents ...................................................................................... 239
Support for Handling Large Publishes.......................................................................................... 240
Publish documents ....................................................................................................................... 243
Publish Workflows ........................................................................................................................ 244
Publish a large 3D model to SmartPlant Foundation ................................................................... 246
Issue request documents ............................................................................................................. 246
Publish Dialog Box ....................................................................................................................... 247
Document Properties Dialog Box ................................................................................................. 252
Find Documents to Publish ................................................................................................................. 253
Find documents to publish ........................................................................................................... 253
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box ........................................................................................ 254
Manage Projects ................................................................................................................................. 255
Select Active Project Dialog Box .................................................................................................. 255
Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports ............................................................................ 256

Troubleshooting Linked Servers ......................................................................................................... 259
Appendix: Report Descriptions ............................................................................................................. 260

3Way Diverter Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 260
SP3DReport_Definition ................................................................................................................ 260
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 260
CustomInterfaces ......................................................................................................................... 260
3Way Diverter Valve tab ............................................................................................................... 261
Angle Control Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 263
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 263
Angle Control Valve tab ................................................................................................................ 263
Assembly and Block (Assembly)......................................................................................................... 265
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 265
Assembly Network (Assembly) ........................................................................................................... 266
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 266
Auto Material Description Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ........................... 266
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 266
Auto Material Description Rule tab ............................................................................................... 266

Contents
Auto WBS Creation Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) .................................... 267
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 267
Auto WBS Creation Rule tab ........................................................................................................ 267
Basket Strainer 2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 268
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 268
Basket Strainer2 tab ..................................................................................................................... 268
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................ 271
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 271
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule tab ................................................................................................... 271
Bends (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)...................................................................... 271
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 271
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 272
CableTray_Bends tab ................................................................................................................... 272
Blind End Plate (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ....................................................... 274
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 274
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 274
Blind End Plate tab ....................................................................................................................... 274
Block Assembly Dimensions ............................................................................................................... 276
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 276
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ...................... 276
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 276
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule tab .......................................................................................... 276
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ......................... 277
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 277
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule tab............................................................................................. 277
Bolt Extension (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................................................... 277
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 277
Bolt Extension tab......................................................................................................................... 277
Bolt Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ......................................................................... 278
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 278
Bolt Part Data tab ......................................................................................................................... 278
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ......................... 279
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 279
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles tab ............................................................................................ 279
Bonding Jumper (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ..................................................... 280
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 280

Contents
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 280

Bonding Jumper tab ..................................................................................................................... 280
Box Connector (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ........................................................ 282
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 282
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 282
BoxConnector tab ......................................................................................................................... 282
Bubble Detector (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 284
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 284
Bubble Detector tab ...................................................................................................................... 284
Butterfly Valve Elec (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 286
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 286
Butterfly Valve Elec tab ................................................................................................................ 287
Butterfly Valve On Off V (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Instrument Part Data) .......................................................................................................................... 288
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 288
Butterfly Valve On Off V tab ......................................................................................................... 289
Cable Tray Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray) ................................................ 290
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 290
CabelTray Spec tab ...................................................................................................................... 291
Calculation ProgIDs (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................ 292
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 292
Calculation ProgIDs tab ................................................................................................................ 292
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant
Rules) .................................................................................................................................................. 292
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 292
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab ................................................................................ 292
Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) ........................................ 293
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 293
ConduitCommodityMatlControlData tab ....................................................................................... 293
Compartment Attributes (Compartmentation) ..................................................................................... 294
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 294
Compartments and Tightness (Compartmentation)............................................................................ 295
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 295
Compartments and Zones (Compartmentation) ................................................................................. 295
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 295

Contents
Compartmentation Weight and CG (Compartmentation) ................................................................... 296

Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 296
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 296
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 296
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule tab.................................................................................... 297
Conductivity Sensor (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 297
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 297
Conductivity Sensor tab................................................................................................................ 298
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ........................................... 299
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 299
CustomInterfaces tab ................................................................................................................... 299
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 300
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow tab ...................................................................................................... 300
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ........................................... 301
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 301
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 302
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow tab ...................................................................................................... 302
Conduit Coupling (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ........................................................ 303
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 303
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 304
Conduit Coupling tab .................................................................................................................... 304
Conduit Plug (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ............................................................... 306
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 306
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 306
Conduit Plug tab ........................................................................................................................... 306
Conduit Pullbox (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts)........................................................... 308
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 308
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 308
Conduit Pullbox tab ...................................................................................................................... 308
Conduit Reducer (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ......................................................... 311
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 311
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 311
Conduit Reducer tab..................................................................................................................... 311
Conduit Reducing Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ................................................ 313

Contents

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 313
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 313
ConduitTRB tab ............................................................................................................................ 313
Conduit Stock (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ............................................................. 315
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 315
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 316
Conduit Stock tab ......................................................................................................................... 316
Conduit Tangent Elbow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) .............................................. 317
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 317
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 317
Conduit Tangent Elbow tab .......................................................................................................... 317
Conduit Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ................................................................ 319
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 319
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 319
Conduit Tee tab ............................................................................................................................ 319
Conduit Union (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) ............................................................. 321
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 321
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 322
Conduit Union tab ......................................................................................................................... 322
Connected Compartments (Compartmentation) ................................................................................. 323
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 323
Conservation Vent (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 324
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 324
Conservation Vent tab .................................................................................................................. 324
Contractor Commodity Code Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity
Code Rules) ........................................................................................................................................ 326
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 326
Formats tab .................................................................................................................................. 326
Industry Practice Properties tab ................................................................................................... 326
Bolt Coating tab ............................................................................................................................ 326
Bolt Diameter tab .......................................................................................................................... 327
Bolt Length tab ............................................................................................................................. 327
Bolt Set Quantity tab..................................................................................................................... 327
Bolt Type tab ................................................................................................................................ 327
EndPreparation tab....................................................................................................................... 327
Flange Face Surface Finish tab ................................................................................................... 327

Contents
Gasket Thickness tab ................................................................................................................... 327

Gasket Type tab ........................................................................................................................... 327
Geometric Industry Practice tab ................................................................................................... 327
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab .......................................................................................... 328
Geometric Industry Standard_US tab .......................................................................................... 328
Lining Material tab ........................................................................................................................ 328
Manufacturing Method tab ............................................................................................................ 328
MaterialsGrade_BS tab ................................................................................................................ 328
MaterialsGrade_US tab ................................................................................................................ 328
Nipple or Purchase Length tab ..................................................................................................... 328
Nut Type tab ................................................................................................................................. 328
Pressure Rating_DN tab .............................................................................................................. 329
Pressure Rating_US tab ............................................................................................................... 329
Piping Commodity Type tab ......................................................................................................... 329
Requisition Classification tab ....................................................................................................... 329
Surface Preparation tab ............................................................................................................... 329
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab ......................................................................................... 329
Valve Trim tab .............................................................................................................................. 329
Washer Thickness tab .................................................................................................................. 330
Washer Type tab .......................................................................................................................... 330
Cross (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ...................................................................... 330
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 330
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 331
CableTray_Cross tab.................................................................................................................... 331
Default Change Of Direction (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................... 333
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 333
Default Change Of Direction tab .................................................................................................. 333
Default Commodity Selection Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) ...................................... 333
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 333
ConduitDefaultCmdtySlcnRule tab ............................................................................................... 333
Default Project Options (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ........................................................... 334
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 334
Default Project Options tab .......................................................................................................... 334
Designed Member Itemized Material Take-off .................................................................................... 335
Diagnostic 3D Grouped by Description and Discipline (Diagnostic) ................................................... 336
Diagnostic 3D To Do List Entries ........................................................................................................ 337
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues (Diagnostic)................................................................................. 337
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Problem Description (Diagnostic) ........................... 338
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Status (Diagnostic) ................................................. 339
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues with Column Filters (Diagnostic) ................................................. 340
Diagnostic General Statistics on Modeling Activity (Diagnostic) ........................................................ 341
Diagnostic Interference Checking (Diagnostic)................................................................................... 341
Diagnostic Interference Checking with System Names (Diagnostic).................................................. 342
Diagnostic P&ID Correlated 3D Objects (Diagnostic) ......................................................................... 343
Diagnostic P&ID Non-Correlated Objects (Diagnostic)....................................................................... 344
Diagnostic Piping Commodity Specifications (Diagnostic) ................................................................. 344

Contents
Diagnostic SmartPlant To Do List (Diagnostic)................................................................................... 345

Diagnostic Synch Workspace Report (Diagnostic) ............................................................................. 346
Diagnostic ToDoList Include Second Class Objects (Diagnostic) ...................................................... 346
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 346
Diagnostic User Access Rights (Diagnostic) ...................................................................................... 347
Diagnostic WorkShare Management (Diagnostic) .............................................................................. 347
DIN Wall Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)........................................................ 348
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 348
DIN Wall Thickness Data tab ....................................................................................................... 348
Direction Change Fittings (Catalog Parts) .......................................................................................... 349
Electrical CableTray Material Take-Off (Electrical) ............................................................................. 350
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................. 350
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................. 351
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 352
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 353
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) ......................................................... 353
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) ......................................................... 354
Electrical Cabling Material Take-Off (Electrical) ................................................................................. 355
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical) .......................................................................... 356
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical) .......................................................................... 356
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) .............................................................. 357
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element (Electrical) .............................................................. 357
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 358
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name (Electrical) ...................................................... 359
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................................... 359
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical) ...................................................................... 360
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................... 360
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name (Electrical) ............................................................... 361
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name (Electrical) .............................................................. 361
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name (Electrical) .............................................................. 362
Equipment Finishing Sorted by Equipment Name (Equipment) ......................................................... 363
Equipment Location in WBS Project ................................................................................................... 363
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 1 (Equipment) .............................................. 364
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 2 (Equipment) .............................................. 364
Equipment Material Take-Off (Equipment) ......................................................................................... 365
Equipment Nozzle Sorted by Equipment ............................................................................................ 365
Equipment Piping Trim (Piping) .......................................................................................................... 366
Solids of Design Equipment with Composite CoG (Equipment) ......................................................... 366
Exhaust Head (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 367
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 367
Exhaust Head tab ......................................................................................................................... 368
Expansion Joint (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 369
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 369
Expansion Joint tab ...................................................................................................................... 370

Contents
Expansion Joint Offset (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping

Specialty Part Data) ............................................................................................................................ 372
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 372
Expansion Joint Offset tab ........................................................................................................... 372
Field Fit Length (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................................... 374
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 374
Field Fit Length tab ....................................................................................................................... 374
Filter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data) ............................ 375
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 375
Filter tab ........................................................................................................................................ 375
Flame Arrestor (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 377
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 377
Flame Arrestor tab ........................................................................................................................ 378
Flared Pipe (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) .......................................................... 380
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 380
Flared Pipe tab ............................................................................................................................. 380
Flow Magnetic (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 380
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 380
Flow Magnetic tab ........................................................................................................................ 381
Flow Switch (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 383
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 383
Flow Switch tab ............................................................................................................................ 383
Flow Transmitter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 385
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 385
Flow Transmitter tab ..................................................................................................................... 385
Fluid Density Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................... 387
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 387
Fluid Density Rule tab .................................................................................................................. 387
Free Vent2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data)................... 388
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 388

Contents
Free Vent2 tab .............................................................................................................................. 388

Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees (Catalog Parts) ............................................................................ 390
Gasket Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................................... 391
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 391
Gasket Part Data tab .................................................................................................................... 391
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................... 392
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 392
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles tab ........................................................................................ 392
Globe Control Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 393
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 393
Globe Control Valve tab ............................................................................................................... 393
Hangers and Supports All Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ................................................ 395
Hangers and Supports Combined Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) .................................... 395
Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing (Hangers and Supports)................................................ 396
Hangers and Supports for Cableways Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ............................. 396
Hangers and Supports for Components - Drawings (Hangers and Supports) ................................... 397
Hangers and Supports for Components Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) .......................... 397
Hangers and Supports for Conduit Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) .................................. 398
Hangers and Supports for Ducts Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ...................................... 398
Hangers and Supports for Pipe Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports) ........................................ 399
Hangers and Supports for Supported Route - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) .............................. 399
Hangers and Supports for Supporting Structure - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) ........................ 400
Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) ................................................ 400
Hangers and Supports Pipe Rack Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus (Hangers and
Supports)............................................................................................................................................. 400
Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing (Hangers and Supports) ............................................... 401
Holes on Penetrating Spool (Hole Management) ............................................................................... 402
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 402
HVAC Material Take-Off (HVAC) ........................................................................................................ 402
In-Line Fittings (Catalog Parts) ........................................................................................................... 404
Industry Commodity Code Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity
Code Rules) ........................................................................................................................................ 405
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 405
Formats tab .................................................................................................................................. 405
Industry Practice Properties tab ................................................................................................... 405
Bolt Coating tab ............................................................................................................................ 405
Bolt Diameter tab .......................................................................................................................... 405
Bolt Length tab ............................................................................................................................. 405
Bolt Set Quantity tab..................................................................................................................... 405
Bolt Type tab ................................................................................................................................ 406
EndPreparation tab....................................................................................................................... 406
Flange Face Surface Finish tab ................................................................................................... 406
Gasket Thickness tab ................................................................................................................... 406
Gasket Type tab ........................................................................................................................... 406
Geometric Industry Practice tab ................................................................................................... 406

Contents
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab .......................................................................................... 406

Geometric Industry Standard_US tab .......................................................................................... 406
Lining Material tab ........................................................................................................................ 407
Manufacturing Method tab ............................................................................................................ 407
MaterialsGrade_BS tab ................................................................................................................ 407
MaterialsGrade_US tab ................................................................................................................ 407
Nipple or Purchase Length tab ..................................................................................................... 407
Nut Type tab ................................................................................................................................. 407
Pressure Rating_DN tab .............................................................................................................. 407
Pressure Rating_US tab ............................................................................................................... 407
Piping Commodity Type tab ......................................................................................................... 408
Requisition Classification tab ....................................................................................................... 408
Surface Preparation tab ............................................................................................................... 408
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab ......................................................................................... 408
Valve Trim tab .............................................................................................................................. 408
Washer Thickness tab .................................................................................................................. 408
Washer Type tab .......................................................................................................................... 408
Inline Silencer Type1 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 409
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 409
Inline Silencer Type1 tab .............................................................................................................. 409
Instrument Class Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................................................ 411
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 411
Instrument Class Data tab ............................................................................................................ 411
Instrumentation Control Valves Sorted by Name (Instrumentation) ................................................... 413
Instruments (Verification of Consistency) ........................................................................................... 413
Insulation Material (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) ......................................... 430
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 430
Insulation Material tab .................................................................................................................. 431
Insulation Specification (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) .................................. 431
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 431
Insulation Specification tab ........................................................................................................... 431
Insulation Thickness Table (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) ............................ 431
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 431
Insulation Thickness Table tab ..................................................................................................... 432
Knife Gate Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 432
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 432
Knife Gate Valve tab..................................................................................................................... 433
Ladder Splice Plate (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ................................................ 434
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 434
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 435

Contents
Cable Tray Ladder Splice Plate tab.............................................................................................. 435

Linear Valves (Catalog Parts) ............................................................................................................. 436
Liner Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .............................................................. 437
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 437
Liner Thickness Data tab .............................................................................................................. 437
Load Combination Relations (Compartmentation).............................................................................. 437
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 438
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant
Rules) .................................................................................................................................................. 438
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 438
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab .................................................................................. 438
Manufacturing Material List Summary (StructManufacturing) ............................................................ 439
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 439
Manufacturing Parts List (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................. 439
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 439
Manufacturing Weight and CG (StructManufacturing) ........................................................................ 440
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 440
Marian Export (StructManufacturing) .................................................................................................. 441
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 441
Mass Flow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 441
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 441
Mass Flow tab .............................................................................................................................. 442
Master Instrument Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................. 443
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 444
Custom Interfaces tab .................................................................................................................. 444
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 444
SheetName tab............................................................................................................................. 444
Master Piping Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ......................................................... 446
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 446
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 446
SheetName tab............................................................................................................................. 446
Master Piping Specialty Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .......................................... 448
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 448
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 449
SheetName tab............................................................................................................................. 449
Master Valve Operator Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ........................................... 451
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 451
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 451
SheetName tab............................................................................................................................. 452

Contents
Materials Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................................................... 452

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 452
Materials Data tab ........................................................................................................................ 452
Mating Ports (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ........................................................ 453
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 453
Mating Ports tab ........................................................................................................................... 453
Mfg Profile Data Output by Block or Assy (StructManufacturing) ....................................................... 454
Mfg Profile Report tab................................................................................................................... 454
Mfg Profile Data Output for Whole Ship (StructManufacturing) .......................................................... 455
Mfg Profile Report tab................................................................................................................... 455
MfgPinJig - Accuracy (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) .................................... 456
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 456
MfgPinJig - Girth Length (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) ............................... 456
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 456
MfgTemplate - Multi Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Template Sets) .................................................................................................................................... 458
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 458
MfgTemplate - Split Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Template Sets) .................................................................................................................................... 459
Min Pipe Length Purchase (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) .................................. 463
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 463
Min Pipe Length Purchase tab ..................................................................................................... 463
Minimum Pipe Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................. 463
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 463
Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab .................................................................................................... 463
Motor Operated Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 464
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 464
Motor Operated Valve tab ............................................................................................................ 464
Multi Port Valve Operator Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)............................................... 466
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 466
Multi Port Valve Operator Data tab .............................................................................................. 466
Multiple Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 467
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 467
Nesting (StructManufacturing) ............................................................................................................ 468
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 468

Contents
NPD Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ....................................... 468

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 468
NPD Equivalence Rule tab ........................................................................................................... 469
Nut Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .......................................................................... 469
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 469
Nut Part Data tab .......................................................................................................................... 469
Objects Inside Compartments (Compartmentation) ........................................................................... 469
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 469
Olet-type Branches (Catalog Parts) .................................................................................................... 470
Orifice Plates (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 471
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 471
Orifice Plates tab .......................................................................................................................... 471
Orthographic Drawing Revision History (Deliverables)....................................................................... 473
Sheet tab ...................................................................................................................................... 473
Permission Group - First Class BO (ShipStructure) ........................................................................... 474
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 474
Permission Group - Root Plate And Profile Sys (ShipStructure) ........................................................ 474
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 474
Physical Conns WO PlannJoints (ShipStructure) ............................................................................... 475
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 475
Pin Height (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig)...................................................... 475
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 475
Pin Jig (StructManufacturing).............................................................................................................. 476
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 476
Pipe Bending Configuration Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 476
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 476
Pipe Bending Configuration Data tab ........................................................................................... 477
Pipe Bending Die Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) ............................ 478
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 478
Pipe Bending Die Data tab ........................................................................................................... 478
Pipe Bending Elongation (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................................... 478
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 478
Pipe Bending Elongation tab ........................................................................................................ 479
Pipe Bending Machine Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) .................... 479
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 479

Contents
Pipe Bending Machine Data tab ................................................................................................... 479

Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) ..................................................................................................... 480
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 480
Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data tab ....................................................................... 480
Pipe Stock (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data) ................................... 481
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 481
CustomClassInterfaceList tab ...................................................................................................... 481
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 481
Pipe Stock tab .............................................................................................................................. 482
PipeRuns by Drawing (Deliverables\PipeRuns by Drawing) .............................................................. 483
Piping Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................... 483
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 483
Piping Commodify Mt ControlData tab ......................................................................................... 483
Piping Commodity Procurement Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................... 485
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 485
Piping Commodity Procurement Data tab .................................................................................... 485
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................. 485
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 486
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data tab .................................................................................. 486
Piping Fittings - Export to Icarus ......................................................................................................... 486
Piping Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD (Piping) ............................................................................. 487
Piping Fittings Material Take-Off in WBS Project ............................................................................... 487
Piping Generic Data Bolted (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................... 488
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 488
Piping Generic Data Bolted tab .................................................................................................... 488
Piping Generic Data Female (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................................. 489
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 489
Piping Generic Data Female tab .................................................................................................. 489
Piping Generic Data Mechanical (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................................ 490
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 490
Piping Generic Data Mechanical tab ............................................................................................ 490
Piping Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation Class (Piping) .................................................................. 490
Piping Material Class (Verification of Consistency) ............................................................................ 491
Piping Material Take-Off (Piping) ........................................................................................................ 517
Piping Materials Class (Piping Specifications).................................................................................... 517
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 517
Bend Angles tab ........................................................................................................................... 518
Bolt Selection Filter tab................................................................................................................. 518
Clamp Selection Filter tab ............................................................................................................ 519
Corrosion Allowance tab............................................................................................................... 520
Default Change Of Direction tab .................................................................................................. 520
Field Lining Thickness tab ............................................................................................................ 520
Gasket Selection Filter tab ........................................................................................................... 520
Inside Surface Treatment tab ....................................................................................................... 521
Joint Quality Factor tab................................................................................................................. 521

Contents
Minimum Pipe Length Purchase tab ............................................................................................ 522

Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab .................................................................................................... 522
Nut Selection Filter tab ................................................................................................................. 522
Outside Surface Treatment tab .................................................................................................... 523
Permissible PipeBending Machine tab ......................................................................................... 523
Permissible Taps tab .................................................................................................................... 523
Pipe Bend Radii tab ...................................................................................................................... 523
Pipe Bending Elongation tab ........................................................................................................ 524
Pipe Branch tab ............................................................................................................................ 524
Pipe Nominal Diameters tab ......................................................................................................... 524
Pipe Takedown Parts tab ............................................................................................................. 524
Piping Commodity Filter tab ......................................................................................................... 525
Piping Materials Class Data tab ................................................................................................... 526
Port Alignment tab ........................................................................................................................ 527
Reinforcing Pad Data tab ............................................................................................................. 528
Reinforcing Weld Data tab ........................................................................................................... 528
Root Gap tab ................................................................................................................................ 528
Service Limits tab ......................................................................................................................... 528
Size Reduction tab ....................................................................................................................... 529
Thickness Data Rule tab .............................................................................................................. 529
Washer Selection Filter tab .......................................................................................................... 530
Weld Clearance Rule tab ............................................................................................................. 530
Weld Gap Rule tab ....................................................................................................................... 531
Piping Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD (Piping) .................................................................................... 531
Piping Part Data F001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 531
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 532
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 532
Piping Part Data F001 tab ............................................................................................................ 532
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 534
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 534
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 535
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 537
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 537
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 537
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 539
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 540
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 540

Contents

Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 542
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 542
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 543
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 545
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 545
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 545
Piping Part Data M001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 548
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 548
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 548
Piping Part Data M001 tab ........................................................................................................... 549
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 550
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 551
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 551
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 553
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 554
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 554
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 556
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 557
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 557
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 559
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 559
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 560

Contents

Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 562
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 562
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 562
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 565
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 565
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 566
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 568
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 568
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 568
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 570
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 571
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 571
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 573
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 573
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 574
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 576
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 576
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 577
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 579
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 579
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 580
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 582

Contents

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 582
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 582
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 585
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 585
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 586
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 588
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 588
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 589
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 591
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 591
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 592
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 594
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 594
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 595
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 597
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 597
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 598
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 600
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 600
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 601
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 603
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 604

Contents

GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 604
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 606
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 607
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 607
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 609
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 609
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 610
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 612
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 612
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 613
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 615
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 615
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 615
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 618
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 618
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 619
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 621
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 621
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 621
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 623
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 624
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 624

Contents

Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 626
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 626
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 627
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 629
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 629
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 630
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 632
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 632
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 632
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 635
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 635
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 635
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 638
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 638
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 639
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 641
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 641
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 641
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 643
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 644
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 644

Contents

Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 646
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 646
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 647
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 649
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 649
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 650
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 652
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 652
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 652
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 655
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 655
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 655
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 658
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 658
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 658
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 661
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 661
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 661
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 664
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 664
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 664
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 667

Contents

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 667
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 667
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 670
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 670
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 670
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 673
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 673
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 673
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 675
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 676
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 676
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 678
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 678
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 679
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 681
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 681
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 681
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 683
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 684
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 684
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 686
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 686

Contents

GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 687
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 689
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 689
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 689
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 691
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 692
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 692
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 694
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 694
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 695
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 697
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 697
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 698
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 700
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 700
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 700
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 702
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 703
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 703
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 705
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 707
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 707

Contents

Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 709
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 710
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 710
Piping Part Data Op001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Valve
Operator Part Data) ............................................................................................................................ 712
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 712
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 713
Piping Part Data Op001 tab ......................................................................................................... 713
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 714
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 714
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 715
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 716
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 717
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 717
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 719
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 719
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 720
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 721

Contents

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 722
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 722
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 723
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 724
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 725
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 726
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 727
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 727
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 728
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 728
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 729
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 730
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 731
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 731

Contents

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 733
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 733
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 734
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 734
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 735
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 736
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 737
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 737
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 738
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 739
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 740
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 740
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 741
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 742
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 743

Contents

GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 743
Piping Part Data P01 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 744
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 744
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 745
Piping Part Data P01 tab .............................................................................................................. 745
Piping Part Data S01 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 747
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 747
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 747
Piping Part Data S01 tab .............................................................................................................. 748
Piping Part Data S02 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 749
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 750
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 750
Piping Part Data S02 tab .............................................................................................................. 750
Piping Part Data V001 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 752
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 753
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 753
Piping Part Data V001 tab ............................................................................................................ 754
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 755
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 756
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 756
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 758
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 759
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 759
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 761
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 761
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 762

Contents

Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 764
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 764
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 765
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 767
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 767
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 767
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 769
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 770
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 770
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 772
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 772
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 773
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 775
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 775
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 775
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 778
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 778
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 779
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 780
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 781
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 781

Contents

Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 783
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 783
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 784
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 786
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 786
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 786
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 788
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 789
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 789
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 791
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 791
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 792
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 794
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 794
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 794
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 796
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 797
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 797
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 799
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 800
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 800
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 802

Contents

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 803
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 803
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 805
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 806
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 806
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 809
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 809
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 810
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 812
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 813
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 813
Piping Pipe Line List (Piping) .............................................................................................................. 817
Piping Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project.................................................................................... 818
Piping Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus .................................................................................................... 818
Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD (Piping) .............................................................................. 820
Piping Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted by Name (Piping) ............................................................. 821
Piping Pipelines Sorted by Name (Piping) .......................................................................................... 821
Piping Specialty Class Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ................................................... 822
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 822
Piping Specialty Class Data tab ................................................................................................... 822
Piping Specifications Sorted by Spec Name ...................................................................................... 824
Piping Tie Points in WBS Project ........................................................................................................ 824
Piping Valves Material Take-Off in WBS Project ................................................................................ 825
Piping Valves Sorted by NPD (Piping) ................................................................................................ 825
Plain Piping Generic Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ...................................................... 826
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 826
Plain Piping Generic Data tab ...................................................................................................... 826
Planning Joints (ShipStructure) .......................................................................................................... 826
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 826
Plate Flange Setback Distance (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ........................... 827
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 827
Plate Flange Setback Distance tab .............................................................................................. 828
Plate Part (ShipStructure) ................................................................................................................... 828

Contents
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 828

Plate System (ShipStructure).............................................................................................................. 828
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 828
Port Alignment Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................ 829
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 829
Port Alignment Rule tab................................................................................................................ 829
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ...................... 829
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 830
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule tab ......................................................................................... 830
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)........................ 830
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 830
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule tab ........................................................................................... 830
Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ......................... 831
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 831
Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule tab ............................................................................................ 831
Pressure Gauge (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 832
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 832
Pressure Gauge tab ..................................................................................................................... 832
Pressure Regulator (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 834
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 834
Pressure Regulator tab................................................................................................................. 834
Pressure Relief Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 836
Pressure Relief Valve tab ............................................................................................................. 836
Pressure Switch (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 838
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 838
Pressure Switch tab...................................................................................................................... 839
Pressure Transmitter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 840
Pressure Transmitter tab .............................................................................................................. 841

Contents
Profile Sketch - Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing

Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 842
SP3DReport Definition ................................................................................................................. 842
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 842
Profile Sketch - Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 843
SP3DReport Definition ................................................................................................................. 843
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 843
Profile Stock Length (ShipStructure) .................................................................................................. 843
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 843
Reducer (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) .................................................................. 844
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 844
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 844
Cable Tray_Reducers tab ............................................................................................................ 845
Reinforcing Pads (Catalog Parts) ....................................................................................................... 846
Root Gap (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ............................................................. 846
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 846
Root Gap tab ................................................................................................................................ 847
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Cableway) ................................................................................. 847
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 847
Cableway Nominal Sizes tab ........................................................................................................ 847
CableWay Bend Radius tab ......................................................................................................... 847
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) .................................................................................... 847
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 848
Conduit Filter tab .......................................................................................................................... 848
Conduit Nominal Diameters tab ................................................................................................... 848
Shell Expansion (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports) ............................................................... 848
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 849
Short Code Hierarchy Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ................................. 849
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 849
Short Code Hierarchy Rule tab .................................................................................................... 849
Short Stroke Rotameter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 849
Short Stroke Rotameter tab .......................................................................................................... 850
Single Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) ................... 852
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 852
Size Reduction Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ........................................... 852
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 852

Contents
Size Reduction Rule tab ............................................................................................................... 853

Slip On Flange Setback Distance (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ....................... 853
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 853
Slip On Flange Setback Distance tab........................................................................................... 853
Slot (ShipStructure) ............................................................................................................................. 854
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 854
SmartPlant Review ............................................................................................................................. 854
Accuracy Data (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................................. 854
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 854
Embedded Standalone Reports .......................................................................................................... 855
Material List (StructManufacturing) ..................................................................................................... 855
MFGPROFILE (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................................. 856
MfgTemplate - Common Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets) .............................................................................................. 857
MfgTemplate - Offset Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Template Sets) .................................................................................................................................... 858
Panel Data Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin) ...................... 859
Parts List (StructManufacturing) ......................................................................................................... 863
Pin Jig (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) ........................................................... 864
Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 864
Profile Sketch Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles) ............................................................................................................................................... 868
Profile Sketch Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing
Profiles\Profile Sketch - Single) .......................................................................................................... 870
Shell Expansion Accuracy Check (ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell
Expansion) .......................................................................................................................................... 873
STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO (ShipStructure) ..................................................................................... 874
STRUCTURAL PROFILE (ShipStructure) .......................................................................................... 875
Weight and CG (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................................ 876
Xpt Pin Offset (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) ................................................ 877
Spatial Load Relations (Compartmentation) ....................................................................................... 878
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 878
Specialties (Verification of Consistency) ............................................................................................. 878
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\Cableway) .................................................................... 895
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 895
Cableway Spec tab....................................................................................................................... 895
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit) ....................................................................... 896
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 896
Conduit Spec tab .......................................................................................................................... 896
Splice Plate Vertical Adjustable (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) .............................. 896
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 896
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 897

Contents
Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate tab.............................................................................................. 897

SPMAT Cable Tray MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ....................................................................................... 898
SPMAT Handrail MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ........................................................................................... 899
SPMAT Pipe MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ................................................................................................. 900
SPMAT Steel MTO (SPMaterialMTO) ................................................................................................ 901
Standard Notes Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\StandardNotesData) ........................................ 901
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 901
Standard Notes Data tab .............................................................................................................. 902
Steam Trap Type4 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 902
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 902
Steam Trap Type4 tab .................................................................................................................. 902
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 904
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 904
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 907
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 907
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 909
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 910
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 912
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 912
Straight (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) ................................................................... 914
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 915
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 915
CableTray Straight tab.................................................................................................................. 915
STRMFG Profile Bending Line (StructManufacturing) ........................................................................ 916
Default Report tab ........................................................................................................................ 916
STRMFG Profile Sketch Support (StructManufacturing) .................................................................... 917
Default Report tab ........................................................................................................................ 917

Contents
Structural BOM (ShipStructure) .......................................................................................................... 917

Report tab ..................................................................................................................................... 917
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off (Structure) ....................................................... 919
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) .............................. 919
Structure Designed Handrails Details Properties ............................................................................... 920
Designed Handrail Summary tab ................................................................................................. 920
Structure Handrails Detailed Properties (Structure) ........................................................................... 921
Structure Handrails General Properties (Structure) ............................................................................ 922
Structure Ladders Detailed Properties (Structure).............................................................................. 922
Structure Ladders General Properties (Structure) .............................................................................. 923
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off (Structure) ...................................................... 924
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) .............................. 924
Structure Member Summarized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) .................................. 925
Structure Open Steel Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus (Structure)................................................. 926
Structure Slab Material Take-Off (Structure) ...................................................................................... 927
Structure Stairs Detailed Properties (Structure) ................................................................................. 928
Structure Stairs General Properties (Structure) .................................................................................. 929
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant
Rules) .................................................................................................................................................. 929
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 929
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab ................................................................................... 930
T Strainer (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data)..................... 930
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 930
T Strainer tab ................................................................................................................................ 930
Tap Properties Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ............................................................... 932
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 932
Tap Properties Data tab ............................................................................................................... 932
Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts).......................................................................... 933
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 933
GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 933
CableTray_Tee tab ....................................................................................................................... 933
Temperature Control Valve (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 935
Temperature Control Valve tab .................................................................................................... 936
Temperature Switch (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument
Part Data) ............................................................................................................................................ 937
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 937
Temperature Switch tab ............................................................................................................... 938

Contents
Temperature Transmitter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping

Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 939
Temperature Transmitter tab ........................................................................................................ 940
Trench Run Report (Civil) ................................................................................................................... 941
ToDoListStrMfgObjects (StructManufacturing) ................................................................................... 942
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 942
Unit Load Attributes (Compartmentation) ........................................................................................... 943
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 943
Unit Load Relations (Compartmentation) ........................................................................................... 943
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 943
Valve Operator Material Control Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) .................................... 944
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 944
Valve Operator Mt ControlData tab .............................................................................................. 944
Valve Tags by Spec (Catalog Parts) ................................................................................................... 944
Vent Silencer2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 945
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 945
Vent Silencer2 tab ........................................................................................................................ 946
View Default (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports) ..................................................................... 947
Report1 tab ................................................................................................................................... 947
Volumes and Parents (Compartmentation) ........................................................................................ 947
Sheet1 tab .................................................................................................................................... 948
Vortex Flow (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 948
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 948
Vortex Flow tab............................................................................................................................. 949
Washer Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) ................................................................... 950
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 950
Washer Part Data tab ................................................................................................................... 950
Weld Model Representation Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ....................... 951
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 951
Weld Model Representation Rule tab........................................................................................... 951
Weld Type Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)................................................... 951
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 951
Weld Type Rule tab ...................................................................................................................... 952
Wye (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)......................................................................... 952

Contents
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 952

GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 952
CableTray_Wye tab ...................................................................................................................... 953
Y Strainer2 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part
Data) ................................................................................................................................................... 954
Index tab ....................................................................................................................................... 954
Y Strainer2 tab.............................................................................................................................. 955
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 957

Preface
This document is a user's guide for the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Drawings and Reports task and
provides command reference information and procedural instructions.
The Drawings and Reports user documentation is delivered in three separate documents:
 Orthographic Drawings User's Guide
 Isogen Isometric Drawings User's Guide
 Reports User's Guide
Documentation Comments
For the latest support information for this product, comments or suggestions about this
documentation, and documentation updates for supported software versions, please visit
Intergraph Smart Support (https://smartsupport.intergraph.com).
ISO Standards in Marine Drawings

Intergraph SmartTM 3D marine drawings are ISO compliant. Several ISO templates are delivered
with the product.
Below is a list of ISO Reference numbers and the description of the document.
ISO 128-20:1996(E) Technical Drawings – General principles of presentation Basic

conventions for lines
ISO 128-21:1997(E) Technical Drawings – General principles of presentation Preparation of

lines by CAD systems
ISO 128-22:1999(E) Technical Drawings – General principles of presentation Basic

conventions for applications for leader lines and reference lines
ISO 128-23:1999(E) Technical Drawings – General principles of presentation Lines on

construction drawings
ISO 128-24:1999(E) Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Lines on

mechanical engineering drawings
ISO 128-25:1999(E) Technical Drawings General principles of presentation – Part 25: Lines
on shipbuilding drawings
ISO 128-30:2001(E) Technical Drawings – General principles of presentation – Part 30: Basic
conventions for views
conventions for cuts and sections

Preface
conventions for representing areas on cuts and sections
ISO 5457:1999(E) Technical product documentation – Sizes and layout of drawing sheets
ISO 7200:2400(E) Technical product documentation – Data fields in title blocks and
document headers
ISO 5261:1995(E) Technical Drawings – Simplified representation of bars and profile

sections
ISO 2553:1992(E) Welded, brazed and soldered joints – Symbolic representation on

drawings
ISO 5572:1987(E) Shipbuilding and marine structures – Numbering of equipment and

structural elements in ships
ISO 7462:1985(E) Shipbuilding – Principal ship dimensions. Terminology and definitions for
computer applications
ISO 8193:1984(E) Shipbuilding – Shell plating information
ISO 9203-1:1989(E) Shipbuilding – Topology of ship hull structure elements – Part 1:

Location of elements

Description of elements

Relations of elements
ISO 129-1:2004(E) Technical drawings – Indication of dimensions and tolerances – Part 1:

General principles
ISO 6428:1982(E) Requirements for microcopying
ISO 3898:1997(E) Bases for design of structure – Notations – General symbols
ISO 3098-0:1997(E) Technical product documentation – Lettering – Part 0: General

requirements
ISO 3098-2:2000(E) Technical product documentation – Lettering – Part 2: Latin alphabet,

numerals and marks
ISO 3098-5:1997(E) Technical product documentation – Lettering – Part 5: CAD lettering of

Latin alphabet, numerals and marks
By default, the following metric drawing templates are delivered in the ISO format.
LARGE

Preface
 Paper Format (ISO 5457)

 A0 (valid for A1 and enlarged formats)
 Title-block (ISO 7200)
 Lines (ISO 128 Part.25, ISO 6428)
 Wide 0.7 mm
 Narrow 0.35 mm
 Characters (ISO 3098-5, ISO 6428)
 Titles 7 mm (ISO 3098 BVL – 7)
 Labels 3.5, bold or 5 (ISO 128 Part.22)
 Dimensions 3.5, values rounded to 1 mm (ISO 129)
 Symbols to match above lines and characters for
 Relative positions of structural elements (BL, CL,...)
 Sections and details (Section plane, Section and Detail Titles)
 Profile cross-sections (ISO 5261)
 Profile end-cuts re-symbolization
 Section and plates butt joints
 Welds (ISO 2553)

What's New in Drawings and Reports
The following changes have been made to the Drawing and Reports task.
Version 2016 (11.0)
Drawings (General)
 You can now transfer the ownership of drawings between permission groups. For more
information, see Configuration Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 99). (P1 CP:278233)
 A new 3D Dimension ribbon in SmartSketch Drawing Editor overrides manual 2D
dimensions with 3D dimensions. For more information, see Dimensioning in 3D Drawings
and 3D Dimension Ribbon. (P1 CP:139408)
 You can copy a drawing view only by using the Copy and Paste View command. For more
information, see Copy and Paste View Command. (P2 CP:226825)
 You can perform Update Selected on both full and cropped views. For more information,
see Drawings View Explorer. (P2 CP:230723)
 Added a new ribbon, Generic View Ribbon, to the Associate Objects to View command
that allows you to specify options on a selected graphic view with a generic rule set view
style. For more information, see Associate Objects to View Command. (P2 CP:244388)
 You can now customize the shortcut menu on a folder in the Management Console. For
more information, see New Command (on page 64). (P2 CP:255695)
 You can now either delete a manual view placed by rule, or move the view to the
UnAssigned Folder. For more information, see Delete Views. (P2 CP:256645)
 You can now customize Drawings by Rule Steel Order rulesets in .NET to generate
drawings. For more information, see Drawings by Rule Components. (P2 CP:266707)
 In drawings by rule, view annotations, such as the ruler and view name, are automatically
adjusted in relation to the View Offset value. For more information, see View Tab (Drawing
View Properties Dialog Box - Drawings View Explorer). (P2 CP:267889)
 Smart 3D displays a warning telling you to use Copy and Paste View rather than the
traditional Cut, Copy, and Paste commands with views. For more information, see Copy
and Paste View Command. (P2 CP:226825, CP:275427, and CP:284427)
 You can now prevent landing curves from occluding other landing curves using the
AddSolidForVHL flag. For more information, see Generic Stiffener Landing Curve. (P2
CP:296036)
 Group Selected Labels stacks selected objects without overlapping the leader lines. For
more information, see Group Selected Labels. (P2 CP:265171 and P3 CP:271343)
 You can select multiple objects with the Place a Label command, and place a group label
for the objects. For more information, see Place a Label Command and Group Labels. (P3
CP:181864)
 Drawing by Rule view properties only display applicable drawing by rule view styles. For
more information, see View Tab (Drawing View Properties Dialog Box - Drawings View
Explorer). (P3 CP:215229)
 You can place a manual view for non-shell plates in Marine mode. For more information, see
Place a Manual View for Non-Shell Plates.

Preface
 You can now update all drawings by rule documents with the Full Update action in
Intergraph Smart Batch Services. For more information, see Full Update Action. (P1
CP:160700) (P3 CP:199390)
 A new property, View Cone Angle, displays the cone angle value. For more information,
see View Tab (Drawing View Properties Dialog Box - Drawings View Explorer). (P3
CP:266696)
 Added a new Warning view state to the Drawings View Explorer. For more information, see
Drawings View Explorer. (P3 CP:271093)
 In ruleset views, if you change the view style before editing View Offset for the first time,
View Offset displays the offset value as defined in the .xml template of the view style. For
more information, see View Tab (Drawing View Properties Dialog Box). (P3 CP:272849)
 A new file option, File Already Exists Action, specifies how to save the hierarchy if a file
with the same name already exists. For more information, see Save As Command (on page
68) (P4 CP:273965)
 Any time you update a 3D model document, the software now generates a single log file
containing status information and any errors encountered during the process. The log file
location is %TEMP%\EFUpdateCache\[3D Model ID]\[3D Model ID].log. For more
information, see Updating Documents (on page 101). (P2 CP:292733)
 Added information about hiding plant view styles when working in marine mode. For more
information, see View Tab (Drawing View Properties Dialog Box - Drawings View Explorer).
(P3 CP:293501)
Orthographic Drawings
 You can now export 3D model graphics directly to MicroStation V8 DGN file format. For
more information, see Exporting 3D Model Graphics to MicroStation. (P4 CP:251155)
 Added a new MicroStation Version option to Setup dialog box (MicroStation DGN Files).
For more information, see Setup Dialog Box (MicroStation DGN Files). (P4 CP:112450)
 Added information about the working units supported by the seed file when exporting
graphics to MicroStation V7 DGN file format. For more information, see Create MicroStation
DGN files .(P2 CP:75204)
 Highlight Annotations and Clear Manual Edits commands are available on the Drawings
Compose toolbar. For more information, see Highlight Annotations Command and Clear
Manual Edits Command. (P2 CP:256406)
 You can now associate manually placed objects to graphic views. For more information, see
Associate Graphics to Graphic View Command. (P2 CP:247816)
Isogen Isometric Drawings

 You can now produce cable tray and HVAC isometric drawings. To support this
enhancement, the Style list on the Setup dialog box now enables you to filter styles
according to the isometric drawing type. For more information, see Setup Dialog Box (Isogen
Isometric Drawing by Query Component).(P2 CP:273785 and CP:209035)
In this version of the software, cable tray and HVAC isometric drawing
options are limited to beta access. As such, isometric options specific to cable tray and
HVAC drawings are not visible in Isogen Configuration by default. To turn on cable tray
and HVAC options so that you have access to the full array of isometric drawing settings

Preface
provided by the software, please contact Intergraph Support

(http://www.intergraph.com/support).
 To support the creation of cable tray and HVAC isometric drawings, two new drawing styles
are delivered with the software: Iso_CableTray and Iso_HVAC. For more information, see
Isometric Drawing Styles.
 The function of the piping component file (PCF) has been extended. In addition to piping
content, the PCF now supports the transfer of HVAC and cable tray content and
configuration information between Smart 3D and Isogen.
 You can now associate manually placed objects to graphic views. For more information, see
Associate Graphics to Graphic View Command. (P2 CP:247816)
 In previous versions of the software, you used TreatTapsOnPipeAsTeeStubs to specify
whether the software managed taps as tee stubs or as regular taps when generating a
piping isometric drawing or when creating a piping component file (PCF). The software now
treats all radial taps placed on pipe as set-on tees, or tee stubs. All non-radial taps remain
as taps. (P2 CP:255192)
 Previous versions of Smart 3D refer to Piping Isometric Drawings. Because the software
now supports the production of cable tray and HVAC isometric drawings, the UI now reflects
the generic term Isogen Isometric Drawings. This document has been updated to reflect this
change in the UI. (P2 CP:259784)
 The Isometric Style Options Browser, which enabled you to control all of the options
related to the appearance and information content of the isometric drawing, has been
replaced with Isogen Configuration. For more information, see Isogen Configuration. (P2
CP:255749)
 You can now show the slope symbol without any angle/ratio for sloped lines. (P3
CP:157751)
 Isogen Configuration supports the ability to import a style fragment. For more information,
see Import data from a style XML file. (P2 AL:14940)
 You can export a customized set of isometric drawing properties, Alternative Text, and
report definitions to a style .xml file. For more information, see Export an isometric drawing
style fragment and Export Style Fragment Dialog Box. (P2 AL:14965)
 Isogen Configuration supports a new file path macro, $SYMBOLSHARE$. This macro
enables you to reference the SharedContent folder when specifying any path within an
isometric drawing style. Previous versions of the software required you to specify a hard-
coded path to reference any file located in the SharedContent folder. (P2 CP:105056)
 PCF syntax now supports the following material attributes: GEOMETRIC-STANDARD,
MATERIAL-OF-CONSTRUCTION,OUTSIDE-DIAMETER, OUTSIDE-DIAMETER2, RATING,
RATING2, SCHEDULE, SCHEDULE2, WALL-THICKNESS, and WALL-THICKNESS2. (P2
CP:248316)
 A new PDF document is delivered with the software. The Isometric Drawing Options
Reference Guide contains descriptions and general information for working with the Isogen
and Smart 3D isometric drawing properties. In previous versions of the software, this content
was delivered as part of the Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide. The new document
(IsometricDrawingOptionsReferenceGuide.pdf) is available in the [Product
Folder]:\Documentation\Help folder and from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.

Preface
 Added guidelines for creating a dotted dimensioned label. For more information, see Create
a dotted dimensioned label.
 The following changes are specific to the isometric drawing properties supported by the
software. For more information, see What's New in the Isometric Drawing Options Reference
Guide. You can access this document using the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
 A new options group, Grouping, has been added to Drawing Area > Graphics. (P2
AL:10443)
 The Group graphics by UCI property allows you to control how graphics are grouped
in the output CAD file. (P2 AL:10443)
 The Welds and Joints style category has been re-organized to improve its overall layout.
(P2 AL:14803)
 The software now supports horizontal positioning of the dimension standout. (P2
AL:11970)
 The software supports the ability to pull properties directly from the Drawing Sheet
object. (P2 CP:123112)
 The number of user-definable Alternative Text (AText) strings that the software supports
has been expanded. (P2 CP:74293)
 A new OidType called Drawing Sheet enables you to pull properties directly from the
Drawing Sheet object.(P2 CP:123112)
 The software supports output of a double-banked material list on the isometric drawing.
Previous versions of the software supported offsetting the material list section only
along the Y (or vertical) direction of the drawing using Section2 Y Offset and Section3
Y Offset. Now you can also offset the material list section along the X (or horizontal)
direction of the drawing using Section2 X Offset and Section3 X Offset. You can set
this option using Materials > Drawing Material List > User Defined. (P3 CP:250733)
You can also use the Drawing Setup Tool to set the horizontal offset for the
report data contained in Section 2 and Section 3 of the material list. For more
information, see X under Section Two and Section Three in Drawing Areas Page and
Material List Page.
 The software supports user-specified reference dimension placement locations on a
piping isometric drawing. As part of this new functionality, the Placement property is
renamed to Automatic Placement, and a new setting, Off, has been added. (P3
CP:176166)
 Added information about using pipeline data text attributes to dynamically name Isogen
output files.
Reports
 You can now specify a unit delimiter between primary and secondary units in a report. For
more information, see Parameters (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 163). (P2 CP:140982)
 Added a new report, Designed Member Itemized Material Take-off. For more information,
see Designed Member Itemized Material Take-off (on page 335). (P2 CP:234498)
 Added the trench run report. For more information, see Trench Run Report (Civil) (on page
941). (P2 CP:259491)

Preface
 Added a new report, Diagnostic Synch Workspace Report (Diagnostic). For more
information, see Diagnostic Synch Workspace Report (Diagnostic) (on page 346). (P2
CP:269935)
 Added information on using the Reporting Requirement property to exclude objects from
reports. For more information, see Report Queries to Extract Data (on page 124). (P3
CP:85240)
 Added the workflow for configuring and running personal reports. For more information, see
Run Report (on page 167). (P4 CP:281013)
Customer Support
Anti-Piracy Statement
Copyright © 1999-2016, Intergraph ® Corporation
Documentation updates available from Smart Support
9/12/2016 Version 2016 (11.0)

SECTION 1
Drawings and Reports

The Intergraph SmartTM 3D Drawings and Reports task creates orthographic drawings (by a
variety of methods), isometric drawings, and reports from the model. When the 3D model
changes, you can update your drawings and reports.
The Drawings and Reports task is also responsible for publishing your drawings and reports.
When your model is registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, you can publish
volume and composed drawings, orthographic drawings, isometric drawings, and reports. You
can also publish 3D model data using the 3D Model Data component.
The Management Console organizes the different document types into a customizable
hierarchy. Using the component functionality of the console, you can create, edit, update, print,
save, and publish the deliverables. This hierarchy of components and documents is also
available in many of the 3D tasks, such as Common, by using the Tools > Drawing Console
command. You can perform nearly all of your document operations using this command. For
more information, see the Common User's Guide.
Before you can create components for drawings and reports, your administrator must organize
the Management Console hierarchy with folders for each component type. Then, the
administrator must complete several setup steps, including setting up drawing and report
templates, creating view styles, creating appropriate filters, and specifying isometric drawing
options. Default templates and view styles are delivered with the software, and you can
customize them to suit your needs.
It is possible to customize templates and view styles before any objects exist in the model.
However, to create drawings and reports, objects must exist in your model. For example, if you
want to generate Isogen isometric drawings, you must have piping, cable tray, or HVAC data in
your model.
Composed Drawings
Composed drawings are orthographic drawings created in a 3D task such as Common. The
composed drawing component, available in the Drawing and Reports task Management
Console, manages the composed drawings you create. Composed drawings are flexible,
allowing you to have views that are managed by a drawing region and associate the views to
volumes and other views.
Volume Drawings
Volume drawings are useful for creating general arrangement or construction drawings of areas
within the model. In the Volume Drawing workflows, you or your administrator must create or
edit border templates. You can place drawing property labels in the title block of the template to
fit your company or project. You also must configure the view styles, which are sets of rules that
determine how the graphics in the three-dimensional model are represented on the drawings.
View styles use filters. You can create a folder of drawing filters, with new, existing, and future
filters for each discipline. You place drawing volumes in the Space Management task. You can
publish Volume drawings when they are up-to-date.

Drawings and Reports
Orthographic Drawings by Query

The Orthographic Drawing by Query component, in conjunction with the Drawings by Query
Manager component, creates drawings in mass by specifying a filter-based query to collect
objects for drawings. This drawing type is appropriate for creating detail drawings of particular
objects within the model. They are especially useful when creating drawings that use the same
style or format for large numbers of similar objects, such as hangers or supports.
Just like composed and volume drawings, you can print, update, save into MicroStation J (V7
and V8) or AutoCAD formats, or publish Orthographic Drawings by Query. When you publish
Orthographic Drawings, a viewable graphic file is created; no physical data is published.
Orthographic Drawings by Rule (marine mode and material handling mode)

Drawing by Rule types include design and detail drawings, manufacturing drawings, and
assembly drawings. You can use the Drawings by Rule component to create custom drawings,
or select a delivered Drawings by Rule package to create your drawings.
Isogen Isometric Drawings by Query

Like Orthographic Drawings by Query, you create Isogen Isometric Drawings by Query by
specifying a filter-based query to collect the objects. The workflow requires that you create or
edit border templates to fit your company or project. You or your administrator also must set the
isometric options for each of the isometric styles that you need in your project.
When you publish Isogen Isometric Drawings by Query, they are published as viewable
graphics. No physical data is published.
Reports
In the Spreadsheet Reports workflow, you create report templates, which control the content
and format of reports. The default file format of reports in the software is Microsoft Excel®
format. The Report Template Editor provides the ability to configure your reports to use queries
and special formatting.
You can publish Spreadsheet Reports just like drawings. However, the Spreadsheet Reports are
published as Excel spreadsheets; no physical data is published.
 Microsoft Excel 2003 is the minimum supported version for the Drawings and Reports task.
 Microsoft Excel 2007 has a file format and extension of .xlsx. However, the delivered report
templates still use the old .xls extension. If you create a report template with the .xlsx
extension, only machines with Excel 2007 will be able to handle (edit, update, or open) the
report. If you attempt to open an .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
displays stating that the file is not compatible with the version of Excel.
 If you use Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under Tools > Macro > Security > Trusted
Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
 If you use Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to open Excel
Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select the Trust Center Settings button.
Select the Macro Settings category and check Trust access to the VBA project object
model.
 For more information about Microsoft Office and service packs, refer to the Microsoft web
site (http://www.microsoft.com/) (http://www.microsoft.com/).

SECTION 2
Interface Overview
This task includes different windows or views within its interface. You can toggle the display of
these windows using commands on the View menu. For more information, see View Menu (on
page 58).
The Management Console contains a hierarchy of folders and components that you create. If
you right-click an item in the Management Console, the available menu commands vary,
depending on the item and your permissions. For more information on managing folders and
components in the Management Console, see Shortcut Menus (on page 63). The
Management Console only displays in the Drawings task.
The Detail View shows the children of the selected item in the Management Console. You can
select multiple components or documents by pressing Ctrl or Shift while selecting. To specify
the columns in the Detail View, right-click a column heading and click More. The Detail View is
overlaid by other windows depending on the current operation. For example, when reviewing
drawings using the Open command, a 2D viewer displays. When you edit report templates, a
tabular editor displays. For more information on setting the appearance of the Detail View, see
Detail View (View Menu) (on page 59).
In plant mode, the Workspace Explorer is the tabbed view of systems, assemblies, spaces,
and Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) items in the software. For more information about the
Workspace Explorer, see the Common User's Guide available from the Help > Printable
Guides command in the software. The Workspace Explorer does not display in the Drawings
task.
Another window you use while working in this task is the SmartSketch Drawing
Editor window, which displays as a separate application window. It allows you to edit border
templates, drawing templates, and backing sheets for all types of drawings.
See Also
Menus and Toolbars (on page 55)
Icons for Components and Drawings (on page 55)
Permissions Overview (on page 57)

Interface Overview
Menus and Toolbars

In this task, the commands available change according to the active window, selected
Management Console or Detail View item, and the specific workflow.
For example, when you edit a drawing template or open a drawing, you control the template with
SmartSketch Drawing Editor. You use SmartSketch Drawing Editor menus and toolbars to
edit the open drawing template. When you edit report templates, the report menus and
commands are available.
In addition, the shortcut menu that displays when you right-click an item in the Management
Console or in the Detail View differs according to the type of item. For example, some of the
commands on the shortcut menu for an Isogen isometric drawing are different from the
commands on the shortcut menu for a composed drawing component.
For the root node of the Management Console hierarchy and Folder items that have no child
items beneath them, the shortcut menu includes Batch..., Copy, Paste, Delete, Rename,
New..., Save Package..., and Properties. If there are any child items beneath the root node or
beneath the selected folder, the following commands are added: Create Drawing(s), Refresh,
Run Query, Update Now, Print, and Save As. If you are registered with SmartPlant
Foundation, the Publish and Revise commands are added as well.
Also, keep in mind that the main menu bar available in the application varies by task. Some
commands available in other tasks may not be available in this one.
See Also
Interface Overview (on page 54)
Detail View (View Menu) (on page 59)
Icons for Components and Drawings

The Management Console and Detail View display different icons to show the type and status
of packages, components, and documents.
Drawing Type Icons

- Root of the model hierarchy
- Folder
- Search folder
- Imported folder
- Query manager
- Generic module folder

Interface Overview
- Drawing by Rule component (marine mode and material handling mode only)
- Volume Drawing component

- Composed Drawing component
- Orthographic Drawing component
- Isogen Isometric Drawing component
- Spreadsheet Report component

- 3D Model Data component
- MicroStation 3D DGN drawing component
- Package of drawing components (in the Add Component dialog box)
- Drawings by Rule package (in the Add Component dialog box) (marine mode and
material handling mode only)
- Drawing document. A status icon is always superimposed over this icon.
Document Status Icons

These icons are superimposed on the document icon and indicate document status.
- Submitted or scheduled for batch processing. These documents are either submitted or
scheduled for batch processing.
- Updating or publishing. A document also displays this icon if an error occurred and forced
the machine to end the update process before it completed. Right-click the drawing document,
and select View Log for more information, or update the document again.
- Out-of-date. This document has been altered in SmartSketch Drawing Editor or the
drawing properties have been changed. A document is not marked out-of-date if the 3D model
has been changed. For example, changing the view style of a drawing view causes the
document to be out-of-date, while moving a pump in the 3D model does not affect the drawing
status (unless a Refresh is performed).
- Up-to-date. This document is an accurate representation of the 3D model based on the last
update performed. If an object in the 3D model that is included in the drawing view has been
moved inside the 3D environment, the document is still up-to-date unless Refresh is performed.
A change must be made to the drawing properties or inside the drawing in order for it to be
marked out-of-date without a Refresh.
- Error status. An error has occurred during the update process. Right-click the drawing, and
select View Log for more information.
- No graphic objects in the model associated with this drawing document. For example, the
drawing is a piping isometric drawing document created from a Pipeline System that has no
piping parts associated with it.
- The drawing document is a version 6.1 legacy Snapshot drawing. You should use the
Tools > Convert Legacy Snapshots command to convert this document to a Composed
Drawing for use in the current version of the software. If you do not convert the legacy snapshot

Interface Overview
drawing, you cannot perform edit operations on the drawing, including update, revise, and
publish.
See Also
Components Overview (on page 112)
Batch Update Document(s) (on page 210)
Update Now (on page 103)
Permissions Overview
Your site administrator sets permissions and creates permission groups in the Project
Management task. These permissions are used in the different tasks in the software to control
user access.
You can see your current permission group in the dropdown box in the upper left-hand corner of
the window when in the Drawings and Reports task.
The permission group to which an item belongs can affect the actions allowed against that item.
For example, the propagation of properties down the hierarchy, from parent to child, is
interrupted when a node or document in a read-only permission group is encountered.
The following list shows the actions relating to drawings and reports that are affected by
permission groups:
 Accessing shortcut menu commands in the Management Console and Detail View
 Creating items, such as drawings, drawing views, and drawing volumes
 Propagating properties down through the hierarchy
 Deleting items
 Updating items, such as re-extracting drawings
In addition, access to the SharedContent share on the server computer affects actions such as
creating and editing view styles and graphic rules.
See Also

SECTION 3
View Menu
In This Section
Management Console (View Menu) .............................................. 58
Detail View (View Menu) ............................................................... 59
Workspace Explorer (View Menu) ................................................. 62
Refresh (View Menu) ..................................................................... 62
Management Console (View Menu)

Toggles the display of the Management Console. By default, the Management Console is
visible when you enter this task.
The Management Console contains a hierarchy of folders and components that you create. If
you right-click an item in the Management Console, the available menu commands vary,
depending on the item and your permissions. For more information on managing folders and
components in the Management Console, see Shortcut Menus (on page 63).
When you switch to a different task and then return to the Drawings and Reports task,
the Management Console remembers the node you last selected on the console hierarchy.
See Also
Workspace Explorer (View Menu) (on page 62)
Refresh (View Menu) (on page 62)

View Menu
Detail View (View Menu)

Turns the display of the Detail View on and off. This command is located on the View menu.
When checked, the Detail View is visible in the application window. When you right-click folders
or documents in the Detail View, shortcut menus display. The items on the shortcut menu vary
depending on the selected item, as shown in the following examples. For more information on
the commands, see Shortcut Menus (on page 63).
Plant mode example:
Marine mode example:
To modify the headings in the Detail View, right-click the column-heading area. Select More on
the shortcut menu to display the Column Settings dialog box.
See Also
Specify columns in the detail view (on page 60)
Column Settings Dialog Box (on page 61)

View Menu
Specify columns in the detail view

1. Right-click a column heading in the Detail View. The shortcut menu shows the currently
displayed columns with a checkmark .
2. Add and remove columns automatically by checking and unchecking them on the shortcut
menu.
3. To modify the appearance and order of the columns, click More on the shortcut menu.
4. On the Column Settings dialog box, select the columns you want to include in the Detail
View. Clear, or uncheck, the ones you do not want to include. You can also use the Show
and Hide buttons to add and remove columns.
5. To change the order of the columns, click Move Up and Move Down on the Column
Settings dialog box.
6. Specify the width of a column by selecting it and typing an integer in the Width of selected
column box. You can also resize columns by dragging the edge of the column in the Detail
View.

View Menu
Column Settings Dialog Box

Specifies the columns you want to see in the Detail View. You also can specify the order and
width of the columns. You access this dialog box when you right-click in the column heading
area of the Detail View and select More on the shortcut menu.
Move Up
Moves the selected column up one position. The column displays one position to the left in
the Detail View.
Move Down
Moves the selected column down one position. The column displays one position to the right
in the Detail View.
Show
Displays the column in the Detail View.
Hide
Hides the column in the Detail View.
In addition to the Show and Hide commands, you can use the checkboxes
beside the column names to add and remove them from the Detail View. Checked indicates
that the column displays in the Detail View.
Width of selected column
Specifies the width of the column in pixels. You can specify a different column width for each
column.
See Also
Management Console (View Menu) (on page 58)

View Menu

Workspace Explorer (View Menu)

Toggles the display of the Workspace Explorer as a viewer only in the Drawings and Reports
task. By default, the Workspace Explorer is visible when you enter this task. The Workspace
Explorer displays the contents of the workspace in a classification hierarchy that reflects the
various relationships defined for the design objects. The content represents the current objects
loaded from the database into the active workspace.
Icons display at the left of the window objects to indicate the type of the object. For example, a
file folder icon represents the model, an equipment icon represents equipment, an I-beam icon
represents a structural system, and so forth.
See Also
Refresh (View Menu)

Updates the loaded (expanded) content of the Console hierarchy, when others are concurrently
adding folder, components, or drawings to the hierarchy. The entire hierarchy does not refresh
unless you have all the nodes completely expanded. You can also press F5 to update the
content.
See Also
Shortcut Menus (on page 63)

SECTION 4
Shortcut Menus
When you right-click nodes in the Management Console and nodes or documents in the Detail
View, shortcut menus display. The items on the shortcut menu vary depending on the selected
item.
Root Shortcut Menu

Folder Shortcut Menu
Component Shortcut Menu
Drawing Document Shortcut Menu
 By default, the Management Console and Detail View display when you enter the task.
You can turn the views on or off on the View menu.
 When you switch to a different task and then return to the Drawings and Reports task, the
Management Console remembers the node you last selected on the console hierarchy.
 If you are registered with SmartPlant Foundation, the Publish and Revise commands are
added as well. You can also set up batch printing and updating for documents using the
Batch commands available on the shortcut menus.
See Also

Shortcut Menus
New Command
Adds a new folder, a search folder, an imported folder, or a component to the Management
Console hierarchy. Select the model root or a folder and right-click to select New. If you select
the model root, New creates a folder, a search folder, or a folder containing a set of drawing
components. If you select a folder, New creates a folder, a search folder, an imported folder, or
a drawing component.
Search Folders (on page 188)
Imported Folders (on page 194)
If you have previously created a package, the package is available in the Add Component
dialog box to add a component to the hierarchy. For more information, see Save Package
Command (on page 65).
You can configure the shortcut menu for a folder to display more New options. For more
information, see Configure New Command On A Folder in the Smart 3D Drawings and Reports
Reference Data Guide.
Add Component Dialog Box (on page 65)
What do you want to do?

 Add a folder (on page 64)
 Add a package of components (on page 65)
 Add a component (on page 65)
Add a folder
1. Right-click the root model in the Management Console hierarchy, and select New >
Folder.
The folder is added to the hierarchy.
2. To rename the folder, right-click the folder, and select Rename, or select the folder, and
press F2 on the keyboard. Type a new name.
 You can place another folder under a folder in the hierarchy.

 You can place a folder, application component, or a package under a folder in the hierarchy.
For example, you can add an Isogen Isometric Drawings by Query component to a folder.
 You cannot add folders or other components to a search folder component. For more
information, see Search Folders (on page 188).

Shortcut Menus
Add a package of components

1. Right-click the root model in the Management Console hierarchy, and select New.
2. On the shortcut menu, click More to open the Add Component dialog box, and select a
package for a set of related components. For more information, see Add Component
Dialog Box (on page 65).
A folder and components are added to the hierarchy.
3. To rename the folder or a component, right-click and select Rename on the shortcut menu,
or press F2 on the keyboard.
Right-click a component to access the available commands for that component.
Add a component
1. In the Management Console, create a folder or select an existing folder.
2. Right-click the folder, then select New.
3. On the shortcut menu, select a component such as Composed Drawings or Orthographic
Drawings by Query, or click More to open the Add Component dialog box and select a
component. For more information, see Add Component Dialog Box (on page 65).
The component is added to the folder.
4. To rename the component, right-click the component, and select Rename, or select the
component, and press F2 on the keyboard. Type a new name.
 Right-click a component to access the available commands for that component.

 You cannot add folders or other components to a search folder component. For more
information, see Search Folders (on page 188).
Add Component Dialog Box

Lists the available packages and folder types you can use to create folders and drawing
components at the selected level in the Management Console hierarchy. You access this
dialog box when you right-click a folder or the model root, and select New > More.
Packages are organized in tabs by drawing type. Select a tab, and then select a package to
view its description.
Many packages are delivered with the software. Your catalog administrator can add
new tabs and packages to the dialog box using the Save Package Command. For more
information, see Save Package Command (on page 65).
See Also
Save Package Command

Saves the Management Console hierarchy from the selected component down. The package
saves the setup information and any template definitions that exist on nodes within the selected

Shortcut Menus
hierarchy. You can access this command by right-clicking a folder or application component in
the Management Console. You must have at least write permissions on the component to
access the Save Package command.
This command is not used in the normal workflow of creating drawings and
reports. An administrator with write permissions to the SharedContent folders saves packages.
When a package is added back into the Management Console, it recreates the hierarchy that
was saved with the package.
Packages are also used in the setup of a Drawings by Query Manager component for the
creation of orthographic and Isogen isometric drawings.
Save Package Dialog Box (on page 67)
 Output documents are not saved in a package.

 If the topmost component saved in the package is a folder, then the package can be placed
under the model root or a folder. If the topmost component saved in the package is an
application component, then the package can only be placed under a folder.
 When you place a package, the software adds all the components to the active permission
group.
 To save drawings or reports externally, see Save As Command (on page 68).
Save a package
1. Right-click a component in the Management Console hierarchy, and select Save Package
The Save Package dialog box displays.
2. Specify a package name, package description, and tab name. For example, you can save a
package named Piping Isometric Drawing Package to a new tab called Iso.
3. Click OK to save the package.
The package is added to the Add Component dialog box on the specified tab. If a new tab
name was specified, a new tab is added to the dialog box.
You can add the new package to the hierarchy by using the New command. Select
the package on the Add Component dialog box. When you add a package, the software adds
all the components to the active permission group.
See Also
Save Package Command (on page 65)

Shortcut Menus
Save Package Dialog Box

Package Name
Specifies a name for the package.
Package Description
Describes the package.
Tab Name
Specifies the tab of the Add Component dialog box on which the package displays. You
can pick an existing name or type a new tab name in this field. The next time you access the
Add Component dialog box from an existing folder, the software adds the new tab and lists
the new package on the tab. For more information, see Add Component Dialog Box (on
page 65). For example, if you saved a package called Piping Isometric Drawing Package
and added it to a new tab called Isos, an Isos tab is added to the Add Component dialog
box:
See Also
Save a package (on page 66)

Shortcut Menus
Save As Command
Saves drawings and reports as specified file types to an external location, such as a share on
another server. This command is not available until you generate drawings for at least one of the
structures in the hierarchy. This command saves only the structures that contain drawings or
reports. You can save multiple file types based on the types of documents available. You can
specify the target file type for each drawing type you want to save.
To save the hierarchy as a package, right-click the folder and select Save Package on the right-
click menu. For more information, see Save Package Command (on page 65).
Save As Dialog Box (on page 72)

 Save to a file (on page 68)
 Create a piping component file (PCF)
 Save as SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml) (on page 70)
Save to a file
Prior to following this procedure, you must have generated drawings already for at least one of
the items in the Console hierarchy. The Save As command is not available if drawings have not
been generated.
1. Select a folder, component, or document. You can select multiple documents by holding Ctrl
or Shift and clicking each item.
2. Right-click your selection, then select Save As on the shortcut menu.
The Save As Dialog Box (on page 72) displays.
3. Specify the Output Folder Rule to be used. You can save the item as it displays in the
hierarchy, with its parent folder appended or with the entire model hierarchy appended.
4. Specify the File Already Exists Action to be used. This determines how you save the file if
it has the same name of an existing file. Select Overwrite to replace the existing file, or
select Save As filename (n) to save the file separately.
5. Specify the Output Folder location. Click Browse to display a dialog box to locate the
appropriate folder location.
6. Check the boxes for the Component Types you want to save. You can select multiple
component types. For more information, see Save As Dialog Box (on page 72).
7. In the Target File Type lists, specify the file types you want to save. You can specify a file
type for each component type selected. For example, you could use the Iso_Stress style to
create a Piping Component File (PCF) file, then when you perform a Save As on the
document, check the Isometric Drawings component type and specify the Target File
Type as PCF File.

Shortcut Menus
 For Isogen isometric drawings, the name of the drawing document becomes the prefix
for all of the files. For example, if the drawing document name is My_Pipeline, the saved
file names become: My_Pipeline.sha, My_Pipeline.pcf, and so on.
 For Isogen isometric drawings, a file is created for each sheet in the drawing with
[drawing name]_[sheet name] as the filename. For example, if the drawing My_Pipeline
contains Sheet1 and Sheet2, two files will be saved with the names
My_Pipeline_Sheet1 and My_Pipeline_Sheet2.
 If you configured a StartProgram, then the extracted PCF file will be stored with the
relation <Filename>-extracted-pcf. For example, if the final PCF file name is
My_Pipeline, then the extracted PCF is saved as My_Pipeline-extracted-pcf in the same
location along with the My_Pipeline file.
You must configure a StartProgram to store the extracted PCF.
Otherwise, the software considers the final PCF as the extracted PCF.
 The SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml) target file type allows you to save drawing data
and metadata to generate .xml files in either integrated and non-integrated
environments that can be easily updated. For integration, you can use SmartPlant
Interop Publisher to translate the generated .xml data file to a Smart Drawing available
in SmartPlant Foundation. This option is available for Isometric Drawings, Composed
Drawings, and Volume Drawings component types. For more information, see Save
as SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml) (on page 70).
8. Click OK to save the files as specified.
 The saved drawings retain the same names they had in this task.
 You can also extract all the sheets of a document to foreign formats such as MicroStation
DGN, AutoCAD DWG and DXF files. A file is created for each sheet in the drawing with
[drawing name]_[sheet name] as the filename. For example, if the drawing Volume_Drawing
contains Sheet1 and Sheet2, two files are saved with the names Volume_Drawing_Sheet1
and Volume_Drawing_Sheet2.

Shortcut Menus
Save as SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml)

Use the SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml) target file type to save drawing data and metadata and
generate .xml files in either integrated or non-integrated environments. This save option is
available for Isometric Drawings, Composed Drawings, and Volume Drawings component
types.
1. Before you use the Save As command, you must define the Discipline property for your
documents:
a. In the Console, right-click an item in the hierarchy, then select Properties on the
shortcut menu.
b. Go to the WBS Tab.
c. Set the Discipline property. If your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard, this also adds the Publish command to the right-click menu for the
selected document or documents. For a 3D Model Data document, the property is set to
SmartPlant Review Document.
2. Right-click the Isometric, Volume, or Composed document, and select Save As.
The Save As dialog box displays.
3. Specify the Output Folder Rule to use. You can save the item as it displays in the
Console, with its parent folder appended or with the entire model hierarchy appended.
4. Specify the File Already Exists Action to be used. This determines how you save the file if
it has the same name of an existing file. Select Overwrite to replace the existing file, or
select Save As filename (n) to save the file separately.
5. Specify the Output Folder location. Click Browse to display a dialog box to locate the
appropriate folder location.

Shortcut Menus
6. Check the Isometric Drawings, Composed Drawings, or Volume Drawings component

type. You can select multiple component types.
7. In the Target File Type menu list for the component type, select SmartPlant Foundation
(*.xml).
8. Click OK to save the files as specified.

The software generates an .sha file and two XML files in the specified location; an .xml data
file and an .xml metadata file. The data .xml file is named ToolData_<Drawing Name>. The
metadata file is named MetaData_<Drawing Name>.
You can now add the generated .sha in SmartPlant Interop Publisher to translate it to a Smart
Drawing and publish the drawing to SmartPlant Foundation. SmartPlant Interop Publisher
requires all generated files (.sha and .xml) to be located in the same folder location for
translation and publishing. For more information about Smart Drawings and the translation and
publish capabilities, refer to the SmartPlant Interop Publisher User's Guide.

Shortcut Menus
Save As Dialog Box

Sets options for exporting drawings. You can open this dialog box by right-clicking a folder,
component, or drawing and then selecting Save As on the right-click menu.
Output Folder Rules

Specifies how you want to save the hierarchy. The following options are provided:
 As displayed specifies the selection is saved as displayed.
 Append Parent Folder specifies the selected item is appended to the parent folder.
 Append Model Hierarchy specifies the selected item is appended to the hierarchy
starting from the root and including the selected item.
File Already Exists Action
Specifies how you want to save the hierarchy if a file with the same name already exists.
 Overwrite overwrites the existing file.
 Save As filename (n) saves the file separately, and appends a number 'n' after the file
name. For example, if the existing file name is FileName, the new file name is
FileName (1).
Output Folder
Specifies the location to which to save the package.
Browse
Indicates a folder in which to save the drawings. You can select a local folder or a folder on
another computer on the network.
File Type

Shortcut Menus
Specifies the file formats to save for each drawing type. Check the box next to each drawing
type you want to save. Use the Target File Type menu to specify the file type to which the
drawing type is saved. The file types available for each drawing type are described in the
following table.
Drawing Type Target File Types
MicroStation MicroStation J (V7 and V8)

(*.dgn) 32MB limit
Isogen Isometric Drawings Shape2DServer (*.sha)

PCF file (*.pcf)
 For Isogen Isometric Drawings, the name of the drawing Both (*.sha & *.pcf)
document becomes the prefix for all of the files. For
All Files (*.*) - Includes all .sha
example, if the drawing document name is My_Pipeline,
and .pcf files, as well as all
the saved file names become: My_Pipeline.sha,
enabled supplementary files.
My_Pipeline.pcf, and so on.
MicroStation J (V7 and V8)
 For Isogen Isometric Drawings, a file is created for each
(*.dgn)
sheet in the drawing with [drawing name]_[sheet name]
as the filename. For example, if the drawing AutoCAD (*.dxf)
My_Pipeline contains Sheet1 and Sheet2, two files will
AutoCAD (*.dwg)
be saved with the names My_Pipeline_Sheet1 and
My_Pipeline_Sheet2. SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml)
Spreadsheet Reports Worksheets (*.xls)
Composed Drawings, Volume Drawings, and Orthographic Shape2DServer (*.sha)

Drawings by Query
MicroStation J (V7 and V8)
(*.dgn)
AutoCAD (*.dxf)
AutoCAD (*.dwg)
Composed by Drawings and Volume Drawings SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml)
See Also
Save As Command (on page 68)

Shortcut Menus
Open Command
Opens the selected document for viewing within this task. This command is available on the
shortcut menu for all document types except 3D Model Data. You also can open the document
by double-clicking it.
Opening a MicroStation 3D DGN document requires that the MicroStation J (V7) or
MicroStation J (V8) application be loaded on the workstation.
Open a document
1. In the Detail View, double-click a document. You can also right-click the document, then
select Open.
2. Close a document by clicking File > Exit.
To edit the document, right-click the document, the select Edit. If the document is a
drawing, you can annotate it.
See Also
Open Command (on page 74)
Delete Command
Removes an item and its sub-items from the hierarchy and the database. You access this
command on the right-click menu for any node or document in the hierarchy. Undo is not
available for this action. Upon deletion, a confirmation message displays.
When you delete a drawing, its associated template and its component remain unchanged. Any
associated physical volumes are deleted.
You can delete many items that are directly or indirectly related to this task:
 Components in the Management Console hierarchy
 Documents
 Drawing volumes
 Drawing views
In some cases, deleting an item causes other items to be deleted. For example, when you
delete a drawing volume, associated views are deleted. When you delete a drawing view in a
generated drawing, associated volumes and documents are deleted.
In addition, the item status and your permissions can affect whether or not you can delete the
item. A drawing set to Approved cannot be deleted. However, you may be able to delete a
drawing set to Working.
You can select multiple components or documents in the Detail View and use the
Delete command from the right-click menu to remove those items.

Shortcut Menus
Delete an item
1. Right-click a folder component, document, drawing volume, or drawing view.
2. On the shortcut menu, click Delete.
You cannot undo a delete operation.
The Delete command propagates down the hierarchy. For example, if you delete a
volume component, its child components (if any) and all the drawings contained in the
components are deleted as well. However, when you delete a single volume drawing, the
associated template, volume, and component remain unchanged. You can update the drawing
component to re-create the drawing.
See Also
Rename Command
Allows you to type a new name for a selected item in the hierarchy. The shortcut key for this
command is F2.
You cannot have duplicate names at the same level in the tree, but the names are
case-sensitive. For example, you can have two items be named 'ItemName' and 'itemname' at
the same level in the tree.
Rename an item
1. Right-click an item in the Management Console hierarchy or Detail View, and select
Rename on the shortcut menu. Alternatively, press F2 on the keyboard.
2. Type a new name for the item.
See Also
Rename Command (on page 75)
Print Command
Sends a print request for the selected documents to the default printer. This command is not
available until you have created and updated documents.

 Print a document (on page 76)
 Print a document as a PDF file (on page 76)

Shortcut Menus
Print a document
1. To specify a printer, select File > Select Printer. For more information on selecting a
printer, see Select Printer (File Menu) (on page 76).
2. Select a folder, application component, or the root node in the Management Console to
print all of the drawing and report documents beneath the selected level. You can also
select a single document or multi- select documents in the Detail View. You can select
multiple documents to print by pressing Ctrl or Shift and then clicking each document in the
Detail View.
3. Right-click and select Print on the shortcut menu.
You can also use the Batch > Print command on the item's shortcut menu to print the item
using a scheduled batch job. For more information, see Batch Print (on page 209).
Print a document as a PDF file

1. To specify a printer, select File > Select Printer. For more information on selecting a
printer, see Select Printer (File Menu) (on page 76).
2. Select SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx as the printer.
3. Select a folder, application component, or the root node in the Management Console to
print all of the drawing and report documents beneath the selected level. You can also
select a single document or multi-select documents in the Detail View. You can select
multiple documents to print by pressing Ctrl or Shift and then clicking each document in the
Detail View.
4. Right-click and select Print on the shortcut menu.
You can also use the Batch > Print command on the item's shortcut menu to print the item
using a scheduled batch job. For more information, see Batch Print (on page 209).
Select Printer (File Menu)

Specifies a printer for documents. The command lists all printers available to your computer.
 To print a drawing as a PDF, select SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx as the printer.
 SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx requires special settings for 64-bit versions of Windows.
For more information, see Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for Windows (on page 77).
See Also
Select Printer Dialog Box (on page 77)

Shortcut Menus
Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for Windows

Smart 3D installs SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx, a printer driver used to convert drawings
and reports to PDF files. Special settings are needed for this driver.
Windows 7
1. Open Start > Control Panel
The Control Panel displays.
2. In the Hardware and Sound section, click View devices and Printers.
3. Right-click SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx and select Printer properties.
The SmartPlant PDF Converter 4xx Properties dialog box displays.
4. On the Advanced tab:
 Select Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster.
 Select Start printing immediately.
 Clear Enable advanced printing features.
5. Click OK.
Select Printer Dialog Box

Specifies a printer for documents.
Name
Specifies a printer name.
Status
Displays the current status of the specified printer.
Type
Displays the type of printer.
Where
Displays the port or location the printer uses.
See Also
Print a Document (on page 76)

Shortcut Menus
Setting Properties
The software updates properties from parent nodes to child nodes and drawings in the
Management Console hierarchy.
For example, you can display the Properties dialog box for a folder named Isometric
Drawings. If you set the Division Location property to Huntsville, Alabama, the software
pushes this value to the items contained within the Isometric Drawings folder.
You can specify inheritance for each item on its Properties dialog box. If you set the override
flag for a property, the property is not inherited from the parent. You can provide a new,
overriding value for the property. This new value then propagates to other items deeper in the
hierarchy.
Properties and Publishing

Several document properties impact publishing the document. Before you can publish
documents in the software, you must configure your computer. The configuration includes
installing the SmartPlant Client and SmartPlant Schema Component and registering through the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more information about the SmartPlant Registration
Wizard, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
Even if you have registered your model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, you must set
certain properties to enable the publishing capability. Properties that control publishing are found
on the WBS Tab. For more information, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page
239).
 The software considers blanks or cleared values as override flags.

 If the drawing document you are looking at in the Detail View has a yellow icon (for
example: ), the drawing document is a version 6.1 legacy Snapshot drawing. You should
use the Tools > Convert Legacy Snapshots command to convert this document to a
Composed Drawing for use in the current version of the software. If you do not convert the
legacy snapshot drawing, you cannot perform edit operations on the drawing, including
update, revise, and publish.
See Also
Edit document properties (on page 79)
Properties Command (on page 79)

Shortcut Menus
Properties Command
Views and edits properties for the selected document. The properties of child items are inherited
from the parent item unless you set the Override column for the properties.
Properties Dialog Box (on page 80)

 Edit document properties (on page 79)
 Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 79)
 Set properties for publishing documents (on page 239)
Edit document properties

1. In the Management Console or Detail view, right-click an item in the hierarchy, and select
Properties on the shortcut menu.
The Properties dialog box displays.
2. Change the properties as needed. For example, you can set the coordinate system for the
drawing on the Style tab or view the current approval information on the Signature tab.
 If you do not want an item to acquire a property from its parent, select the Override column
on the Properties dialog box and type a new value. This value propagates to other items
deeper in the hierarchy.
 The software treats blank or cleared property values as overrides.
Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents

Surface Style Rules and Aspects must be set on each 3D Model Data document before
updating it using the Update, Update Now, or Batch > Update command.
1. Select one or more 3D Model Data documents.
2. Right-click the selected documents, and select Properties on the shortcut menu.
The Properties dialog box displays.
3. Go to the Surface Styles and Aspects tab to add surface style rules to the selected rules
list. You can also import the surface styles used in the session file. For more information,
see Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 87).
4. Click Select Aspects to specify the aspects used within the 3D Model Data documents. If
you select no aspects for your documents, the Simple Physical aspect is automatically
applied by default. For more information, see Select Aspects Dialog Box (on page 89).
5. Click OK on the Properties dialog box to save the changes to the document(s).
Now you can update the drawing documents using the Update Now or Batch > Update
command to incorporate the surface styles and aspects with the 3D Model Data.

Shortcut Menus
Use a Search Folder to Collect 3D Model Data Documents for Property Update
You can create a Search Folder that filters for the 3D Model Data documents so you can edit
their surface style rule and aspect settings collectively. When you setup the Search Folder, use
a filter that looks for the SmartPlant Review Output objects. You could additionally specify
properties on the output objects to further narrow the search criteria, such as Data Created,
Date Last Modified, or Signature. For more information, see Search Folder Filters (on page
190).
Properties Dialog Box

Sets options for items in the Management Console hierarchy. All items in the Management
Console have a Properties command on their right-click shortcut menus. Using the Properties
dialog box, you can control how you want properties to propagate through the hierarchy.
You can specify labels for some of the properties on the tabs. Click the browse button at the
right of the table cell to display the Choose Label dialog box.
General Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 81)
Title Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 81)
Signature Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 84)
Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 86)
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 87)
Custom Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 94)
Notes Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 94)
Issue Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 95)
Revision Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 96)
WBS Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 98)
Configuration Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 99)
 The WBS tab is available only if you have registered your model using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard.
 If your model has not been registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, the Issue
tab is always available. If your model has been registered, the Issue tab is available only if

Shortcut Menus
you have issued documents to a contract and the information is read-only. For more
information, see Issue request documents (on page 246).
See Also
Setting Properties (on page 78)
General Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Shows general properties for a drawing item.
Name
Displays the name of the property.
Value
Sets the current value of the property.
Behavior
Specifies whether to inherit or override a property in the hierarchy of items in the Console. If
the property is Inherited, the setting comes from items higher in the hierarchy. If the
property is not read-only, you can provide a new, overriding value for the property by
changing the behavior setting to Override. This new value then propagates to other items
deeper in the hierarchy. If you set the behavior to Force Override, the property setting is
forced to items deeper in the hierarchy, even if they are set to Inherit.
Properties
Published
Indicates whether the drawing has been published.
Size
Displays the size of the file in KB (kilobytes).
See Also
Title Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the title area of drawings.
If you access this tab after selecting multiple drawings, these fields will appear empty,
regardless of what information was defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information
you add to this tab will overwrite the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the
selected drawings.
Name
Value
Behavior

Shortcut Menus
Properties
Border
Specifies the border attribute that stores the name of border for the title block. This attribute
also stores the dimensions of the border.
Charge Number
Defines the charge number for the drawing.
Charge Title
Describes the Charge Number box. The charge title text is placed to the left of the charge
number.
Company Name
Specifies the name of the company for which the project is designed.
Desc1
Describes the drawing. This description is the first of four lines of text used to describe the
drawing.
Desc2
Describes the drawing. This description is the second of four lines of text used to describe
the drawing.
Desc3
Describes the drawing. This description is the third of four lines of text used to describe the
drawing.
Desc4
Describes the drawing. This description is the fourth of four lines of text used to describe the
drawing.
Division Location
Specifies the location of the division for which the project is designed.
Division Name
Specifies the name of the division for which this project is designed.
Drawing Naming Rule
Specifies a default or custom naming rule to the drawing. The default name rules provided
include:
Default Drawing Name Rule - This is the default rule for composed drawing types. Creates
a name based on the parent component name, Global Workshare location ID, and an index
number. The naming rule inserts a "-" between each name. If there are no parent objects,
then only the child object name is used. For example, the first drawing created under the
ComposedDrawings001 component at workshare site 1 is called ComposedDrawings001-1-
0001.

Shortcut Menus
Default By Query Name Rule - This is the default rule for all Drawings by Query drawing
types. Creates a name based on the parent object name (each system and sub-system
above the child object will be included in the name) and child object name. The naming rule
inserts a "-" between each name. If there are no parent objects, then only the child object
name is used. For example, the first composed drawing created at workshare site 1 under
the ComposedDrawings001 component would be named ComposedDrawings001-0001.
Default Report Name Rule - This is the default rule for all Spreadsheet Reports. Creates a
name based on the object name, Global Workshare location ID, and an index number. For
example, the first drawing created at workshare site 1 is called ComposedDrawings001-1-
0001.
Volume Name Rule - This is the default rule for volume drawing types. Creates a name
based on the volume name, Global Workshare location ID, and an index number. For
example, the first drawing created using the volume Volume001 in workshare site 1 is called
Volume001-1-0001. If a volume is not specified, the drawing name will be named
Unspecified.
Customized naming rules appear in the list if you bulkload against the
CDrawingSheet class, which is the class for the drawing object. The rules are defined on
the NamingRules sheet in the GenericNamingRules.xls workbook. For more information,
see the Reference Data Guide.
Drawing Number
Displays the unique identifier for the drawing.
Drawing Size
Defines a standard note value for the border size.
Drawing Type
Defines the three-letter code to identify the type of drawing. For example, the type can be
DGN.
Job Number
Defines the unique identifier assigned to a capital project or job.
Note Line
Specifies text for a miscellaneous note line.
Plant Name
Specifies the name of the plant or project for which the drawing is designed.
Project Version
Defines the number and letter sequence that identifies a particular generation of a document
that was created since the last approved revision.
Revision Numbers
Defines the number of the current revision for this drawing.
Sheet
Defines the number of the page and the total number of pages that are associated with this
one. For example, the value might be 3 of 5.

Shortcut Menus
Site Location
Specifies the site location for which the drawing is designed.
Site Name
Specifies the name of the site where the plant is being constructed.
Title1
Specifies text for the first miscellaneous title. This title is usually a description of the area
shown on the drawing.
Title2
Specifies text for the second miscellaneous title. This title is usually a description of the type
of drawing.
Title3
Specifies text for the third miscellaneous title.
See Also
Signature Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the signature area of drawings.
regardless of the information defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information you
add to this tab overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the
selected drawings.
Name
Value
Behavior
Properties
Approval Date
Specifies the date the drawing was approved.
Approved By
Specifies the name of the person responsible for approving the drawing.

Shortcut Menus
Checked By
Specifies the name of the person responsible for checking the drawing.
Checked Date
Specifies the date the drawing was checked.
Designed By
Specifies the name of the person who specified or designed the information on the drawing.
Designed Date
Specifies the date the drawing was designed.
Drawing Status
Defines the status code for the drawing.
Drawn By
Specifies the name of the person who drew the drawing, or created it.
Drawn Date
Specifies the date the drawing was drawn or created.
Extra Sign By1
Specifies the name of an extra person who is signing the drawing.
Extra Sign By2
Specifies the name of an extra person who is signing the drawing.
Extra Sign Date1
Specifies the date the drawing was signed by the person whose name displays in this box.
Extra Sign Date2
Specifies the date the drawing was signed by the person whose name displays in this box.
Extra Sign Title1
Defines the title of the person whose name displays in this box.
Extra Sign Title2
Defines the title of the person whose name displays in this box.
Mfg Rep Date
Specifies the date that the manufacturing representative initials the drawing.
Mfg Rep Name
Specifies the name of the manufacturing representative who signed the drawing.
Plant Number
Defines the plant number.
Proj Engineer Date
Specifies the date the project engineer initials the drawing.

Shortcut Menus
Proj Engineer Name

Specifies the name of the person who is the project engineer for the project using the
drawing.
Spec By
Specifies the name of the person who specified or designed the information on this drawing.
Spec Date
Specifies the date this drawing was specified or designed.
See Also
Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the style of drawings and reports.
regardless of the information defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information you
add to this tab overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the
selected drawings.
Name
Value
Behavior
Properties
Coordinate System
Specifies the global or an active coordinate system. Choose a coordinate system from the
list, or click More... to choose another coordinate system with the Select System dialog
box.
If you want to output large coordinates on your drawings, define a coordinate system using
large negative coordinates. For example, if you want coordinates of 400,000 ft output on
drawings, define a coordinate system origin of -400,000 ft and place your model elements
close to global 0. Select the new coordinate system in the Coordinate System field on the
Style tab. For more information on defining coordinate systems, see the Grids User's Guide
available from Help > Printable Guides.
 The Coordinate System property is not used by Composed Drawings. The coordinate
system settings are driven by the properties for the drawing views in a composed

Shortcut Menus
drawing. For more information on the coordinate system properties for a drawing view,
see Drawing View Properties Dialog Box (Place View Command) in the SmartSketch
Drawing Editor Help.
 If you are accessing the Properties Style tab for a 3D Model Data component or
document with the intention of saving it as a SmartPlant Review file, make sure this
property is set appropriately so that the Plant Monument Coordinate Offset is passed
correctly to SPR when creating the VUE file. This is because SPR shows the objects
from the VUE file using global coordinates. The offset value allows you to see the
original coordinates relative to the new SPR coordinate system. For more information on
3D Model Data components, see 3D Model Data. For information on saving to SPR, see
Save as SmartPlant Review File.
Volume Naming Rule
Specifies the naming rule applied to the content of the drawing.
Change Management
Enables and disables Change Management for Isogen isometric drawings. You can
override the Drawing.Content.ChangeManagementEnabled option in the isometric
drawing style with this property. You can set the property to Enabled, Disabled, or
Undefined. This property is only available when you are viewing properties for an Isometric
piping isometric drawing. For more information on Change Management, see Change
Management in Piping Isometric Drawings.
Baseline Date
Identifies a date in time when a snapshot of the drawing document was taken. It is a way of
identifying when objects have changed.
WBS Project
Specifies the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) project style to be used with the drawing.
This property serves as the answer to an asking filter when specified in a View Style. For
more information, see Create a Drawing Using WBS Objects.
See Also
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the surface styles and aspects used in 3D Model Data. This tab is only available
when you are looking at the properties for a 3D Model Data document.
You can perform the following operations on this tab:
 Select an existing surface style rule from the library and add it to the workspace.
 Modify an existing surface style rule in the library and add it to the workspace.
 Create a new surface style rule and add it to the library and the workspace.
 Delete a surface style rule from the library or the workspace.
 Rearrange the style rules in the workspace box of the Surface Style Rules dialog box by
using the Move Up and Move Down commands.
 Import surface styles from the session file.
 Set the aspects for the 3D Model Data.

Shortcut Menus
Surface style rules

Style rule library
Lists all the current surface style rules in the Site database.
Selected rules
Lists all the names for the surface style rules currently assigned to the workspace.
Add
Adds the selected surface style rule to the workspace.
Remove
Removes a selected surface style rule from the workspace. To remove a surface style from
the workspace, select the style in the Workspace list and click Remove.
Move Up
Moves the selected style rule up one step in the Workspace list.
Move Down
Moves the selected style rule down one step in the Workspace list.
New
Activates the Surface Style Rule Properties dialog box on which you can create a new
surface style rule and add it to the database. This button is available only if you have write
permission to the surface style rules.
Modify
Activates the Surface Style Rule Properties dialog box to modify an existing surface style
rule and add it to the database.
For more information on creating new or modifying existing surface style rules,
see Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box (on page 91).
Copy
Creates a copy of the selected rule on the Clipboard. You use Copy to create a copy of a
surface style rule in the Model database so you can modify the rule rather than create a new
one.
If you try to copy a style rule associated with a deleted filter, the style cannot be
copied. A message box displays.
Paste
Pastes the copied rule from the Clipboard so it can be modified.
Delete
Removes the selected Surface Style Rule from the database.
Apply
Applies changes in surface style rules to the workspace.
Double-clicking a surface style rule also activates the Surface Style Rule
Properties dialog box on which you can create or modify a surface style rule if you have
permission.

Shortcut Menus
Import from Session

Imports session surface style rules for the selected 3D Model Data component.
Aspects
Select Aspects
Opens the Select Aspects dialog box so you can specify the aspects to use for the 3D
Model Data component. For more information, see Select Aspects Dialog Box (on page 89).
When publishing 3D Model Data documents, the Simple Physical aspect is used
by default if no other aspects are specified.
See Also
Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 79)
Select Aspects Dialog Box

Specifies the aspect associated with the 3D Model Data document(s). An aspect is a geometric
area or space related to an object. The aspect represents information about the object, such as
its physical shape or the space required around the object. Aspects are associated parameters
for an object, representing additional information needed for placement. Aspects can represent
clearances for safety or maintenance, additional space required during operation, or simple and
detailed representations of the object. You define aspects when you model a part class for the
reference data.
This dialog box displays when you click the Select Aspects button on the Surface Styles and
Aspects tab of the Properties dialog for a 3D Model Data document(s).
Selected aspects
Shows a checkbox list of all aspects defined by the model reference data. You can check
multiple aspects. By default, the Simple Physical aspect is selected.
 Simple physical - Includes primitive shapes. This aspect creates a less cluttered view
of the object, showing only the body of equipment or a simplified cross-section for
structure, as shown below.
 Detailed physical - Provides a more detailed view of an object. This aspect shows all
the graphical details associated with the equipment or structure. For example, certain
types of equipment may include legs and lugs. For marine structure, this aspect uses all
geometry in the cross-section, as shown below.

Shortcut Menus
 Insulation - Shows an area around a piece of equipment indicating the presence of

insulation. This aspect is also used to display structural fireproofing insulation. For
example, a 4-inch pipe with insulation might look like an 8-inch pipe when this aspect is
used.
 Operation - Includes the area or space around the object required for operation of the
object. This space shows in the model but not in drawings. For example, this aspect
leaves enough space around a motor for a person to operate the motor or the overhead
space needed for someone to walk up a stairway.
 Maintenance - Includes the area or space around the object required to perform
maintenance on the object. This space may appear in the model but not in drawings.
For example, this aspect leaves enough space around a motor to perform maintenance
on a motor, including space to remove the motor.
 Reference Geometry - Allows you to construct or add graphical objects that do not
participate in interference checking. For example, a reference geometry object could be
a spherical control or the obstruction volume for a door. For marine structure, this
aspect allows you to control the display of landing curves for design seams, profile
systems, reference curves, and knuckle curves.
 Centerline - Displays objects as a single line representation. For example, this aspect is
useful for when you want to display handrails or structural members as a single-line on

Shortcut Menus
drawings. For structure, the centerline is determined from the cardinal point used to
place the member. That cardinal point is not always the center of the object.
 Molded Forms - Displays plate, profile, and beam systems for marine structure.
 Equipment Hole - Displays holes for marine structure created in the Hole Management
task.
 * - Matches all cross-sections.
For more information on defining aspects for your model reference data, see the Common
User's Guide.
See Also
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 87)
Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 79)
Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box

Selects a filter and a surface style to be used for the objects identified by the filter. This dialog
box displays when you click New or Modify or double-click a surface style rule on the Surface
Style Rules dialog box. You can also use this dialog box to rename a rule after you use the
Copy and Paste commands on the Surface Style Rules dialog box. Paste creates a rule
named Copy of original surface style rule name.
Surface Style Rule Properties Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box) (on page 91)
Configuration Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box) (on page 93)
Surface Style Rule Properties Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog
Box)
Creates or modifies a surface style rule. Surface style rules are based on filters. When you
create new rules or modify rules, you specify a filter on which to base the rule. For more
information on filters, see the Common User's Guide.
Rule name
Specifies the name of the surface style rule.
Filter
Identifies the filter used within the style rule. The filters available are the ones defined for the
current database. The list in the dropdown includes the last ten filters selected. Selecting
Create New Filter in the dropdown list displays the New Filter Properties dialog box, which
allows you to define a new filter for the style rule. Selecting More in the list displays the
Select Filter dialog box. The Properties button for this field displays the Property dialog
box for the selected filter. For more information on defining a new filter or reviewing
properties, see the Common User's Guide.

Shortcut Menus
We recommend that you use simple, asking, and compound filters with style rules.
Using SQL filters can result in significant performance degradation and should be avoided
whenever possible. Unlike the other types of filters, the SQL server is performed directly on
the database. For each object passed to the SQL filter, the software checks to see if any of
the objects were returned by the query. However, modification of the object may change
whether or not the object passes the SQL filter. For example, a pipeline might pass the SQL
filter before it is assigned to a different system. After the system assignment changes, a
different style rule is applied. Therefore, some SQL filters may result in decreased efficiency
in assessing the project data model.
Style applied
Specifies the surface style to be used for the objects identified by the selected filter. The list
in the dropdown includes all surface styles available for the current database. The
Properties button displays the Surface Style Rule Properties dialog box so you can edit
the style as needed.
Select all aspects to which the style will be applied
Shows a checkbox list of all aspects defined by the model reference data. You can check
multiple aspects. By default, all aspects are selected.
 An aspect is a geometric area or space related to an object. The aspect represents

information about the object, such as its physical shape or the space required around the
object. Aspects are associated parameters for an object, representing additional information
needed for placement. Aspects can represent clearances for safety or maintenance,
additional space required during operation, or simple and detailed representations of the
object. You define aspects when you model a part class for the reference data.
 The Simple Physical aspect includes primitive shapes. The space can be a field junction
box displayed in both the model and in drawings. When you publish 3D Model Data
documents, this is the default aspect used if no other aspects are selected for the document
properties.
 The Detailed Physical aspect provides a more detailed view of equipment in the model. For
example, certain types of equipment may include legs and lugs. As opposed to the Simple
Physical aspect, which only shows the body of the equipment, the Detailed Physical
aspect shows all the graphical details associated with the equipment.
 The Insulation aspect shows an area around a piece of equipment indicating insulation is
present. For example, a 4-inch pipe with insulation might look like an 8-inch pipe when the
Insulation aspect is selected.
 The Operation aspect includes the area or space around the object required for operation of
the object. This space shows in the model but not in drawings. The Operation aspect leaves
enough space around a motor for a person to operate the motor.
 The Maintenance aspect includes the area or space around the object required to perform
maintenance on the object. This space may appear in the model but not in drawings. The
Maintenance aspect leaves enough space around a motor to perform maintenance on the
motor, including space to remove the motor, if necessary.
 The Reference Geometry aspect allows you to construct or add graphical objects that do
not participate in interference checking. For example, a reference geometry object could be
the obstruction volume for a door on a field junction box. Another example is a spherical
control point.

Shortcut Menus
See Also
Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box (on page 91)
Configuration Tab (Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box)

Displays the creation, modification, and status information of an object.
Model
Displays the name of the model. You cannot change this value.
Permission Group
Specifies the permission group to which the object belongs. You can select another
permission group, if needed. Permission groups are created in the Project Management
task.
Transfer
Re-assigns ownership of the selected model objects from their current permission group to
another satellite or host permission group. This button is only available if the active
model/project is replicated in a workshare configuration. The button is not available if all of
the objects in the select set already belong to another location and are non-transferable. For
more information, see Transfer Ownership Dialog Box in the Structural Detailing User's
Guide.
The Transfer option does not apply to the Surface Style Rules.
Status
Specifies the current status of the selected object or filter. Depending on your access level,
you may not be able to change the status of the object.
Created
Displays the date and time that the object was created.
Created by
Displays the name of the person who created the object.
Modified
Displays the date and time when the object was modified.
Modified by
Displays the name of the person who modified the object.

Shortcut Menus
Custom Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for drawing properties.
If you access this tab after selecting multiple drawings, these fields appear empty, regardless of
the information defined for any of the drawings individually. Any information you add to this tab
overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in all selected drawings.
Name
Value
Behavior
See Also
Notes Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets notes for the item.
overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the selected drawings.
Parent Notes
Concatenates the notes from any parents of the currently selected item and displays the
notes. This box is read-only.
Notes
Specifies notes for the currently selected item.
The following graphics demonstrate how parent notes and notes work. The first graphic
shows how notes can be added at different levels of the hierarchy. The Notes tab shows
Parent Notes from a higher-level folder or component. The Notes section shows additional
information for a particular drawing document.

Shortcut Menus
When the document is updated and displayed, the Note Region of the template contains the
specified information.
See Also
Issue Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for internal issues.
Issue Number
Shows the drawing issue number. Type the required issue number for the drawing. When
you have selected multiple drawings or a node in the Management Console, this field is not
available to edit, as an issue number is created for each individual drawing, depending on its
current revision history.
Description
Describes briefly the scope of the issue.
Issue Date
Shows the date issued.
Issue Reason
Shows the reason the document was issued. Select a value from Bid, Fabrication,
Construction, Reference, and your customized values, if any are defined.

Shortcut Menus
The values for Issue Reason can be customized by editing and bulkloading the
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist.xls workbook delivered in the [Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Bulkload\AdditionalDataFiles folder. For more information, see Bulkload
Files in the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Job Spec
Identifies the job specification for the issued document.
Revision Number
Defines the revision number for this issue of the drawing.
Unregistered
If you access Properties on a single document when your model has not been registered using
the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, the Issue tab displays previous entries. A new row is
available to make a new entry. You can edit each field using alphanumeric and special
characters. You cannot delete a row after it has been added.
If you access Properties on a folder when your model has not been registered using the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard, the Issue tab has a single blank row for a new entry. With the
exception of the Issue Number field, you can edit all the fields. Their values are propagated to
the documents within the folder.
Registered
If your model is registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard and you have issued
requests for the document, the Issue tab is read-only. The Issue information is retrieved for
informational purposes only.
 You can create only one issue per instance of the Properties dialog box. To create another
issue, close the dialog box and open it again.
 For information on issuing requests for contracts when working in an integrated
environment, see Issue request documents (on page 246).
See Also
Revision Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Displays and sets properties for revisions. The Revision tab is always read-write (subject to
user permissions).
Action
Lists the available actions when accessing Properties on a single component, multiple
components, or multiple documents.
Append Record - Creates a new revision record for each document under the selected
components or in the document set. You can type a value for the next revision mark or let
the software automatically increment it for you.
Edit Last Record - Edits the last revision for each document under the selected
components or in the document set. Only the edited revision fields overwrite the
corresponding fields on the last revision record. To clear a populated revision field, type a

Shortcut Menus
single space character, and no other characters, in the edited field.

The Append Record and Edit Last Record options are not available for a model
registered with SmartPlant Foundation or when revising a single document.
Revision Mark
Specifies the current revision. For single documents, double-click the New Record cell to
automatically increment to the next revision mark number. To manually type a value for the
next revision mark, click the New Record cell and type the value. This only applies when
the model has not been registered with SmartPlant Foundation. If this cell is not edited, then
the revision mark number automatically increments to the next available number in each
writeable document associated to the selected set.
Revision Minor Number
Specifies the minor revision number for the revision.
Description
Describes the scope of the revision.
Revised By
Identifies the person who made the revision.
Revision Date
Specifies the date of the revision.
Check
Identifies the person who checked the revision.
Check Date
Specifies the date the revision was checked.
Approved By
Identifies the person who approved the revision.
Approval Date
Specifies the date the revision was approved.
The appearance and behavior of the contents of this tab differ depending on whether properties
are accessed on a single document or accessed on a single component, multiple components,
or multiple documents. The contents of this tab also depend on whether the model is registered
to SmartPlant Foundation.
Unregistered
If you access Properties on a single document and your model has not been registered to
SmartPlant Foundation, the Revision tab displays previous entries made. A new row is
available to make a new entry. You can edit each field using alphanumeric and special
characters.
If you access Properties on a single component, multiple components, or multiple documents
and your model has not been registered to SmartPlant Foundation, the Revision tab has a
single blank row for a new or edited entry. All fields are editable. Their values are propagated to
the writeable documents that are associated with the selected set.

Shortcut Menus
Registered
If your model has been registered to SmartPlant Foundation, use the Revise command to
create revision numbers. This command reserves a revision number by adding it to the
document Revision properties. The revision number is added in the form of a blank row on the
Revision tab of the Properties dialog box.
After reserving the revision number, right-click the document and select Properties. Go to the
Revision tab and edit the Revision fields. All fields except for Revision Mark and Revision
Minor Number are editable. For more information, see Revising (on page 232).
 You can create more than one revision per instance of the Properties dialog box by
selecting Apply after adding a record.
 You can delete one or more revision records by highlighting the revision rows and pressing
Delete. You must select OK or Apply to make the deletion permanent. The rows selected
for deletion must be adjacent and must include the last revision record.
See Also
WBS Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Sets options for the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) of drawings and reports. This tab is
available only when your model has been registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard.
overrides the previously defined information in corresponding rows in the selected drawings.
Name
Value
Behavior
Properties
Project Name
Displays the project to which the item belongs. In SmartPlant Foundation, a project is the
scope of work approved for capital expenditure (that is, a job).
Document Type
Specifies the type of document, such as Civil Plan.

Shortcut Menus
Document Style
Specifies the style of document, such as Ortho for orthographic drawing.
Discipline
Specifies the discipline for the document. If this is a 3D Model Data document, set the
property to SmartPlant Review Document. If it is a drawing or report document, set the
discipline to match the type of document.
Allow Publish
Sets the document as a publishable document.
Working with the Integrated Environment

You can only publish documents after the appropriate properties are set on the WBS tab. The
WBS tab is not available if your login is not authenticated as valid for SmartPlant Foundation.
The properties that must be defined for publishing are: Document Type, Document Style,
Discipline, and Allow Publish. For more information, see Set properties for publishing
documents (on page 239).
See Also
Configuration Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Displays the creation, modification, and status information for an item.
Model
Displays the name of the Model. This value is read-only.
Permission group
Specifies the permission group to which the item belongs. You can select another
permission group if needed.
If you access this tab after selecting multiple drawings, this field will be empty, regardless of
what information was defined for any of the drawings individually. Any selection you in this
field will overwrite the previously defined information in the selected drawings.
Transfer
Reassigns ownership of the selected model objects from their current permission group to
another satellite or host permission group. This option is only available if the active model or
project is replicated in a workshare configuration. The option is not available if all of the
objects in the select set already belong to another location and are non-transferable. For
more information, see Transfer Ownership Dialog Box in the Common User's Guide.
The Transfer option does not apply to the filters and surface style rules.
Approval State
Shows the approval state of the selected item. This value is read-only.
Status
Specifies the current status of the selected Console hierarchy item or items or selected
documents in the Detail View. Depending on your access level, you may not be able to
change the status of the selected items.

Shortcut Menus
Date Created
Displays the date and time the item was created.
Created by
Displays the name of the person who created the item.
Date Last Modified
Displays the date and time the item was modified last.
Last Modified by
Displays the name of the person who modified the item last.
See Also
Transfer Ownership Dialog Box

Allows you to specify a new location and permission group for the selected model objects.
Current location
Displays the name of the location with which the current permission group is associated. All
of the objects in the select set must belong to the same location.
Current permission group
Displays the name of the permission group with which the selected objects are currently
associated. If all of the objects in the select set do not belong to the same permission group,
this box appears blank.
New location
Specifies the name of the location to which you want to assign the objects. In a global
workshare configuration, this box lists all the locations in which you have write access to one
or more permission groups. The selection in this box filters the entries in the New
permission group box.
New permission group
Specifies the new permission group to which to assign the selected objects. If you specify a
value in the New location box, this list displays all permission groups to which you have
write access in the selected location. If you do not specify a value in the New location box,
this list includes all permission groups to which you have write access in all locations except
the current location. This box is blank if you do not have write access to any permission
groups at any locations other than the current one.
We strongly recommend that administrators follow naming convention rules that
include the location as a prefix in the permission group name.

Shortcut Menus
Choose Label Dialog Box

Specifies a label for a document property. This dialog box displays the labels available on the
application server in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Labels\Base Templates
folders.
See Also
Setting Properties (on page 78)
Updating Documents
Updating documents increases productivity because you can easily keep deliverables current. It
is important to understand the different update capabilities.
 You must install the SmartPlant Schema Component to update documents.

 If the drawing document you are looking at in the Detail View has a yellow icon (for
legacy snapshot drawing, you cannot update, revise, or publish the drawing.
 Any time you update a 3D model document, the software generates a single log file listing
status information and any errors encountered during the process. The log file location is
%TEMP%\EFUpdateCache\[3D Model ID]\[3D Model ID].log.
Refreshing Document Contents

The Refresh command on the shortcut menu for a Console hierarchy item allows you to see
which documents are out-of-date. For more information, see Refresh (Shortcut Menu) (on page
102).
Updating Documents Using Batch Processing

The Batch command queries the model to regenerate a single document or multiple documents.
For volume and composed drawings, if you have edited the previous copy of the drawing (for
example, by moving a label), the software remembers those changes and re-creates them. If
batch processing is configured for the selected drawings, the update is performed on the Batch
Server.
For more information, see Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch Services (on page 198).
See Also
Refresh document status (on page 102)
Print Command (on page 75)

Shortcut Menus
Refresh (Shortcut Menu)

Compares the date of the last update of the document with the modification date in the model for
any object that has a positive (can be seen) resymbolization in the drawing.
This command is not available until you generate documents. You can access this command by
right-clicking an item in the Management Console hierarchy or in the Detail View and selecting
Refresh on the shortcut menu. The software updates the status for all the expanded items
within the parent node.
The Refresh command is not available for Spreadsheet Report documents. A
Spreadsheet Report document is regenerated each time you update or print the report
document. You can refresh the contents of a folder that contains reports.
For out-of-date documents , the command behavior implies the following:

 If the object is hidden entirely and is inside the drawing volume, but the style does not
resymbolize the hidden lines, the object does not participate in the "out-of-date" definition.
 The modification date used for the object in the model can be for any property even if this
property has no impact on the graphic. This means that a drawing could be considered out-
of-date even though the graphic is up-to-date. For example, the approval status does not
affect graphics. However, the view style you are using for your drawing can use a filter that
sets approved objects to a specific color. A drawing document displays with an out-of-date
definition because of a change to the approval status.
 Objects participating indirectly in the graphic as labels do not participate in the out-of-date
definition. This means that, in rare cases, a label may be out-of-date on a drawing that is
shown as up-to-date.
 To refresh the Management Console to reflect changes made to loaded (expanded) tree
view items, use the View > Refresh command.
 You can also use the Batch > Refresh command on the shortcut menu to perform your
refreshes on the batch server. Batch > Refresh is not available for Spreadsheet Report
documents.
Refresh document status

1. Right-click any item in the Management Console or in the Detail View.
2. On the shortcut menu, click Refresh. The software checks the model for any differences.
The drawing icons change to reflect the status of the documents compared to the model.
After refreshing a folder or component, you can synchronize it with the model by right-
clicking the item and then selecting Update (drawings by rule) or Update Now on the shortcut
menu.
See Also
Refresh (Shortcut Menu) (on page 102)
Updating Documents (on page 101)

Shortcut Menus
Update Now
Updates a single document or multiple drawing documents whether or not they are out-of-date.
This command is available when you right-click on:
 A folder or component in the Management Console. All drawings in all components within
the folder are updated.
 A component in the Management Console. All drawings in the component are updated.
 One or more documents in the Detail View. The selected drawings are updated.
This command works on your local computer regardless of the batch configuration.
For volume drawings, the Update Now command is not available until you place drawing
volumes for a volume component in the Space Management task. For composed drawings, this
command is not available until you create the drawings in a 3D task through Tools > Drawing
Console. For reports, this command is not available until you create the report by choosing a
report template.
 If the software encounters a problem before or during the drawing update, it stops updating,
displays either an error status or error message, and saves the errors to the log file. For
more information, see Conditional Drawing Update (on page 109).
 The software preserves many of the modifications you make between regenerations of
volume drawings. For example, if you annotate a volume drawing and then regenerate it,
your annotations still display on the updated drawing.
 Documents created automatically in a Drawings by Rule component are automatically
deleted by updating the component if the document no longer contains views.
 If the software cannot make a SmartPlant Foundation server connection when updating 3D
Model Data documents, you are prompted to provide a valid login and password.
 If you place drawing property labels on a template, generate a drawing, move the labels on
the drawing, and then update the drawing, the software remembers the new position of the
labels on the drawing.

 Update all drawings in a folder or a component (on page 104)
 Update a report (on page 104)
 Update a single drawing (on page 104)
 Insert a note at a precise place on an isometric drawing (on page 105)

Shortcut Menus
Update all drawings in a folder or a component

Before you update a folder or a component, you can refresh its documents to
determine which documents are out-of-date. For more information, see Refresh document
status (on page 102). You do not have to refresh before updating, but it can be helpful to
determine which documents are out-of-date.
1. Right-click a folder or a component in the hierarchy. If you select a component, it must
contain existing drawings or reports. If you select a folder, it must contain a component with
existing drawings or reports.
2. On the shortcut menu, click Update Now.
The icons for the out-of-date documents change to show they are updated. If the Batch
Server is configured, the command displays the Drawing Batch dialog box.
For more information, see Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch Services (on page
198).
You can update an individual document by right-clicking the document and selecting
Update Now on the shortcut menu.
Update a report
1. Right-click a report document.
2. On the shortcut menu, select Batch > Update to update the document on the batch server
now or create a schedule to run the batch job. Alternatively, select Update Now to update
locally.
The icon for the out-of-date document changes to show it is updated .

3. If the batch server is configured, the Drawings Batch dialog box displays.
Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch Services (on page 198)
When using the Batch > Update command and batch processing is configured for
the selected document, the update is performed on the Batch Server. If batch processing is not
configured, the command behaves the same as the Update Now command, performing a
complete regeneration of the entire drawing on the local machine.
Update a single drawing

1. Right-click a document.
now or create a schedule to run the batch job. Alternatively, select Update Now to update
locally.
The icon for the out-of-date document changes to show it is updated .

3. If the batch server is configured, the Drawings Batch dialog box displays.
Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch Services (on page 198)
When using the Batch > Update command and batch processing is configured for
the selected document, the update is performed on the Batch Server. If batch processing is not

Shortcut Menus
configured, the command behaves the same as the Update Now command, performing a
Insert a note at a precise place on an isometric drawing

1. Select Insert > Control Point.
2. Select the pipe part in the model that needs a note.
Use the quick pick tool to make the correct selection.
3. Position the control point on the centerline of the pipe part. For precision placement, use
commands like Measure , PinPoint , or Point Along.
4. In the Type box, verify that Control Point is selected.
5. Confirm or change the option in the Subtype box on the ribbon.
6. In the Name box, define a name for the control point.
7. Click Properties .
8. Under the Notes tab, click New Note.
9. In the Key point box, select the control point to which to attach the note.
10. In the Notes at this location, listed by name box, type or select a name.
11. In the Purpose of note box, select Fabrication so that the note is picked up for inclusion in
the drawing.
12. In the Note text box, type descriptive text for the note.

Shortcut Menus
13. Check the Show dimension box if you want a dimension to appear on the drawing.
14. Click OK.

15. In the Drawings and Reports task, use the Update Now or Batch > Update commands to
update the drawing that includes the pipe part with the associated control point.
The note appears where it was placed in the model.

Shortcut Menus
Update
In marine mode or material handling mode, Update performs two functions:
 For existing drawings, this command updates a single document or multiple drawing
documents.
 When drawings have not been created, this command generates and updates the drawings
for the selected component. This option is only available for drawings-by-rule components.
Marine mode or material handling mode only: If you did not previously select the
model contents for a drawings-by-rule component, the Filter Properties for Asking Filter
dialog box displays, and you must select a filter. The dialog is the same as the Filter
Properties dialog box, except that only the appropriate tabs for the asking filter are
displayed. For more information, see Filter Properties Dialog Box.
For other plant mode drawings, this command updates a single document or multiple drawing
documents.
Update is available when you right-click on:
 A folder or component in the Management Console. All drawings in all components within
the folder are updated.
 A component in the Management Console. All drawings in the component are updated.
 One or more documents in the Detail View. The selected drawings are updated.
This command works on your local computer regardless of the batch configuration.
Update performs a smart update of a drawing. If a set of criteria is met, then an incremental
update is performed only for the geometry of added, modified, and deleted objects. If the criteria
are not met, then a full update of all geometry is performed.
All of the following criteria must be met for Update to trigger an incremental update:
 Each view in the drawing has had at least one full update previously performed.
 The only view properties that have changed are name and description. For more
information, see View Tab (Drawing View Properties Dialog Box).
 The numbers of added, modified, or deleted objects in each view are less than a set
percentage of the total number of objects.
 The software allows incremental updates for the view types in the drawing.
Any one of the following criteria cause Update to trigger a full update:
 A drawing view is new and has never had a full update.
 A drawing view is a section or detail view.
 A drawing view has been cropped.
 The view style, scale, orientation, or coordinate system of a drawing view have changed.
 A primary plate object in a view has been spit or unsplit.
 The numbers of added, modified, or deleted objects in each view are greater than a set
percentage of the total number of objects.
 The software does not allow incremental updates for the view types in the drawing.

Shortcut Menus
The Update command is not available until you create drawings in the Management Console
using the Create Drawing(s) command. When a folder or component is selected, all views in
the component(s) are updated, including unassigned views in the Unassigned Folder of the
Drawing View Explorer.
 If you have not previously selected a filter for the component, the Select Filter dialog box
displays, and you must select a filter. For more information, see Select Filter Dialog Box.
 An incremental update is usually faster than a full update, but still results in completely up-
to-date geometry for the view.
 The Update command is only available for drawings by rule. For other drawing types, the
Update Now command is used. For more information, see Update Now (on page 103).

 Update all drawings in a folder or a component (on page 108)
 Update a single drawing (on page 109)
 Create automated major views for steel order scantling drawings
 Create an assembly drawing
Update all drawings in a folder or a component

Before you update a folder or a component, you can refresh its documents to
determine which documents are out-of-date. For more information, see Refresh document
status (on page 102). You do not have to refresh before updating, but it can be helpful to
determine which documents are out-of-date.
1. Right-click a drawings-by-rule folder or component in the hierarchy. The component must
contain existing drawings or reports. The folder must contain a component with existing
drawings or reports.
2. On the shortcut menu, click Update. The icons for the out-of-date documents change to
show they are updated. If the Batch Server is configured, the command displays the
Schedule Wizard.
Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks (on page 212)

 You can update an individual document by right-clicking the document and selecting Update
or Batch > Update on the shortcut menu.

Shortcut Menus
Update a single drawing

1. Right-click a drawings-by-rule document.
now or create a schedule to run the batch job. Select Update to update locally. The icon for
the out-of-date document changes to show it is updated .
3. If the batch server is configured, the Schedule Wizard displays.
 When using the Batch > Update command and batch processing is configured for the
selected document, the update is performed on the Batch Server. If batch processing is not
configured, the command behaves the same as the Update command, performing a
Conditional Drawing Update

Before updating a drawing, Smart 3D ensures necessary information is present before changing
the existing drawing document. If any of the following conditions are true before the update
process begins, the software displays an error message that lists the missing items, and makes
no changes to the drawing. If any of the following conditions are true after the update process
begins, the drawing update process stops, changes to an error status ( ), and Smart 3D
preserves the previous state of the drawing document to avoid any data loss.
Reference Data Conditions

 View style cannot be found.
 Graphic preparation rule cannot be found.
 Graphic rule cannot be found.
 Label rule cannot be found.
 Dimension rule cannot be found.
 North arrow rule cannot be found.
 Matchline rule cannot be found.
 View rule cannot be found.
 View style filter cannot be found.
 Emptyvw.sha file cannot be found.
 Styles.sha file cannot be found.
Model Data Conditions

 Associated volume cannot be found.

Shortcut Menus
 Associated coordinate system cannot be found.
Memory Conditions
 Not enough available memory to begin the update process.
 Not enough available memory to complete the update process after it has started.
 Failure conditions found before the update process can be viewed in the Drawings.log.
 Failure conditions found during the update process can be viewed when you right-click a
drawing and select View Log.
 Failure conditions are not logged when the Update command is used on a drawing view.
You must use the Update Now command in either the Drawing Console or Drawings and
Reports task to save the error(s) to the log.
 If an orphan view (a view that exists in the model database without a corresponding view)
exists, it is removed from the database and a description of the error is logged in the
Drawings log file in <Temp Folder>\Logs.
Restore
Restores a drawing document from a model restored from a backup. This command is available
when you right-click on a document in the Drawing Console or the Drawings and Reports
task.
 When a document is restored, all document properties are overwritten.

 You cannot restore a document if the document is created in your current model after the
backup is created. If you select a group of documents to restore, new documents in the
group are not restored. All other documents are restored from the backup model.
 Views that are created in your current drawing after the backup is created are lost when you
select Restore.

 Create a backup to use for restoration (on page 111)
 Restore a document from a backup model (on page 111)

Shortcut Menus
Create a backup to use for restoration

1. In the Project Management environment, create a backup file of your current model using
Tools > Backup. For more information, see Backup in the Project Management User's
Guide.
2. Create a new model in the site by restoring the backup file using Tools > Restore. For more
information, see Restore and Restore Wizard in the Project Management User's Guide.
Give the new model a name that makes it easy to identify as the backup of your current
model.
Restore a document from a backup model

1. In the Drawing Console or the Drawings and Reports task, right-click on a drawing
document in your current model, and select Restore.
The Restore Document dialog box displays.
2. Select the backup model from the Model box, and then click OK.
The document in your current model is replaced with the document from the backup model.

SECTION 5
Components Overview
Several specialized components allow you to access commands for configuring templates and
generating drawings and reports. The various types of components can be divided into two
groups: application components and folder components. Many of the application components
correspond to specific types of drawings, such as volume drawings and composed drawings.
The Spreadsheet Reports component provides access to report-related commands. You
organize drawings and reports in folders. You can add folders to the root and to other folders.
Each component has a different icon and right-click menu.
You can copy and paste components with some restrictions. For example, application
components cannot contain folders or other application components. If you copy a folder, you
can paste it under a folder but not under another component type. If you copy a Volume Drawing
component, you can paste it under a folder. If you copy other types of components, you can
paste them under folders but not under other types of components.
Your administrator can assign permissions to the different components using commands in the
Project Management task. For example, the administrator can set permissions so that only the
piping designers have write privileges on Isogen Isometric Drawings. For more information, see
the Project Management User's Guide.
There are several types of delivered components. Their names reflect the type of drawing or
report they create. When you right-click the root or a folder and select New, the Add
Component dialog box displays. The dialog box includes a General Tab for general types of
drawings or reports and additional task-specific tabs with delivered folders and packages. For
more information, see Add Component Dialog Box (on page 65).
You can also create and manage components from the 3D modeling tasks by using
the Tools > Drawing Console command. For more information, see the Common User's Guide.
The following components are shown on the General tab of the Add Component dialog box.
Other components are shown on other tabs.
Delivered Component Description
3D Model By Query Creates a 3D Model By Query component in the

Console. You can use the 3D Model By Query
component to export 3D model data in bulk as CAD
(SAT) files. The software uses a filter-based query
to collect the objects and document them
automatically. More information is available in the
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.

Components Overview
3D Model Data Creates a 3D Model Data component in the

Console. Right-click the component and select
Setup on the shortcut menu to specify a filter that
identifies the objects you want collected by the 3D
Model Data component. You can use the 3D Model
Data component to output SmartPlant Review files
or CAD (SAT) files. More information is available in
the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
MicroStation 3D DGN Creates a MicroStation 3D DGN component in the

Console. Right-click the component and select
Setup from the shortcut menu to define the
MicroStation seed file and style to use in generating
the component documents. More information is
available in the Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide.
Folder Creates an empty folder in the Console.
Drawings By Query Manager Creates a Drawings by Query Manager in the

Console. The Drawings by Query Manager is used
in conjunction with other components, such as the
Orthographic Drawing by Query and Isogen
Isometric Drawing by Query components, to
complete the query for objects in the model. The
Drawings by Query Manager provides the filter that
specifies the "where" side of the query. It tells the
query "where" to look for the objects specified by
the component "what" filter. More information is
available in the Orthographic Drawings Users
Guide and the Isogen Isometric Drawings User's
Guide.
Generic Module Folder Creates a Generic Module Folder in the Console.

The Generic Module Folder component provides a
way for you to run your custom VB modules to
create custom drawings. You set up the Generic
Module Folder component to use your custom VB
module. More information is available in the
Imported Folder Imports an external Windows folder from a shared

network folder into the Management or Drawing
console. The imported folder can contain any type
of file available in Windows. You can manage the
imported documents, and publish them using
Imported Folder menu options. For more
information, refer to Drawings Folders in the

Components Overview
Composed Drawings Creates a Composed Drawing component in the

Console. Composed drawings are orthographic
drawings created in a 3D task such as Common.
The composed drawing component manages the
composed drawings you create. More information is
Guide.
Orthographic Drawings by Creates an Orthographic Drawings by Query

Query component in the Console. The Orthographic
Drawing by Query component allows you to create
drawings for many objects in the model all in the
same manner. This component does not require
physical volumes in the model. The software uses a
filter-based query to collect the objects and
document them automatically. More information is
Guide.
Isogen Isometric Drawings by Creates an Isogen Isometric Drawings by Query

Query component in the Console. You create an isometric
drawing by associating an Isogen Isometric
Drawing by Query component to a Query Manager.
The Isogen Isometric Drawing by Query component
specifies the "what" portion of the query, while the
Query Manager specifies the "where." More
information is available in the Isogen Isometric
Drawings User's Guide.
Spreadsheet Reports Creates a Spreadsheet Report component in the

Console. More information is available in the
Reports User's Guide.
Search Folder Creates a Search Folder in the Console. Search

Folders allow you to search for documents based
on common properties such as out-of-date status,
approval, or documents that have been published
to a certain contract in integrated environment.
More information is available in the Orthographic
Volume Drawings Creates a Volume Drawings component in the

Console. The Volume Drawing component uses a
template to create drawings. You can place a view
on the template and associate the view with a view
style to control the output. To define the contents of
the view, you create a drawing volume in the
model. More information is available in the

Components Overview
For drawing components used in marine mode, see Drawings by Rule ComponentsDrawings by
Rule Components in the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide. You can access this document
using the Help > Printable Guides command in the software.
See Also
New Command (on page 64)

SECTION 6
Spreadsheet Reports
The Spreadsheet Report component allows you to define report templates and create report
deliverables.
The software features a tabbed editor called the Report Template Editor that allows you to
create and modify report templates. Most of the delivered reports use a combination of filters
and SQL. The Report Template Editor includes an interface for entering database query
syntax and testing the results of a query as part of the report. The editor also features an Excel
component in which you can perform a drag and drop operation of attributes onto a worksheet.
The default format of all reports is Microsoft Excel format.
After you make changes to a template, you can test the template by using the Update
Document(s) or Update Now command. For more information on updating documents, see
Updating Documents (on page 101).
There are several types of spreadsheet reports delivered with the software. They are defined
and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For more information on the workbook, see the
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
 Excel 2007 uses a new file format and extension (.xlsx). However, the delivered report
report. If you attempt to open a .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
 If you are using Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under the Tools > Macro > Security >
Trusted Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
 If you are using Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to access
Excel Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select Trust Center Settings. Select
the Macro Settings category, and check Trust access to the VBA project object model.
site (http://www.microsoft.com/).
See Also
Marine Reports (on page 117)
Reports Workflow (on page 118)
Report Templates (on page 120)
Create and update a delivered report (on page 130)
Reports Common Tasks (on page 119)
Appendix: Report Descriptions (on page 260)

Spreadsheet Reports
Marine Reports
The Spreadsheet Report component allows you to define report templates and create report
deliverables. Marine mode reports are delivered with the product. In the Drawings and Reports
task, you can create new reports, modify existing reports, and test run the reports before making
them available to everyone
The software features a Report Template Editor, allowing you to create and modify report
templates. Most of the delivered reports use a combination of filters and SQL queries. The
Report Template Editor includes an interface for entering database query syntax and testing
the results of a query as part of the report. The editor also features an Excel component in which
you can drag and drop attributes onto a worksheet. The default format of all reports is Microsoft
Excel format.
Document(s) or Update Now command. For more information on updating documents, see
There are several types of spreadsheet reports delivered with the software. They are defined
and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For more information on the workbook, see the
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
You can run reports from nearly all of the Smart 3D tasks using the Tools > Run Report
command. You can find more information on this command in the Common User's Guide
Working with Marine Reports

Marine mode reports are delivered in the [Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports folders:
 Assembly - Lists assembly and block reports available.
 ShipDrawings - Contains report templates specific to Drawings by Rules and other drawing
types.
 StrucManufacturing - Lists reports specific to structural manufacturing.
 ShipStructure - Provides reports for ship structure items.
You can use the delivered reports as they are or you can modify them using the Report
Template Editor.
For information on working with the reports associated with a Drawings by Rule component, see
the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
See Also
Reports Workflow (on page 118)
Reports Common Tasks (on page 119)
Report Template Editor (on page 140)

Spreadsheet Reports
Reports Workflow
The reporting workflow involves the effort of three people:
 A reports database administrator who creates the reporting databases.
 A reports designer who creates report templates that define what is reported and in what
format.
 A user who runs the reports.
Role of the Reports Database Administrator

The report database is created when you create the model. The reports database administrator
is responsible for the databases, including regeneration when necessary. The reports databases
work in conjunction with the five databases required by the software. For more information, see
the Project Management User's Guide and the Installation Guide.
The administrator must recreate the reports databases anytime the metadata changes, such as
when new attributes or custom interfaces are added to the reference data or when changes are
made to the catalog schema.
The software requires the Reports Database and permissions be set correctly to
make the reporting functionality available.
Role of the Reports Designer

Reports designers can be classified in three categories: Casual, Expert, and Consultant. All
three types of designers create and modify report templates, but the manner in which they do so
may differ. All three types of designers use the Report Template Editor to create report
templates. A casual designer creates filter-based reports, but an expert may choose to write
SQL query-based reports. A consultant creates and modifies report files (.rtp, .rqe, .rfm) as well
as using the Report Template Editor to develop complex queries. Experts and consultants are
more skilled in the use of SQL and the complexities of the data model.
To view the delivered report templates and examples, see the [Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports folder located on the product server computer.
The reports are divided further into component folders. For example, the Piping- related reports
and all their supporting files are located in the Piping folder. The reports in this location are
catalog reports and are bulkloaded into the catalog database.
The delivered spreadsheet reports are defined and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For
more information on the workbook, see the Drawing and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Role of the End User

End users can interactively run reports in most of the tasks in the software using the Run
Report command on the Tools menu. Users can select a report template listed on the Catalog
Reports tab or the My Reports tab on the Run Report dialog box and then run a report based
on that template.
Users also answer prompts for parameterized reports when they are run. The prompt questions
are specified when these types of reports are designed.
Users can access personal report templates, stored in the Personal Report Templates location
specified on the Tools > Options dialog box. Administrators or report designers are usually
responsible for creating catalog report templates.

Spreadsheet Reports
For more information about running reports, see Run Report (on page 167).
The Run Report command is intended for quickly generating reports that will
not be updated in the future. To manage report generation, you must use the reporting
functionality in this task.
In addition to the three different roles involved in reporting, two different time periods exist in
reporting: design time and run time. Design time refers to the part of the process when the
report templates are specified and edited. Run time refers to the time when the report
deliverable is created using the Tools > Run Report command or the functionality in this task.
See Also
Report Templates Folder (on page 122)
Create a new report template from an existing template (on page 128)
Edit a Report Template (on page 136)
Reports Common Tasks

The following tasks are used frequently when you create spreadsheet reports.
Create a Spreadsheet Reports Component

You create a Spreadsheet Reports component using New command. For more information, see
New Command (on page 64).
Create the Report or a New Report Template

Right-click on the Spreadsheet Report component and select Create Report to specify the type
of report and create it. For more information, see Create a new report template from an existing
template (on page 128) and Create and update a delivered report (on page 130).
Edit the Report

Right-click a report and select Edit Template to activate the Report Template Editor and
customize the report. For more information, see Report Template Editor (on page 140). To
customize the appearance of the report, go to the Formatting Tab and click Design Layout
to open the report in Excel and modify the appearance and content. For more information, see
Design Layout (on page 145).
Add a Filter-Based Query to a Report

You can add a query to a report. For more information, see Add a filter-based query to a report
template (on page 175).
Create a Filter-Based Report

You can also create a report that is based entirely on filters and object properties. For more
information, see Create a filter-based report (on page 131).

Spreadsheet Reports
Remove a Report Template Component

A report component is represented as a tab in the Report Template Editor when editing a report
template. You use the Tools > Remove: Component command. For more information, see
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu) (on page 179).
Update the Report

Update your report or multiple reports using the Update commands. For more information, see
Setting Report Properties

You can set report properties with the Properties command. For more information, see Edit
document properties (on page 79).
Copying a Report to the Catalog

Copying a new or edited report to the catalog allows everyone to have access to the report. The
report is added to the Report hierarchy in the Catalog task and can be run using the Run
Report command in other 3D tasks. For more information, see Copy a report template to the
catalog (on page 165).
Save a Report Template

You have two options for saving report templates. You can save a modified report template and
its components to the Catalog using the File > Save Report Template command. For more
information, see Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 172). You can also save a
selected report template and components to a location that you specify and change the names
of report templates and their components before saving. For more information, see Save a
report template to a specified location (on page 173).
Publish the Report

You can publish Spreadsheet Reports if your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard. For more information, see Publishing Documents (on page 235).
The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide
relationship links to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the
navigation between the viewable files and the 3D Model Data.
Report Templates
To create report templates, you must be familiar with database query syntax and the data model
in the software. You can use the SP3D Schema Browser to view the data model. The
executable, MetaDataBrowser.exe, is delivered in [Program
Folder]\Core\Tools\Administrator\Bin. You need to load the Programming Resources to access
this executable. For more information, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide.
Typically, a reports designer creates the templates based on the content and format customarily
used in the company or project. This task provides an interface to create or edit report
templates.
A report template consists of several sub-template files that together control the data extracted
from the databases, the supporting attributes needed, and the output format. The statements in

Spreadsheet Reports
the report templates search the databases and extract the most commonly sought after
database information and display it in a useful manner.
The manner in which data is extracted from the database is controlled typically by a query
template. The types of templates include report templates, label templates, query templates,
query parameters templates, and formatting templates. You can compare the template file
configuration to Visual Basic programs; for example, the report template file is analogous to a
Visual Basic project file (.vbp), and the other templates are analogous to the files to which the
.vbp points: .cls, .bas, and .frm files. The diagram below shows the interrelationships among the
types of templates.
Another way to categorize the templates is by the type of access. Templates can be catalog
report templates or personal report templates. You can define the location of personal report
templates by clicking Tools > Options and selecting the File Locations tab. The Tools >
Options command is available in most of the tasks in the software.
To view the delivered report templates and examples, see the [Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports folder located on the application server
computer. The reports in this location are catalog reports and are bulkloaded into the Catalog
database. You can also copy reports directly into the Catalog database. When you copy a report
to the Catalog database, the software creates a folder with the report name in the
SharedContent folder. The software also creates all the files associated with the report in that
folder. For more information, see Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page
164).
The delivered spreadsheet reports are defined and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For
more information on the workbook, see the Drawing and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Customized .XLA files

If you have customized .XLA files that you want to use in your reports, you must deliver those
.XLA files to the Symbols\Reports\Components for Reports\Addins folder on the symbol share.
After you deliver your customized .XLA files to this folder, they will be automatically registered
so that they can be used by your reports.

Spreadsheet Reports
Report Templates Folder

The following list provides descriptions of the report templates folders located in [Reference
Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports on the application server computer.
Report templates contain the necessary SQL statements and links to other templates to extract
the required information and produce an output report.
Baseline
Produces a baseline report, which is used with a differential report. A differential report
shows changes in comparison to a baseline report. For example, you can view which items
have been added, deleted, or modified between the two reports. Baseline information is not
currently editable.
Baseline Parameters
Defines the baseline prompts presented when the report runs. Examples include currency or
dates for reporting purposes.
Display
Displays or publishes the formatted result of a report. Display information is not currently
editable.
Formatting
Formats the results of queries for reports. This type of template can also refer to formatting
parameters if the formatting requires parameters.
Formatting Parameters
Defines the formatting prompts presented when the report runs. Examples include units of
measure and coordinate systems.
Labels
Creates labels, such as piping component labels that display on isometric drawings. Labels
are mini- reports. You can have only one query for labels. The display template is not used
for labels.
Layout
Provides sample report layouts in Microsoft Excel (.xls) format. The templates provide
examples of column header names and overall output organization.
Queries
Contains the SQL statements or property-based queries that retrieve data during report
creation. This type of template can also refer to query parameters if the query requires
parameters. For more information about report queries, see Report Queries to Extract Data
(on page 124).
Query Parameters
Defines the query prompts presented when the report runs. For example, a prompt can ask
you for the system parent name.
Reports
Creates reports. The report templates contain references to other templates, such as query
and formatting templates. You can have several queries for report templates.

Spreadsheet Reports
Schema
Contains XML code that provides a schema for reporting entities and templates.
The following table gives the associated file type for each report template.
Report Template File Extension
Baseline .rbl
Baseline Parameters .rbp
Display .rdy
Formatting .rfm
Formatting Parameters .rfp
Labels .rtp
Layout .xls
Queries .rqe
Query Parameters .rqp
Reports .rtp
Schema .xml
 To enable recursive expansion of embedded labels, the report RFM file must set the
ToParse flag to Yes, as in the following example:
<DATA
Column="ShortMaterialDescription"
ToParse="yes"
Visible="yes"/>
 Excel 2007 uses a new file format and extension (.xlsx). However, the delivered report
report. If you attempt to open a .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
 If you are using Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under Tools > Macro > Security > Trusted
Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
 If you are using Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to access
Excel Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select the Trust Center Settings
button. Select the Macro Settings category and check Trust access to the VBA project
object model.

Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Report Queries to Extract Data (on page 124)
Report Queries to Extract Data

Data for reports can be extracted from the software in a variety of ways:
 With queries to the Reports database. The Reports database contains unions of views on
the other databases (Site, Model, Catalog, Site Schema, and Catalog Schema). Although
these queries retrieve data from the model and catalog, they actually query the Reports
database instead of going directly to the other databases. Most delivered reports query the
Reports database when you run the reports from this task or from the Tools > Run Reports
command in other tasks. The Reports database is also used to return data when a report is
updated using the Update Document(s) or Update Now command and when the report
query is executed through the Edit Template command.
 With queries containing filters that use bound objects to retrieve data directly from the model
databases rather than the Reports database.
 By using the drawing that contains an embedded report to define the data the report
includes.
 With software written by consultants to gather data for a report.
Regardless of how reports extract data from the software, most reports contain one or more
query templates that use either SQL statements or property-based queries to select data to
include in the report. The sections that follow describe these two types of queries.
Queries
Queries rely on statements to retrieve data. You can write your own queries or you can
customize those delivered with the software to retrieve the information you want. Queries can
use filters in combination with statements to select data from the database. A typical query has a
select statement that ends with a WHERE clause. The underlying filter software works differently
depending on the database you use. For SQL Server, the filter SQL creates a temporary table
called @RPTtemptable. You perform a "select oid from @RPTtemptable" to get the oids
returned by the filter. In SQL Server, the code follows the example:
SELECT oid,...
FROM ...
JOIN ...
WHERE oid in (select oid from @RPTtemptable)
The oid column name may require qualification, depending on the rest of the statement.
However, the SQL variable @RPTtemptable must be used exactly as it is here.
For ORACLE, the query is executed implicitly to return the oids from the filter. You use
'FilterQuery' as a placeholder for the filter generated statement. In ORACLE, the code follows
the example:

Spreadsheet Reports
SELECT oid,...
FROM ...
JOIN ...
WHERE oid in ('FilterQuery')
Queries can require parameters that you must supply when you run the report. To specify
parameters for a query, you can do one of the following:
 Use an existing report template that includes a query with parameters as the basis for your
report
 Add a query that contains parameters to your report using the Tools > Add Query
command
If you change the parameters for a report template or add a query with parameters to the
template, you can define parameters for an existing report based on that template by right-
clicking the report in the Detail View and then clicking Parameters on the shortcut menu.
Excluding Objects from Reports

You can use the Reporting Requirement property to exclude objects from reports. Set this
property to Not to be reported for any objects you do not want to include in reports.
The Reporting Requirement property is not case sensitive. If this property is set to
Undefined, To be reported, or is left blank, Smart 3D includes the object in reports.

Spreadsheet Reports
You must also edit the .rqe file so that it does not report the object.
 If you need to generate a report that includes all of the objects set to Not to be Reported,
set the argument to blank (Arg=""). Blank is the default condition for this argument.
The following QueryInterpreters work with the NotToBeReported argument:
 CMATPipingMTO
 CPipingMTOInterpreter
 CQueryInterpreter
Check the ProgID of RUN_TIME section of the .rqe file to verify that you are using one of these
QueryInterpreters.

Spreadsheet Reports
If there is no filter tag in the .rqe file, such as in the following example, you
cannot use the Reporting Requirement property in this way.
In this case, you can report only those objects set to something other than Not to be reported
by appending an SQL query to the SQL tag.
See Also

Spreadsheet Reports
Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu)

Specifies a report template and then generates a report. If the template requires parameters or a
filter, you must specify these inputs. Right-click a spreadsheet report component and select
Create Report.
When you create a report, it is added to the Detail View. You can edit, print, or publish the
report after updating it.
Select Report Template Dialog Box (on page 135)

 Create a new report template from an existing template (on page 128)
 Create and update a delivered report (on page 130)
Create a new report template from an existing template

To create a new report template, you can create a report based on an existing template and
then make changes to the template. After your changes are made, you can save the existing
template with a new name to create a new template.
1. In the Management Console, right-click a spreadsheet report component, and click Create
Report on the shortcut menu.
2. On the Select Report Template dialog box, click a report template, and click OK.
 To create a new filter-based report template that returns properties, select one of the
delivered reports that contains a property-based query.
 To create a new report template with a SQL query, select one of the delivered SQL-
based reports.
3. In the Detail View, right-click the report you created and click Edit Template. The report
template opens in the Report Template Editor with the first tab of the report template
displayed. The following example shows the report template Equipment Finishing Sorted
by Equipment Name.
Use the arrows at the top of the editor to scroll through the Report Template
Editor tabs.

Spreadsheet Reports
4. The Query tabs always display first in the tab order. In the example above, notice that there
are two query tabs already available. To add a new query, click Tools > Add Query and
select the existing query you want to use as a starting point for your new query. When you
add a query, the software adds it as a tab to the Report Template Editor. For example, you
could add a filter-based query called Processing Equipment and a tab of the same name
would be added to the Report Template Editor.
To set the properties on a filter-based query, see Add a filter-based query to a report
5. To modify queries, modify the statements on the appropriate Query tabs to query the
databases. You can edit the existing query, or delete the existing statements and type a new
query. You can combine two queries to create a single query. If the query contains
parameters, click Edit Query Parameters to make changes to the query prompts
presented when the report runs.
For more information on using queries and correct formats for SQL Server and
ORACLE, see Report Queries to Extract Data (on page 124).
6. To modify property-based queries, specify a different filter or create a new filter in the Filter
box on the appropriate Query tabs.
You can add properties to include in the query by clicking Add. To remove a
property, click a row in the table, then click Remove.
7. Test the query by clicking Execute Query . To see the results of the test, click Show
Results Panel .
8. To add a differential report, use Tools > Add Baseline to add a Baseline tab to specify the
differential report.
9. On the Formatting tab, specify the layout of the report by clicking Design Layout . The
software opens the report template in Excel. For more information, see Design Layout (on
page 145).
10. Select an attribute on the left, click Insert, and then click in the Excel window to place the
attribute. You can also drag and drop the attribute from the left pane to the Excel sheet.
11. Right-click the query in the left pane, and click Properties to specify layout properties such
as grouping, sorting, and comparing.
12. Under Formatting Parameters in the Design Layout hierarchy, click and drag parameters
as needed onto the report template sheet.
13. To add a customizable attribute to the report template, right-click the User Defined item and
select Properties. On the Define User Item dialog box, you can add new attributes, modify
existing attributes, or delete an existing attribute. For more information, see Define User
Item Dialog Box (on page 160).

Spreadsheet Reports
14. Exit Excel, and save the workbook when prompted.

15. Use File > Save Report Template to save the modified report template and its components
to the Catalog. Use the File > Save Report Template As command to save the selected
report template and components to a location that you specify. You could also change the
names of report templates and their components before saving.
16. To copy the report template to the database, use the Tools > Copy to Catalog command.
Copy a report template to the catalog (on page 165)
 The software combines the options you set on all the tabs to form the report template. You
can add tabs by clicking the commands on the Tools menu. Each report template can have
multiple queries and baselines, but only one format and one display.
 If you want your report templates to be available to others, you must make changes to the
names and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls
spreadsheet and then bulk load the reference data into the catalog database. All of the
report files (.rtp, .rqe, etc.) must be saved to a folder to which everyone has access, such as
the SharedContent folder.
 It is recommended that you save new or modified template files with unique names different
from the templates delivered with the software. You should not use the same names as the
delivered report templates.
Create and update a delivered report

1. Verify that at least one spreadsheet report component exists in the Console hierarchy. If
none exists, add a component for reports.
Add a package of components (on page 65)
2. Right-click the spreadsheet report component, and click Create Report on the shortcut
menu. For more information, see Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 128).
3. On the Select Report Template dialog box, click a report template, and click OK. The
software creates the report document in the Detail View.
The software prompts for parameters or a filter if the selected report template
requires these inputs.
4. Right-click the report, and click Update Now. The software generates the report. For more
information, see Updating Documents (on page 101).
You can modify the report template if needed. In the Drawings and Reports task,
right-click the report in the Detail View, and click Edit Template. You can add tabs using
commands on the Tools menu, and you can save the report template using File > Save Report
Template. For more information, see Edit a Report Template (on page 136).

Spreadsheet Reports
Create a filter-based report

Use the following workflow to create a report without using a SQL query. The query is creating
using filters and object properties.
This workflow can only be performed in the Drawings and Reports task. It cannot be
used by Tools > Drawing Console command available in other tasks.
Create a Report Component

1. To create a new folder, right-click the drawing root in the Management Console and select
New.
The Add Component dialog box displays.
2. Select Folder on the General tab of the Add Component dialog box.
3. Click OK.
4. Right-click the folder, and select Rename. Give the folder the needed name.
5. Right-click the folder and select New....
The Add Component dialog box opens.
6. Select the General tab of the Add Component dialog box.
7. Select the Spreadsheet Reports package and click OK.

The New Spreadsheet Reports component opens in the Management Console.
8. Right-click the component in the Management Console and select Rename. Give the
component the needed name.
Create the Report

1. Right-click the component and select Create Report.
The Select Report Template dialog box opens. For more information, see Select Report
Template Dialog Box (on page 135).
2. In the Reports > Base Templates folder, select Report Template (No Query). Click OK.
A report also displays in the Detail View. The report is out-of-date and a red X icon is
superimposed on the icon.
3. Right-click the report and select Edit Template.
The Report Template Editor opens within the detail view. For more information, see Report
Template Editor (on page 140).

Spreadsheet Reports
Create a New Filter Query

1. Click Tools > Add Query.
The Add Report Query dialog box opens.
2. In the Reports > Components for Reports > Query folder, select Filter Based Query.
Click OK.
3. In the Add Query dialog box, type a value for Enter the name of the query for the report.
This is the name of the query.
4. Click OK.
The Select Filter dialog box opens.
For more information, see Select Filter Dialog Box in any of the Drawings user's guides,
5. Select or modify an existing filter, or create a new filter. For more information, see the Filter
Properties Dialog Box in the Common User's Guide.
6. Click OK.
The Report Template Editor now has a Query tab. The query name displays in the Name
field and the selected filter displays in the Filter field. Name is also defined as the first
Property Name in the grid. For more information, see Query Tab (Report Template Editor
Dialog Box) (on page 140).
Define Properties of Model Objects

Perform these steps if your query needs refinements to the results provided by the filter.
1. Select the Property Name field on the second line of the grid.
2. Click Add .
The Select Properties dialog box opens. For more information, see Select Properties
Dialog Box (on page 143) in the Common User's Guide.
3. In Object type used as the basis for the property identification select More.
The Select Object Type dialog box opens.
4. Select one or more object types needed for your report. For more information, see Select
Object Type Dialog Box (on page 144) in the Common User's Guide
5. Select a value for Relationship.

Spreadsheet Reports
The most common commonly used value is Direct Property of Object Type.
6. If needed, select values for Related object type and Display properties in this category.
7. In Select one or more properties, select the needed property. Click OK.
The property displays in the grid.
8. If needed, type a different value for Alias Name.
9. Repeat these steps for each needed property.
Run the Filter-based Query

1. in the Edit Template dialog box, click Execute Query .
2. Report results display in a new grid at the bottom of the Query tab of the Report Template
Editor.
Format the Report

1. On the Formatting tab, click Design Layout .
The Design Layout and Report Template (No Query).xls windows open in Microsoft
Excel. For more information, see Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on
page 144) and Design Layout (on page 145).
2. In the Design Layout window, right-click Report at the top of the hierarchy, and select
Properties.
3. The Report Properties of Sheet 1 dialog box opens. For more information, see Report
Properties of <SheetName> Dialog Box (on page 147).

Spreadsheet Reports
4. In the Report Items panel, select the filter in Report Items Available.
5. Click Add. The filter moves to Report Items on Sheet. Click OK.
6. The filter displays in the hierarchy of the Design Layout window under Report \ Report
Items \ [Filter Name]. The properties defined for the filter display in Report \ Report Items \
[Filter Name] \ Attributes.
7. Drag each property from the Design Layout window to the needed column in the Report
Template (No Query).xls window.
Drag the properties below the heading rows. These rows have borders and
shading.
8. Add text and reformat the heading rows as needed.

9. Click File > Save.
10. Click File > Exit to close Microsoft Excel.
11. Click Yes to save the report formatting to Report Template (No Query).xls.
Save Report Template Files

1. In the Drawings and Reports task, click File > Save Report Template As.
The Save Templates As dialog box opens. For more information, see Save Report
Template As (File Menu) (on page 172).
2. The report template consists of a series of files (rtp, rqe, rfm, rfp, xls, rdy). For each file,
select the file, click Rename and type the new name.
 Filename changes to match the Name.

 The query name of the rqe file cannot be changed, but its file name can be changed.
Click Yes in the dialog box to change only the file name.

Spreadsheet Reports
3. Click Save.
4. In the Management Console, select the reports component.
5. Click Yes to save the report template.
Update and View the Report

1. In the Detail View, right-click the report and select Update Now.
A green check is superimposed on the report icon after the update completes.
2. Right-click the report and select Open.
The report opens in Microsoft Excel.
See Also
Run Report Command in Common User's Guide
Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 172)
Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 172)
Define User Item Dialog Box (on page 160)
Select Report Template Dialog Box

Selects a report template. This dialog box displays when you click the Create Report command
for a spreadsheet report component or when you click Place Report when a drawing
template is open. By browsing through the hierarchy, you can find any report template in the
Catalog database. After you select a template, the software generates the report. You can
resize the dialog box and the columns to view the information more clearly.
Properties
Displays the properties of the selected item. All properties on the Properties dialog box are
read-only.

Spreadsheet Reports
List View
Sets the dialog box to display items in a list view.
Grid View
Sets the dialog box to display items in a spreadsheet-style grid view.
The Create Report and Place Report commands create reports based on a selected
report template. You can also select a report template and view its properties. The buttons that
are grayed out are not available when using these commands.
See Also
Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 128)
Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu)

Modifies a template for a report. This command opens the Report Template Editor (on page
140), which includes several tabs you use to set query, formatting, display, and baseline
options.
This command is only available in the Drawings and Reports task. It is not available
through the Tools > Drawings Console command in the 3D modeling tasks.

 Edit a Report Template (on page 136)
 Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 137)
 Embed Labels in a Report (on page 139)
Edit a Report Template

1. Right-click a report in the Detail View, and click Edit Template.
2. To modify SQL queries, modify the SQL statements on the appropriate Query tabs to query
the databases. Click Show Results Pane to open a lower window that displays the
results of the query. Test the query by clicking Execute Query .
You can also type a different description for the query in the Description box at the
top of the tab.
3. To modify property-based queries, specify a different filter, or create a new filter in the Filter
box on the appropriate Query tabs.
 You can add or remove properties in the query using the Add and Remove buttons.
 Filters created with the Create New Filter command must be moved to the Catalog
before running the report. Select More in the dropdown to create filters directly in the
database.

Spreadsheet Reports
4. On the Formatting tab, specify the layout of the report by clicking Design Layout . The
software opens a window in Excel.
If you have already opened the Excel layout for the template, the software asks if
you want to overwrite it in the temporary location.
5. Select an attribute on the left, click Insert, and then click in the Excel window to place the
attribute. You can also drag and drop the attribute from the left pane to the Excel sheet.
6. Right-click items in the left pane, and click Properties to specify layout properties, such as
grouping, sorting, and comparing. For more information, see Properties (Shortcut Menu in
Microsoft Excel) (on page 146).
7. Under Formatting Parameters in the Design Layout hierarchy, click and drag parameters
as needed onto the report template sheet.
8. To add a customized attribute to the report template, right-click the User Defined item and
select Properties. On the Define User Item dialog box, you can add new attributes, modify
existing attributes, or delete an existing attribute. For more information, see Define User
Item Dialog Box (on page 160).
9. Save the changes to the template by clicking File > Save Report Template. The software
saves the edited template in the Model database.
10. If you added or modified parameters for any query, right-click the report in the Detail View,
and then click Parameters to redefine parameters before you run the report.
 The software combines the options you set on all the tabs to form the report template. You
can add tabs by clicking the commands on the Tools menu. Each report template can have
multiple queries and baselines, but only one format and one display.
 You can save the template in another location by clicking File > Save Report Template As.
By default, templates saved using this command are personal reports that you can run in
most of the tasks in the software using the My Reports tab of the Run Report dialog box.
 You can make new report templates available to others by making changes to the names
and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls spreadsheet and
then bulk loading the reference data into the Catalog database. All of the report files (.rtp,
.rqe, and so on.) must be saved to a folder to which everyone has access, such as the
SharedContent folder.
Add Sheets to a Report Template

The following procedure steps you through adding sheets to an existing report. You can add as
many sheets as you like to a report, associate queries to the sheets, and set the layout of each
sheet independently.
1. Right-click a report, and select Edit Template.
The Report Template Editor displays.
2. On the Formatting tab, click Design Layout to open the report layout in Microsoft
Excel.
3. You can add a sheet using Excel commands. Right-click an existing sheet and select Insert
to insert a new sheet. You can also rename the sheet by right-clicking the new sheet and

Spreadsheet Reports
selecting Rename. For more information on creating new sheets, see your Microsoft Excel
documentation.
4. To populate the new sheet and set its properties, make sure the new sheet is displayed and
right-click Report in the Design Layout hierarchy, then select Properties.
The Report Properties of <SheetName> dialog box displays, showing the layout property
settings for the active sheet. For more information, see Report Properties of <SheetName>
5. If you want header rows on the new sheet, define them in the Header section. If you want all
the sheets in the report to have the same header, check Repeat on every sheet.
6. Specify custom macros as needed.
7. Set the Filling Mode as needed.
8. To populate the active sheet with report query items, select a query in the Report Items
Available list and click Add.
You can also Remove report query items from the active sheet by selecting them in the
Report Items on Sheet list and clicking Remove.
To clear the contents of the active sheet, click Clear All.
9. Click OK to save the changes to the active sheet. The Report hierarchy for the active sheet
now shows the content you specified, and you can drag-and-drop items on the active sheet.
10. Save your changes to the report template using either File > Save Report Template or File
> Save Report Template As. For more information, see Save Report Template (File Menu)
(on page 172) and Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 172).

Spreadsheet Reports
Embed Labels in a Report

The following procedure steps you through embedding labels in a report.
1. Right-click a report, and select Edit Template. The Report Template Editor displays.
2. Add a filter-based query to the report using Tools > Add Query. The Add Report Query
dialog box displays.
3. Select a filter-based query to add to the product and click OK. For example, you could add a
basic Filter Based Query to the report template.
4. Name the query on the Add Query dialog box. For example, FBQ is the name of the added
query in this procedure example.
5. When you click OK, the software displays the Select Filter dialog so you can specify the
appropriate filter for the report, then adds the new query to the Report Template Editor.
6. You can use the CONSTANT property to further define the query. To add an embedded
label, you add a CONSTANT as a string with a value of the label you want displayed in the
report. For example, you could create LAB CONSTANT using a string value of [403] to tell
the software to use the label value instead of the value returned by the query.
 The square brackets [ ] around the label value are required. They signal the software at
report runtime that the query value is not used "as is" but is actually a label that needs to
be evaluated.
 The software evaluates the embedded label for the object whose oid is included in the
query. For example, for the 403 label, the oid of the pipe part needs to be part of the
query. If not, the software ignores the label.
7. On the Formatting tab, click Design Layout to open the report layout in Microsoft
Excel. The new query CONSTANTs show up in the Design Layout hierarchy.
8. You can drag-and-drop the query CONSTANT attributes as needed to define the layout of
the report.
When you run the modified report, the label CONSTANT is used to populate the report instead
of the value returned by the query.
 For more information on adding filter-based queries, see Add a filter-based query to a report
 To add additional sheets to the report, see Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 137).
 To enable recursive expansion of embedded labels, the report RFM file must set the
ToParse flag to Yes, as in the following example:
<DATA
Column="ShortMaterialDescription"
ToParse="yes"
Visible="yes"/>

Spreadsheet Reports
Report Template Editor

Sets options for report templates. The software combines the options you set on all the tabs to
create the report template. The Report Template Editor is available by clicking Edit Template
on the shortcut menu that displays when you right-click a report in the Detail View.
You can add Query and Baseline tabs by clicking the commands on the Tools menu. Each
report template can have multiple query tabs and multiple baseline tabs, but only one formatting
tab and one display tab.
Baseline Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 145)
Query Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 140)
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 144)
Display Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 145)
Report Name and Description

Report Name - Identifies the name of the report template. This field is read-only in the editor
window. You can edit the report name when the Report Template Editor is closed. Right-click
the report document in the Detail View and select Rename on the shortcut menu.
Report Description - Specifies a description for the report template. When you change the
report description in the Report Template Editor, the description is updated in the report .rtp
and .rqe files.
To save the report to the Catalog, use File > Save Report Template. For more information, see
Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 172). You can use File > Save Report Template
As to save the report template and components to a location that you specify. You can also
change the name of the report template and its components when you use Save Report
Template As. For more information, see Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 172).
For more information on the files associated with reports, see Report Templates Folder (on page
122).
See Also
Add a filter-based query to a report template (on page 175)
Query Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

Specifies the syntax to retrieve data for the reports. This tab allows you to execute the query
and view the results.
You can create multiple query tabs for one report template by clicking Tools > Add Query. For
more information on adding queries, see Add a filter-based query to a report template (on page
175).

Spreadsheet Reports
The first graphic shows the base query for the report, while the second shows the filter-based
query used to further define the report.
Show Results Pane

Displays a pane at the bottom of the tab. When you execute the query, the results display
here.
Execute Query
Runs the query specified on the tab.
Edit Query Parameters

Displays the Query Parameters Designer for modifying the query prompts that are
presented to you when you run the report. For example, a prompt can ask you for the
system parent name. This button is only available if the query is not filter-based.
Name
Displays the name for the query. This field is read-only.
Description
Describes the query. When you change the query description in the Report Template
Editor, the description is updated in the report .rqe file.
Filter
Displays the name of the filter on which this query is based. This field is only available if the
query is filter- based.
Properties
Displays the Filter Properties dialog box to change the properties of the filter if necessary.
This button is only available if the query is filter-based.
Allow runtime filter selection
When checked, requires a filter selection be made when you run the report using Tools >

Spreadsheet Reports
Run Report in a 3D task. If this box is not checked, the report runs using the filter defined
within the report.
Add
Displays the Select Properties dialog box to add a new property to a filter-based query.
This button is only available if the query is filter-based.
Remove
Removes a property that was added to a filter-based query. This button is only available if
the query is filter-based.
If the report is saved to the catalog and the filter is not a catalog filter, an error
message displays: Cannot copy report to the catalog filter is not a catalog filter. You should
edit the report template to correct the problem.
Queries in Design Layout

The Query tabs in the Report Template Editor populate the attributes you see when you open
the report template in Microsoft Excel. To open the report template in Excel, click Design
Layout on the Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor. In the Design Layout
window in Excel, the query attributes are shown in the Report Items hierarchy. You click and
drag to place the query attributes in the report layout window. The graphic below shows how you
can populate the layout of a report template. For more information, see Design Layout (on page
145).
See Also
Query Parameters Designer Dialog Box

This dialog box is accessible in both the Common task and the Drawings and Reports task.
In both tasks, you first select a label with query parameters (a SQL label) on the
Label Editor dialog box. For more information, see Label Editor. Then, click in the
Properties area to display the Query Parameters Designer dialog box.
You can also view this dialog box if you edit a report template with query parameters in
Drawings and Reports.

Spreadsheet Reports
Name
Provides an internal name for the parameter.
Index
Specifies an index number for the parameter. This number provides a mapping between the
prompt that displays at runtime and the query syntax. The reason for this number is the
SQL/ADO limitation of positional parameters only.
Caption
Provides a caption for the parameter at runtime.
Prompt Category
Specifies the category of prompt for the query parameter.
Prompt Type
Specifies the type of prompt. This list is based on your selection under Prompt Category.
SQL Data Type
Specifies a data type available in the SQL query language.
Default Value
Defines the default value for the parameter.
Displayed
Specifies whether or not the parameter displays on the report.
You can move the parameters up and down in the list on the dialog box by clicking
Move Up and Move Down.
Select Properties Dialog Box

Browses the data model and selects properties on types. You use the Select Properties dialog
box when specifying filter properties for the workspace and when defining labels. This dialog box
is accessible in both the Common task and the Drawings and Reports task.
In Common, you can access this dialog box when you use the File > Define Workspace
command or the Tools > Select by Filter command to view the properties of a filter. On the
Filter Properties dialog box, click the Properties tab, and in the Property column, click More.
You can also access this dialog box by clicking Tools > Options and selecting the ToolTips
tab. Click Edit Tooltip, and then click Add in the Properties section.
In Drawings and Reports, you can access this dialog box when you use the Edit Template
command on a report template to add properties to a filter query.
Object type used as the basis for the property identification
Specifies an object type. Click More to access the data model tree. For more information,
see Select Object Type Dialog Box (on page 144).
Relationship
Specifies a direct property or a correlation between object types. These relationship names
are sorted alphabetically.

Spreadsheet Reports
Related object type

Selects another object type. Click More to access the data model tree.
Display properties in this category
Specifies a category. You can define categories in the reference data workbooks on the
Custom Interfaces sheets.
Select one or more properties
Specifies properties. Press SHIFT to select more than one property.
See Also
Select Object Type Dialog Box (on page 144)
Select Object Type Dialog Box

Specifies the categories of objects, the feature type, and the component to which you want to
add a ToolTip or label. This dialog box is available for multiple tasks.
In the Common task, you can access this dialog box when you are specifying an object type for
filter properties. You can also access this dialog box when you are editing labels for ToolTips.
When you are working with filter properties or labels, this dialog box opens after you click More
in the Object type box on the Select Properties dialog box. When you are working with
ToolTips, the Select Object Type dialog box opens after you click the browse button on the
ToolTips tab on the Options dialog box.
In the Drawings and Reports task, you can access this dialog box when you use the Edit
Template command on a report template to add properties to a filter query.
In the Project Management task, you can access this dialog box when you use the Configure
Default Colors command to add default style rules.
When the Select Object Type dialog box opens, a tree view lists categories of objects available
in the software. When you double-click an object, the view expands to show the available
feature types. After you select a feature type, another level is available for some categories to
show the component features you can select. For example, double-click HVAC, double-click
HVAC Features, and then click HVAC Transition as the feature, and accept the dialog box.
If objects appear in italics, you cannot select that object on this dialog box. The software uses
your previous selections as the basis for this determination. Italicized text for objects in the
Workspace Explorer indicates the objects are hidden with the Show/Hide options.
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

Formats the results of queries for reports. This tab allows you to place attributes on an Excel
sheet in the layout that you want. You can have only one Formatting tab for each report
template.

Spreadsheet Reports
Design Layout
Opens an Excel window in which you can drag and drop formatting parameters within the
report layout. In the Design Layout window in Excel, the Formatting Parameters are shown
in the Report hierarchy. You click and drag to place the formatting parameters in the report
layout window. For more information, see Design Layout (on page 145).
Name
Specifies a name for the formatting template. This field is read-only. You can change the
name of the report formatting (.rfm) when you use Save Report Template As. For more
information, see Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 172).
Description
Describes the formatting template. When you change the format description in the Report
Template Editor, the description is updated in the report .rfm file.
Layout Template
Displays the name of the Excel template used for the layout of the report.
See Also
Display Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

This tab is not currently available.
See Also
Baseline Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box)

This tab is not currently available.
See Also
Design Layout
The actual design of a report layout is done within Microsoft Excel. You access this functionality
by clicking Design Layout on the Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor.
The report Design Layout displays within Excel, allowing you to configure properties associated
with the layout of the report. You can use Excel commands to modify the layout as necessary,
adding color or other graphical definition to make the report meet your corporate standards. You
can change the header information, drag and drop additional fields or parameters onto the

Spreadsheet Reports
report, and change the organization of the attributes. The items shown in the Design Layout
window represent the query content and format definition of the report, while the spreadsheet
window shows the report layout.
You can edit the properties of the report by right-clicking the Report node at the top of the
Design Layout hierarchy. You can also edit the properties for report items by right-clicking
them. For more information on setting report level properties, see Properties (Shortcut Menu in
Microsoft Excel) (on page 146).
To modify the report formatting parameters, select an item in the Design Layout hierarchy
Formatting Parameters folder and click-and-drag it to the appropriate position in the report
template. You can add customized attributes to your report by right-clicking the User Defined
item in the Design Layout hierarchy and selecting Properties on the shortcut menu. The
Define User Item dialog displays so you can add, modify, or delete attributes that you must
define before the report runs. For more information, see Define User Item Dialog Box (on page
160).
Other commands that may prove helpful in layout of a report are the Expand All and Collapse
All commands. For more information, see Expand All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel) (on
page 162) and Collapse All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel) (on page 162).
When you are finished modifying the design layout, save your changes and close Excel.
To optimize report generation, save the Excel template in Normal view layout.
Document(s) or Update Now command.
See Also
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog Box) (on page 144)
Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 137)
Embed Labels in a Report (on page 139)
Properties (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel)

Sets report and item properties as well as query and formatting parameters, if applicable. You
access the Properties command by right-clicking on an item in the Design Layout window in
Excel. The Design Layout is displayed in Excel when you click Design Layout on the
Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor.
If you right-click the User Defined item in the Formatting Parameters folder in the hierarchy,
you can add, edit, and delete customized attributes used in the report template.

Spreadsheet Reports
Report Properties of <SheetName> Dialog Box

Sets options for the active sheet, identified in the dialog box title. You can open this dialog box
by right-clicking Report in the Design Layout hierarchy, then selecting Properties.
The Design Layout is displayed in Excel when you click Design Layout on the Formatting
tab of the Report Template Editor.
Header
Start Row
Specifies the starting row for the report header. The default is $1 for the header.
End Row
Specifies the ending row for the report header. The last row of the header is the yellow-
shaded row with the column header text.
Repeat on every sheet
Tells the software to use the same header information for each sheet in the design layout.
Post-Formatting Macros
Delete
Removes the selected Custom Macro row.

Spreadsheet Reports
Custom Macros
Specifies macros or add-ins to apply after a report runs. You use macros and add-ins to
apply formatting to cells in a report. Six macros are delivered: Hide or Display Rows, Show
Difference in Colors, Simple Automatic Sum, Copy CoG, Copy Part Class Name To Sheet
Name, and Copy Symbol Icon Path. The code for these macros is available in [Reference
Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Components for
Reports\Addins\SP3DReportMacros.xla on the server.
Macro Name Description
HideOrDisplayRows This macro is used in the context of a grouping report. The

reporting software always outputs all rows of data resulting
from the query. If grouping is used, the rows are organized
into groups according to the design time grouping definition.
HideOrDisplayRows is used to hide all but one row of
each group giving the expected grouped appearance.
ShowDiffInColors This macro is used in differential reports. If a row in the

output shows a row deleted since the first (baseline) report
ran, the row displays in red with strike- through lettering. If
the row is old (was present in the baseline), the row has the
same color as that of the baseline output and any values
modified since the baseline are italicized. New rows are
untouched by this macro.
The software determines differences in rows
(old, new, deleted) by the set of properties named at report
design time. If any of these identity properties changes, a
row is considered new or deleted compared to the baseline
report.
SimpleAutoSum This macro supports the summation of a column of visible

numbers. The SimpleAutoSum macro provides a summing
function that operates only on the visible data, in effect
allowing a sum of the sums. It allows you to define a sum
function on an output cell and a separate total cell
elsewhere on the report to which the macro displays the
sum of grouped data.
The reporting software has quantity functionality
that adds the values of a particular column of a group.
Quantity values output with each row of the group, whether
the row is hidden or not. If a typical Microsoft Excel formula
is applied, all rows are included in the sum.
CopyCoG This macro is used only with the Solids of Design

Equipment with Composite CoG report. It copies the CoG
formula and pastes the formula in a location that is
convenient to read. For more information, see Solids of
Design Equipment with Composite CoG (Equipment) (on
page 366).

Spreadsheet Reports
Macro Name Description
CopyPartClassNameToS This macro is only used with reports found in the

heetname [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts folder.
The macro replaces the [cable tray part class name] sheet
name with the active plant name.
CopySymbolIconPath This macro is only used with reports found in the

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts folder.
The macro copies the SymbolIconPath values from the
Index sheet and pastes them under the Symbol Icon
section in the [cable tray class name] sheet.
Filling Mode
Fill Values
Outputs the values to the specified cells for each row of data. The Fill Values mode can be
used when performance is more important than other content considerations. The system
does not check or validate the contents of the template and no new rows are inserted. Any
text content of cells is overwritten, but existing formatting such as font or color is not
changed.
Insert Values, Copy Formats and Formulas
Creates the newly inserted row with the same formats and formulas as the row definition in
the report template. For example, you can have justification of a cell set to Center. When
you select Insert Values, Copy Formats and Formulas, each row has the designed
template formatting and each entry is centered.
Although the report output can use either mode, it is recommended that you use
the Insert Values, Copy formats and Formulas mode. In this mode, the properties of the
Excel template row(s) required for output of a row of data are saved and row(s) are inserted in
Excel with the same property values prior to generating the report data.

Spreadsheet Reports
Report Items
When designing a report, you must assign explicitly the queries to the sheets before the report
items display in the report tree view, even if there is only one sheet. To add sheets to the report,
see Add Sheets to a Report Template (on page 137).
Report Items Available

Shows a list of the report queries available in the report definition.
Report Items on Sheet
Shows the list of report queries included on the active sheet.
Add
Adds the selected report query to the active sheet.
Remove
Removes the report query from the active sheet.
Clear All
Clears all the previous report query settings from the active sheet.
 By default, all items are associated to the same sheet.

 The software updates implicitly a report to the new multi-sheet layout if you edit the report or
if you create a new report based on a report created in a previous version of the software.
See Also
Properties (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel) (on page 146)
Item Properties Dialog Box

Sets formatting options for the selected item in the Design Layout window. You can open this
dialog box by right-clicking a single item in the Design Layout window and then selecting
Properties. The Design Layout is displayed in Excel when you click Design Layout on the
Formatting tab of the Report Template Editor.

Spreadsheet Reports
General Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)

Sets general options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Header
Start Row
Specifies the starting row for the report header for this particular report item.
End Row
Specifies the ending row for the report header for this particular report item.
Repeat on every sheet
Tells the report to use the same header information for each additional sheet in the design
layout.
Rows to reserve per item
Specifies the number of rows for the item. For example, you could have one attribute in Row
10, another attribute in Row 11, and another attribute in Row 12. The row spread in this
case would be three rows.
See Also
Item Properties Dialog Box (on page 150)

Spreadsheet Reports
Attributes Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)

Sets attribute options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Attribute Name
Lists the attribute names in the SELECT statement for this particular report item. You can
add more attribute names by editing the queries in the Report Template Editor.
Is Locked?
Specifies whether the attribute is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent changes. For
more information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel Help.
See Also

Spreadsheet Reports
Labels Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)

Sets labeling options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Use Labels
Enables the controls on this tab.
Delete
Removes the selected Label row.
Name
Specifies a label to place on the report. When you click More in the dropdown list, the
Select Label dialog box displays, allowing you to select labels from the catalog. When you
click New Format in the dropdown list, the Label Editor displays, allowing you to specify a
new format for a label. For more information, see Label Editor in the Drawings and Reports
Any labels you add using the New Format functionality are only available for the
current report. They are not available for use in other reports.
Output
Identifies the output of the label on the report. In cases where a returned property from a
query has the same name as the label name, you must give a different name for the label.
Is Locked?
Specifies whether the label is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent changes. For
more information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel Help.
Trigger
Specifies when the software populates the label and places it on the report. The values for
the label trigger are After Query, After Grouping, After Comparison, and After
Numbering. For example, if you have a material takeoff (MTO) report, you might want the
sum of weights for a group to display on the label. In this case, you will want the label trigger
after the grouping of the MTO sections.

Spreadsheet Reports
Group Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)

Sets grouping options for the selected item in the left pane of the Excel window. The grouping
options define the properties that group the input data into composite rows when one row of
output is based on multiple rows of input, such as in MTO reports.
Many of the delivered reports use grouping definition. The graphics below show the properties
identified by the delivered Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD report.
Use Grouping
Grouping By
Attributes
Lists the attributes available for grouping. You use the single arrow buttons to move
individually selected attributes in the direction of the arrow, or use the double arrow buttons
to move all attributes in the direction of the arrow.
Attributes used for grouping
Lists the columns you want to use for grouping. You can move items back and forth
between the two main boxes on this dialog box by using the arrow keys in the middle of the
dialog box.
Item Tag Number

Style
Specifies the style applied to the item tag number. Values are Numeric (default setting) and
Alphabetic.
Base value
Specifies the counting starting point for the item tag number. The default is 1 for Numeric
and A for Alphabetic. If the style is Alphabetic, only the letter values A through Z will be
accepted, and you are limited to six letters in length. Lowercase characters are changed to
uppercase automatically.
Step
Identifies the counting increment value. The default is 1. This field is numeric only.

Spreadsheet Reports
Is continued?
If checked, specifies that the numbering starting point continues from the previous item tag
number in the report layout. This checkbox overrides the Base value setting. Default is
unchecked.
Column name
Identifies the name of the item column in the spreadsheet.
Is Locked?
Specifies whether the cell is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent changes. For more
information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel Help.
Quantities
Delete
Removes the selected quantity attribute row from the Quantities table.
Quantity attribute
Provides a dropdown list of all report attributes. You select an attribute for which you want to
include totals and sum totals in the specified total column.
Quantity total column name
Specifies the name of the quantity column for the selected attribute.
Is Locked?
Specifies whether the cell is locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent changes. For more
information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel Help.
See Also

Spreadsheet Reports
Sort Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)

Sets sorting options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
Use Sort
Delete
Removes the last sorting order from the tab.
Sort By/Then By
Specifies an item by which to sort the report. After the first sort order is selected, a Then By
section is added, allowing multiple sorting specifications.
Ascending
Sorts in alphanumeric ascending order.
Descending
Sorts in alphanumeric descending order.
All attributes specified for sorting must be used for grouping. If you have attributes
involved in sorting on the Sort tab that do not match the attributes in the Attributes used for
grouping field of the Group tab, an error message displays.
See Also

Spreadsheet Reports
Compare Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)

Sets comparison options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel. These
options apply to differential reports.
Compare Attributes
Identity Attributes
Attributes
Lists properties used as identifiers of rows. The software uses identifiers to check to see if
rows in the baseline report and the current report match. If the rows have different
identifiers, then the rows were deleted or added. If the rows have the same identifier, then
the row was modified.
You can move properties back and forth between the boxes by using the arrow keys in the
middle.

Spreadsheet Reports
Identity Attributes
Lists properties used as identifiers of rows.
Scope
Attributes
Lists properties compared between the two reports to determine if differences exist between
matched rows. You can move properties back and forth between the boxes by using the
arrow keys in the middle.
Scope Attributes
Lists properties compared between the two reports.
Behavior
Display Deleted?
Displays deleted rows on the report. Deleted rows are in the baseline report but not in the
current report.
Deleted Location?
Specifies the location on the report where the deleted rows display. The location can be the
top of the report, the bottom of the report, or in-line (between other rows).
Display Modified?
Displays modified rows on the report. Modified rows can either be old or new. Old rows are
from the baseline report. New rows are from the current report.
Added Location?
Specifies the location on the report where the added rows display. The location can be the
top of the report, the bottom of the report, or in-line (between other rows).
Difference
Output attribute name
Specifies the header text for the attribute that shows the difference flags. The following table
shows the flags and their meanings.
Flag Meaning
A The row is not in the baseline report but is in the current report.
D The row is in the baseline report but not in the current report.
O One or more of the compared attributes in this row are different between
the baseline and the current reports. The row is from the baseline report.
N One or more of the compared attributes in this row are different between
the baseline and the current reports. The row is from the current report.
U The row is the same in the baseline and current reports.

Spreadsheet Reports
Is Locked?
Specifies whether the attributes are locked or not. You can lock cells to prevent changes.
For more information about locking cells and protecting data, see the Microsoft Excel Help.
All attributes specified as comparison identifiers must be used for grouping. If you
have differences between the attributes chosen in the Attributes used for grouping field of the
Group tab and the attributes chosen in the Identity fields on the Compare tab, an error
message displays.
See Also
Hierarchy Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
Sets hierarchy options for the selected item in the Design Layout window in Excel.
The list of attributes on this tab is controlled by the values set in the Attributes used
for grouping grid on the Group tab of the Item Properties dialog box. If the Group tab is

Spreadsheet Reports
disabled, the Hierarchy tab is disabled also. You can enable both tabs by checking the Use
Grouping box on the Group tab.
Use Hierarchy
Attribute Name
Lists all of the report attributes from the Group tab.
Hierarchy Level
Specifies the hierarchy level for the attribute. The hierarchy levels are all set initially to
Default.
Create a new sheet every time a Level 1 property value changes
Specifies that a new sheet is created in Excel whenever a Level 1 value is changed in the
hierarchy.
See Also
Define User Item Dialog Box

Allows you to add, modify, and delete customized attributes for reports. Attributes defined in this
dialog box are included in the Parameters dialog box that displays when you run the report. You
access this dialog when editing a report template. On the Formatting tab in the Report
Template Editor, click Design Layout to open the report template in Microsoft Excel.
Expand Formatting Parameters folder in the Design Layout hierarchy, right- click a User
Defined item and select Properties.
Delete
Deletes the selected attribute from the dialog box. On OK, the attribute is removed from the
report template.

Spreadsheet Reports
Name
Names the customized attribute. The name must be unique.
Caption
Provides a caption that will label the input field on the Parameters dialog box when the
report runs. The default caption is the same as the specified Name.
You can add new items, edit an existing one, or delete an item. Click OK to save the changes to
the Design Layout hierarchy, and then you can click-and-drag the customized items to the
report template. Click Cancel on the dialog to discard changes.
Customized Attribute Definitions in Report Template Files

Customized attributes in the Design Layout are saved in two file locations:
 Report XLS File - You can open the report XLS file and go to the SP3DReport_Definition
sheet to see where the customized attributes are saved for the specified report template
sheet. For example, the following shows where field parameter ABC was added to Sheet1
in the report template, but another attribute bcd was added to Sheet2.
 Report RFP File - You can see where the Formatting Fields are added for field parameters
in every layout sheet. For example:

Spreadsheet Reports
Expand All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel)

Opens all branches of the Design Layout in Microsoft Excel. The Design Layout is displayed
in Excel when you click Design Layout on the Formatting tab of the Report Template
Editor.
See Also
Design Layout (on page 145)
Collapse All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Excel)

Closes all branches of the Design Layout in Microsoft Excel. The Design Layout is displayed
in Excel when you click Design Layout on the Formatting tab of the Report Template
Editor.
See Also
Design Layout (on page 145)
Smart 3D View Definition Explorer Dialog Box

Displays all of the view definitions defined in component setup. You can drag a view definition
from the dialog box into your drawing sheet to add that fixed layout region. After you drop a view
definition on your drawing sheet, you can resize it.
After you drag a view definition from the dialog box to your drawing sheet, the icon changes to a
check mark to indicate that the definition has been added. If you delete a region from the
drawing sheet, the icon returns to its previous state.
When you create drawings, the software assigns views to the region according to the layout
defined in the edit template. For more information, see Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu)
(on page 136).
 If you select a region in the drawing sheet, the view definition highlights in the dialog box. If
you select a view definition in the dialog box, that region highlights on the drawing sheet.
 You cannot place multiple regions for a single view definition. The software displays the
following message in the status bar:
The selected view definition is already placed
 You can select only one view definition at a time. If you select multiple definitions, the
software displays the following message in the status bar:
Multi-Select of view definitions is not supported.

Spreadsheet Reports
Region Properties Dialog Box

Displays properties for a layout region on a drawing sheet.
Name
Displays the same name as the view definition.
Description
Displays the description of the layout region.
Layout Style
Displays the location of the layout region style definition file. By default, this is \Drawing By
Rules\Region Layout Rules\Fixed Layout.xml.
Maintain Aspect
Indicates whether the aspect ratio of the layout region is maintained when you resize it.
Lock Region
Indicates whether the layout region is locked.
Parameters (Report Shortcut Menu)

Specifies the parameters for a report, such as units of measure and coordinate systems. You
can access this command by right-clicking a report document. The parameters required by the
report are defined in the report template. For more information on the parameter definition, see
Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 136).
To add customized attributes to the parameter definition, see Define User Item Dialog Box (on
page 160).
Report Parameters Dialog Box (on page 164)
Insert parameters in a report

You can specify the parameters in reports as needed while creating or generating the report.
The following procedure steps you through inserting a unit delimiter in a report.
1. Create a report using the required report parameters. For example, Material Take-Off
(MTO) reports.
2. After creating the report, select the report and right-click to select the Parameters
command.
3. In the Report Parameters dialog box, define values for Primary and Secondary units.
4. Type a value in the Unit Delimiter box.
Make sure you specify the primary and secondary units before specifying the unit
delimiter value. The Unit Delimiter box is disabled if you leave the secondary unit as
<BLANK> or if Inherit from Session, Reports, Drawing is selected. After setting the
values, you can see the displayed value is changed. For more information about the
columns displayed in the Report Parameters dialog box, see Unit of Measure Dialog Box
(Label Editor) in the Common User's Guide.
5. Update the report.

Spreadsheet Reports
6. Open the report. You can see the unit delimiters are inserted.
See Also
Report Parameters Dialog Box

Specifies parameters for a report deliverable, such as units of measure and coordinate systems.
This dialog box only displays when you run a report that requires parameter input. In addition,
the controls on this dialog box may vary, depending on the report definition. For more
information on configuring parameters for a report, see Design Layout (on page 145) in the
Reports User's Guide.
Unit of Measure
Sets the units of measure for the report.
Matrix
Specifies information about the coordinate system. For more information about the columns
displayed in the matrix, see Unit of Measure Dialog Box (Label Editor) in the Common
User's Guide.
 For some reports, several dialog boxes requiring report parameters display. The dialog
boxes take the form of a wizard with Back, Next, and Finish at the bottom.
 The query you set up for running a report can generate dialog boxes that prompt for certain
report parameters. In this way, your query can customize the report creation.
Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut Menu)

Copies a modified report template to the catalog so it can be used by everyone.
The Copy To Catalog command is available when you right-click a report document.
Select Location Dialog Box (on page 166)
 The Copy To Catalog command is not available when multiple report documents are
selected. You can only copy one report template to the catalog at a time. If the report
template has not been modified from its original state, the command is not available.
 The report does not have to be up-to-date because only the report template is copied. All
drawing views are copied as part of the template, but the drawing view content is not
included.

Spreadsheet Reports
Copy a report template to the catalog

The Copy Report To Catalog command is available on the shortcut menu of a report document
with a modified report template.
1. Right-click a report that has a modified template you want to copy to the catalog, and select
Copy Report To Catalog. The Select Location dialog box displays, showing the modified
report template in the Report Name field.
2. Select an existing folder location, or create a new folder by clicking New . If you create a
new folder, you can change the name of the folder or leave it with the default name. For
example, in the graphic above, a new folder was created and renamed New Reports.
3. Click OK to copy the report to the selected folder in the catalog. The report template is now
stored in the catalog for everyone to use.
 You can copy only one report template at a time. This command is not available if multiple
documents are selected or if the report template has not been modified.
 To delete a report template, select it and click Delete . You are only able to delete a
report template if you have appropriate catalog permissions.
 To rename a report template, select it and click Rename . You are only able to rename a
report template if you have appropriate catalog permissions.

Spreadsheet Reports
Select Location Dialog Box

Lists available catalog locations to which you can copy your report template.
If you select the New folder in the hierarchy, the Delete and Rename buttons are
enabled. When you select an existing catalog folder, most of the buttons on the dialog box
toolbar are disabled.
New
Creates a new folder named New Folder under the selected item in the hierarchy. You can
rename the folder or keep the name.
Delete
Deletes the selected report template, if you have the correct permissions. A warning
message displays. You cannot undo a delete action after it is accepted.
Rename
Renames the selected report template, if you have the correct permissions.
Properties
Displays the properties for the selected report template.
List View
Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left and the report documents on the right.
Detail View
Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left side and a detailed grid view of the report
documents on the left.
Permission Group
Shows the catalog permissions for the selected folder or report document.

Spreadsheet Reports
Name
Shows the name of the report being copied to the catalog.
Run Report
Runs an existing catalog or personal report. By default, all reports generated with this command
are in Microsoft® Excel format (.xls). However, customization using XML operations can result in
a report in various other formats. You can use the Tools > Run Report command to generate
reports in any of the 3D tasks. You can review each completed report with Excel.
Reports are divided into two overall categories: catalog reports and personal reports. Catalog
reports include report templates delivered with the software and templates that a reports
designer has created. Personal reports use templates you create and save.
Depending on the report definition, you may need to specify additional information such as filters
or parameters when running a report. Here are some examples.
 Specifying a filter on the Select Filter Dialog Box.
 Specifying inputs for an asking filter on the Filter Properties Dialog Box.
 Specifying parameters on the Report Parameters Dialog Box (on page 164).
If a required filter does not exist, a message appears asking you to create the required Catalog
filter. When you have provided the necessary information, the command displays the report in
Excel.
The Tools > Options command allows you to specify the location of personal report templates
and report output. On the File Locations tab, you can specify Personal Report Templates and
Reports Output locations. You can change these locations to identify any folder accessible
from your computer.
If any errors occur during the processing of a report, the command generates an error log called
SP3DReports.log in your local Temp folder.
 Reports can have a maximum of 65,536 rows. If a report reaches the maximum, the printing
stops. A log file alerts you about the limit with this message: Excel sheet limit (65,536
rows) was reached.
For information about creating the Report databases, see the Smart 3D Installation Guide
available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the software.
 In the Drawings and Reports task, you can create, modify, update, save as another file,
print, and run personal reports. Also, you can save reports to the catalog to be used by other
users or publish the reports in an integrated environment. For information on creating report
templates or report deliverables, see the Reports User's Guide.
 Microsoft Excel 2010 32-bit is the supported version for the Drawings and Reports task.
Click File > Excel Options. Go to the Trust Center category and select the Trust Center
Settings button. Select the Macro Settings category and check Trust access to the VBA
project object model.
For more information about Microsoft Office and service packs, refer to the Microsoft web

Spreadsheet Reports

 Run an Existing Catalog Report (on page 171)
 Run an Existing Personal Report (on page 171)
Run Report Dialog Box

Runs a specified type of report. You can select a catalog report from the list on the Catalog
Reports tab, or select a personal report from the list on the My Reports tab. You can also view
the properties of catalog reports.
Topics
My Reports Tab (Run Report Dialog Box) ..................................... 168
Catalog Reports Tab (Run Report Dialog Box) ............................. 168
My Reports Tab (Run Report Dialog Box)

Selects a personal report template from the list and runs it. All reports are in Microsoft Excel®
format (.xls). You can create and modify report templates in the Drawings and Reports task and
save them to the catalog. Set the Personal Report Template option on the Tools > Options >
File Locations Tab (Options Dialog Box) to the location of your personal report (.rpt) files.
Available report templates
Lists all of your personal report templates currently available.
File name
Displays a descriptive name for the report output file.
Browse
Displays the Select Report dialog so you can open a report template from a different
location.
Use Select Set
Specifies that the report only return records associated with the objects in the select set.
Run
Runs the selected report. If the report requires additional input, such as a filter or parameter,
the command displays the necessary dialog boxes, such as the Select Filter Dialog Box,
Filter Properties Dialog Box, and Report Parameters Dialog Box (on page 164).
When creating a Catalog filter, filter names are case-sensitive.
Catalog Reports Tab (Run Report Dialog Box)

Specifies a catalog report template from the list and runs it. All reports are in Microsoft Excel
format (.xls).
If a button is grayed out, it is not available with the Run Report command. You can
create new report templates in the Drawings and Reports task.

Spreadsheet Reports
Available report templates

Lists all of the catalog report templates currently available in an expandable hierarchy.
For a listing of which engineering check report to run for which piping part class,
refer to the "Engineering Check Reports: Piping Parts" topic in the Catalog User's Guide.
Properties
Opens the Properties dialog box. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box (on page
169).
List view
Displays the template properties in a list format.
Grid view
Displays the template properties in a grid format.
File name
Displays a descriptive name for the report output file.
Browse
Displays the Select Report dialog so you can open a report from a different location.
Use Select Set
Specifies that the report only return records associated with the objects in the select set.
Run
Runs the selected report. If the report requires additional input, such as a filter or parameter,
the command displays the necessary dialog boxes, such as the Select Filter Dialog Box,
Filter Properties Dialog Box, and Report Parameters Dialog Box (on page 164).
When creating a Catalog filter, filter names are case-sensitive.
Properties Dialog Box

Displays the general properties and configuration of a selected report or label. This dialog box
does not allow you to change the properties of the template.
Topics
Definition Tab (Properties Dialog Box) .......................................... 169
Configuration Tab .......................................................................... 170
Definition Tab (Properties Dialog Box)

Displays the general properties and property values of a selected report template.
Property
Displays the properties of a selected report template. These properties typically include the
template name, description, and type. The type can be a standard report template or a
catalog report template.

Spreadsheet Reports
Value
Displays the value of each property that appears in the Property column.
See Also
Configuration Tab
Displays the creation, modification, and status information about an object.
You cannot define the filters using the Configuration tab.
Plant
Displays the name of the model. You cannot change this value.
Permission Group
Specifies the permission group to which the object belongs. You can select another
permission group, if needed. Permission groups are created in Project Management.
Transfer
Reassigns ownership of the selected model objects from their current permission group to
another satellite or host permission group. This option is only available if the active model or
project is replicated in a workshare configuration. The option is not available if all of the
objects in the select set already belong to another location and are non-transferable. For
more information, see Transfer Ownership Dialog Box in the Common User's Guide.
The Transfer option does not apply to the filters and surface style rules.
Approval State
Specifies the current status of the selected object or filter. The display depends on your
access level. You might be unable to change the status of the object. The list is defined by
the ApprovalStatus codelist.
You can only edit or manipulate an object with a status of Working.
Status
Specifies the location of the object in the workflow process. Changing this property sets the
Approval State. The list is controlled by the ApprovalReason codelist in the
ApprovalReason.xls file. You must bulkload this file. For more information, see
ApprovalReason in the Reference Data Guide.
Date Created
Specifies the creation date of the object.
Created by
Specifies the name of the person who created the object.
Date Last Modified
Specifies the date when the object was last modified.
Last Modified by
Specifies the name of the person who last modified the object.

Spreadsheet Reports
Run an Existing Catalog Report

1. Click Tools > Run Report.
2. On the Run Report dialog box, go to the Catalog Reports tab.
3. Expand the tree view to select the category for your report (such as Piping or Equipment),
and select the report template you want to use.
4. Optionally, type a name for the output file in the File name box, and click Browse to locate
the report template to use.
5. To run the report on objects in the select set, check the Use Select Set option.
6. Click Run. If the report requires additional input, such as a filter or parameter, the command
displays the necessary dialog boxes, such as the Select Filter Dialog Box, Filter Properties
Dialog Box, and Report Parameters Dialog Box (on page 164).
 Before running a report, confirm your system administrator has created the necessary
reporting databases; that is, the Reports database must exist before you can run a report.
 If you attempt to run a report template but the Reports database does not exist, the software
displays the message Cannot get Reports Database connection. Contact your system
administrator for the prerequisite databases.
 You can define the path to your output report in advance by clicking Tools > Options and
then selecting the File Locations tab.
 Some templates require you provide some additional information. This information is based
on the particular criteria you select for your report.
 Reports can have a maximum of 65,536 rows. If a report reaches the maximum, a message
in the error log of the software alerts you: Excel sheet limit (65,536 rows) was reached.
 If you click No to avoid overwriting an existing report, the software displays the Browse
dialog box so you can specify a different report name.
See Also
Run Report (on page 167)
Run an Existing Personal Report

1. Set the Personal Report Template option on the Tools > Options File Location tab to the
location of your personal report (.rpt) files.
2. Click Tools > Run Report.
3. On the Run Report dialog box, go to the My Reports tab.
4. Select the report template you want to run.
5. Type a name for the output file in the File name box.
6. To access folders with available reports you have created, click the Browse button and
locate the file with the Select Report dialog box.

Spreadsheet Reports
7. Click Run. If the report requires additional input, such as a filter or parameter, the command
displays the necessary dialog boxes, such as the Select Filter Dialog Box, Filter Properties
Dialog Box, and Report Parameters Dialog Box (on page 164).
 If you attempt to run a report template but the Reports database does not exist, the software
displays the message Cannot get Reports Database connection. Contact your system
administrator for the prerequisite databases.
 Because each user can generate personal reports, the My Reports folder is initially empty.
 You can add report files to the personal report template folder either by copying the files to
the folder or with the Save Report Template As command. For more information, see Save
Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 172) in the Smart 3D Reports User's Guide.
 If you click No to avoid overwriting an existing report, the software displays the Browse
dialog box so you can specify a different report name.
 Reports can have a maximum of 65,536 rows. If a report reaches the maximum, a message
in the error log of the software alerts you: Excel sheet limit (65,536 rows) was reached.
See Also
Run Report (on page 167)
Save Report Template (File Menu)

Saves the modified report template and its components to the Catalog. If you want to be able to
edit your report in the Detail View, save the report to the Catalog before exiting the Report
Template Editor.
If you want your report templates to be available to everyone, you must make changes to the
names and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls spreadsheet
and then bulk load the reference data into the Catalog database.
See Also
Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on page 172)
Save Report Template As (File Menu)

Saves the selected report template and components to a location that you specify. You can also
change the names of report templates and their components before saving. This command is
available only on the File menu when you are editing a report template in the Report Template
Editor.
By default, templates saved using this command are personal reports. You can run these
reports in most of the tasks in the software using the Run Report command on the Tools menu.
For more information, see Run an Existing Personal Report (on page 171). Personal reports are
located on the My Reports tab of the Run Report dialog box. The file location, defined under
the File Locations tab in the Options dialog box, must be set to the folder that contains the .rtp
file of your report. For more information on file locations, see the Smart 3D Common User's
Guide.
You can make new report templates available to everyone by making changes to the names and
locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls spreadsheet and then bulk

Spreadsheet Reports
loading the reference data into the Catalog database. Create new reports with names different
from those delivered with the software.
For more information on saving templates, see Save Template As Dialog Box (on page 174).
For more information on editing reports, see Report Template Editor (on page 140).
Save a report template to a specified location

The following procedure saves the report template to a location that you specify using the File >
Save Report Template As command. To save a modified report template and its components
to the Catalog, use the File > Save Report Template As command. For more information, see
Save Report Template (File Menu) (on page 172) and Save Report Template As (File Menu) (on
page 172).
1. Right-click a report in the Detail View and select Edit Template. Modify the report template
as needed.
2. Click File > Save Report Template As. The Save Template As dialog box displays.
3. To rename a component of the report, select the component in the table, and then click
Rename . After you type the new name of the component, the file name changes
automatically.
4. To save parts of the report template, click the check boxes to the left of the names to clear
the components you do not want to save.
5. Specify the saving mode and location of the report template and components, and click
Save. By default, the files are saved to the personal reports location defined on the File
Locations tab of the Options dialog box in Common. For more information, refer to the
Common User's Guide.

Spreadsheet Reports
6. Click Save to save the report template to the specified location.
 If you added or modified parameters for any query, right-click the report document, and then
click Parameters to redefine parameters.
 If you want your report templates to be available to everyone, you must make changes to the
names and locations of report templates on the Report sheet of the Reports.xls
spreadsheet, and then bulk load the reference data into the Catalog database.
 Do not overwrite delivered templates. Save new or modified template files with unique
names different from the templates delivered with the software.
See Also
Spreadsheet Reports (on page 116)
Save Template As Dialog Box

Sets options for saving the components of a report template or label. You can open this dialog
box by clicking File > Save Report Template As in the Report Template Editor window.
Rename
Renames the components of a report template or label. To modify a component, select a
report component in the table and then click Rename . When you change the name of a
component, the file name changes automatically.

Spreadsheet Reports
Name
Displays the name of the report template or label component. You can save parts of the
report template or label by clicking the checkboxes to the left of the names.
Filename
Displays the file name of the component.
All Project
Saves all components of the report template or label in a folder structure similar to drawing
labels and report templates. You choose a root folder, and the templates are all saved in the
root folder.
Individual
Saves each component separately. You can specify a different location for each component.
Save To Folder
Displays the name of the folder to save the report template or label. To change the location,
click Browse. By default, the files are saved to the personal reports location defined on the
File Locations tab of the Options dialog box in the Common task. You can change the
default file locations. For more information, see the Smart 3D Common User's Guide.
Add Query (Tools Menu)

Adds an existing query to the selected report template. Only those .rqe files that are included in
the bulk loaded catalog data are available for selection.
Add Report Query Dialog Box (on page 177)
Add a filter-based query to a report template

1. In the Management Console, verify that at least one spreadsheet report component exists.
If none exists, add a component for reports.
Add a package of components (on page 65)
2. Right-click the spreadsheet report component, and click Create Report on the shortcut
menu. For more information, see Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) (on page 128).
3. On the Select Report Template dialog box, click a report template, and click OK. The
software creates the report document in the Detail View.
The software prompts for parameters or a filter if the selected report template
requires these inputs.
4. Right-click the report, and select Edit Template.
The Report Template Editor displays.
5. Select Tools > Add Query. The Add Report Query dialog box displays.

Spreadsheet Reports
6. Select a filter-based query to add to the product and click OK. For example, you could add a
basic Filter Based Query to the report template.
7. Name the query on the Add Query dialog box.
8. When you click OK, the software displays the Select Filter dialog so you can specify the
appropriate filter for the report, then adds the new query to the Report Template Editor.
9. To require the person running the report to select the filter at runtime, check the Allow
runtime filter selection.
10. Add properties to the query as needed using the table provided. Click Add to display
the Select Properties dialog box and define the property. When you click OK the property
is added as a new row to the Query tab. For example, you could add a property for the
Insulation Requirement on certain equipment.
11. To remove any properties you do not need in the query definition, select a property row and
click Delete .
12. To test run the query, click Execute Query . The Query tab updates to show the results
in a panel at the bottom of the tab. You can turn the results panel on and off by clicking
Show Results Panel . The graphic below shows an example query results pane for a
query that uses a filter called ProcessingEquipmentFilter and the Insulation
Requirement property.

Spreadsheet Reports
See Also
Add Report Query Dialog Box

Specifies a query template to add to the report. This dialog box displays when you click Tools >
Add Query from the Report Template Editor. By browsing through the hierarchy, you can find
any query template in the Catalog database. This dialog box is resizable.
Properties
Displays the properties of the selected item. All properties on the Properties dialog box are
read-only.
List View
Sets the dialog box to display items in a list view.

Spreadsheet Reports
Grid View
Sets the dialog box to display items in a spreadsheet-style grid view.
The grayed out tools on this dialog box are not available with the Tools > Add Query
command.
See Also
Add Display (Tools Menu) (on page 178)
Add Formatting (Tools Menu) (on page 178)
Add Query (Tools Menu) (on page 175)
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu) (on page 179)
Add a filter-based query to a report template (on page 175)
Add Formatting (Tools Menu)

Adds a Formatting tab to the selected report template. Each report template can contain only
one Formatting tab. If a Formatting tab is already defined for the selected report template, this
command is not available.
See Also
Add Display (Tools Menu)

Adds a Display tab to the selected report template. Each report template can contain only one
Display tab.
This command is not currently available.
See Also
Add Baseline (Tools Menu)

Adds a Baseline tab to the selected report template. Each report template can contain only one
Baseline tab. If a Baseline tab is already defined for the selected report template, this command
is unavailable to you.
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box (on page 179)
See Also

Spreadsheet Reports
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box

Specifies a baseline template to add to the report. This dialog box displays when you select
Tools > Add Baseline from the Report Template Editor. Each template can contain only one
baseline. By browsing through the hierarchy, you can find any baseline template in the Catalog
database.
Properties
Displays the properties for the selected report template.
List View
Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left and the report documents on the right.
Detail View
Displays the catalog report hierarchy on the left side and a detailed grid view of the report
documents on the left.
The grayed out tools on this dialog box are not available with the Tools > Add
Baseline command.
See Also
Add Baseline (Tools Menu) (on page 178)
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu)

Removes the selected report component from the report template. To select a component to
remove, click the tab for that component in the Report Template Editor. The name of this
command changes to reflect the name of the component tab you select. For example, if you
select a tab called Query: Plant, the command name changes to Remove Query: Plant. For
example, if you wanted to delete a tab called Query: Processing Equipment, click the tab,
then select Tools > Remove Query: Processing Equipment. The software displays a
confirmation message before removing the query definition and tab from the report template.
You cannot use this command to remove display, formatting, or baseline components from a
report.

Spreadsheet Reports
Use the SmartPlant Review Spreadsheet Report for

SPRDirect
SPRDirect enables you to publish Smart 3D native objects and Smart 3D referenced objects
(DGN/DWG, PDS, and Reference 3D, for example) directly to graphic (VUE) and label data
(MDB2) files. These files can then be opened in SmartPlant Review. SPRDirect provides a
SmartPlant Review spreadsheet report type in Smart 3D that contains labels used to generate
the attribute information for SmartPlant Review. This method offers an easier, faster way to get
your Smart 3D project to SmartPlant Review (SPR) where you can interactively review and
analyze 3D model data.
Features
In addition to faster data exchange, SPRDirect provides these features:
 You have a WYSIWYG operation in that the attributes you see in Smart 3D can also be seen
in SmartPlant Review.
 The process of adding or removing attributes is simplified.
 You no longer have to use the additional tools for the data exchange:
 Schema Editor is not needed for mapping properties on the Smart 3D side.
 The SP3D Label Selector and the UOM Converter utilities that come with SmartPlant
Review are not required.
SPRDirect Components
SPRDirect provides the following components or tools used to complete the process:
 SmartPlant Review spreadsheet template (S3DtoSPRDirect) - Creates the SPRDirect report
used to publish a graphic (VUE) file and the attribute data (MDB2) file. The attribute data
that goes into the MDB2 file is controlled by the Smart 3D labels. This template along with
the Seed.mdb2 is delivered with Smart 3D.
 ReportSettings.txt - Provides the Smart 3D class-to-label mapping. Edit this file only when
you want to add or remove custom labels, and define additional surface style rules and
aspects. This file is delivered with your Smart 3D system.
 MapClassIDToLevelDisciplines.txt - Contains the Smart 3D class ID-to-SmartPlant Review
discipline and level mapping. It is used to obtain the SmartPlant Review discipline and level

Spreadsheet Reports
information for the graphic objects while the graphic (VUE) file is being created. This file
contains the mapping relations between Smart 3D classes and SmartPlant Review
disciplines. Edit this file only if you want to change a discipline name or a level number for
the generated VUE file.
Output Files
Files that are generated from the update process are listed below. The project file name is the
name of the filter that you associated with the report. These files are automatically created into a
location that you define.
 [Project file name].log
 [Project file name].VUE
 [Project file name].MDB2
 [Project file name].iop
[Project file name].iop is created only if coordination is not selected for the drawing.
Using SPRDirect
The workflow in using SPRDirect consists of the procedures outlined below. The remaining
sections describe each process in more detail.
If you are upgrading from a previous version of Smart 3D, you need to run the
Bulkload Reference Data application.
1. Copy configuration files and corresponding folders to your current symbol share folder from
their installed location. See Copy Report Types, Labels, and the Configuration File (on page
181).
2. Bulkload the SPRDirect catalog additions (upgrade only).
See Bulkload the SPRDirect Catalog (Upgrade Only) (on page 182).
3. (Optional) Edit the ReportSettings.txt configuration file to add any new labels, surface style
rules, and aspects.
See Edit the ReportSettings.txt Configuration File (on page 183).
4. Create and run the SPRDirect Report.
See Create an SPRDirect Report (on page 185).
You can generate SmartPlant Review files using 3D model data and SPRDirect.
However, you can only publish these files to SmartPlant Foundation using 3D model data within
Smart 3D. You cannot publish SPRDirect directly in an integrated environment. SPRDirect files
must go through SmartPlant Interop Publisher to publish them to SmartPlant Foundation.
Copy Report Types, Labels, and the Configuration File

If your Smart 3D project uses a custom symbol share, you need to copy the files, folders, and
sub-folders listed below into that custom location so that they may be used to create MDB2 and
VUE file as outputs directly from S3D.

Spreadsheet Reports
SmartPlant Review Report Type

Default install location: [ProductFolder]\3DRefData\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Smartplant Review. Copy the entire Smartplant Review folder to your custom symbol
location under \Reports\Types of Reports.
SmartPlant Review Labels

Default install location: [ProductFolder]\3DRefData\SharedContent\Labels\Types of
Labels\Smartplant Review. Copy the entire Smartplant Review label folder to your custom
symbol location under \Labels\Types of Labels.
Also copy the MapClassIdToLevelDisciplines configuration file installed in the
[ProductFolder]\3DRefData\SharedContent\Xml folder to the \Xml folder in your custom symbol
location.
Bulkload the SPRDirect Catalog (Upgrade Only)

Perform a bulkload operation to load the SmartPlant Review report and SmartPlant Review
labels into the symbol SharedContent folder.
This operation is not required for Smart 3D version 2011 R1 or later.
1. Before you begin, go to the release notes for your upgrade and note the location of the
Reports worksheet.
2. Click Start > Programs > Intergraph Smart 3D > Database Tools > Bulkload Reference
Data.
3. In the Excel files box, click Add and load the Report workbook along with any other
workbooks included in the upgrade. The default location for reference data upgrade
workbooks is [Product Folder]\CatalogData\BulkLoad\AdditionalDataFiles.
4. Under Bulkload mode, click Add, modify, or delete records in existing catalog.
5. Under Catalog information, select either MSSQL or ORACLE in the Database Type box.
 If you selected MSSQL, select the name of a server in the Database server name box.
This location is where the Catalog database and schema are stored (or will be stored, if
you are creating a new database set).
 If you selected ORACLE, select the name of the Oracle net service for the Catalog
database connection in the Oracle Service box. The service must exist before you
choose it in this box.
6. In the Database name box, select the name of the Catalog database that you want to
update with new reference data.
7. Select the Catalog Schema database name in the Schema database name box.
8. In the Log file box, click the browse button to specify the name and location of the log
file.
9. Click Load. You can see messages in the status bar of the Bulkload utility while it is running.
If you interrupt the bulkloading process, you may see a Switch To/Retry message.
Click Switch To to return to the bulkloading process.
10. Open the log file to check for any errors or warnings in the bulkloading process. You can
quickly scan the Error Analysis section at the end of the log file to check for errors.

Spreadsheet Reports
11. Click Close.

For more detailed information about loading reference data, see the Smart 3D
Edit the ReportSettings.txt Configuration File

The ReportSettings.txt configuration file provides the Smart 3D class name-to-label name
mapping.
Before you begin, make sure you copy the ReportSettings.txt file and its
corresponding folder from its installed location to your symbol share location. See Copy Report
Types, Labels, and the Configuration File (on page 181).
Edit the ReportSettings.txt file when:
 You add new, customized labels and surface style rules.
 You add aspects to objects in the Smart 3D project file.
If you do not add this information to the ReportSettings.txt file, the new labels, surface style
rules, and aspects are not available in SmartPlant Review.
Add New Labels

Labels can contain out-of-the-box (standard) attributes or properties as well as new, custom
attributes. You can create a new label or modify an existing label and change its name. For
workflow and descriptions on creating labels and label rules or using the Label Editor, refer to
those sections in the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
As an example, the steps below show you how to add a new label called SPR Control Point
Data so that control point objects are displayed in SmartPlant® Review. The Smart 3D class
name for control points is CPControlPoint.
You can use the MetadataBrowser utility to look at the catalog schema data to see
the Smart 3D classes. For more information, see Using the Schema Browser in the Catalog
User's guide.
1. Create the new label in the Drawings and Reports task and add the control points to the
label.
2. Use any ASCII text editor to open the ReportSettings.txt file.
3. Add the new label using the format: [class name]: [label name]. Add the line
CPControlPoint : SPR Control Point Data as shown in the figure below.
For each new label, add a new line in the text file.
4. Save your edits and close the file.
If you do not add the new label names to ReportSettings.txt, then the labels are not
displayed in SmartPlant Review.

Spreadsheet Reports
Add New Surface Style Rules

Surface style rules define the appearance of objects in your workspace. For example, you can
create and apply a specific surface style rule for objects to appear consistently in certain colors,
and textures. Follow the steps below to add a new surface style rule, and then add it to
ReportSettings.txt.
Create the Surface Style Rule
1. Click Format > Surface Style Rules.
2. Click New.
3. Type a name for the new surface style rule in the Rule name box.
4. Select a filter in the Filter list, or click More to create a new filter if necessary.
5. Create a New Filter
6. Choose a style to apply in the Style applied list.
7. Select all the aspects that you want the filter to apply to by clicking in the Select all aspects
to which the style will be applied list.
 You can add new surface styles to apply through rules on the Format > Style dialog box.
 After creating a new surface style rule, you can apply it to the workspace by selecting a rule
in the Style rule library box and clicking Add to add the rule to the Workspace box.
Because the software processes the rules in descending order, you should list
the most specific rules at the top of the list. Click Move Up and Move Down to
change the order of the rules in the Workspace list.Add the New Rule to
ReportSettings.txt
2. Type in the new surface style rules in the Surface style rules section. The name is not case
sensitive. Surface style rules are applied in the order they appear in the list. In the example
below, the surface style rule named Controlpointrule is added.
3. For each new surface style rule, add a new line in the text file.
Adding Aspects
The aspect represents information about the object, such as its physical shape or the space
required around the object. Aspects basically define how objects look in a 3D model view. Smart
3D provides a variety of standard aspects that can be selected. For a list of aspects, see Format
View in the Common User's Guide. You must type in the aspects you want to use in the
ReportSettings.txt file.

Spreadsheet Reports

2. In the Aspects section of the ReportSettings.txt file, type in the aspects you want to use for
the graphic object display. The example below shows the addition of the Reference
Geometry aspect.
Simple Physical is the default aspect that is used if no other aspects have been
set. Even if you remove Simple Physical from the ReportSettings.txt file, Smart 3D still uses
it.
3. For each aspect, add a new line in the text file.
Create an SPRDirect Report

Follow the steps below to create your document and use the SmartPlant® Review spreadsheet
template to create and then update or generate VUE and MDB2 files.
1. Click Task > Drawings and Reports.
2. Right-click the top-level model item or a sub-level item in the Console hierarchy.
3. On the shortcut menu, select New.
4. Select Folder in the General tab and click OK.
The folder is added to the hierarchy.
5. Right-click on the folder, and click Rename on the shortcut menu.
You can also press F2 on the keyboard.
6. Right-click again on the new folder, and click New.
7. Click Spreadsheet Reports in the General tab and click OK.
8. Right-click on the spreadsheet report and click Rename. Type in the new name.
9. Right-click on your spreadsheet report and click Create Report.
10. Click the SmartPlant Review folder from the Types of Reports node in the Reports list,
and then click the S3DToSPRDirect template.

Spreadsheet Reports
11. Click OK to exit the Select Report Template dialog box, and then select the filter you want
to use for the report.
12. Type in the path name where you want to place the VUE and MDB2 files. You do not have
to define a coordinate system.
13. Click Finish.

14. Repeat steps 10-13 for each report you want to create. For example, you can create a
report for different areas in your model.
15. Right-click on your spreadsheet report and click Update Now.

Spreadsheet Reports
Smart 3D generates the VUE and MDB2 files, and places them in the designated output
folder.
You can now open the resulting VUE files in SmartPlant Review. See the SmartPlant Review
User's Guide for more information on opening a VUE file.
Report Parameters Dialog Box (SPRDirect)

Defines the location for the VUE and MDB2 files when using SPRDirect.
Options
Path for Output File
Type in the path name where you want to generate the VUE and MDB2 files. You do not
have to type the file names.
Optional Coordinate system
Select a coordinate system from the menu list to use. This value is optional.
See Also
Create an SPRDirect Report (on page 185)
SPRDirect Tips and Troubleshooting

This section provides tips and troubleshooting information for help in resolving any issues with
SPRDirect.
 Create your filter definitions BEFORE you create any reports that use those filters.
 Name the reports the same as the filter you are using for SPRDirect so you know which filter
to pick if you have to re-select it.
 Do not modify the filter after you have used it for an SPRDirect report. Your changes are not
saved. You must re-select it as a Parameter on the report.
 Do not use the local path for the output location.
 You can edit the S3DToSPRDirect.rqp file to include the required path so it is automatically
populated for each new report you create.
 Use an output location on a share that is stable. If your output is on a shared location that is
moved or removed, you must edit parameters on the report to reset it to a new valid location.
 To save some time, define labels to use only report properties you want to see.
 Check the spelling on any entries you must manually make in the
MapClassIDToLevelDisciplines.txt.

SECTION 7
Search Folders
Search Folder allows you to search for documents based on common properties such as out-
of-date status, approval, or documents that have been published to a certain contract in
integrated environment. You create a search folder by right-clicking the root model or a
folder in the Management Console or the Drawing Console and selecting New > Search
Folder.
After running the query defined for a search folder, you can perform such tasks as Update or
Publish as if you are working from the actual component for the documents.
The documents found by a search folder query are listed in the Detail View. You are able to
interact with the search folder documents just as if you were dealing with the actual components
that own the documents. Search folders can also be used for reports.
Search Folder Shortcut Menu

Right-click a search folder component to display the shortcut menu.
Run Query
Runs the query specified by the search folder setup definition. If you have not run the search
folder Setup command, this command is not available.
Publish
Publishes a single document or all documents in the imported folder. This command is only
available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation.
Update and Publish
Updates and immediately publishes a single document or all documents in the search folder.
This command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation.
Setup
Specifies the query to run for the search folder. For more information, see Setup (Search
Folder) (on page 190).
Setup for the search folder does not perform the individual setups for any of the
drawing by query documents found in the search folder query and shown in the detail view.
Copy
Copies the search folder. It does not copy the associated documents shown in the detail
view area. The search folder setup information is saved with the copy. After you paste the
copy to a different location in the Console hierarchy, you can run Setup again as needed
for the new search folder.
Delete
Deletes the search folder. It does not delete any of the documents found in the associated
detail view.

Search Folders
Rename
Renames the search folder. It does not affect any of the documents found in the associated
detail view.
Revise
Allows you to revise all documents in the search folder without publishing them. This
command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation. For more
information, see Revise (on page 232).
Save Package
Allows you to save the search folder and its definition as a package to be reused in other
folder locations in the hierarchy. If you have not run the search folder Setup command, this
command is not available.
Properties
Displays the Configuration Properties for the document.
To change properties on the document, go to the root location of the document.
The search folder does not participate in any propagation of properties to its documents.
 After a search folder is placed in the console, it follows the same localized naming
convention as a folder, such as "New Search Folder" and "New Search Folder (2)."
 Unlike a folder , you cannot create child components in a search folder . This includes
pasting existing components; however, you can copy the search folder and paste it
elsewhere in the hierarchy.
 Performing Publish, Update and Publish, and Revise on a folder does not include
documents under a child search folder. The commands need to be performed separately on
the child search folder in order for its documents to be affected.
 You can run commands from the search folder level to modify all of the documents within the
folder, or you can modify the individual documents by selecting them in the Detail View.
Create a search folder

1. Right-click the model root or a folder in the Management Console, and select New >
Search Folder.
The search folder is added to the hierarchy.
2. Right-click on the new search folder, and select Setup.
The Setup dialog box displays.
3. Select More in the Filter list, and select a filter. Click Properties to display the Filter
Properties dialog box.
4. Select More in the Start From list, and select a component from the Select Drawings
Component dialog box.
5. Click OK.
6. Right-click the search folder, and select Run Query.
The documents returned by the query are added to the Search Folder listing in the Detail

Search Folders
View.
Setup (Search Folder)

Sets options for creating a search folder. This command is available on the Search Folder
shortcut menu and displays the Setup dialog box.
Setup for the search folder does not perform the individual setups for any of the
drawing by query documents found in the search folder query and shown in the detail view.
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) (on page 190)
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder)

Specifies a filter that identifies the objects to be included in the search folder query. The Setup
definition tells the query "where" to look for the objects specified by the component "what" filter.
Filter
Identifies the filter that defines the what portion of the query. The software uses the filter to
determine the objects included in the drawings when they are generated. Select More in the
Filter list to display the Select Filter dialog box. Click Properties to display the Filter
Properties dialog box. For more information, see Search Folder Filters (on page 190).
Start From
Specifies the location in the model from which to start the object search. This is the "where"
side of the query. Select More in the Start From combo box to display the Select Location
dialog box.
Search Folder Filters

Search folders use filters to specify how the component identifies the documents to include in
the search folder. You can use Drawings and Reports object properties to define filters when
creating search folder components. This allows you to search for documents based on common
properties such as out-of-date status, approval, or documents that have been published to a
certain contract in integrated environment.
When you run Setup on a search folder, you can create filters that check for specific drawing or
report object properties.

Search Folders
The following examples show how you might create filters to search for specific drawing object
properties:
Basic Drawing Document Properties - Title, Area, and Signature

You can use the Drawing Sheet object and its properties to look for properties associated with
the drawing documents. The following procedure shows how to access the Title, Area, and
Signature properties on the drawing and report documents.
1. On the Properties tab of the Filter Properties dialog box, select More in the Property field.
The Select Properties dialog box displays.
2. Under Object type used as the basis for the property identification, select Drawing
Sheets.
3. Under Relationship, select Direct Properties of Object Type.
You can now search the documents for specified properties under Select one or more
properties. For example, you can search specifically for the Date Created value on the
documents.

Search Folders
Issue or Revision Properties

To search specifically for issue or revision properties on the drawing sheet or drawing
component, set the Relationship to Drawing Sheet (or Drawing Component) to Drawing
Issues or Drawing Sheet (or Drawing Component) to Drawing Revisions when setting the
filter properties.

Search Folders
Baseline, Style, Smart 3D, or Custom Attribute Properties

To search specifically for baseline, style, Smart 3D, or custom attribute properties, set the
Relationship to Drawing Sheet to Drawing Child Properties, and set Related object type to
Drawing Child Properties.
See Also
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) (on page 190)

SECTION 8
Imported Folders
Imported Folder allows you to import an external Windows folder containing any type of file
available in Windows. You create an imported folder by right-clicking a folder in the
Management Console or the Drawing Console and selecting New > Imported Folder.
Imported files are opened using their standard Windows default software. For example, a .docx
file opens in Microsoft Word.
Imported Folder Shortcut Menu

Right-click an imported folder component to display the shortcut menu.
Delete
Deletes the imported folder and its files from the database. Deleting does not affect the
original folder and files on the network drive.
Rename
Renames the imported folder. Renaming does not affect the files in the folder or the name of
the original folder on the network drive.
Revise
Allows you to revise all documents in the imported folder without publishing them. This
command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation and when
the documents are persisted in the model database. For more information, see Revise (on
page 232) and Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) (on page 196).
Export
Exports files in the imported folder to the specified folder path. This command is only
available after setup of the imported folder, and when the folder and files are persisted in the
database.
Refresh
Refreshes the status of files in the imported folder when the date of a file is earlier than the
date of the file the on the network drive. The icon of an out-of-date file is superimposed with
. This command is only available after setup of the imported folder.
Publish
Publishes a single document or all documents in the search folder. This command is only
available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation and when the documents are
persisted in the model database. For more information, see Setup Dialog Box (Imported
Folder) (on page 196).
Update and Publish
Updates and immediately publishes a single document or all documents in the search folder.
This command is only available if the model is registered with SmartPlant Foundation and
when the documents are persisted in the model database. For more information, see Setup

Imported Folders
Dialog Box (Imported Folder) (on page 196).

Setup
Specifies the folder to import. For more information, see Setup (Imported Folder) (on page
196).
Update Now
Updates all files in the imported folder to match the files on the network drive. This
command is only available after setup of the imported folder.
Properties
Displays the properties of the folder.
Imported Files
Right-click an imported file to display the shortcut menu.
Open
Opens the file with the appropriate Windows application.
Properties
Displays the properties of the file.
Update
Updates the file to match the files on the network drive. This command is only available after
setup of the imported folder.
Select a shared network folder (with a path beginning with \\) instead of a local
folder to allow refresh and update of file changes between users.
Unlike a folder , you cannot create or paste other components within the imported
folder .
Create an imported folder

1. Right click a folder in the Management Console, and select New > Imported Folder.
The imported folder is added to the hierarchy.
2. Right-click the folder, and select Setup.
The Setup dialog box displays.
3. Type the path in the Folder to Import box.
OR
Click Browse , navigate to the needed folder in the Browse for Folder dialog box, and
click OK.
4. In the Setup dialog box, click Persist in Database to add the imported files to the model
database.
5. Click OK.
The imported folder and its files are added to the hierarchy.

Imported Folders
Setup (Imported Folder)

Sets options for importing an external folder and its files. This command is available on the
Imported Folder shortcut menu and displays the Setup dialog box.
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) (on page 196)
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder)

Specifies a folder containing the files to import.
You should import from a shared network folder having a path beginning with \\ to allow
everyone to have access to the same files and to avoid multiple file copies or unintended
overwriting of changes from another user. Windows handles read-only locking of the files when
they are open. You cannot import the %Temp% folder because it is used for file processing
during import.
Folder to Import
Specifies the folder path. Type a path, or click Browse to select a path.
Browse
Allows you to browse for a folder location. For more information, see Browse for Folder
Persist in Database
When selected, adds imported files to the model database. When cleared, only the folder
path to the files is imported.
Export is not available when Persist in Database is cleared.
Browse for Folder Dialog Box

Displays a hierarchical list of folders. Select a folder from this list, and click OK to choose it, or
double-click a folder to display any sub-folders. The selection you make on this dialog box
appears in the Folder to Import box of the Setup dialog box.
Make New Folder
Creates a new folder in the hierarchy, beneath the currently selected folder.

SECTION 9
Tools Menu
Several tools are provided within the Drawings and Reports task. These tools display on the
Tools menu in the Drawings and Reports task.
Reference Data Tools

The following commands on the Tools menu are for use by your reference data administrator.
They apply strictly to customizing orthographic drawing and marine mode drawings by rule
reference data:
 Define View Style
 Define Layout Style
 Edit Border Template
 Edit Layout Template
You do not use these commands in the normal workflow of creating drawings and reports. For
more information, see the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Other Tools
You can use the Custom Command tool to set up special macro commands you use in your
documents. Batch Management processes drawing updates and printing on a batch server.
Convert Legacy Snapshots converts legacy version 6.1 snapshot drawings to composed
drawings. For more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
In This Section
Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch Services ................... 198
Batch Processing ........................................................................... 202
Custom Commands ....................................................................... 224

Tools Menu
Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch Services

With batch processing, you can update, print, or refresh your documents without dedicating your
computer to the operation.
Drawings Batch Dialog Box (on page 198)

 Add Actions to Queue (on page 199)
 Create a Template (on page 200)
Drawings Batch Dialog Box

Updates, prints, and refreshes document batch jobs without requiring a dedicated computer for
the operation.
Available Actions
Lists the actions that you can perform within a batch job. The actions available are based on
permissions and document type.
 Refresh - Refreshes documents on a batch queue.
 Full Update - Updates all drawings by rule documents, regardless of the current status
of the documents. This action is only available in the Marine mode.
 Update - Updates documents on a batch queue.
 Save As - Specifies the file format to which to save Smart 3D drawings.
 Print - Schedules a document to be printed from a batch queue.
Actions to Queue
Lists the actions that are performed in the batch job.
 Remove - Removes an action from the queue.

 Clear - Removes all actions from the queue.
Action Options
Defines the parameters of an action. The displayed options depend on the selected action.
Template Name
Saves print settings as a template. Type a name in the box, and click Save Settings as
Template. While optional, creating a new template is a quick method to submit a batch
job with the specified options.
Save Settings as Template
Creates a user-parameterized action.

Tools Menu
Delete
Removes a template from Available Actions. This option is available only on user-
created templates.
Save As
For more information on the Save As action options, see Save As Dialog Box (on page
72).
In the Output Folder field, select a shared folder through its UNC path. A
UNC path has the general form of \\server\share.
Print
 Printer – Displays all printers configured on the client computer. The name of the printer
on the batch queue must match for the print to be successful.
 Copies – Specifies the number of copies to print.
 Black and White – Prints a black and white drawing, if checked.
 Orientation – Indicates the orientation of the printed output. Select Portrait or
Landscape.
 Paper Size – Displays the paper sizes supported by the selected printer.
Use 64-bit if available
Updates drawings with 64-bit processes. This option is only available for Update actions
performed on composed drawings.
 If you select Use 64-bit if available and run Update on a folder component containing
composed drawings and other drawing types, the composed drawings are updated with
64-bit processes. All other drawings are updated with 32-bit processes.
 You cannot update a composed drawing with 64-bit if the drawing contains a view style
that includes PDS reference data.
Schedule
Creates the job and opens the Schedule Batch dialog box.
If you click Schedule with no actions in Actions to Queue, you receive a
message, and the dialog box remains open.
Add Actions to Queue

You can set up batch jobs for a single document or for multiple documents.
Single document:
1. Right-click on a single drawing either in the Detail View or in the Drawings Console, and
select Batch.
2. Select the action, and click Add to move it into Actions to Queue.
 You can add actions to the queue in any order, but the software processes the actions
in the following order: Refresh, Update, and then all other actions. If you add Update,
but you do not add Refresh, Update is the first action processed.

Tools Menu
 You can only add one Save As action to the queue.

3. Define any action options. For more information, see Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart
Batch Services (on page 198).
4. Click Schedule to create the job and open the Schedule Batch dialog box.
Multiple documents:
1. Do one of the following:
a. Right-click a set of multi-selected documents or components in the Detail View, and
select Batch.
b. Right-click a component in the Management Console, Detail View, or Drawings
Console, and select Batch.
2. Select the action, and click Add to move it into Actions to Queue.
 You can add actions to the queue in any order, but the software processes the actions
in the following order: Refresh, Update, and then all other actions. If you add Update,
but you do not add Refresh, Update is the first action processed.
 You can only add one Save As action to the queue.
3. Define any action options. For more information, see Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart
Batch Services (on page 198).
4. Click Schedule to create the job and open the Schedule Batch dialog box.
Create a Template
Templates are user-parameterized actions that are saved in the session file and available for
future batch jobs. You can only create templates based on the Print action.
Create a new template:
1. Select the Print action, and click Add to move it to Actions to Queue.
2. In Action Options, make the necessary changes to the action.
3. Type a new Template Name for the action.
4. Click Save Settings As Template.
Delete a template:
1. Select the template to delete.
2. In Action Options, click Delete.
Schedule [Task] Dialog Box

Queue
Displays the name of the queues configured by an administrator for the job. For more
information on configuring the queues, see Configure Queues for Jobs in the Project
Management User's Guide.

Tools Menu
Run job
Sets the frequency with which the job runs. Jobs can be scheduled to run once or on a
regular interval (daily, weekly, or monthly). Depending on the job frequency selected,
additional controls display. These controls allow you to define more specific scheduling
information. The scheduling controls can be changed only at job submission.
Run on
Sets the time to start running the job.
Options
Opens the Optional Schedule Properties Dialog Box (on page 202) that you can use to
define a start and end date.
Run on box
Contains a calendar from which you can select the run date. This option is available when
you select Once from Run job.
Every X days
Specifies how many days pass between job runs. This option is available when you select
Daily from Run job.
Every X weeks
Specifies how many weeks pass between job runs. In addition, you can select on which
days the job runs. This option is available when you select Weekly from Run job.
Day X of the month
Specifies on which day of the month the job runs. This option is available when you select
Monthly from Run job.
The X Y of the month
Specifies on which day of the month the job runs. For example, you can select the last
Monday of the month. This option is available when you select Monthly from Run job.
Job Start
Notifies you when the job starts, if Outlook is set up.
Job Completion
Notifies when the job completes, if Outlook is set up.
Job Abort
Notifies you if the job aborts, if Outlook is set up.
Address Book
Selects the name of the person to be notified by e-mail of the job status, if Outlook is set up.
If Outlook is not available, this option does not work. You can also type the address
manually. The person you define here receives an email with the job log files after the job
finishes.
 The Batch Services SMTP option must be configured on the batch server for this to work.
For more information, see the Intergraph Smart Batch Services documentation.

Tools Menu
 The WinZip application is no longer required on the batch server to compress any emailed
attachments. Compression is now done with functionality included in Smart 3D.
Optional Schedule Properties Dialog Box

Provides more options on the Schedule Backup dialog box. This dialog box opens when you
click Options.
Start date
Sets an optional start date.
End date
Sets an optional end date, if checked.
Batch Processing
With batch processing, you can make sure your documents are updated, printed, or refreshed
without having to dedicate your workstation to the operation.
Batch Updating
Using Batch > Update, available on the Drawings Batch dialog box, you instruct the software
to update documents on a Batch Server while you continue to work on other tasks.
Before using Batch > Update for 3D Model Data documents, you must set the
appropriate surface styles and aspects for the model data. For more information, see Set
surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 79).
Batch Printing
Using the Batch > Print command available on the Drawings Batch dialog box, you can
schedule batch printing jobs as needed to free up valuable processing time.
Batch Refreshing
Using the Batch > Refresh command available on the Drawings Batch dialog box, you can
schedule batch refresh jobs for multiple drawing documents.
Managing Batch Jobs

Tools > Batch Management allows you to view your batch jobs and make changes. For more
information, see Manage batch jobs (on page 203).
Setting Up Batch Processing

Batch Server - The computer on which the batch process runs is called the Drawing Batch
Server. The server must have Windows 2000 or Windows 7 and Smart 3D Workstation loaded.
The computer designated as the batch server is usually one that is not being used to perform
daily tasks, as the process of updating large numbers of documents and drawings can consume
a great deal of the computer's resources. You can have one or more batch servers per site
database. For more information, see Project Size Estimates and Drawing Batch Server in the
Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide.

Tools Menu
To initially configure the Batch Server, you must be an administrator on that

computer and have write permissions or better on the model, the SharedContent share, and any
permission groups that access drawings.
Client - The workstations that send batch processes to the server are called clients.
 If the Batch commands are not available on the shortcut menus for your documents, you are
not configured to use batch processing
 Most of the scheduling is stored on the Batch Server in the form of scheduled items in the
Windows Task Scheduler. After models have been assigned to the Batch Server, new
processes display in the Processes tab of the Task Manager dialog box on that computer.
The Batch Manager process indicates that at least one model can use this computer as a
Batch Server. For each model selected on the Setup 3D Drawings Batch Server dialog
box, one Batch Server process displays in the list. If the Batch Manager or Batch Server
processes are stopped, the computer does not process batch updates.
 You can also have a Batch Tier process running for each of the selected models. This
process is created when the Batch Server process finds a batch job and terminates
automatically after the Batch Server has been inactive for a while.
See Also
Batch Update (on page 209)
Batch Print (on page 209)
Batch Refresh (on page 211)
Batch Management
Allows you to view your batch jobs and make changes.

 Manage batch jobs (on page 203)
 Edit or delete batch jobs (on page 204)
 Configure batch processing in the Common User's Guide
 Remove a model from the batch server in the Common User's Guide
Manage batch jobs

You can only modify or delete batch jobs that you own. You cannot change or delete batch jobs
owned by others.
1. Select Tools > Batch Management. The Batch Management dialog box displays, showing
the currently scheduled batch jobs with their status. For more information, see Batch
Management Dialog Box (Batch Management Command) (on page 205).
2. Click a column header to sort the batch job table by the column definition.
3. Use the View menu items to Refresh the batch job list or toggle the Status Bar on or off.

Tools Menu
4. Select one or more batch jobs, and then select Action > Pause to suspend the idle jobs.
This command has no effect on jobs that have started processing.
5. Select one or more batch jobs, and then select Action > Resume to continue processing
the paused jobs. This command has no effect on jobs that are already processing.
6. To cancel a batch job, select it in the table, and then select Action > Cancel.
7. To modify the batch schedule definition for a batch job, select it, and then select Action >
Properties. The Properties dialog box displays, showing the current schedule definition.
For more information on modifying the properties, see Properties Dialog Box (Batch
Management Command) (on page 206).
You can also right-click a batch job to display a shortcut menu for the Pause, Resume,
Cancel, and Properties.
Edit or delete batch jobs

Complete the following steps to edit or delete an existing batch job.
You can also use Tools > Batch Management to update existing batch jobs. For
more information, see Manage batch jobs (on page 203).
1. Right-click a document that has a batch job scheduled and select the batch command to
run: Update, Print, or Refresh. The Schedule Wizard displays.
2. The default setting is Schedule the Batch Job. Click Next to schedule a new batch job or
edit the existing batch job.

Tools Menu
3. To edit or delete an existing batch job, select the Edit an existing job option. The table at
the bottom of the wizard page enables.
To schedule a new batch job for this document, select the Schedule new job
option and click Next to display the next page of the Schedule Wizard and create a new
batch job schedule. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard)
(on page 216).
4. Select a batch job in the table. To delete the batch job, click Delete . To edit the batch
job, click Next to display the next page of the Schedule Wizard and edit the batch job
properties. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page
216).
Batch Management Dialog Box (Batch Management Command)

Displays a list of jobs that have been submitted to the batch server, and allows you to view or
manage those jobs. You can open this dialog box by selecting Tools > Batch Management.
Click a column header to sort the batch job table by the column definition.
Job Name
Displays the name of the batch job.
Non-scheduled batch jobs use the name of the drawing or drawing component
type being processed.
Server
Displays the name of the batch server processing the batch job.
Batch jobs are submitted to a queue on the model database. The batch servers
retrieve the jobs from the queue in a first-in/first-out order.
Parent Component
Identifies the name of the parent component for the batch job.
Request
Displays the type of the batch job request. For example, Update or Print.

Tools Menu
Status
Indicates the current status of the batch job. For example: Updating, Submitted,
Scheduled, or Printing.
Owner
Displays the name of the owner of the batch job.
Submitted
Shows the date and time that the batch job was submitted or scheduled.
Scheduled
Indicates how the batch job has been scheduled. For example: Daily, Weekly, Monthly,
One time only, and so forth.
Action Menu
Pause
Suspends the selected idle jobs. A job that is updating will not pause.
Resume
Removes the hold on the paused items. This command has no effect on jobs that are
already processing.
Cancel
Deletes the selected jobs from the queue.
Properties
Displays the Properties dialog box for the selected job. This command is inactive if multiple
jobs are selected. For more information, see Properties Dialog Box (Batch Management
Command) (on page 206).
View Menu
Status
Turns the display of the status bar on/off.
Refresh
Refreshes the display of the batch job list.
See Also
Batch Management (on page 203)
Properties Dialog Box (Batch Management Command)

Displays the current batch schedule for the selected batch job, and allows you to modify the
schedule. You can open this dialog box by selecting Action > Properties in the Batch
Management dialog box.
The information on this dialog box changes depending on the active schedule definition of the
batch job. The active schedule definition is shown at the top of the dialog box.

Tools Menu
Schedule task
Sets the type of schedule for the task. If you change this setting, the other options on the
dialog box change as well.
Start time
Specifies the time for the batch job to start. You can select a time using the scroll button or
define a time in the format shown.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Once

The following example shows a "once only" batch job:
Start date
Specifies the date on which the batch job update begins.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Daily

If the batch job is scheduled to run daily, the Properties dialog box displays as follows:
Every count day(s)

Specifies a number of days. The batch job runs once per the specified count of days. For
example, if you specify 2 as the value, the batch job runs once every two days.

Tools Menu
Starting on
Specifies the date on which the batch job schedule begins.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Weekly

If the batch job is scheduled to run weekly, the Properties dialog box displays as follows:
Every count week(s)

Specifies a number of weeks for which the batch job will run.
You can check as many days during the week as required. The batch job runs once per day
for the specified count of weeks.
Batch Jobs Scheduled Monthly

If the batch job is scheduled to run monthly, the Properties dialog box displays as follows:
You use the two options to specify when the batch job runs during the month. You can check as
many months a required. The batch job runs once on the specified day of the specified
month(s).
See Also
Batch Management (on page 203)

Tools Menu
Batch Print
Allows you to submit document files directly to a print queue for a printer or schedule the
document files to be sent to the print queue at a later date or at recurring intervals. You can set
up batch print jobs for a single document or a select set of documents you select in the Detail
View. This command is available when you right-click on a single drawing or a select set of
drawings in the Detail View.
The Batch > Print command displays the Schedule Wizard so you can specify whether the
drawing should be printed now or at a scheduled date and time. The batch print job runs on a
batch server. If the command is not available on the shortcut menu for your documents, batch
processing is not configured.
To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch printing, see Batch Print Schedule
Wizard Common Tasks (on page 221).
To view and manage current batch jobs, see Manage batch jobs (on page 203).
 After setting up the batch print job, the software checks to see if any of the documents are
being updated. If so, the software holds the print job until the updates are complete.
 As long as a document has a file created for it, you will be able to print the drawing. The
software does not check to see if the drawing is up-to-date, out of date, or in an error state.
 The Batch Print command is not available for a MicroStation 3D DGN component
document file.
 The drawing is printed on the default printer of the batch server that processes the print job.
See Also
Batch Processing (on page 202)
Print Command (on page 75)
Batch Update
Allows you to update documents on a Batch Server while you continue to work on other tasks.
You can set up batch update jobs for a single document or a select set of documents you select
in the Detail View. This command is available when you right-click on a single drawing or a
select set of drawings in the Detail View.
The Batch > Update command displays the Schedule Wizard so you can specify whether the
drawing should be updated now or at a scheduled date and time. The batch update job runs on
a batch server. If the command is not available on the shortcut menu for your documents, batch
To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch updates, see Batch Schedule Wizard
Common Tasks (on page 212).
 Before using Batch > Update for 3D Model Data documents, you must set the appropriate
surface styles and aspects for the model data. For more information, see Set Surface styles
and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 79).
 The Batch > Update command detects when only border changes have been made and
only updates the border portion of the drawing that is out-of-date.

Tools Menu
 If the software cannot make a SmartPlant Foundation server connection when you use
Batch > Update for 3D Model Data documents, you are prompted to provide a valid login
and password.
See Also
Batch Local Update

Allows you to update documents locally while you continue to work on other tasks. This
command is available when you right-click on a single drawing. The command triggers a local
background update against the drawing document.
 Before using Batch > Local Update for 3D Model Data documents, you must set the
appropriate surface styles and aspects for the model data. For more information, see Set
surface styles and aspects for 3D model data documents (on page 79).
 The default timeout value for updating documents through the Batch Server is 40 minutes.
For more information on setting the Batch timeout (in minutes) property on a drawing
document, see Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 86).
 You cannot process more than one Batch Local Update at a time. If you attempt to process
a second Batch Local Update, an error dialog will display. For more information, see
and password.
See Also
Batch Update Document(s)

Batch > Update Document(s) updates existing drawings or reports if they are out-of-date. This
command updates all the documents associated with a drawing or report component. You can
also multi-select documents within the Detail View.
This command is available when you right-click a component in the Console hierarchy and point
to the Batch submenu.
If batch processing is configured for the selected item, the command displays the Schedule
Wizard so you can specify whether the update should perform now or at a scheduled date and
time. The update is performed on the Batch Server. For more information, see Batch Schedule
Wizard Common Tasks (on page 212).
For volume drawings, the Batch > Update Document(s) command is not available until you
place drawing volumes for a volume component in the Space Management task. For composed
drawings, this command is not available until you create the drawings in a 3D task. For reports,
this command is not available until you create the report by choosing a report template.

Tools Menu
To view or modify the currently scheduled batch update jobs, see Manage batch jobs (on page
203).
 The software preserves many of the modifications you make between regenerations of
volume drawings. For example, if you annotate a volume drawing and then regenerate it,
your annotations still display on the updated drawing.
To update a single drawing, right-click a drawing and select Update (for marine mode Drawings
by Rule) or Update Now (for all other drawing types).
and password.
See Also
Batch Refresh
Allows you to refresh documents on a Batch Server while you continue to work on other tasks.
The Batch > Refresh command compares the date of the last update of the document with the
modification date in the model for any object that has a positive (can be seen) resymbolization in
the drawing. You can set up batch update jobs for a single document or a select set of
documents you select in the Detail View. This command is available when you right-click on a
single drawing or a select set of drawings in the Detail View.
The Batch > Refresh command displays the Schedule Wizard so you can specify whether the
drawing should be updated now or at a scheduled date and time. The batch refresh job runs on
a batch server. If the command is not available on the shortcut menu for your documents, batch
The Batch > Refresh command Schedule Wizard works the same as the one for the Batch >
Update command. To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch refreshes, see
Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks (on page 212).
Batch > Refresh is not available for Spreadsheet Report documents. Spreadsheet
Report documents regenerate each time you run, update, or print the report. It is supported for
all types of drawing documents.
See Also
Batch Update Document(s) (on page 210)
Update Now (on page 103)
Update (on page 107) (marine mode Drawings by Rule)

Tools Menu
Schedule Wizard
The Schedule Wizard displays when you are configured to use batch scheduling, which is
available for Update, Refresh, and Print. The Batch > Update, Batch > Refresh, and Batch >
Print commands display on the shortcut menu when you select document(s) or components.
You can submit an existing batch job request or schedule a new one. You can also multi-select
documents within the Detail View.
If you access the Schedule Wizard for a document that already has a batch job scheduled, you
can edit or delete the existing batch job. For more information, see Edit or Delete Batch Jobs (on
page 204).
You can also manage your existing batch jobs with Tools > Batch Management. For more
information on using batch processing, see Batch Processing (on page 202).
To walk-through the Schedule Wizard and set up batch updates, see Batch Schedule Wizard
Common Tasks (on page 212). For batch printing, see Batch Print Schedule Wizard Common
Tasks (on page 221).
The default timeout value for updating documents through the Batch Server is 40
minutes. For more information on setting the Batch timeout (in minutes) property on a drawing
document, see Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) (on page 86).
See Also
Batch Print (on page 209)
Batch Refresh (on page 211)
Batch Update (on page 209)
Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks

The following Schedule Wizard tasks are used when you schedule batch update or refresh jobs
for drawings and reports documents.
The Schedule Wizard displays when you are configured to use a batch server and select Batch
> Update or Batch > Refresh from the shortcut menu for a selected document(s).
Submitting or Scheduling a Batch Update or Refresh Job

The initial page of the Schedule Wizard allows you to specify whether you want to submit a
batch update or refresh job now or schedule it for later. For more information, see Submit or
Schedule a Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 214).
Setting Batch Job Frequency

If you selected the Schedule the batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard,
the second page specifies the batch job frequency, or how often you want the batch job to

Tools Menu
update or refresh. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on
page 216).
Scheduling a Daily Batch Job

When you select the Daily option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify the
day and time you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule Daily Batch
Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 217).
Scheduling a Weekly Batch Job

When you select the Weekly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the job to start on a per week basis. For more information, see
Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 218).
Scheduling a Monthly Batch Job

When you select the Monthly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the batch job to start and the months in which you want the job to
run. For more information, see Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 219).
Scheduling a One-Time-Only Batch Job

When you select the One time only option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you
specify the time and day you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule
One-Time-Only Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 220).
Completing the Scheduling

After you have specified the frequency, date, and time settings for your batch job schedule, the
final wizard page displays. This page also displays if you selected the One time only option on
the second page of the wizard. For more information, see Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule
Wizard) (on page 221).
For documents that have existing batch jobs, the Schedule Wizard initial page is different.
Scheduling a New Batch Job

To create a new batch job for the selected document(s), select the Schedule a new job option.
When you click Next, the behavior is the same as the tasks described above, starting with Set
Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 216).
Editing or Deleting Existing Batch Jobs

When you select Batch > Update or Batch > Refresh on the shortcut menu of a document that
already has a scheduled batch job, you can edit or delete an existing batch job by selecting the
Edit existing job(s) option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard. For more information,
see Edit or Delete Batch Jobs (on page 204).

Tools Menu
Submit or Schedule a Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)

Specifies whether you want to submit a batch update or refresh job now or schedule it for later.
Submit the batch job now - Specifies that the job will be automatically named and submitted to
the Batch Server when you click Finish. The batch job name defaults using the convention
BatchJob1, BatchJob2, and so forth to keep the batch job names unique. This option is
specified by default when you select Update from the Batch submenu for a document that has
no previously scheduled batch jobs.
Schedule the batch job - Specifies that you want to set a date and time for the batch job to run.
Click Next to go to the next page of the wizard to continue scheduling the batch job. For more
information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 216).
 If the document from which you accessed the Schedule Wizard already has batch jobs
scheduled, the Schedule the batch job option is the default selection. When you click Next,
you can either create a new batch job for the document or edit an existing one. You can also
delete an existing batch job. For more information, see Update an Existing Batch Job
(Schedule Wizard) (on page 215).
 Batch > Refresh is not available for Spreadsheet Report documents. Spreadsheet Report
documents regenerate each time you run, update, or print the report. It is supported for all
types of drawing documents.
See Also
Schedule Wizard (on page 212)

Tools Menu
Update an Existing Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)

Creates a new batch job for the document, edits the existing batch job, or deletes the existing
batch job.
You can also use Tools > Batch Management to update existing batch jobs. For
more information, see Manage batch jobs (on page 203).
Schedule a new job

Specifies that you are creating a new batch job for the document. Click Next to display the
next page of the Schedule Wizard and define a new batch job. For more information, see
Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 216).
Edit an existing job
Specifies that you want to edit or delete an existing batch job definition. When you select
this option, the table at the bottom of the page enables.
Delete
Deletes the batch job selected in the table at the bottom of the dialog box. This button is
only enabled when a batch job is selected.
Existing batch job table
Lists the batch jobs for the document. To edit a batch job definition, select it in the table and
click Next to display the next page of the Schedule Wizard. For more information, see Set
See Also

Tools Menu
Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard)

Specifies the frequency with which you want to update or print this document or set of
documents. This page of the wizard displays under two different conditions:
 If the document(s) has no previously schedule batch jobs and you select the Schedule the
batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard.
 If the document(s) has previously scheduled batch jobs in existence, and you select the
Schedule a new batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard.
Type a name for this batch job.

Specifies the batch job name. The batch job name defaults using the convention
BatchJob1, BatchJob2, and so forth to keep the batch job name unique. You can change
the batch job name.
Perform this job:
Specifies the frequency option for updating the batch job. The options are described as
follows:
 Daily - The batch job runs daily at the time specified on the next page of the wizard. For
more information, see Schedule Daily Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 217).
 Weekly - The batch job runs weekly on the day and time specified on the next page of
the wizard. For more information, see Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)
(on page 218).
 Monthly - The batch job runs monthly on the month, day, and time specified on the next
page of the wizard. For more information, see Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule
 One time only - The batch job runs one time only. For more information, see Schedule

Tools Menu
Schedule Daily Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)

Specifies the time and day you want the batch job to start. When you click Next, the final wizard
page displays the batch schedule settings. If the schedule is incorrect, click Back to return to
previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Start time
Perform the job
Specifies the day option for updating the batch job. The options are described as follows:
 Every Day - The batch job runs every day at the time specified at the top of the wizard
page.
 Weekdays - The batch job runs every weekday (Monday through Friday) at the time
specified at the top of the wizard page.
 Every - You specify a number of days in the field provided. The batch job runs once per
the specified count of days. For example, if you specified 2 as the value, the batch job
runs once every 2 days.
Start date
Specifies the date on which the batch job begins.
See Also
Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule Wizard) (on page 221)

Tools Menu
Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)

Specifies the time and day you want the batch job to start on a weekly basis. When you click
Next, the final wizard page displays the batch schedule settings. If the schedule is incorrect,
click Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Start time
Every
Specifies a number of weeks. The batch job runs once per the specified count of weeks. For
example, if you specified 2 as the value, the batch job will run once every 2 weeks.
Day checkboxes
Specifies the day of the week you want the batch job to run.
See Also

Tools Menu
Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)

Specifies the time and day you want the batch job to start and in which months you want the job
to run. When you click Next, the final wizard page displays the batch schedule settings. If the
schedule is incorrect, click Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Start time
Day
Specifies a specific day of the month. The batch job runs once per the day specified. For
example, if you specified 2 as the value, the batch job runs on the second day of the
selected months.
The set weekday
Specifies the day of the week you want the batch job to run. For example, you can set the
batch job to run on the second Tuesday of every selected month.
Of the month(s)
Specifies the months you want the batch job to run. You can select multiple months.
See Also

Tools Menu
Schedule One-Time-Only Batch Job (Schedule Wizard)

Specifies the time and day you want the one-time-only batch job to start. When you click Next,
the final wizard page displays the batch schedule settings. If the schedule is incorrect, click
Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
Start time
Start date
Specifies the date on which the batch job update begins.
See Also

Tools Menu
Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule Wizard)

Shows the completed schedule setup for the batch job. It displays the name of the batch job and
the time and date when the job will run.
If the schedule is incorrect, click Back to return to previous wizard pages and make corrections.
If the batch job is scheduled correctly, click Finish to process the batch job request.
See Also
Batch Print Schedule Wizard Common Tasks

The following Schedule Wizard tasks are used when you schedule batch print jobs for drawings
and reports documents.
The Schedule Wizard displays when you are configured to use a batch server and select Batch
> Print from the shortcut menu for a selected document(s).
Submitting or Scheduling a Batch Print Job

The initial page of the Schedule Wizard allows you to specify whether you want to submit a
batch print job now or schedule it for later. For more information, see Submit or Schedule
Printing (Schedule Wizard) (on page 223).
Setting Batch Job Frequency

If you selected the Schedule the batch job option on the initial page of the Schedule Wizard,
the second page specifies the batch job frequency, or how often you want the batch job to
update. For more information, see Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 216).

Tools Menu
Scheduling a Daily Batch Job

When you select the Daily option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify the
day and time you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule Daily Batch
Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 217).
Scheduling a Weekly Batch Job

When you select the Weekly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the job to start on a per week basis. For more information, see
Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 218).
Scheduling a Monthly Batch Job

When you select the Monthly option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you specify
the time and day you want the batch job to start and the months in which you want the job to
run. For more information, see Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule Wizard) (on page 219).
Scheduling a One-Time-Only Batch Job

When you select the One time only option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard, you
specify the time and day you want the batch job to start. For more information, see Schedule
Completing the Scheduling

After you have specified the frequency, date, and time settings for your batch job schedule, the
final wizard page displays. This page also displays if you selected the One time only option on
the second page of the wizard. For more information, see Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule
For documents that have existing batch jobs, the Schedule Wizard initial page is different.
Scheduling a New Batch Job

To create a new batch job for the selected document(s), select the Schedule a new job option.
When you click Next, the behavior is the same as the tasks described above, starting with Set
Editing or Deleting Existing Batch Jobs

When you select Batch > Print on the shortcut menu of a document that already has a
scheduled batch job, you can edit or delete an existing batch job by selecting the Edit existing
job(s) option on the second page of the Schedule Wizard. For more information, see Edit or
Delete Batch Jobs (on page 204).

Tools Menu
Submit or Schedule Printing (Schedule Wizard)

Specifies whether you want to submit a batch print job now or schedule it for later.
Printer
Specifies the printer to which the document will be submitted.
Number of copies
Indicates the number of copies of the document to print.
Pure black and white
Specifies that the document should be printed in pure black and white, with the software
setting the color alterations based on colors used in the document.
Schedule the batch job
Specifies that you want to set a date and time for the batch job to run. Click Next to go to
the next page of the wizard to continue scheduling the batch job. For more information, see
Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule Wizard) (on page 216). If you do not check this box, the
document prints immediately to the selected printer.
If the document from which you accessed the Schedule Wizard already has batch
jobs scheduled, the Schedule the batch job option is the default selection. When you click
Next, you can either create a new batch job for the document or edit an existing one. You can
also delete an existing batch job. For more information, see Update an Existing Batch Job
(Schedule Wizard) (on page 215).
See Also

Tools Menu
Custom Commands
Provides you with application programming capability for the 3D software. Using Microsoft®
Visual Basic, you can create a custom command that groups a series of commands and
instructions into a single command that runs as an operation in the 3D software. As a result, you
can access the customized commands that directly relate to the work routine in your operation.
In Visual Basic, the Command Wizard helps you to build a custom command. For example, the
first Command Wizard step prompts you to identify general information, including command
name, project name, author, and company. You can start the wizard in Visual Basic by clicking
Command Wizard on the Add-Ins menu. For more information about installing the Command
Wizard and other programming resources, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide
available by clicking Help > Printable Guides in the software.
After adding a custom command in the 3D software, you can edit it. The Edit Custom
Command dialog box requires you to specify the program identifier (prog_id), command name
and description, command priority, and a command line of arguments in a string.
Delivered Custom Commands

The following list provides descriptions and ProgIDs for the delivered custom commands:
Custom ProgID Description

Command
Check SP3DCheckDatabaseIntegrity Creates records for the objects that need to

Database . be cleaned. You run this custom command
Integrity CCheckObj directly on a database (Site, Catalog, or
Model). After you run this command, you can
generate a report to review the errors that
the Check Database Integrity command
generated. For more information on the
Check Database Integrity command, see
the Database Integrity Guide available from
Help > Printable Guides.
Clean SP3DCleanDatabaseCmd. Deletes or cleans an object. This command

Database CCheckObj is used when an action on the Check
Database Integrity report is To Be
Removed or To Be Repaired. For more
information on deleting and cleaning objects
in the database, see the Database Integrity
Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides.

Tools Menu

Command
Create MenuDrawView. Saves and converts the contents of a three-

Drawing View CMenuDrawView dimensional graphic view window into a
snapshot view. The command creates a
rectangular object associated to a clipping
volume or volumes in the three-dimensional
model.
Before you create a snapshot view using this
command, you must have added at least one
composed drawing type to the Management
Console in the Drawings and Reports task.
You can save additional views by updating
the view contents and then saving the new
design. If you used the Tools > Hide
command to avoid displaying certain objects,
those objects are included in a composed
drawing you create.
You must have appropriate permissions to
access composed drawing types, or you
cannot use the Tools > Snapshot View
command. If you have only read permission,
you receive a message that alerts you to this
condition.
After you create the snapshot views, you can
add them to composed drawings when you
use the Tools > Drawings Console
command.
Drawings DwgCheckUtility,Ingr.SP3D. Checks drawing items for problems, such as

Check and Drawings.Client.Commands. mismatches between views, smartframes,
Repair Utility DwgCheckUtility. and OIDs; duplications of views,
RunChecksCmd smartframes, and OIDs; and invalid
dimensions with missing smartframe
attributes. After problems are found, you can
run repairs.
This command is intended for use by your
administrator.

Tools Menu

Command
Find Object SP3DFindObjectByReport. Finds objects with integrity problems in a

by OID FindObjects graphic view. Before running this command,
you must define your workspace to include
these objects. Run a database integrity
report, and use the reported OIDs of the
objects in the workspace definition. For more
information on the Find Objects by OID
custom command, see the Database
Integrity Guide available from Help >
Printable Guides.
Fix Project SP3DPRJMGTRepairCmd. Synchronizes the model name in the Model

Root FixCnfgProjectRoot database and the Site database. The name
in the Site database prevails.
You must run this command from
a task in the model, not from Project
Management.
Fix Sector DwgBinaryEditorCmd. Adjusts the sector size from small to large.
Size of FixSectorSize Documents that have many sheets and a
Documents small sector size can cause the software to
run out of memory.
Reset Design IMSEngFrameworkCmd. Modifies the Design Basis timestamp. With

Basis Time EngFrameworkCmd this command, you can set the time and date
Argument = back to a point in the past. This command is
ResetDesignBasisTime useful if, for any reason, there are delete
instructions that could not be processed.
Synchronize DwgSynchTemplatesCmd.Sy Repairs a drawing component that has

Drawing nchTemplates become corrupted by synchronizing it with a
Component different, uncorrupted drawing component.
Templates This command requires that the source
component is the same type as the corrupted
component, the source component must
have a template, and that the source
component cannot be corrupted. Also, the
number of views on the source component
must be the same as the number of views on
the corrupted component. The names of the
views on the source component must match
the view names of the corrupted component.

Tools Menu

Command
Verify P&ID SP3DDisplayPIDService. Validates the internal connections between

Integrity VerifyPIDCmd objects on a P&ID and objects in the Model
database. This command is useful when
there is a problem displaying a P&ID or
selecting objects on a P&ID. The command
provides some basic troubleshooting
statistics: Number of design basis objects,
number of 3D objects (correlated), number of
P&ID objects, number of deleted P&ID OIDs,
and number of duplicate OIDs.
Custom Commands Dialog Box (on page 229)

Add Custom Command Dialog Box (on page 229)
Edit Custom Command Dialog Box (on page 230)

 Create custom commands (on page 227)
 Add custom commands (on page 228)
 Run a custom command (on page 228)
 Edit a custom command (on page 228)
 Delete a custom command (on page 228)
Create custom commands

1. Open Microsoft® Visual Basic.
 You do not create or modify custom commands within the software. You can edit the
code of the command in Visual Basic. You can edit a limited number of items, such as
the description of the command, using the Edit Custom Command dialog box.
 You must install the Command Wizard software in Visual Basic. The setup for the
Command Wizard is located at [Product Folder]\CommonApp\Tools\CommandWizard.
2. In Visual Basic, click Add-Ins > Command Wizard.
3. Complete all steps on each page of the Command Wizard.

Tools Menu
Add custom commands

1. Click Tools > Custom Commands.
2. On the Custom Commands dialog box, click Add.
3. On the Add Custom Command dialog box, type the program identifier you assigned to the
command in Microsoft® Visual Basic in the Command ProgID box.
4. Type the name you assigned to the command in the Command name box.
5. Type a phrase that describes the command in the Description box.
6. If necessary, change the option in the Priority section.
7. Type command line arguments in a string in the Argument box.
After you complete this procedure, the Custom Commands dialog box lists the
command you added to the software. You can run the command, edit the settings, or delete the
command.
Run a custom command

The Custom Commands dialog box opens.
2. To start a custom command you created, select the command in the list box, and click Run.
3. After the command runs, click Close on the Custom Commands dialog box.
Edit a custom command

2. To change the options for a custom command, select the command in the list box, and click
Edit. For example, you can change the name and description of the command.
3. After completing the needed changes, click Close on the Custom Commands dialog box.
You must open the command in Microsoft® Visual Basic if you want to edit the
underlying code.
Delete a custom command

2. Select the command in the list box, and click Delete. The software removes the command
from the list box; however, the command code is not deleted.
3. After completing the needed changes, click Close on the Custom Commands dialog box.
This action does not delete the DLL for the custom command. It just removes access
to the custom command from the Custom Commands dialog box.

Tools Menu
Custom Commands Dialog Box

Adds and edits customized commands you have created with the Command Wizard in
Microsoft® Visual Basic. For information on creating custom commands, see Create custom
commands (on page 227).
Command names
Lists the names of commands that have been added.
Run
Starts the custom command you select in the list box. For more information, see Run a
custom command (on page 228).
Close
Cancels the Custom Commands dialog box.
Edit
Opens the Edit Custom Command dialog box. You can change settings for the command,
such as the program identifier (prog_ID) and command name. For more information, see
Edit a custom command (on page 228).
Add
Installs the custom command into the software. For more information, see Add custom
commands (on page 228).
Delete
Removes the custom command from the software. For more information, see Delete a
custom command (on page 228).
Clear
Deletes the information you have typed in the boxes on the Custom Commands dialog
box.
Description
Contains an identifying phrase so you can better recognize the custom command with which
you are working.
Add Custom Command Dialog Box

Accesses a customized command you created in Microsoft® Visual Basic and saves the
command within the software.
Command ProgID
Identifies the program identifier for the custom command you created in Visual Basic.
Command name
Specifies the name you assigned to the custom command.
Description
Describes the custom command.

Tools Menu
Priority
Assigns a priority of High, Normal, or Low.
Argument
Specifies command line arguments in a string.
See Also
Create custom commands (on page 227)
Edit Custom Command Dialog Box

Changes options for a customized command you added to the software.
Command ProgID
Specifies the program identifier for the custom command you created in Microsoft® Visual
Basic.
Command name
Provides a text box for you to change the name you assigned to the custom command.
Description
Provides a text box to provide a descriptive phrase for the custom command.
Priority
Changes priority to High, Normal, or Low.
Argument
Change the command line arguments in a string.
Reset Default
Returns the dialog box to its default settings.
See Also
Create custom commands (on page 227)
Delivered Custom Commands

This section describes some of the delivered custom commands. For a comprehensive list of the
custom commands, see Custom Commands in the Common User's Guide.
Repair Documents Custom Command

The Repair Documents custom command updates invalid Styles.sha or Symbol Browser file
paths on a document or a set of documents. Invalid file paths can occur when you change the
symbol share. This causes overhead while editing, saving, or updating documents.
Click Tools > Custom Commands to add the command using the ProgID
DwgRepairCmd.RepairDocuments. For more information, see Custom Commands in the
Common User's Guide.
Each time you use Repair Documents, the changes made to the component or document are
saved in a log file. You can access the file at %TEMP%\Drawings. The log file name starts with

Tools Menu
"DwgRepairCmd_" as its prefix. A summary at the end of the log file lists all documents that the
command could not repair.
Repair Documents Dialog Box

Component or Document
Specifies the component or document to repair.
Actions
Shows the repair options for the selected component or document.
 Reset style resources - Resets the style resource files and to the Styles.sha file on
the current symbols share.
 Set symbol browser home - Sets the symbol browser home address. You can change
this address by typing in a new address or by clicking More and opening the file
folder.

SECTION 10
Revising
The document revision process is separate from the publishing process, making it possible to
revise a document locally and save it to the database without re-publishing it. The Revise
command is available on the right-click menu for drawings, reports, and 3D Model Data
documents. In an integrated environment, all revisions are handled by SmartPlant Foundation.
Revising and publishing are two separate actions. You specify the document revision using the
Revise command, which creates a Revision for the document with Major and Minor set,
depending on the revision schema selected. If you are working in an integrated environment,
you can modify the other revision information on the document.
After setting the revision number, right-click the document and select Properties. Select the
Revision tab and edit the Revision fields. You should update documents to include any new
title block information.
You can now re-publish the document with the new revision information.
 You can use the Revise command if your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard. For more information on registering, see the Project Management
User's Guide under Help > Printable Guides.
 If the drawing document that you are looking at in the Detail View has a yellow icon (for
legacy snapshot drawing, you cannot perform edit operations on the drawing, including
update, revise, and publish.
See Also
Publishing Documents (on page 235)
Revise (on page 232)
Revise a document (on page 233)
Revise
Revising and publishing are two separate actions. You specify the document revision using the
Revise command, which creates a Revision for the document with Major and Minor set,
depending on the revision schema selected. If you are working in an integrated environment,
you cannot modify the Major and Minor revision data, but you can modify the other revision
information on the document.
After reserving the revision number, right-click the document and select Properties. Select the
Revision tab and edit the Revision fields. You should update documents to include any new
title block information.
You can now re-publish the document with the new revision information.

Revising
You can use the Revise command if you have registered your model using the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more information on registering, see the Project
Management User's Guide under Help > Printable Guides.
Revise a document
You can revise drawings, reports, and 3D Model Data documents if you have registered your
model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more information about using the
SmartPlant Registration Wizard, see the Project Management User's Guide under Help >
Printable Guides.
1. Right-click a document and select Revise. The Revise dialog box displays.
 You can also multi-select documents in the Detail View, or you can select a folder in the
Management Console hierarchy to select all of the documents within the folder if they
all have the same revision level.
 If the Revise command is not available on the shortcut menu, check the properties on
the document. Right-click the document and select Properties. Go to the WBS tab and
make sure that you have a Document type and Discipline set for the document. For
more information, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 239).
2. For a new document or a document that does not yet have a defined revision scheme,
select the revision scheme that you want to use from the Revision Scheme list.
Only revision schemes that are applicable to the configuration (plant) or
classification (document type) are available in the shortcut menu. The revision schemes
related to a configuration or classification are not available for any other configurations or
classifications. If none of the revision schemes are related to the configuration or
classification, then all revision schemes are available unless they are related to any other
configuration or classification. For more information on revision scheme configuration, see
Configuring Different Revision Scheme Strategies in the How to Configure Document
Management guide.
3. In the Revise in Tool section, select the next available major and minor revision numbers.
4. Click OK. The document is saved to the model database. The command creates a revision
record by adding it to the document Revision properties. The command also reserves the
revision number.
5. Right-click the document and select Properties.
6. Go to the Revision tab and edit the values in the new revision row.
7. Update the document to update any document property title block information. For more
information, see Updating Documents (on page 101).
8. Re-publish the document. The stored document is not updated until you publish it.

Revising
Revise Dialog Box

Allows you to revise a document in the database of the authoring tool without publishing it.
Fields with a shaded background are read-only fields and cannot be edited.
Selected documents
Displays a list of the documents selected to be revised or for which you want to reserve a
set of revision numbers. You populate this list by selecting documents before you use the
Revise command.
Engineering Tool
Opens an authoring tool-specific dialog box that allows you to select documents to add to
the Selected documents list. This option is not available in Smart 3D.
Revision Scheme
If you have selected a new document or a document for which no revision scheme has been
selected, choose the revision scheme to be applied from the list of available options. Only
revision schemes that are applicable to the configuration (plant) or classification (document
type) are available in the shortcut menu. The revision schemes related to a configuration or
classification are not available for any other configurations or classifications. If none of the
revision schemes are related to the configuration or classification, then all revision schemes
are available unless they are related to any other configuration or classification. For more
information on revision scheme configuration, see Configuring Different Revision Scheme
Strategies in the How to Configure Document Management guide.
Current Revision in Tool Major
For existing documents, this field displays the current major revision of the document, as
defined in the authoring tool, in a read-only format. For new documents, this field is empty.
Current Revision in Tool Minor
For existing documents, this field displays the current minor revision of the document, as
defined in the authoring tool, in a read-only format. If the revision scheme does not use
minor revision, or if the selected document has not yet been revised, this field is empty.
Revise in Tool Major
From this list box, choose the next available major revision number for the document to
revise it locally, without publishing the new information. If you do not want to revise the
document at this time, in other words, if you want to reserve revisions numbers without
revising the document, leave this field empty.
Revise in Tool Minor
From this list box, choose the next available minor revision number for the document to
revise it locally, without publishing the new information. If you do not want to revise the
document at this time, in other words, if you want to reserve revisions numbers without
revising the document, leave this field empty. If minor revisions are not supported for the
document, no options are available in this list.
If you do not use the Minor field when revising a document for the first
time, the minor revision option will never be available for that document for future revisions.
Next Major
Updates the document revision to the next major revision.

SECTION 11
Publishing Documents
When you work in an integrated environment with SmartPlant Enterprise, you must publish
documents containing the drawing data and relationships before other authoring tools can share
this information. You can publish your documents from the Drawings and Reports task
Management Console or from a 3D modeling task by using the Tools > Drawings Console
command.
Before you can publish documents in the software, you must install the SmartPlant Client and
the SmartPlant Schema Component, then register the model using the SmartPlant Registration
Wizard.
In a 3D task, you can use SmartPlant > Retrieve to create and update the Design Basis
objects.
The software allows you to publish modified and new objects with the Changes Only option.
Publish tasks processed through the Changes Only workflow are smaller compared to All
publishes, and are queued to Load and Consolidate before the merge operation. The merge
operation combines the delta data with the previous complete publish data. After the merge
operation succeeds, the information is retrievable. The Changes Only publishes are not
retrievable. To retrieve a Changes Only publish, you must perform an All publish, which only
happens after the load and consolidate processes.
The Publish and Update and Publish commands are available for the following document
types:
 3D Model Data (SmartPlant Review file type)
The 3D Model Data component is capable of publishing many object types (for
example: Piping, Equipment, Cable Trays) depending on the definition of the filter during
component setup.
 Orthographic Drawings (viewable file with links to data)
 Isogen Isometric Drawings (viewable file with links to data)
The software supports publishing additional files (for example: PCF, POD) along
with the SHA drawing. For more information, see Enterprise Data in the Isometric Drawing
Options Reference Guide. You can access this document using the Help > Printable
Guides command in the software.
 Reports (viewable file with links to data)
 The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide relationship links
to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the navigation
between the viewable files and the 3D Model Data.
 The Publish > Update and Publish command updates and then immediately publishes the
selected documents in one step. This command is available only if the model is registered
with SmartPlant Foundation.
 For a list of common tasks related to publishing, see Publish Common Tasks (on page 238).

 If you are publishing 3D Model Data documents, set the surface style rules and aspects
before publishing the documents.
 Every time you generate drawings and reports from Smart 3D in an integrated environment,
a SmartPlant Foundation token is used.
When you publish documents, the software:
 Publishes a visual representation of the document that you can view without Smart 3D. For
drawings, this is an Intergraph proprietary file, called a RAD file (.sha). For reports, the
viewable file is a Microsoft Excel workbook. You can review and mark up the visual
representation of the document using SmartPlant Markup Plus or SmartSketch.
 Places the published XML file and any viewable files in the appropriate SmartPlant
Foundation vault. This XML file can be retrieved when you are in other authoring tools.
Reasons to Publish
You publish documents and associated data for several reasons:
 Exchanging of data with other tools
 Sharing common data between tools
 Providing enterprise-wide accessibility to published documents
 Managing change, including workflow history, document revisions, and title block information
Revisions and Versions of Published Documents

The first time that you publish a document, the software creates a new document master and
the first revision. A revision (major) is an officially recognized change to a document. A version
(minor) is an intermediate update that you have published. Revisions can be published for
sharing or they can go through an approval process, depending on your needs. Each revisions
of a document can have multiple versions.
You can also include revision information within the title block of a drawing by placing drawing
property labels within the drawing template.
When you publish data from any authoring tool, you may not be able to view all of the
properties that you published in the SmartPlant Client. You can customize view definitions to
allow you to see additional properties. For more information on defining view definitions in the
SmartPlant schema, see the SmartPlant Schema Editor User's Guide. For further assistance
with viewing data, contact Intergraph Support Services. You can find support information on our
web site, http://support.intergraph.com (http://support.intergraph.com/).

Publishing Title Blocks

The title block is generally displayed at the bottom of a drawing template. It can include
signatures, revision and issue information, and other properties associated with the drawing.
You add drawing properties, such as revision information or issue requests, to the title block
using the Place Drawing Property Label command when editing a template.
When you update the revision information or receive an issue request on a drawing document,
the associated properties must be updated. You update the drawing document to incorporate
the property changes for any drawing property labels included in the title block.
After you update the drawing document, you can re-publish it and the appropriate title block
information is recorded in SmartPlant Foundation. Publishing your drawing document helps you
manage the changes, including workflow history, document revisions, and title block information.
The general workflow for including information in the drawing title block is:
1. Edit a template and include drawing property labels for revision or issue request - Place a
Drawing Property Label on a Template.
2. Create drawing documents using the template.
3. Publish the drawings - Publish documents (on page 243).
4. Revise the drawing document or receive an issue request from SmartPlant Foundation -
Revise a document (on page 233) or Issue request documents (on page 246).
5. Update the drawing documents to include the new revision, issue, or other drawing property
information in the title block.
See Also

Publish Common Tasks

The following tasks are used to publish documents. If the documents are drawings or reports,
the Publish command publishes a viewable file with links to the data. If publishing a 3D Model
Data document, the software creates a SmartPlant Review file and publishes it.
The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide
relationship links to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the
navigation between the viewable files and the 3D Model Data.
Setting Properties for Publishing

 Before using the Publish command, you should set certain properties on your documents.
If you are publishing 3D Model Data documents, set the surface style rules and aspects as
needed before publishing.
Creating and Reserving Revision Numbers

You should create your documents by right-clicking them and selecting Create Document(s).
After they are created, if you require revision numbers for the documents, use the Revise
command to reserve the revision numbers.
Update the Documents

Update the documents, right-click the component and select the appropriate Update command.
You can also use Batch > Update if you are configured to use a batch server.
Publish Data
If you have registered your model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard, you can publish
your documents for retrieval and use in other tools. You can use the Publish > Update and
Publish command to update drawings and publish them in one step. You can also use the
SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish command to generate a list of documents that need
to be published and to publish terminations for deleted drawings, isos, and so on.
Publish
Publishes the information in the selected documents. You can access the Publish Documents
command by right- clicking a component or document.
The Publish and Update and Publish commands are available for the following types of
documents:
 3D Model Data (SmartPlant Review file type)
 Orthographic Drawings, including Volume and Composed drawings (viewable file with links
to data)
 Isogen Isometric Drawings (viewable file with links to data)

 Reports (viewable Microsoft Excel workbook file with links to data)
 The viewable files created when you publish drawings and reports provide relationship links
to the 3D Model Data. You must also publish the 3D Model Data to provide the navigation
between the viewable files and the 3D Model Data.
 The Publish > Update and Publish command updates and then immediately publishes the
selected documents in one step. This command is available only if the model is registered
with SmartPlant Foundation.
When you publish a 3D model, you must now enable the Scheduler and
Loader in SmartPlant Foundation to make the 3D model data document retrievable. The load,
consolidate, and merge tasks must complete successfully before the 3D model document can
be retrieved.
Define the Discipline and Document Type properties to enable publishing for the documents.
For more information see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 239).
For 3D model data, the Discipline and Document Type properties are already
populated.
You may also want to specify documents to be revised, not published, or reserve revision
numbers. For more information, see Revising (on page 232).
To generate a list of documents that need to be published, you can use SmartPlant > Find
Documents to Publish. For more information, see Find Documents to Publish (on page 253).
You can publish isometric drawings to SmartPlant Foundation in additional file formats other
than the SHA drawing file format. These additional files along with the SHA drawing are
generated by the update process. When publishing isometric drawings you can also publish
other available data files and reports generated by the update process. For more information,
see Published Files (S3D Supplementary).
Publish Dialog Box (on page 247)
Set properties for publishing documents

1. In the Console, right-click an item in the hierarchy, then select Properties on the shortcut
menu.
2. Go to the WBS Tab.
3. Set the Document Type property as needed, such as Civil Plan. This property specifies the
document subtype when published.
4. Set the Document Style property as needed, such as Ortho for an orthographic drawing.
5. Set the Discipline property. If your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard, this property adds the Publish command to the right-click menu for the
selected document or documents. For a 3D Model Data document, the property is set to
SmartPlant Review Document. For a drawing or report document, set the discipline to
match the type of document.

6. Set the Allow Publish property to Yes.
 If you do not want an item to acquire a property from its parent, select the Override column
on the Properties dialog box, then type a new value. This value propagates to other items
deeper in the hierarchy.
 The software treats blank or cleared property values as overrides.
 Before you can publish documents, you must:
 Install the SmartPlant Client and the SmartPlant Schema Component.
 Register your model using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard.
 Revise and update each document.
For more information about configuration, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide,
Support for Handling Large Publishes

The number of objects published from Smart 3D can become so large that the normal update
and publish processing uses up the resources such as memory and address space on the client
and server computers. To address these resource issues, Smart 3D now supports the concept
of using a cache to keep track of objects that have changed and to only publish these objects.
Thus, the software avoids processing objects that have not changed. The mechanisms for doing
this are called parallel update, delta publish, and auto-scoping. These processes are not visible
to the user.
 Parallel update - Updates all the objects. The update process determines the number of
processors on the system and uses this information to partition the objects so that multiple
updates can happen at the same time. Because the updates are happening in parallel, the
system can update a larger number of objects faster.
 Delta publish - Leverages the cached information provided by parallel update to determine
which objects must be published. Because only changes are published, you can produce
larger files in the data warehouse.
Because the complete set of objects will not be published each time, it is up to Smart 3D to
keep track of deleted and moved objects. These moved or deleted objects will be sent with
the published objects, eliminating the need to probe the adapter for the existence of missing
objects.
Loader in SmartPlant Foundation to make the 3D model data document retrievable. The
load, consolidate, and merge tasks must complete successfully before the 3D model
document can be retrieved.
Both parallel update and delta publish can publish larger documents by automatically splitting
the data into smaller sections in Smart 3D. If your publish data is split into smaller sections, the
document version number increments for each section.
For example, if you publish a document that is split into four smaller sections, the Version field
contains all resulting version numbers. In the following dialog box, the published documents are

published to SmartPlant Foundation as 4 different versions (11-14). The last version contains all
of the updated information from the publish.
Published Documents - Load, Consolidated, and MergeDelta

Tasks (S3D)
A tool published document results in a document version object in SmartPlant Foundation. A
document version has four files attached to it.
1. Data XML file – Contains published objects, relationships and correlations (SameAs
relationships).
2. Meta data XML file – Contains meta data about the published document version.
3. Instructions XML file – Contains instructions for deleted objects and relationships. Also
contains resurrect instructions for objects that were deleted previously and resurrected as a
result of restoring a tool database.
4. View file – This is a file in the tool format that represents the (graphical) view of the
published document.
When a document is submitted to a workflow that has a load process step, the following tasks
are created.
If the document is not published to such a workflow, and when the Load document
command in SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client is run on the published document, the same
tasks are created.
 Load Task - This task processes the objects and relationships in the data XML by loading
them into a publish domain. This task also processes the instructions in an Instructions XML
file. For example, the delete instruction would result in termination of the object referenced in
the delete instruction.

 Consolidate Task - This task processes the correlations (SameAs relationships) in the data
XML file. A SameAs is a correlation relationship published by tools indicating that a
published object is identical to an object published by another tool. The correlation of the
object in the current publish domain (say, local object) to the external object (object
published by another tool in another publish domain) is done by creating a shared object in
the Data Warehouse domain. The local and external objects are linked through
SPFComprisedOf relationships; for example, one SPFComprisedOf relationship between the
local object and the shared object, and a second SPFComprisedOf relationship between the
external object and the shared object.
An object that is not correlated also has a shared object created in the Data
Warehouse domain in preparation for future correlation.
The consolidate task also creates a hidden file, known as graphical mapping file, which has
mappings between objects in the database and graphical elements in the view file. This file
is used by SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client for navigation between published objects
in the list view and their graphical representations in the view file.
 MergeDelta Task - This is a task created for delta publishes of Smart 3D. A delta publish
contains new, modified and deleted objects in a document since the last publish of that
document. Only Smart 3D has the capability to do a delta publish. Other tools publish full
data where every object is published whether it is modified or not since last publish.
Because a delta published data XML file and view file only contains the delta, it is required
that it becomes a full data XML and full view file for complete view of the data and graphics
of that document. The MergeDelta task converts the delta data XML file into a full XML file
by merging data from the previous full XML file into the delta XML file.
When you publish a 3D model, you must enable the Scheduler and
Loader to make the 3D model data document retrievable. The load, consolidate, and merge
tasks must complete successfully before the 3D model document can be retrieved. For more
information, see Schedulers and Queue Management.
If you are using SmartPlant Basic Integrator, only the merge task must
complete successfully before the 3D model document can be retrieved. For more
information, see Schedulers and Queue Management.
The merge involves the following:
a. Replace modified objects and relationships in the full publish XML, view file, and the
hidden graphic map file.
b. Delete objects and relationships that are identified in the delete, and move instructions
in the delta instructions XML file, view file, and the hidden graphic map file.
c. Add new objects and relationships to the full publish XML, view file, hidden graphic map
file.
d. Replaces the delta XML file in the vault with the updated full publish XML file, view file,
and the hidden graphic map file.
Set SmartPlant Foundation to Tolerate Failed Loads

For working in any integrated environment, a new site configuration flag in SmartPlant
Foundation Server Manager allows the SmartPlant Foundation Loader to skip a published
document that failed during load and continue processing other documents in the queue.

In SmartPlant Foundation Server Manager, set the SkipFailedDocumentsInLoad flag to True

to allow failed documents to be skipped and other documents to continue processing. Typical
behavior is that after a document is successfully loaded, any previous failed document is
removed from the queue.
The behavior during a Smart 3D publish is different. If any Smart 3D publish, either a full publish
or delta publish, fails to load, the failed versions remain in the load queue until a full publish
successfully loads. If a delta publish loads successfully following these failures, it does not
remove any previous failed version from the queue because the data in delta publishes is
different from version to version, so a failed previous version needs to stay in the queue until
you resolve the failure or a full publish is loaded. A second reason is this gives an indication to
you that a full publish is needed. When a full publish is loaded, all failed delta publishes are
removed from the queue.
Publish documents
Before you can publish documents, you must ensure that your computer is configured properly.
The configuration includes installing the SmartPlant Client and the SmartPlant Schema
Component and registering the model through the SmartPlant Registration Wizard.
You must use the SmartPlant > Retrieve command in one of the 3D tasks to import published
data.
Loader in SmartPlant Foundation to make the 3D model data document retrievable. The load,
consolidate, and merge tasks must complete successfully before the 3D model document can
be retrieved.
The SmartPlant menu is not available in all tasks.
1. Right-click a component and select Publish. The Publish dialog box displays.
 If the Publish command is not available on the shortcut menu for the component or
document, check the document properties and make sure that the documents are up-to-
date and have been revised first.
 You can use the Publish > Update and Publish command to update drawings and
publish them in one step. This command is available only if the model is registered with
SmartPlant Foundation.
2. Edit information as necessary for the selected documents.
When multiple documents are selected, only property values shared by all of the selected
documents display in the table. Changing a value in the table changes that value for all of
the selected documents.
3. Select the Publish Type.
 Smart 3D supports Publish Type for delta publish.
 The default setting for Publish Type is Changes Only. If the 3D model has not
been published before, the software automatically selects All and performs a
complete publish to ensure all filtered data is published and loaded into SmartPlant
Foundation.

 For subsequent publishes, select All to publish all filtered data in the 3D model,
even if it is unchanged. Select Changes Only to publish only the changes in the 3D
model since the last successful publish.
 If the 3D model does not publish successfully during a delta publish, select All so
that data from the previous publish is published and loaded into SmartPlant
Foundation.
 Other SmartPlant applications do not support Publish Type. For these SmartPlant
applications, the default setting for Publish Type is All, and it cannot be changed.
4. Select one of the following operations:
 Publish to publish the selected documents immediately.
 Background publish to publish as a separate process so that you can continue
working in the application.
 Scheduled publish to publish in the batch mode by the authoring tool. The documents
are not published immediately. Instead, the selected documents are scheduled for
publish at a later time and may be scheduled as a recurring operation.
5. Click OK to publish the selected documents.
 You can verify the publishing process by starting the SmartPlant Client on your computer
and searching for the published document.
 When publish is complete, the following message displays: Documents have been
published successfully. If the View Log button is enabled, messages are available
concerning the operation. These messages include errors, warning, and informational
messages. Click View Log to review these messages.
Publish Workflows
When a SmartPlant application publishes, the user can publish documents using a workflow.
The following list describes the delivered publish workflows and use cases for the workflows.
Workflow Workflow Description Workflow Use Cases
Auto-Correlate Compares the objects in a Use Auto-correlate

published document to the objects
that are already in SmartPlant  When a publishing tool does not
Foundation. If the object correlates have correlation functionality.
(by name) to an object with the  When a publishing tool does not
same shared object definition, retrieve.
SmartPlant Foundation
automatically correlates the objects.
 When using SmartPlant
Foundation to perform
If the object can correlate to more
consistency checking and the
than one object through multiple
authoring applications do not
shared object definitions, a task is
retrieve.
placed in the To Do list to allow the
user to select the correlation.  When Shared Objects To
Correlate option is used to
configure which types of objects
are auto-correlated.

Workflow Workflow Description Workflow Use Cases
AutoLoadPublish Generates a document load task Use AutoLoadPublish when you

and consolidate task for the intend to load the published
publishing document. These tasks document data into SmartPlant
are performed by the SmartPlant Foundation.
Foundation Scheduler.
AutoLoadPublish Publish large 3D models. Creates Use AutoLoadPublishMerge when

Merge the published 3D document, loads you intend to view or navigate
the 3D data in SmartPlant multiple 3D models as one
Foundation, then merges these composite 3D model document in
object sets into a new composite one 3D view.
document that represents the entire
3D model.
Correlate Places published objects with Correlate works similar to Auto-

possible correlations in the To Do Correlate except you can view the
list. From the To Do list, the user possible correlations before the
manually correlates selected items. actual correlation takes place.
SmartPlant Foundation creates a
shared object.
Publish Takes the document through an Use Publish when you want the
approval step. Upon approval, it published document approved
creates the document load and before it is loaded into SmartPlant
consolidate tasks. Foundation. The approval step is
added to the To Do list.
PublishWithDocL Loads document into a document Use PublishWithDocLoad when you

oad configuration and submits want to view the document data in
document to approval step. Upon SmartPlant Foundation before
approval, it creates document the approval. The approval step is added
load and consolidate tasks. to the To Do list.
PublishForLoadO Generates a document load task Use PublishForLoadOnly when you

nly and consolidate task for the want to publish documents to view,
publishing document and makes the navigate and also for consistency
documents irretrievable by any tool. checking in SmartPlant Foundation
These tasks are performed by the without the possibility of the
SmartPlant Foundation Scheduler. document being retrieved by any
tool.

Publish a large 3D model to SmartPlant Foundation

Publishing large 3D models to SmartPlant Foundation has reached memory and file transfer
limitations. To make publishing 3D models more efficient, you can publish models in distinct
object sets that accommodate your memory resources. Distinct object sets mean that an object
in the 3D model must appear in only one published model. You publish these object sets using a
workflow called AutoLoadPublishWithMerge. This workflow has MergePublishedFile process
step configured. This workflow creates the published 3D document, loads the 3D data in
SmartPlant Foundation, then merges these object sets into a new composite document that
represents the entire 3D model. The name of the composite document is same as the name of
the workflow to which the Published 3D model is submitted. If you have existing published 3D
models in SmartPlant Foundation and want to merge these into one representative model
document, you can create a 3D composite document manually, and then relate the published
models to the document.
1. Create filters for segregating and selecting data that will be in the published model
documents. For example, you can create filters for equipment, piping, structural, and HVAC.
2. In the Drawings and Reports task, create your separate model documents.
3. Publish each model document separately.
The software publishes a new version of the 3D document, for example, a model
document called Equipment-1-001, to SmartPlant Foundation. This document is related to
AutoLoadPublishWithMerge, a zvf file, and a mapping file.
4. On the Publish tab on the Publish dialog box, select the AutoLoadPublishWithMerge
from the Workflow list.
Issue request documents

Before you can publish documents, you must ensure that your computer is configured properly.
The configuration includes installing the SmartPlant Client and the SmartPlant Schema
Component and registering the model with the SmartPlant Registration Wizard. For more
information, see the Intergraph SmartTM 3D Installation Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides. For more information on the steps involving the SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client,
see the SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client User's Guide.
This functionality is only available in project mode. It is not supported in integration
mode.
You must use the SmartPlant > Retrieve command in the Common task to import published
data.
1. Right-click a component and select Publish. The Publish dialog box displays.
If the Publish command is not available on the shortcut menu for the component
or document, check the document properties and make sure that the documents are up-to-
date. For more information, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 239).
2. Click the Issue Request tab.
3. In the Issue to field, select the contract that you want to assign the document or documents.
4. Under Selected documents, select the documents that you want to associate with the
specified contract.

5. Click Add to add the documents to the Issue Request list. To remove documents from the
list, select them and click Remove. Click Engineering Tools to add documents from
engineering tools, such as P&IDs or PFDs. Click File System to add documents from
another file system, such as Microsoft Word documents or Microsoft Excel workbooks.
6. Click OK to issue the contract request for the selected documents.
7. Start SmartPlant Foundation Desktop Client on your computer and search for the published
document to verify the publishing process.
8. Right-click the document in the Desktop Client tree view and select Refresh.
9. Return to the Drawings and Reports task and update the document to incorporate the new
Issue information. For more information, see Updating Documents (on page 101).
10. Review the Issue properties. Right-click the document and select Properties. Select the
Issue tab to see the Issue information. You can also open the document to see the Issue
information in the title block if you added it.
11. Publish the document with the updated Issue information. For more information, see
Publishing Documents (on page 235).
 Only updated documents can be published.

 You can verify the publishing process by starting the SmartPlant Client on your computer
and searching for the published document.
See Also
Find Documents to Publish (on page 253)
Publish (on page 238)
Publish documents (on page 243)
Publishing Title Blocks (on page 237)
Publish Dialog Box

Provides a list of documents selected to publish.
Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box) (on page 247)
Issue Request Tab (Publish Dialog Box) (on page 251)
See Also
Document Properties Dialog Box (on page 252)
Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box)

Displays the properties of the selected document or documents. If only one document is
selected in the tree view, the properties displayed on this tab are the properties of that one
document. If multiple documents are selected, only the properties with the same value for all
documents display. Any properties with varying values across the documents display with blank
values in these fields.
You can change some of the values assigned to one or more documents by changing the value
displayed in the table. The value you type here overrides any existing values for all selected
documents.

Selected documents
Displays a list of the documents selected for publishing. You must populate this list by
selecting documents in the Management Console or Detail View before you use the
Publish command. For each document, this list displays the name, the type of document,
the workflow from which the document was last published, the revision and version
numbers, the revision scheme, and the date when the document was last published.
Engineering Tool
Opens a dialog box to select documents to add to the Selected documents list. This
functionality is not available in the current release.
File System
Opens a standard Microsoft dialog box that allows you to select documents to add to the
Selected documents list. When you select a file with this Select File dialog box, the
Document Properties dialog box displays, allowing you to specify information about the
file, such as whether it is a new file; the category, type, and subtype of the document; and
the name, description, and title of the document.
Find
Opens the Find Documents to Publish dialog box, which allows you to search for
documents to add to the Selected documents list. For more information, see Find
Documents to Publish Dialog Box (on page 254).
Last Published
Indicates the date on which the document or documents were last published.
Name
Displays the name of the document.
Source
Indicates the authoring tool in which the document was created.
Type
Displays the type of document or documents selected.
Comment
Allows you to type information about the selected documents that are publishable.
Issue Only
Allows you to issue request documents without, necessarily, republishing them. Use this
option when no changes were made to a drawing and you only want to add it to a contract.
 Even with this option set, you can still publish the documents. If any of the documents
have never been published, they must be published, regardless of this setting.
 You will receive an error message if you select multiple documents and activate this
option when one or more of the selected documents cannot be changed. For example,
the error message displays if the selected set of documents includes both a new
document (for which this field can be set only to No) and current or locked documents
(for which this field can be set only to Yes). The error message prompts you to select a
smaller set of documents.

Owning Group
Select an owning group from the drop down list to which the document belongs.
 By default, the owning group selected for the previous version, if any, is shown.
 All the owning groups configured in SmartPlant Foundation are listed.
Revision
Displays the current revision number of the selected document or documents.
You will receive an error message if you attempt to change the value in this field
when you have selected one or more documents that have conflicting revision schemes or
different possible revisions. The error message prompts you to select a smaller set of
documents.
Revision Scheme
Displays the revision scheme applied to the selected document or documents.
Only revision schemes that are applicable to the configuration (plant) or
classification (document type) are available in the shortcut menu. The revision schemes
related to a configuration or classification are not available for any other configurations or
classifications. If none of the revision schemes are related to the configuration or
classification, then all revision schemes are available unless they are related to any other
configuration or classification. For more information on revision scheme configuration, see
Configuring Different Revision Scheme Strategies in the How to Configure Document
Management guide.
You will receive an error message indicating that this field cannot be edited if one or
more of the documents that you have selected are not new or will have a revision scheme
supplied by the authoring tool. The error message prompts you to select a smaller set of
documents.
Version
Indicates the current version of the document or documents.
Workflow
Indicates the workflow to which the selected document or documents are assigned.
Publish Type
Allows you to publish all data in a 3D model or only the changes to the model since the last
successful publish. If the 3D model has not been published before, the software
automatically selects All and performs a complete publish to ensure all filtered data is
published and loaded into SmartPlant Foundation.
Publishing documents Publish Type

All Changes Only
First publish after creating the document All objects All objects
Subsequent publish with no changes to the model All objects No objects

Publishing documents Publish Type

All Changes Only
Subsequent publish with changes to the model All objects Changed objects
Subsequent publish with no changes to the model All objects No objects

(after changing the Publish Type)
Subsequent publish with changes to the model All objects Changed objects
(after changing the Publish Type)
You will receive an error message indicating that this field cannot be edited if one or
more of the documents that you have selected have conflicting sets of possible workflows.
The error message prompts you to select a smaller set of documents.
Check and publish released claims for previously deleted items
Specifies that you want to resolve issues where deleted items were restored from an earlier
version and the claim on them was released. This check takes additional time and should
only be used when deleted items have been restored. This option is not supported in this
release.
This check box should also be activated when publishing after a backup is restored
or when releasing the claim on an object forces another tool to release the claim on a
related object that was previously deleted. In this specific case, the tool fetches the object
from As-Built again and releases the claim.
Operation
Specifies the operation to perform on the selected documents.
 Publish - Selected documents are published immediately.
 Background publish - Selected documents are published immediately as a separate
process, allowing you to perform other tasks at the same time.
 Scheduled publish - Selected documents are published in the batch mode by the
authoring tool. This option is available only for tools that support batch mode and are
processed by the authoring tool, not the SmartPlant Client. The documents are not
published immediately. Instead, the selected documents are scheduled for publish at a
later time and may be scheduled as a recurring operation.
If the software cannot make a SmartPlant Foundation server connection
when you use Scheduled Publish, you are prompted to provide a valid SmartPlant
Foundation login and password.
Custom
Opens the Custom dialog box. This functionality is available only if defined by your project
implementation team.
Check for deleted objects no longer on documents
Select Check for deleted objects no longer on documents option if you want to process
the move instructions while publishing.

See Also
Issue Request Tab (Publish Dialog Box)

Displays the documents associated with a specific issue request and allows you to add
documents to or remove documents from a request.
Selected documents
Displays a list of the documents selected for publishing. You must populate this list by
selecting documents in the Management Console or Detail View before you use the
Publish command. For each document, this list displays the name, the type of document,
the workflow from which the document was last published, the revision and version
numbers, the revision scheme, and the date when the document was last published.
Engineering Tool
Opens a dialog box to select documents to add to the Selected documents list. This option
is not supported in this release.
File System
Opens a standard Microsoft dialog box that allows you to select documents to add to the
Selected documents list. When you select a file with this Select File dialog box, the
Document Properties dialog box displays, allowing you to specify information about the
file, such as whether it is a new file; the category, type, and subtype of the document; and
the name, description, and title of the document.
Find
Opens the Find Documents to Publish dialog box, which allows you to search for
documents to add to the Selected documents list.
Issue to
Contains a list of all objects (contracts) that can support issue requests. When you select an
item from this list, the names of any documents associated with that object display in the
table.
Add
Creates a new item in the table for any documents highlighted in the Selected documents
tree view.
Remove
Deletes a selected document from the table.
Document Name
Displays the names of all documents associated with the object in the Issue to field.
See Also

Document Properties Dialog Box

Provides details about a new or existing document selected for publishing. You can access this
dialog box using the following procedure:
1. Click File System on the Publish Dialog Box (on page 247). A Microsoft standard Select
File dialog box displays.
2. Select a file to display the Document Properties dialog box and specify information about
the file.
An asterisk (*) next to a field indicates that the field must be completed before the
software enables the OK button.
Selected file
Displays the name of the file that you selected on the Select File dialog box.
New document
Indicates that this document has not previously been published.
Published previously
Indicates that the file has already been published at least once before.
Document category
Select the category for the document.
Document type
Select the type of document. The options that display in this list are determined by the
selection that you make in the Document category field.
Document subtype
If applicable, select the subtype for the document. The options that display in this list are
determined by the selection that you make in the Document type field.
Name
Type the name of the file as it will be known in the integrated environment.
Descriptions
Type a brief description of the file. This description displays later to help you recognize the
file.
Title
Type the official title of the document.
See Also
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box (on page 254)
Publish Dialog Box (on page 247)
Issue Request Tab (Publish Dialog Box) (on page 251)

Find Documents to Publish

Generates a list of documents that either have not been published or have been modified and
need to be published again or have been deleted since the last publish. The command is found
on the SmartPlant menu in the Drawings and Reports task.
This command can also be accessed from using the Find button on the Publish tab of
the Publish dialog box. For more information, see Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box) (on page
247).
Documents must be up-to-date, and the required Discipline property must be defined in order
for the documents to be available for publishing. An error message displays if one or more of the
documents found by the Find Documents to Publish command do not meet this criterion. All
items matching the publish criteria continue through the process. For more information on
setting the appropriate properties, see Set properties for publishing documents (on page 239).
For more information on updating documents, see Updating Documents (on page 101).
The SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish command looks for the following:
 Documents created but never published
 Documents modified since their last publish
 Documents deleted after being published
The command looks for documents that need to be republished in the active WBS project. For
example, if Project A is the active project, the Find Documents to Publish command looks for
documents in Project A only. You set the active WBS project in the Active Project box on the
main toolbar. For more information, see Manage Projects (on page 255).
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box (on page 254)
Find documents to publish

Documents must be up-to-date, and the required Discipline property must be defined in order
for the documents to be available for publishing. An error message displays if one or more of the
documents found by the Find Documents to Publish command do not meet this criterion. For
more information on setting the appropriate properties, see Set properties for publishing
documents (on page 239). For more information on updating documents, see Updating
Documents (on page 101).
1. From the Drawings and Reports task, click SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish.
 This command is available only if you have registered the model using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard.
 This feature is also available by clicking the Find button on the Publish dialog box.
 The Find Documents to Publish command determines which documents need to be
published or re-published and displays the results of the search in the Find Documents
to Publish dialog box.
2. From the Select documents to publish list, check the boxes corresponding to the
documents that you want to publish.
You can quickly select the entire list by clicking Select All, or you can clear the
entire list by clicking Clear All.

3. Click OK to accept the selections. The documents selected for publishing now display in the
Documents to Publish list on the Publish dialog box and can be saved by publishing the
documents. For more information, see Publish documents (on page 243).
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box

Allows you to search for documents that have been updated since they were last published.
Additionally, you can use this dialog box to terminate documents that were previously published
but no longer exist in the authoring tool. You can access the Find Documents to Publish
dialog in two ways:
 Select SmartPlant > Find Documents to Publish.
 Click Find on the Publish command dialog box.
Last Published
Displays the date when the files were last searched. The information displaying in the lists
on this dialog box was found on this specified date and time. This option is not available in
the current release.
Update
Displays the Update dialog box, which allows you to define new search criteria for finding
documents to publish. This option is not available in the current release.
Select documents to publish
Displays a list of files that were either updated since they were last published or files that
have not yet been published. For each file, this list displays the file name and type, and the
date on which the document was last published. If the file has not been published, the Last
Published field for the document is New.
Select documents to terminate
Displays a list of the files that were previously published but have since been removed from
the project. For each file, this list box displays the file name and type, and the date on which
the document was last published.
Select All
Selects all of the files in the associated list of documents.
Clear All
Clears any selected documents in the associated list.
See Also

Manage Projects
The Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) project is shown in the dropdown at the upper left-hand
corner of the Drawings and Reports task window, next to the Permission Group dropdown. It
shows the current active project.
In the Common task, you can create new WBS items and projects or edit existing ones. For
more information, see the Common User's Guide.
You use projects in conjunction with publishing. The active project must be set before using the
Final Publish command on the SmartPlant menu.
See Also
Select Active Project Dialog Box (on page 255)
Select Active Project Dialog Box

Specifies the active project. You can access the Select Active Project dialog box by clicking
More in the Active Project box on the main toolbar. You define whether you want to look in the
local Workspace or in the Database for the project by selecting the options at the top of the
dialog box. The project hierarchy updates with the selection of the option.
See Also
Manage Projects (on page 255)

APPENDIX A
Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings

and Reports
This section describes Drawings and Reports error levels and error logging. You can use log
files to review activities and errors that occur when working with the software.
Error Levels
Run the [Product Folder]\Core\Tools\Administrator\Bin\EnableErrorLog.exe tool to enable
detailed error logging in the SP3DErrors.log. For more information, contact Intergraph Support
Services. You can find support information on our web site at http://support.intergraph.com
(http://support.intergraph.com/).
Generally speaking, the larger the number for the error level, the more exhaustive is the logging
of errors. The error levels are as follows:
1 - General user error. This is the default level. At this level, log files only contain error
messages for certain anticipated error conditions (such as a missing filter or a missing view
style), as well as some unanticipated error messages.
101 - Development-specific error level. At this level, log files include everything from the
previous error level, as well as certain development-specific error or informational messages.
201 - General Information. At this level, log files include everything from the previous error
levels, as well as informational messages about what projects and methods are being called.
251 - Batch Information. At this level, log files include everything from the previous error levels,
as well as special batch-specific informational messages.
999 - Exhaustive. At this level, log files contain all informational and error messages. When the
error level is set to 999, the error log files can become very large.
Log Files
There are three categories of orthographic drawings error log files. These files are all located in
your temporary (Temp) folder. For example, your Temp folder might be located at C:\Documents
and Settings\login name\Local Settings\Temp.
You can type %Temp% in the Address box at the top of Windows Explorer to go to your
Temp location.
The log files are:
 %TEMP%\Drawings.log and %TEMP\Errors.log - General purpose error log file. Most of the
errors encountered in Drawings and Reports are logged here.
 C:SP3DBatchSvcTemp\Drawings_Batch.log - The batch service-specific error log file. Any
errors or information messages related to the batch service are found here.
 C:SP3DBatchSvcTemp\DwgBatchServer_< Process ID >_< yyyy_mm_dd_hh_nn_ss >.log -
The batch server-specific error log files. Any errors or information messages related to the
batch servers are found here.

Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports
 C:SP3DBatchSvcTemp\DwgBatchTier_< Process ID >_< yyyy_mm_dd_hh_nn_ss >.log -

The batch tier-specific error log files. Any errors or information messages related to the
batch tier services are found here.
 Generation-time error logs (for example, error log files generated during a drawing update
operation). You can easily view these files by right-clicking a drawing in the software and
selecting View Log on the shortcut menu.
The Temp location also includes .xml files. The software creates one .xml file for each
graphical view in a drawing as it processes the drawing.
Out of Memory Tips

If you are receiving Out of Memory errors when processing very large drawings, check the
following:
 Set the Intersection Edges option in the view style to Off. Sometimes, this option is set to
High Resolution for large drawings. High Resolution is typically useful for drawings of one
object, such as a hanger drawing or an equipment drawing, where you want to see detail
such as the coped intersection of a nozzle with a tank cylinder. If you have this option set
high in a large plan drawing, then the software examines every small beam, cylinder, or nut
and tries to draw coped intersections or rounded edges in the webs. This operation uses a
lot of time and memory.
 Make sure the Preserve Z Order option in the view style is turned off unless you really need
it. A case where you might need it is in a cable tray drawing where trays are stacked or
crossing in plan. However, for most drawings, this setting just leads to increased processing
time and high memory usage for little gain.
 Make sure multiple aspects have not been chosen in the VHL graphic rules.
 If you have a very large session active in the host and then update a drawing, the update
process starts at the large memory usage in the active session. So, if you limit your
workspace to a very small set of objects or even one object, the update process has a better
chance of succeeding. If you use batch updates instead of local updates, workspace is not
an issue unless you are using your local computer as the batch server.
 Decrease the Flush Threshold setting (the default is 2000). This setting is available on the
Drawing View Properties dialog box for a view in a composed drawing. In some instances,
increasing the number may help. During the update process, the Drawings software asks
Core for the monikers of all the objects it has to process. Core passes in the monikers and
Drawings binds them, thus using memory. The software binds up to 2000 of the objects
before it releases the memory and grabs the next 2000. If you reduce this number, say in
increments of 500, the memory gets released much more often and can lead to a successful
update. It is an iterative process to figure out a good number. This value should be from 5 to
5000 with a default of 2000.
 Set the Geometry Validation setting to ON (the default is OFF). This setting is available on
the Drawing View Properties dialog box for a view in a composed drawing or a marine
mode drawings-by-rule drawing. If the drawing has SAT or DGN files, there are sometimes
many invalid geometry errors that can use increasing amounts of memory. With this setting
as On, the software analyzes geometry, then discards and does not draw invalid geometry,
thus freeing up resources and reducing update time. The caveat is that the drawing may not
be 100% accurate because invalid geometries may represent legitimate items but are
removed from the drawing. If the reference file is there just as background, this situation
might be acceptable.

 In general, you should not place huge SAT files as equipment shapes. If you must place
them as shapes, break them into smaller files.
 The range inside reference files should be kept as small as possible. For example, if the file
contains a pipe rack far away from the global origin, place the file in the model and then
move it to the appropriate position.
Isometric Drawings
The isometric drawing log files reside at the location specified in your Temp environment
variable. For example, the path to the log might be C:\Documents and Settings\login name\Local
Settings\Temp.
You can view message files (.mes), piping component files (.pcf), and .xml files for the isometric
drawing generation process.
VHL Precision
Objects can be displayed as Vector Hidden Line (VHL). There can be instances when you may
want the hidden line information for a model. For example, it may be useful to know how the
edges in the hidden line view are occluded. In general, VHL Precision should not be set, unless
you have some parts in the model that have been modeled with a precision different from rest of
the system. The values you can set impact the VHL calculations. The VHL Precision setting
must be a positive number between 0.001 and 0.000001. This setting is available on the
Drawing View Properties dialog box for a view in a composed drawing or a marine mode
drawings-by-rule drawing.
ISOKEEPFILES Variable
This variable exports XML settings to the location specified in your Temp environment variable.
An XML file contains the name of the isometric view style currently being used. This information
can be used to troubleshoot isometric drawing settings.
The XML file containing the isometric view style will be approximately 27 KB in size.
The ISOKEEPFILES variable is not a Drawings and Reports setting, it is a System Properties
setting.
1. Click Start and right-click My Computer.
2. Select Properties.
3. Select the Advanced tab.
4. Click Environment Variables.
The Temp environment variable is listed under User variables for username. If you are
unsure of where your Temp folder is, the location is noted in this box.
5. On the Environment Variables dialogue box, select New under the System variables box.
6. Type ISOKEEPFILES in the Variable box and type YES in the Value box.
7. Click OK.
You must set this variable before entering Drawings and Reports and creating the
isometric drawings.

Reports
The log file for reports (SP3DReports.log) resides at the location specified in your Temp
environment variable. For example, the path to the log might be C:\Documents and
Settings\login name\Local Settings\Temp.
See Also
Drawings and Reports (on page 52)
Troubleshooting Linked Servers (on page 259)
Troubleshooting Linked Servers

If your Site/Catalog/Model database server is different from your Reports database server, you
can use linked servers for communication between the data sources. However, if linked servers
are not configured correctly, the login may fail when you run queries against a linked server.
For linked servers to work correctly, the following must be true:
 The database link must be created on the Site/Catalog/Model database server, not the
Reports database server.
 The linked server must support SQL Server and Windows Authentication Mode.
 You must be connected to SQL Server using Windows Authentication Mode on both
servers.
 Security account delegation must be available on the client and the sending server.
For more information about setting up linked servers, see Microsoft SQL Server documentation.
See Also
Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports (on page 256)

APPENDIX B
Appendix: Report Descriptions

This appendix describes the delivered Smart 3D reports and the attributes included with each
report. Also included is the default folder location for each report.
3Way Diverter Valve (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data)
Creates a report of 3Way Diverter Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
data in your catalog.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\3Way Diverter Valve folder.
SP3DReport_Definition
Identifies the XML code used to define the report.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute Name (the programmatic name of the attribute)
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
codelisttablenamespace
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

3Way Diverter Valve tab

Part Class Type InstrumentsClass
Symbol Definition #Plant::SymbolDefinition#
User class Name #Plant::UserClassName#
Occurrence Class Name #Plant::OccClassName#
Symbol Icon
OA:InstrumentHeight
Industry Commodity Code #PartData::IndustryCommodityCode#
Commodity Type #PartData::CommodityType#
Geometry Type #PartData::GeometryType#
Graphical Representation Or Not #PartData::GraphicalRepresentationOrNot#
Symbol Definition #PartData::SymbolDefinition#
Material Grade #PartData::MaterialGrade#
Lining Material #PartData::LiningMaterial#
Bend Angle #PartData::[lbl_BendAngle]#
Bend Radius #PartData::[lbl_BendRadius]#
Geometric Industry Standard #PartData::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Bend Radius Multiplier #PartData::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Dry CogX #PartData::[lbl_DryCogX]#
Dry CogY #PartData::[lbl_DryCogY]#
Dry CogZ #PartData::[lbl_DryCogZ]#
Water Weight #PartData::[lbl_WaterWeight]#
Water CogX #PartData::[lbl_WaterCogX]#
Water CogY #PartData::[lbl_WaterCogY]#
Water CogZ #PartData::[lbl_WaterCogZ]#
Volumetric Capacity #PartData::VolumetricCapacity#
Surface Area #PartData::SurfaceArea#
Requisition Type #PartData::RequisitionType#
Piping Point Basis[1] #PartData::PipingPointBasis1#
Id[1] #PartData::Id1#
Pressure Rating[1] #PartData::PressureRating1#
End Preparation[1] #PartData::EndPreparation1#
End Standard[1] #PartData::EndStandard1#
Schedule Thickness[1] #PartData::ScheduleThickness1#

Flow Direction[1] #PartData::FlowDirection1#

Dry Weight #PartData::[lbl_DryWeight]#
Npd[1] #PartData::Npd1#
Npd Unit Type[1] #PartData::NpdUnitType1#
Face to Face #PartData::[lbl_FacetoFace]#
Face to Center #PartData::[lbl_FacetoCenter]#
Instrument Height #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentHeight]#

Angle Control Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Angle Control Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Angle Control Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Angle Control Valve tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation




Face1 to Center #PartData::[lbl_Face1toCenter]#
Assembly and Block (Assembly)

Creates an assembly and block report.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Assembly\Assembly and Block folder.
Report tab
Plant Name #Plant::Name#
Date #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
User #FormattingField::{UserName}#
Entered Block/Assembly Name #Assembly::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
Block ID #Assembly::BlockID#
Block Name #Assembly::BlockName#
Assembly ID #Assembly::AssemblyID#
Assembly Name #Assembly::AssemblyName#
Base Plate ID #Assembly::BasePlateID#
Drawing Number #Assembly::DwgNumber#
Workcenter #Assembly::Workcenter#
Stage #Assembly::Stage#
Assembly Type #Assembly::AssemblyType#
BuildEquipment #Assembly::BuildEquipment#
WeldEquipment #Assembly::WeldEquipment#
ExitEquipment #Assembly::ExitEquipment#
Comments #Assembly::Comments#
DryWeight #Assembly::Weight#
DryCOGx #Assembly::COGx#
DryCOGy #Assembly::COGy#
DryCOGz #Assembly::COGz#
Custom Property BuildMethod #Assembly::BuildMethod#
Custom Property SlotConnectivity #Assembly::SlotConnectivity#

Assembly Network (Assembly)

Creates an assembly network report.
Reports\Assembly\Assembly Network folder.
Report tab
Parent Assembly ID #AssemblyNet::ParentAssemblyID#
Child Assembly ID #AssemblyNet::ChildAssemblyID#
Sequence Number #AssemblyNet::SequenceNumber#
Auto Material Description Rule (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)
Creates a report of automatic material description rules to be used for review and approval of
the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Auto Material Description Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Auto Material Description Rule tab

Piping Component Type #PGDB::PipingComponentType#
Termination Class #PGDB::TerminationClass#
Material Description Label Name #PGDB::MatlDescLabelName#
Material Spec Label Name #PGDB::MatlSpecLabelName#

Auto WBS Creation Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of automatic WBS (Work Breakdown System) creation rules to be used for
review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Auto WBS Creation Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Auto WBS Creation Rule tab

Rule Name #PGDB::RuleName#
WBS Grouping #PGDB::WBSGrouping#
Create Exclusive WBS Item #PGDB::CreateExclusiveWBSItem#
Label Name #PGDB::LabelName#
Object Filter Name #PGDB::ObjectFilterName#
Auto WBS Grouping Rule #PGDB::AutoWBSGroupingRuleType#
Control Point Sub Type #PGDB::ControlPointSubType#
Max Number Of Objects #PGDB::MaxNumberOfObjects#
Respect Assembly Boundaries #PGDB::RespectAssemblyBoundaries#
Pull In Associated Items #PGDB::PullInAssociatedItems#
Include Assemblies #PGDB::IncludeAssemblies#
Ignore Boundaries #PGDB::IgnoreBoundaries#

Basket Strainer 2 (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data)
Creates a report of Basket Strainers to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Basket Strainer2 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Basket Strainer2 tab

Part Class Type SpecialtyClass
Symbol Icon
OA:Insulation Thickness


Mirror Behavior Option #PartData::MirrorBehaviorOption #
Part Data Basis #PartData::PartDataBasis#
Valve Manufacturer #PartData::ValveManufacturer#
Valve Model Number #PartData::ValveModelNumber#
Valve Trim #PartData::ValveTrim#
Flange Face Surface Finish #PartData::FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish#
Surface Preparation #PartData::SurfacePreparation#
Manufacturing Method #PartData::ManufacturingMethod#
Misc Requisition Classification #PartData::MiscRequisitionClassification#
Piping Note1 #PartData::PipingNote1#


Str Diameter #PartData::[lbl_StrDiameter]#
End Diameter #PartData::[lbl_EndDiameter]#
Basket End Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BasketEndDiameter]#
Basket Length #PartData::[lbl_BasketLength]#
Collar Thickness #PartData::[lbl_CollarThickness]#
Arm Length #PartData::[lbl_ArmLength]#
Str Width #PartData::[lbl_StrWidth]#
Cylinder Length #PartData::[lbl_CylinderLength]#

Bend Radius Multiplier Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bend Radius Multiplier rules to be used for review and approval of the
reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bend Radius Multiplier Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bend Radius Multiplier Rule tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Pipe Bend Radius Multiplier #PGDB::PipeBendRadiusMultiplier#
Absolute Pipe Bend Radius #PGDB::AbsolutePipeBendRadius#
Bends (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray bends - 90/60/45/30 degree, horizontal and vertical - to be used
for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Bends folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The part classes names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are:
CT90HBend CT60HBend CT45HBend CT30HBend
CT90VIBend CT90VOBend CT60VIBend CT60VOBend
CT45VIBend CT45VOBend CT30VIBend CT30VOBend

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeName (the programmatic name of the attribute)
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Identifies the GUID mapping for the Class/InterfaceName and the AttributeName.
CableTray_Bends tab
Part Class Type CableTrayClass
User Class Name #Plant::UserClassName#
Symbol Icon
Part Number #PartData::PartNumber#
Part Description #PartData::PartDescription#
Manufacturer #PartData::Manufacturer#
Material #PartData::Material#
Tray Type #PartData::TrayType#
Component Type #PartData::ComponentType#
Length #PartData::[lbl_Length]#
Load Span Classification #PartData::LoadSpanClassification#
Rung Spacing #PartData::RungSpacing#
Tangent Length #PartData::[lbl_TangentLength]#
Mirror Behavior Option #PartData::MirrorBehaviorOption#


Replacement Part Number #PartData::ReplacementPartNumber#
Nominal Width #PartData::[lbl_NominalWidth]#
Nominal Depth #PartData::[lbl_NominalDepth]#
Reducing Size #PartData::ReducingSize#
Nominal Width[1] #PartData::[lbl_NominalWidth1]#
Nominal Depth[1] #PartData::[lbl_NominalDepth1]#
Actual Width[1] #PartData::[lbl_ActualWidth1]#
Actual Depth[1] #PartData::[lbl_ActualDepth1]#
Load Width[1] #PartData::[lbl_LoadWidth1]#
Load Depth[1] #PartData::[lbl_LoadDepth1]#

Blind End Plate (Catalog Engineering

Checks\CableTray\Parts)
Creates a report of cable tray blind end plates to be used for review and approval of the
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\BlindEndPlate folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Blind End Plate tab

Symbol Icon



Block Assembly Dimensions

Creates a block and assembly dimensions (actual and nominal) report.
Reports\Assembly\Block Assembly Dimensions folder.
Report tab
Block/Assembly Name #PlnAssyParts::ASSY_NAME_1#
Type #PlnAssyParts::ASS_TYPE#
Length Actual #PlnAssyParts::LEN_ACT#
Width Actual #PlnAssyParts::WIDTH_ACT#
Height Actual #PlnAssyParts::HEIGHT_ACT#
Length Nominal #PlnAssyParts::LEN_NOM#
Width Nominal #PlnAssyParts::WIDTH_NOM#
Height Nominal #PlnAssyParts::HEIGHT_NOM#
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules)
Creates a report of Bolt Commodity Code Subst rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule tab

Contractor Commodity Code #PGDB::ContractorCommodityCode#
Bolt Diameter #PGDB::BoltDiameter#
Bolt Length #PGDB::BoltLength#
Bolt Commodity Code #PGDB::BoltCommodityCode#

Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bolt Diameter Equivalence rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule tab

Bolt Diameter in Primary Units #PGDB::BoltDiameterInPrimaryUnits#
Primary Units Of Measure #PGDB::PrimaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Bolt Diameter In Secondary Units #PGDB::BoltDiameterInSecondaryUnits#
Secondary Units Of Measure #PGDB::SecondaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Bolt Extension (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bolt Diameter Equivalence rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Extension folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Extension tab

Pressure Rating #PGDB::PressureRating#

End Preparation #PGDB::EndPreparation#

End Standard #PGDB::EndStandard#
Standard Bolt Extension For Studs #PGDB::[lbl_StandardBoltExtensionForStuds]#
Alt Bolt Extension For Studs 2 #PGDB::[lbl_AltBoltExtensionForStuds2]#
Alt Bolt Extension for Studs 3 #PGDB::[lbl_AltBoltExtensionForStuds3]#
Standard Bolt Ext For Mach Bolts #PGDB::[lbl_StandardBoltExtForMachBolts]#
Alt Bolt Extension For Mach Bolts 2 #PGDB::[lbl_AltBoltExtensionForMachBolts2]#
Bolt Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)

Creates a report of bolt part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
No inputs are required when running this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Bolt Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #BPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Bolt Type #BPD::BoltType#
Geometric Industry Standard #BPD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Materials Grade #BPD::MaterialsGrade#
Coating Type #BPD::CoatingType#

Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bolt Selection Filters for Nozzles to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles tab

Equipment Tag Number #PGDB::EquipmentTagNumber#
Nozzle Tag Number #PGDB::NozzleTagNumber#
Bolting Requirements #PGDB::BoltingRequirements#
Quantity Of Cap Screws #PGDB::QuantityOfCapScrews#
Cap Screw Contractor Cmdty Code #PGDB::CapScrewContractorCmdtyCode#
Cap Screw Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_CapScrewDiameter]#
Tapped Hole Depth #PGDB::[lbl_TappedHoleDepth]#
Bolt Extension Option #PGDB::BoltExtensionOption#
Fabrication Category #PGDB::FabricationCategory#
Supply Responsibility #PGDB::SupplyResponsibility#
Comments #PGDB::Comments#
Lubrication Requirements #PGDB::LubricationRequirements#

Bonding Jumper (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray bonding jumpers to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\BondingJumper folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Bonding Jumper tab

Symbol Icon


Associated Part Number #PartData::AssociatedPartNumber#
Quantity of Associated Part #PartData::QuantityOfAssociatedParts#

Box Connector (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray box connectors to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\BoxConnector folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
BoxConnector tab
Symbol Icon



Bubble Detector (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Bubble Detectors to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Bubble Detector folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Bubble Detector tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Length
OA:Instrument Width
OA:Instrument Height




Instrument Length1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentLength1]#
Instrument Diameter #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentDiameter]#
Butterfly Valve Elec (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Butterfly Valves Elec to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Butterfly Valve Elec folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

Butterfly Valve Elec tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation


Butterfly Valve On Off V (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Butterfly Valves On Off V to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Butterfly Valve On Off V
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Butterfly Valve On Off V tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation


Cable Tray Specifications (Catalog Engineering

Checks\CableTray)
Creates a report of Cable Tray specifications to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Specifications folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CabelTray Spec tab

Spec Name #Data::SpecName#
Manufacturer #Data::Manufacturer#
Material #Data::Material#
Tray Type #Data::TrayType#
Rung Spacing #Data::[lbl_RungSpacing]#
Load Span Classification #Data::LoadSpanClassification#
Description #Data::Description#
Is Tray Specification #Data::IsTraySpecification#
Default Bend Radius #Data::[lbl_DefaultBendRadius]#
Preferred Gap #Data::PreferredGap#
Tray Length #Data::[lbl_TrayLength]#
T2T ConnPart1 Comp Type #Data::T2TConnPart1CompType#
T2T ConnPart1 Comp Qty #Data::T2TConnPart1CompQty#
T2F ConnPart1 Comp Type #Data::T2FConnPart1CompType#
T2F ConnPart1 Comp Qty #Data::T2FConnPart1CompQty#
F2F ConnPart1 Comp Type #Data::F2FConnPart1CompType#
F2F ConnPart1 Comp Qty #Data::F2FConnPart1CompQty#

Calculation ProgIDs (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Calculation ProgIDs to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Calculation ProgIDs folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Calculation ProgIDs tab

Design Standard #PGDB::DesignStandard#
Wall Thickness ProgID #PGDB::WallThicknessProgID#
Branch Reinforcement ProgID #PGDB::BranchReinforcementProgID#
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rules to be used for review and approval
of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab

Bolt Length From #PGDB::[lbl_BoltLengthFrom]#
Bolt Length To #PGDB::[lbl_BoltLengthTo]#
Bolt Diameter From #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameterFrom]#
Bolt Diameter To #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameterTo]#
Bolt Length Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_BoltLengthTolerance]#

Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Conduit)
Creates a report of conduit commodity material control data to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Commodity Material Control Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
ConduitCommodityMatlControlData tab
Contractor Commodity Code #PartData::ContractorCommodityCode#
First Size From #PartData::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #PartData::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #PartData::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #PartData::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #PartData::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #PartData::SecondSizeunits#
Second Size To #PartData::SecondSizeTo#
Client Commodity Code #PartData::ClientCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PartData::ShortMaterialDescription#
Localized Short Material Desc #PartData::LocalizedShortMaterialDesc#
Long Material Description #PartData::LongMaterialDescription#
Vendor #PartData::Vendor#
Fabrication #PartData::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility #PartData::SupplyResponsibility#
Reporting Type #PartData::ReportingType#
Quantity of Reportable Parts #PartData::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Gasket Requirements #PartData::GasketRequirements#
Bolting Requirements #PartData::BoltingRequirements#
Loose Material Requirements #PartData::LooseMaterialRequirements#
Subst Cap Screws Quantity #PartData::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Subst Cap Screw Cntr Commodity Code #PartData::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#

Subst Cap Screw Diameter #PartData::SubstCapScrewDiameter#

Tapped Hole Depth #PartData::TappedHoleDepth#
Valve Operator Type #PartData::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Geo Ind Std #PartData::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Valve Operator Catalog Part Number #PartData::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Reportable Commodity Code #PartData::ReportableCommodityCode#
Hyperlink To Electronic Vendor #PartData::HyperlinkToElectronicVendor#
Compartment Attributes (Compartmentation)

Creates an compartment attributes volume overview report.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartAttributes folder.
Sheet1 tab
Ship Name #Plant::Name#
Name #Compartment::Name#
PartDescription #Compartment::PartDescription#
Volume #Compartment::Volume#
Surface Area #Compartment::SurfaceArea#
CogX #Compartment::CogX#
CogY #Compartment::CogY#
CogZ #Compartment::CogZ#
MI_X #Compartment::MI_X#
MI_Y #Compartment::MI_Y#
MI_Z #Compartment::MI_Z#
Parent Folder #Compartment::Parent#

Compartments and Tightness (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of compartments and tightness.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartmentTightness folder.
Sheet1 tab
Part Description #Compartment::PartDescription#
CompartTightness #Compartment::CompartTightness#
StructTightness #Compartment::StructTightness#
Plate #Compartment::Plate#
PlateTightness #Compartment::PlateTightness#
Compartments and Zones (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of compartments and connected zones.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartmentsZones folder.
Sheet1 tab
Compartment #Compartment::Compartments#
PartDescription #Compartment::CompartmentPartDescription#
Type #Compartment::Type#
Zone #Compartment::ConnectedZone#
Type #Compartment::ConnectedType#
Zone Type #Compartment::ZoneType#

Compartmentation Weight and CG

(Compartmentation)
Creates a report of compartment weight and center of gravity.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartWeightandCG folder.
Sheet1 tab
PartDescription #Compartment::CompartmentPartDescription#
Condition #Compartmentation::Condition#
Volume #Compartmentation::Volume#
Density #Compartmentation::Density#
Weight #Compartmentation::Weight#
CogX #Compartmentation::CogX#
CogY #Compartmentation::CogY#
CogZ #Compartmentation::CogZ#
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data)
Creates a report of Component Insulation Exclusion Rule to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Component Insulation Exclusion Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Component Insulation Exclusion Rule tab

Piping Commodity Type #PGDB::PipingCommodityType#
First Size From #PGDB::[lbl_Density]#
First Size To #PGDB::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #PGDB::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #PGDB::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #PGDB::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #PGDB::SecondSizeUnits#
Multi size Option #PGDB::MultisizeOption#
Heat Tracing Medium #PGDB::HeatTracingMedium#
Insulation Purpose #PGDB::InsulationPurpose#
Insulation Temperature From #PGDB::InsulationTemperatureFrom#
Insulation Temperature To #PGDB::InsulationTemperatureTo#
Conductivity Sensor (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Conductivity Sensors to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Conductivity Sensor folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Conductivity Sensor tab

Symbol Icon


Conduit 45 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Conduit\Parts)
Creates a report of conduit 45 degree elbows to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit 45 Degree Elbow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces tab
InterfaceName
CategoryName

AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow tab

Part Class Type ConduitComponentClass
Symbol Icon


Flow direction[2] #PartData::FlowDirection2#
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit 90 degree elbows to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit 90 Degree Elbow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName

CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow tab

Symbol Icon


Conduit Coupling (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit couplings, adapters, allied couplings and connectors to be used for
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Coupling folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

The part class names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are: ConduitCPL,
AlliedConnector, Allied Coupling, and ConduitAdapter.
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Coupling tab

Symbol Definition SP3DConduitCoupling.CCoupling
User Class Name Conduit Coupling
Occurrence Class Name Conduit Coupling
Symbol Icon



Conduit Plug (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit plugs or caps to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Plug folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The part class names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are: ConduitPlug
and ConduitCap.
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Plug tab

Symbol Icon


Face to End #PartData::[lbl_FacetoEnd]#

Conduit Pullbox (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit pullboxes to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Pullbox folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Pullbox tab

Symbol Icon




Elec Equipment Length #PartData::[lbl_ElecEquipmentLength]#
Elec Equipment Height #PartData::[lbl_ElecEquipmentHeight]#
Elec Equipment Width #PartData::[lbl_ElecEquipmentWidth]#

Conduit Reducer (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit reducers to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Reducer folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Reducer tab

Symbol Icon


Flow Direction #PartData::FlowDirection1#


Conduit Reducing Tee (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit reducing tees to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Reducing Tee folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
ConduitTRB tab
Part Class Type Ind

Symbol Icon
Flow Direction #PartData::FlowDirection1#


Conduit Stock (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit stock to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Stock folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits

CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Stock tab

ConduitStockClass
First Size Schedule #PartData::FirstSizeSchedule#
Density #PartData::[lbl_Density]#
Purchase Length #PartData::[lbl_PurchaseLength]#

Conduit Tangent Elbow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit tangent elbows to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Tangent Elbow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Tangent Elbow tab

Symbol Icon



Conduit Tee (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit tees to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Tee folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Tee tab



Symbol Icon


Conduit Union (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of conduit unions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts\Conduit Union folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Conduit Union tab

Symbol Definition SP3DConduitUnion.CUnion
User Class Name Conduit Union
Occurrence Class Name Conduit Union
Symbol Icon


Union Diameter #PartData::[lbl_UnionDiameter]#
Connected Compartments (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of connected compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\Connected Compartment folder.
Sheet1 tab
Part Description #Compartment::CompartmentPartDescription#
Adjacent Compartment #Compartment::ConnectedCompartment#
Adjacent Compartment Part Description
#Compartment::ConnectedCompartmentPartDescription#

Conservation Vent (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Conservation Vents to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Conservation Vent folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Conservation Vent tab

Symbol Icon



Instrument Height1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentHeight1]#
Instrument Length #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentLength]#
Contractor Commodity Code Rules (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules)
Creates a report of piping contractor commodity code rules for improved integration. This report
is be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules\Contractor Commodity Code Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Formats tab
Property Name #Formats::PropertyName#
Property Sequence #Formats::PropertySequence#
Number of Characters #Formats::NoOfChars#
Industry Practice Properties tab

Identifies the industry practice properties addressed by this report - Pressure Rating, Schedule
Thickness, Materials Grade, and Geometric Industry Standard.
Bolt Coating tab

BoldCoatingCodelistNumber #BoltCoating::CodelistValue#
BoltCoatingChars #BoltCoating::Code#
BoltCoatingValue #BoltCoating::ShortValue#

Bolt Diameter tab

BoltDiameterChars #BoltDiameter::Code#
BoltDiameterValue #BoltDiameter::StringValue#
Bolt Length tab

BoltLengthChars #BoltLength::Code#
BoltLengthValue #BoltLength::StringValue#
Bolt Set Quantity tab

Bolt Set Quantity Chars #BoltSetQuantity::Code#
BoltSetQuantityValue #BoltSetQuantity::IntegerValue#
Bolt Type tab

BoltTypeCodelistNumber #BoltType::CodelistValue#
BoltTypeChars #BoltType::Code#
BoltTypeValue #BoltType::ShortValue#
EndPreparation tab
EndPreparationCodelistNumber #EndPreparation::CodelistValue#
EndPreparationChars #EndPreparation::Code#
EndPreparationValue #EndPreparation::ShortValue#
Flange Face Surface Finish tab

FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishCodelistNumber #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::CodelistValue#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishChars #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::Code#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishValue #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::ShortValue#
Gasket Thickness tab

GasketThicknessChars #GasketThickness::Code#
GasketThicknessValue #GasketThickness::StringValue#
Gasket Type tab

GasketTypeCodelistNumber #GasketType::CodelistValue#
GasketTypeChars #GasketType::Code#
GasketTypeValue #GasketType::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Practice tab

GeometricIndustryPracticeCodelistNumber #GeometricIndustryPractice::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryPracticeChars #GeometricIndustryPractice::Code#

GeometricIndustryPracticeValue #GeometricIndustryPractice::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodelistNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::Code#
GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Standard_US tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodeListNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_US::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::Code#
GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::ShortValue#
Lining Material tab

LiningMaterialCodelistNumber #LiningMaterial::CodelistValue#
LiningMaterialChars #LiningMaterial::Code#
LiningMaterialValue #LiningMaterial::ShortValue#
Manufacturing Method tab

ManufacturingMethodCodelistNumber #ManufacturingMethod::CodelistValue#
ManufacturingMethodChars #ManufacturingMethod::Code#
ManufacturingMethodValue #ManufacturingMethod::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_BS tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_BS::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_BS::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_BS::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_US tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_US::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_US::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_US::ShortValue#
Nipple or Purchase Length tab

NippleorPurchaseLengthChars #NippleorPurchaseLength::Code#
NippleorPurchaseLengthValue #NippleorPurchaseLength::StringValue#
Nut Type tab

NutTypeCodelistNumber #NutType::CodelistValue#

NutTypeChars #NutType::Code#
NutTypeValue #NutType::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_DN tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_DN::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_DN::Code#
PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_DN::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_US tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_US::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_US::Code#
PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_US::ShortValue#
Piping Commodity Type tab

PipingCommodityTypeCodelistNumber #PCT::CodelistValue#
PipingCommodityTypeChars #PCT::Code#
PipingCommodityTypeValue #PCT::ShortValue#
Requisition Classification tab

RequisitionClassificationCodelistNumber #RequisitionClassification::CodelistValue#
RequisitionClassificationChars #RequisitionClassification::Code#
RequisitionClassificationValue #RequisitionClassification::ShortValue#
Surface Preparation tab

SurfacePreparationCodelistNumber #SurfacePreparation::CodelistValue#
SurfacePreparationChars #SurfacePreparation::Code#
SurfacePreparationValue #SurfacePreparation::ShortValue#
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab

ValveManufcaturerandModelNumberCodelistNumber
#ValveManufacturerandModelNo::CodelistValue#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberChars #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::Code#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberValue #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::ShortValue#
Valve Trim tab

ValveTrimCodelistNumber #ValveTrim::ValveTrimCodelistNumber#
ValveTrimChars #ValveTrim::Code#
Valve Trim Value #ValveTrim::ShortValue#

Washer Thickness tab

WasherThicknessChars #WasherThickness::Code#
WasherThicknessValue #WasherThickness::StringValue#
Washer Type tab

WasherTypeCodelistNumber #WasherType::CodelistValue#
WasherTypeChars #WasherType::Code#
WasherTypeValue #WasherType::ShortValue#
Cross (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray crosses and reducing crosses to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Crosses folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The part class names (PartClassName) associated with this report definition are CTCross and
CRExpRedCross.
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab
CableTray_Cross tab
Symbol Icon


Load Width[4] #PartData::[lbl_LoadDepth4]#

Default Change Of Direction (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Default Change Of Direction to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Default Change Of Direction folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Default Change Of Direction tab

Bend Angle From #PGDB::[lbl_BendAngleFrom]#
Bend Angle To #PGDB::[lbl_BendAngleTo]#
Functional Short Code #PGDB::FunctionalShortCode#
Default Commodity Selection Rule (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Conduit)
Creates a report of conduit default commodity selection rules to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\Conduit\DefaultCommoditySelectionRule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
ConduitDefaultCmdtySlcnRule tab
FeatureType #Data::FeatureType#
Generic Short Code #Data::GenericShortCode#

Default Project Options (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of Default Project Options to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Default Project Options folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Default Project Options tab

Industry Commodity Code Option #PartData::IndustryCommodityCodeOption#
Olet Branch Ownership Option #PartData::OletBranchOwnershipOption#
Stud Bolt Length Round Off Option #PartData::StudBoltLengthRoundOffOption#
Stud Bolt Length Round Off Value #PartData::[lbl_StudBoltLengthRoundOffValue]#
Mach Bolt Length Round Off Value #PartData::[lbl_MachBoltLengthRoundOffValue]#
Cap Screw Length Round Off Option #PartData::CapScrewLengthRoundOffOption#
Cap Screw Length Round Off Value #PartData::[lbl_CapScrewLengthRoundOffValue]#
Cap Screw Engagement Cap #PartData::[lbl_CapScrewEngagementGap]#
Nut Creation Option #PartData::NutCreationOption#
Washer Creation Option #PartData::WasherCreationOption#
Piping Commodity Override Option #PartData::PipingCommodityOverrideOption#
Piping Bend Radius Multiplier Option #PartData::PipeBendRadiusMultiplierOption#
Minimum Plate Flange Thickness #PartData::[lbl_MinimumPlateFlangeThickness]#
Density Of Water #PartData::[lbl_DensityOfWater]#
Pipe Bend Radius By User Option #PartData::PipeBendRadiusByUserOption#
Bolt Length Calculation Option #PartData::BoltLengthCalculationOption#
Piping Cmdty Ctlg Part No Basis Opt #PartData::PipingCmdtyCtlgPartNoBasisOpt#
Piping Cmdty Procurement Data Opt #PartData::PipingCmdtyProcurementDataOpt#
Bolt Diameter Equivalence Option #PartData::BoltDiameterEquivalenceOption#
Gskt Sln For Mismatch Bltd Ends Opt #PartData::GsktSlnForMismatchBltdEndsOpt#
Undefined Service Limits rule Opt #PartData::UndefinedServiceLimitsruleOpt#

Mach Bolt Length Round Off Option #PartData::MachBoltLengthRoundOffOption#

Name #PartData::Name#
Description #PartData::Description#
Hyperlink to Human Spec #PartData::HyperlinkToHumanSpec#
Default Industry Practice #PartData::DefaultIndustryPractice#
Cmdty Code Dependence On Schedule #PartData::CmdtyCodeDependenceOnSchedule#
Auto Ind Cmdty Cd Creation Option #PartData::AutoIndCmdtyCdCreationOption#
Auto Branch Data Creation Option #PartData::AutoBranchDataCreationOption#
Spec Or Catalog Verification Opt #PartData::SpecOrCatalogVerificationOpt#
Non Radl Tangtl Branch OD Multiplier #PartData::NonRadlTangtlBranchODMultplier#
Non Radl Offset Branch OD Multiplier #PartData::NonRadlOffsetBranchODMultplier#
Bolt Cmdty Code Expn Subst Option #PartData::BltCmdtyCodeExpnSubstOption#
Default Pipe Bending Machine Num #PartData::DefaultPipeBendingMachineNum#
Header Branch Size Basis Option #PartData::HeaderBranchSizeBasisOption#
Piping Specification Notes Option #PartData::PipingSpecificationNotesOption#
Commodity Code Builder Option #PartData::CommodityCodeBuilderOption#
Material Desc Builder Option #PartData::MaterialDescBuilderOption#
Piping Spec Ver Management Option #PartData::PipingSpecVerManagementOption#
Purchase Length Basis Option #PartData::PurchaseLengthBasisOption#
Gasket Selection Based On Fluid Code #PartData::GasketSelBasedOnFluidCode#
Designed Member Itemized Material Take-off

Itemized list of designed members and plate parts, including member type, section name,
material, length, weight, and surface area. Weight is computed from the member solid.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Designed Member
Itemized Material Take-off\Designed Member Itemized Material Take-off.rtp
Property Name Designed Member Plate Part
Item #DesignedMember::ItemNum#
Name #DesignedMember::MemberName# #DesignedMember::PlateName#
Priority #DesignedMember::Priority#
Type Category #DesignedMember::TypeCategory#
Type #DesignedMember::Type# #DesignedMember::PlateType#
Section #DesignedMember::SectionName#

Material Type #DesignedMember::PlateMaterialT

ype#
Material Grade #DesignedMember::PlateMaterial

Grade#
Height (mm) #DesignedMember::[outStructure

Designed Member Height]#
Width (mm) #DesignedMember::[outStructure #DesignedMember::[outStructure

Designed Member Width]# Designed Member Width]#
Area (mm2) #DesignedMember::[outStructure #DesignedMember::[outStructure

Designed Member Area]# Designed Member Area for Plate]#
Thickness (mm) #DesignedMember::[outStructure

Designed Member Thickness]#
Length (ft) #DesignedMember::[outStructure #DesignedMember::[outStructure

Designed Member Length]# Designed Member Length]#
Weight (lbm) #DesignedMember::[outStructure #DesignedMember::[outStructure

Designed Member Computed Designed Member Computed
Weight]# Weight for Plate]#
Surface Area (ft2) #DesignedMember::[outStructure #DesignedMember::[outStructure

Designed Member Computed Designed Member Computed
Surface Area]# Surface Area for Plate]#
Diagnostic 3D Grouped by Description and Discipline

(Diagnostic)
To Do list items are listed with status, state, and user information, grouped by their problem note
and their discipline.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\3D To Do List
Entries Grouped\3D To Do List Entries Grouped.rtp folder.
Total #ToDoList::Count#
Note #ToDoList::Note#
Discipline #ToDoList::Discipline#p

Diagnostic 3D To Do List Entries

To Do list items are listed with status, state, and user information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\3D To Do List
Entries\3D To Do List Entries.rtp
Discipline #ToDoList::Discipline#
Object Name #ToDoList::ObjectName#
Permission Group #ToDoList::PermissionGroup#
Approval Status #ToDoList::ApprovalStatus#
State #ToDoList::State#
Changed By #ToDoList::UserLogin#
Date Modified #ToDoList::TodoDate#
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues (Diagnostic)

Objects, along with their first relations, are listed with various error properties.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\Diagnostic Clean
Database Issues\Diagnostic Clean Database Issues.rtp
Name (Or Class Name) – Name of the object in error. If the object does not have a name or
has been deleted, the class username is provided. #Error::ObjectName#
First Relations – Displays the first relations of the object in error. If the object does not exist
except in a relationship, you can identify it by using the userclass name of the objects on the
other side of the relationship. #Error::First Relations#
DataStore – Displays the object where the error is found. Values include: Site, Model, and
Catalog. #Error::DataStore#
In Todo List – Specifies if the object in error has a To Do record associated with
it. #Error::InToDoList#
State – Displays the object in error. Values include: Active, Deleted, and Not
found. #Error::State#
Approval – Displays the status of the object in error. Values include: Working, In Review,
Rejected, and Approved. #Error::ApprovalStatus#
OID – The Unique Indentifier (in space and time)of the object in error. #Error::OID#

Permission Group – Displays the group where in object was last

modified. #Error::PermissionGroup#
Date Created - Creation date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateCreated#
Date Modified – Last modification date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateModified#
Date Deleted – Displays the date the object was deleted. Values include: Approval, PG, Date
created, and Modified are Nulls. #Error::DeletedDate#
Deleted by – Displays the name of the person who deleted the object in
error. #Error::DeletedBy#
Application – Displays the name of the application that reported and qualified the
error. #Error::ApplicationUserName#
Owner – Displays the name of the owner of the object in error. #Error::ClassOwnerApplication#
Status – Displays the status of the error. Values include: New, Existing, No longer exists, and
Fixed. #Error::Status#
Severity – Displays the severity of the error. Values include: Fatal, Crucial, High, and
Normal. #Error::Severity#
Date Created – Date the error was created. #Error::ErrorDateCreated#
Date Updated – Displays the last modification date of the error. #Error::ErrorDateModified#
Action to take – Values include: No Action and To be Removed. #Error::ActionToTake#
Problem Description – Displays a description of the error. #Error::ProblemDescription#
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by

Problem Description (Diagnostic)
Objects, along with their first relations, are grouped by problem description and listed with
various error properties.
Database Issues Grouped by Problem Description\Diagnostic Database Issues Grouped by
Description.rtp
Object
DataStore #Error::DataStore#
In Todo List #Error::InToDoList#
Error
Application #Error::ApplicationUserName#
Status #Error::Status#
Severity #Error::Severity#

Action to take #Error::ActionToTake#

Problem Description #Error::ProblemDescription#
Total #Error::Count#
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Status

(Diagnostic)
Objects, along with their first relations, are grouped by status and listed with various error
properties.
Database Issues Grouped by Status\Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped by Status.rtp
Name (Or Class Name) – Name of the object in error. If the object does not have a name or
has been deleted, the class username is provided. #Error::ObjectName#
First Relations – Displays the first relations of the object in error. If the object does not exist
except in a relationship, you can identify it by using the userclass name of the objects on the
other side of the relationship. #Error::First Relations#
DataStore – Displays the object where the error is found. Values include: Site, Model, and
Catalog. #Error::DataStore#
In Todo List – Specifies if the object in error has a To Do record associated with
it. #Error::InToDoList#
State – Displays the object in error. Values include: Active, Deleted, and Not
found. #Error::State#
Approval – Displays the status of the object in error. Values include: Working, In Review,
Rejected, and Approved. #Error::ApprovalStatus#
OID – The Unique Indentifier (in space and time)of the object in error. #Error::OID#
Permission Group – Displays the group where in object was last
modified. #Error::PermissionGroup#
Date Created - Creation date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateCreated#
Date Modified – Last modification date of the object in error. #Error::ObjectDateModified#
Date Deleted – Displays the date the object was deleted. Values include: Approval, PG, Date
created, and Modified are Nulls. #Error::DeletedDate#
Deleted by – Displays the name of the person who deleted the object in
error. #Error::DeletedBy#
Application – Displays the name of the application that reported and qualified the
error. #Error::ApplicationUserName#
Owner – Displays the name of the owner of the object in error. #Error::ClassOwnerApplication#

Status – Displays the status of the error. Values include: New, Existing, No longer exists, and
Fixed. #Error::Status#
Severity – Displays the severity of the error. Values include: Fatal, Crucial, High, and
Normal. #Error::Severity#
Date Created – Date the error was created. #Error::ErrorDateCreated#
Date Updated – Displays the last modification date of the error. #Error::ErrorDateModified#
Action to take – Values include: No Action and To be Removed. #Error::ActionToTake#
Problem Description – Displays a description of the error. #Error::ProblemDescription#
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues with Column

Filters (Diagnostic)
Objects, along with their first relations, are listed with various error properties with column
filtering.
Database Issues with Column Filters\Clean Database Issues Column Filtered.rtp
Name (Or Class Name) #Error::ObjectName#
DataStore #Error::DataStore#
State #Error::State#
OID #Error::OID#
Date Created #Error::ObjectDateCreated#
Date Deleted #Error::DeletedDate#
First Relations #Error::First Relations#
In Todo List #Error::InToDoList#
Approval #Error::ApprovalStatus#
Permission Group #Error::PermissionGroup#
Date Modified #Error::ObjectDateModified#
Deleted by #Error::DeletedBy#
Application #Error::ClassOwnerApplication#
Status #Error::Severity#
Dated Created #Error::ErrorDateModified#
Action to take #Error::ProblemDescription#
Owner #Error::ApplicationUserName#
Severity #Error::Status#
Date Updated #Error::ErrorDateCreated#
Problem Description #Error::ActionToTake#

Diagnostic General Statistics on Modeling Activity

(Diagnostic)
Objects are listed and sorted by creation date, deletion data, and untouched duration.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\General statistics
on Modeling Activity\General statistics on Modeling Activity.rtp
Create Objects (Heading)
Date #Created::Date#
DBType #Created::DBType#
Count #Created::Count#
Deleted Objects (Heading)
Date #Deleted::Date#
DBType #Deleted::DBType#
Count #Deleted::Count#
Untouched Objects Since (Heading)
Date #Untouched::Date#
Days #Untouched::Days#
DBType #Untouched::DBType#
Count #Untouched::Count#
Diagnostic Interference Checking (Diagnostic)

Interferences are listed with the corresponding two guilty parts and the required action.
Reports\Diagnostic\Interference Checking\Interference Checking.rtp
General Settings (Heading)
IFC Server #ServerAndProject::Server#
Interference Permission Group #ServerAndProject::Project#
Clearance rule is used #ServerAndProject::UseClearance#
Required – Required is processed #ServerAndProject::RequiredRequired#
Required – Optional is processed #ServerAndProject::RequiredOptional#

Optional – Optional is processed #ServerAndProject::OptionalOptional#

Aspects Settings #Setting::AspectCode#
Interferences
Part A
Name #Interference::PartA#
Aspect #Interference::AspectA#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified A#
Part B
Name #Interference::PartB#
Aspect #Interference::AspectB#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified B#
Required Action #Interference::FoulStatus#
Created #Interference::Date Detected#
Position
X #Interference::FoulPositionX#
Y #Interference::FoulPositionY#
Z #Interference::FoulPositionZ#
Notes #Interference::Remark#
Diagnostic Interference Checking with System Names

(Diagnostic)
Interferences are listed with the corresponding two guilty parts and the required action.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\Interference
Checking\Interference Checking with System Names.rtp
The difference between this report and the Diagnostic Interference Checking report is that the
Diagnostic Interference Checking with System Names report uses labels to add the parent
system to the object names. The labels output the object name and system. If accessing
MicroStation or PDS elements, the object name expands to include the reference file name.
General Settings (Heading)
IFC Server #ServerAndProject::Server#
Interference Permission Group #ServerAndProject::Project#
Clearance rule is used #ServerAndProject::UseClearance#
Required – Required is processed #ServerAndProject::RequiredRequired#

Required – Optional is procesed #ServerAndProject::RequiredOptional#

Optional – Optional is processed #ServerAndProject::OptionalOptional#
Aspects Settings #Setting::AspectCode#
Interferences
Part A
Name #Interference::PartA#
Aspect #Interference::AspectA#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified A#
Part B
Name #Interference::PartB#
Aspect #Interference::AspectB#
Modified #Interference::Date Modified B#
Required Action #Interference::FoulStatus#
Created #Interference::Date Detected#
Position
X #Interference::FoulPositionX#
Y #Interference::FoulPositionY#
Z #Interference::FoulPositionZ#
Notes #Interference::Remark#
Diagnostic P&ID Correlated 3D Objects (Diagnostic)

3D objects are listed with corresponding status, P&ID item name, and P&ID drawing number.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\P&ID Correlated
3D Objects\P&ID Correlated 3D Objects.rtp
3D Item Name #CorrelatedObject::3DObject#
Correlation Status #CorrelatedObject::CorrelationStatus#
P&ID Item Name #CorrelatedObject::PIDObject#
P&ID Drawing Number #CorrelatedObject::PIDDrawing#

Diagnostic P&ID Non-Correlated Objects (Diagnostic)

P&ID objects are listed with corresponding P&ID drawing numbers.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\P&ID Non-
Correlated Objects\P&ID Non- Correlated Objects.rtp
Item Name
#PIDObject::PIDObject#
P&ID Drawing Number
#PIDObject::PIDDrawing#
Diagnostic Piping Commodity Specifications

(Diagnostic)
List all items in a particular piping specification.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\Piping
Commodity Specifications\Piping Commodity Specifications.rtp
Short Code #PartSpec::ShortCode#
Option Code #PartSpec::OptionCode_ShortValue#
Multi-Size #PartSpec::MultiSizeOption#
First Size
From #PartSpec::FirstSizeFrom#
To #PartSpec::FirstSizeTo#
Units #PartSpec::FirstSizeUnits#
Schedule #PartSpec::FirstSizeSchedule_ShortValue#
Second Size
From #PartSpec::SecondSizeFrom#
To #PartSpec::SecondSizeTo#
Units #PartSpec::SecondSizeUnits#
Schedule #PartSpec::SecondSizeSchedule_ShortValue#
Engineering Tag #PartSpec::EngineeringTag#
Commodity Code #PartSpec::CommodityCode#

Selection Basis
Index #PartSpec::SelectionBasis#
Short String #PartSpec::SelectionBasis_ShortValue#
Description #PartSpec::ShortMaterialDescription#
Valve Operator
Type #PartSpec::ValveOperatorType_ShortValue#
Part Number #PartSpec::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
BendRadius Multiplier #PartSpec::BendRadiusMultiplier#
#PipeSpec::SpecName#
#PipeSpec::FluidService#
Diagnostic SmartPlant To Do List (Diagnostic)

Tasks are listed by action with corresponding source and property information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\SmartPlant To Do
List\SmartPlant To Do List.rtp
Task (Heading)
Action #Create::Action#, #Modify::Action#
ItemType #Create::ItemType#, #Modify::ItemType#
Item Tag #Create::3DItemTag#, #Modify::3DItemTag#
Creation Date #Create::CreationDate#, #Modify::CreationDate#
User #Create::User#, #Modify::User#
Status #Create::Status#, #Modify::Status#
Source (Heading)
Doc Type #Create::SourceDocType#, #Modify::SourceDocType#
Doc Name #Create::SourceDocName#, #Modify::SourceDocName#
Item Tag #Create::SourceItemTag#, #Modify::SourceItemTag#
Properties (Heading)
Name #Modify::PropName#
Source Value #Modify::SourceValue#
Target Value #Modify::3DValue#

Diagnostic Synch Workspace Report (Diagnostic)

Creates a report that provides a comprehensive list of information, similar to the Synchronize
Workspace command.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\Diagnostic Synch
Workspace Report\Diagnostic Synch Workspace Report.rtp
Filter Name #OutOfDateIssues::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #OutOfDateIssues::{FilterLocation}#
Report Generated #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
Discipline #OutOfDateIssues::Discipline#
Object Name #OutOfDateIssues::ObjectName#
Catalog Item Type #OutOfDateIssues::CatalogItemType#
Catalog Item Name #OutOfDateIssues::CatalogItemName#
Symbol ProgID #OutOfDateIssues::SymbolProgID#
Date Modified #OutOfDateIssues::ModifiedDate#
Modified By #OutOfDateIssues::ModifiedBy#
System Path #OutOfDateIssues::SystemPath#
OID #OutOfDateIssues::Oid#
Diagnostic ToDoList Include Second Class Objects

(Diagnostic)
Creates a report first and second class to-do list objects.
Reports\Diagnostic\Diagnostic ToDoList include second class objects folder.
Sheet1 tab


Diagnostic User Access Rights (Diagnostic)

Users are listed per database with access and permission group information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\User Access
Rights\User Access Rights.rtp
Data Base #ProjectManagement::DBType#
Folder #ProjectManagement::Folder#
Permission Group #ProjectManagement::Permissiongroup#
User #ProjectManagement::User#
Access Right #ProjectManagement::AccessRight#
Location #ProjectManagement::PGLocation#
Diagnostic WorkShare Management (Diagnostic)

Model databases are listed with information such as location, site server, naming string, and
schema.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Diagnostic\WorkShare
Management\WorkShare Management.rtp
Plant #WorkShare::Plant#
Location #WorkShare::Location#
Location ID #WorkShare::LocationID#
Site Server #WorkShare::SiteServer#
Naming String #WorkShare::NamingString#
DB Type #WorkShare::DBType#
Data Database #WorkShare::Data#
Meta Database #WorkShare::MetaData#

DIN Wall Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of DIN wall thickness data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Unit of Measure inputs are required when running this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\DIN Wall Thickness Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
DIN Wall Thickness Data tab

First Size #DWTD::FirstSize#
First Size Units #DWTD::FirstSize#
Second Size #DWTD::SecondSize#
Second Size Units #DWTD::SecondSizeUnits#
Multi Size Option #DWTD::MultiSizeOption#
Geometric Industry Standard #DWTD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
First Size Schedule #DWTD::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #DWTD::SecondSizeSchedule#
Wall Thickness For Port 1 #DWTD::[lbl_WallThicknessForPort1]#
Reinforced Wall Thickness For Port 1 #DWTD::[lbl_ReWallThicknessForPort1]#
Wall Thickness for Port 4 #DWTD::[lbl_WallThicknessForPort4]#

Direction Change Fittings (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Direction
Change Fittings\Direction Change Fittings.rtp
Commodity Code #Branch Fittings::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Branch Fittings::Material cl#
Material #Branch Fittings::Material#
Material Category #Branch Fittings::Material Category#
GIS cl #Branch Fittings::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #Branch Fittings::Geo Ind Std#
Short Material Description #Branch Fittings::Short Material Description#
Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Commodity Type#
Piping Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
Pressure #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1#
End Prep cl #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1#
End Std cl #Branch Fittings::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #Branch Fittings::End Std 1#
Schedule #Branch Fittings::Schedule 1#
Port 2
Pressure #Branch Fittings::Pressure 2#
NPD 1 #Branch Fittings::NPD 1#
Unit 1 #Branch Fittings::Unit 1#
NPD 2 #Branch Fittings::NPD 2#
Unit 2 #Branch Fittings::Unit 2#
Face to Center #Branch Fittings::[lbl_FacetoCenter]#

Electrical CableTray Material Take-Off (Electrical)

Creates a report of cable tray material take-off parts to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\Electrical\CableTray Material Take-Off folder.
Sheet1
Part Number #CableTray::PartNumber#
Part Description #CableTray::PartDescription#
Nominal Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #CableTray::[WidthFormatted]#
Nominal Depth #FormattingUOM::{Depth}# #CableTray::[DepthFormatted]#
Reducing Size #FormattingUOM::{ReducingSize}# #CableTray::[ReducingSizeFormatted]#
Bend Radius #FormattingUOM::{BendRadius}# #CableTray::[outElectrical CableTray Bend
Radius]#
Manufact. #CableTray::Manfacturer#
Rung Spacing #FormattingUOM::{RungSpacing}# #CableTray::[RungSpacingFormatted]#
Divider Part No. #CableTray::DividerPartNumber#
Cover Part No. #CableTray::CoverPartNumber#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #CableTray::[WeightFormatted]#
Total Quantity #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #CableTray::[Quantity]#
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cableway fills sorted by hanger name to be used for review and approval of
Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name folder.

Sheet1
Cable Name #Cable::Cable Name#
Hanger Name #Cable::Hanger Name#
X-Position (m) #Cable::LocationX#
Y-Position (m) #Cable::LocationY#
Z-Position (m) #Cable::LocationZ#
Length (m) #Cable::Length#
No. of Cables #Cable::No. Cables at Hanger#
Total Wire Area (m2) #Cable::Total Wire Area#
Raceway Trade Size #Cable::Raceway Trade Size#
Total Traverse Area (m2) #Cable::Total Traverse Area#
Allowable Traverse Area (m2) #Cable::Allowable Traverse Area#
Available Traverse Area (m2) #Cable::Available Traverse Area#
Raceway Fill Status #Cable::Fill Status#
Percent Full #Cable::Percent Full#
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with corresponding hanger name. It shows position and length
information, raceway information and several area calculations. Percent full also displays.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill
Sorted by Hanger Name\Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger Name.rtp

Total Wire Area (m²) #Cable::Total Wire Area#

Total Traverse Area (m²) #Cable::Total Traverse Area#
Allowable Traverse Area (m²) #Cable::Allowable Traverse Area#
Available Traverse Area (m²) #Cable::Available Traverse Area#
Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cable way fills sorted by key hanger names to be used for review and
approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name folder.
Sheet1
Key Hanger #Cable::Hanger Name#

Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with corresponding key hanger name. It shows position and length
information, raceway information and several area calculations. Percent full also displays.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cableway Fill
Sorted by Key Hanger Name\Cableway Fill Sorted by Key Hanger Name.rtp
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling fill sorted by the cableway elements to be used for review and
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element folder.
Sheet1

Route Element #Cable::Route Element#
No. of Cables #Cable::No. Cables in Segment#
Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with position and length information, raceway information and several
area calculations.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cabling Fill Sorted
by Cableway Element\Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway Element.rtp
Route Element #Cable::Route Element#
No. of Cables #Cable::No. Cables In Segment#


Electrical Cabling Material Take-Off (Electrical)

Creates a report of cabling MTO to be used for review of the reference data in your catalog.
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Material Take-Off folder.
Sheet1
Cable Number #Cable::CableName#
Part Number #Cable::CablePart#
Diameter #FormattingUOM::{Diameter}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Diameter]#
Description #Cable::Description#
No. of Conductors #Cable::NoOfConductors#
Size of Conductors #FormattingUOM::{ConductorSize}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable
Conductor Size]#
Cable Type #Cable::CableType#
Cable Covering #Cable::CableCovering#
Armor Type #Cable::ArmorType#
Power Capacity #FormattingUOM::{Power}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Power]#
Temperature Rating #Cable::TempRating#
Voltage Rating #Cable::VoltageRating#
Impedance #FormattingUOM::{Impedance}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Impedance]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Length]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Weight]#

Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical)

Creates a report of cabling sorted by cable type to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Cable Type folder.
Sheet1
Cable Type #Cable::Cable Type#
Diameter (m) #Cable::Diameter#
Part Number #Cable::Part Number#
Description #Cable::Part Description#
No. of Conductors #Cable::No. Conductors#
Originating Device #Cable::From Device#
Terminating Device #Cable::To Device#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type (Electrical)

Cable types are listed with cable information such as diameter, number of conductors, and
from/to devices.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by
Cable Type\Cabling Sorted by Cable Type.rtp


Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling sorted by cableway elements to be used for review and approval of
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element folder.
Sheet1
Element #Cable::Route Element#
X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position X (East)]#
Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Y (North)]#
Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Z (Up)]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Cable::[outElectrical Cable Length]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element

(Electrical)
Cable is listed by name with position and length information.
Cableway Element\Cabling Sorted by Cableway Element.rtp
Element #Cable::Route Element#

X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#

#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position X (East)]#
Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Y (North)]#
Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Cable::[outElectrical Cable Position Z (Up)]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
Cable::[outElectrical Cable Length]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by the electrical system name to be used for review and
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name folder.
Sheet1
Electrical System #Cable::Cable System#
Diameter #Cable::Diameter#

Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name

(Electrical)
Electrical systems are listed with cable information such as diameter, No. of conductors, and
from/to devices.
Electrical System Name\Cabling Sorted by Electrical System Name.rtp
Electrical System #Cable::Cable System#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical)

Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by hanger name to be used for review and approval of
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name folder.
Sheet1
X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #Cable::[LocationTX]#
Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #Cable::[LocationTY]#

Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #Cable::[LocationTZ]#

Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Cable::[LengthWithUnits]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name (Electrical)

Cable is listed with the corresponding hanger name and position/length information.
Hanger Name\Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name.rtp
X Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
#Cable::[LocationTX]#
Y Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
#Cable::[LocationTY]#
Z Position #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
#Cable::[LocationTZ]#
#Cable::[LengthWithUnits]#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by key hanger name to be used for review and approval
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name folder.
Sheet1


Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed with the corresponding key hanger name and position/length information.
Key Hanger Name\Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger Name.rtp
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name

(Electrical)
Creates a report of cabling parts sorted by the path marker name to be used for review and
Reports\Electrical\Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name folder.

Sheet1
Marker Name #Cable::Marker Name#
Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name

(Electrical)
Cable is listed with the corresponding marker name and position/length information.
Path Marker Name\Cabling Sorted by Path Marker Name.rtp
Marker Name #Cable::Marker Name#

Equipment Finishing Sorted by Equipment Name

(Equipment)
Equipment is listed with paint and insulation information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Finishing Sorted
by Equipment Name\Finishing Sorted by Equipment Name.rtp
Filter Name #Equipment::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Equipment::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Equipment::{FilterDescription}#
Equipment #Equipment::Equipment#
Paint (Heading)
Requirement #Equipment::PaintRequirement#
Type #Equipment::PaintType#
Color #Equipment::PaintColor#
Insulation (Heading)
Purpose #Equipment::InsulationPurpose_LongString#
#Equipment::InsulationMaterial_LongString#
#FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Insulation Thickness]#
Equipment Location in WBS Project

Equipment vessels are listed with control point location and corresponding drawing number.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Location in WBS
Project\Vessel Location in WBS Project.rtp
Filter Name #Vessel Location and Drawing::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Vessel Location and Drawing::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Vessel Location and Drawing::{FilterDescription}#
Equipment #Vessel Location and Drawing::Equipment#
Project #Vessel Location and Drawing::Project#
Control Point Location
E / W #Vessel Location and Drawing::[outEquipment Vessel Occurrence Location X (East)]#

N / S #Vessel Location and Drawing::[outEquipment Vessel Occurrence Location Y (North)]#

Elevation #Vessel Location and Drawing::[outEquipment Vessel Occurrence Location Z (Up)]#
Coordinate Identification
Name #Vessel Location and Drawing::ControlPoint#
Type #Vessel Location and Drawing::Type#
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style

1 (Equipment)
Equipment is listed with location, description, permission group, and approval status.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Location Sorted
by Equipment Name Style 1\Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 1.rtp
Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Occurrence Location]#
Description (General Notes) #Equipment::Description#
Permission Group #Equipment::Project#
Approval Status #Equipment::Status# #Equipment::Diff#
Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style

2 (Equipment)
Equipment is listed with weight, location, description, and construction information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Location Sorted
by Equipment Name Style 2\Location Sorted by Equipment Name Style 2.rtp

Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Combined Wet and Dry Weights]#
Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#Equipment::[outEquipment Occurrence Location]#
Description (General Notes) #Equipment::Description#
Construction (Heading)
Requirement #Equipment::ConstructionRequirement#
Type #Equipment::ConstructionType#
Equipment Material Take-Off (Equipment)

Equipment quantities are calculated and shown with part number, class, description and dry
weight. This may be embedded into a drawing.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Material Take-
Off\Material Take-Off.rtp
Item Number #Equipment::ItemNum#
Qty #Equipment::Total#
Part Number #Equipment::PartNumber#
Part Class #Equipment::PartClass#
Part Description #Equipment::PartDescription#
Dry Weight #Equipment::[outEquipment Dry Weight]#
Dry Weight #Equipment::Diff#
Equipment Nozzle Sorted by Equipment

Equipment is listed with nozzle information such as size, type, orientation and location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Equipment\Nozzle Sorted by
Equipment\Nozzle Sorted by Equipment.rtp
Distance Units #FormattingUOM::{Location}#
Coordinate System #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
Equipment Name #EqpNoz::EqpName#
Equipment Location #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Occurrence Location]#
Nozzle Name #EqpNoz::NozName#

Nozzle Size #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Nozzle NPD]#

Nozzle Type #EqpNoz::Type#
Nozzle Orientation #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Nozzle Orientation]#
Nozzle Location #EqpNoz::[outEquipment Nozzle Location]#
Equipment Piping Trim (Piping)

Creates a report of Equipment Piping Trim to be used for review and approval of the reference
Reports\Piping\Equipment Piping Trim folder.
Sheet1
Part Oid #PipePart::OID#
Equipment #PipePart::EqpName#
Nozzle #PipePart::NozzleName#
Nozzle NPD #PipePart::[Nozzle NPD Label]#
Pipe Run #PipePart::Run#
Part Description #PipePart::Description#
Category #PipePart::Category#
NPD #PipePart::[Part NPD Label]#
Commodity Code #PipePart::CommodityCode#
Quantity #PipePart::PartNumber#
Total #PipePart::[Quantity Label]#
Solids of Design Equipment with Composite CoG

(Equipment)
Creates a report of designed equipment solids with the composite center of gravity.
Reports\Equipment\Solids of Design Equipment with Composite CoG folder.

Sheet1
Filter Name #Solids::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Solids::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Definition #Solids::{FilterDescription}#
Item #Solids::ItemNum#
Designed Equipment #Solids::[DDesignEqpNameFormatted]#
Solid #Solids::Solid Name#
Material Type #Solids::Material Name#
Material Grade #Solids::Material Grade#
Net Volume #Solids::[VolumeFormatted]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Dry Weight}# #Solids::[WeightFormatted]#
Center of Gravity #FormattingMatrix::{My TransformA}# #Solids::[COGFormatted]#
Exhaust Head (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Exhaust Heads to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Exhaust Head folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Exhaust Head tab

Symbol Icon

Exhaust Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ExhaustDiameter]#
Exhaust Height #PartData::[lbl_ExhaustHeight]#
Port V Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortVOffset]#
Port H Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortHOffset]#
Expansion Joint (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Expansion Joint to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Expansion Joint folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Expansion Joint tab

Symbol Icon


Piping Note 1 #PartData::PipingNote1#
Piping Specialty Diameter #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyDiameter]#

Expansion Joint Offset (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Expansion Joint Offset to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Expansion Joint Offset folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Expansion Joint Offset tab

Symbol Icon
OA:IJUAComponentOffset::Component Offset <Offset>




Field Fit Length (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Field Fit Length to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Field Fit Length folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Field Fit Length tab

Weld Type #PGDB::WeldType#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Construction Requirement End 1 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementEnd1#
Construction Requirement End 2 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementEnd2#

Field Fit Length #PGDB::[lbl_FieldFitLength]#
Filter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered

Piping Specialty Part Data)
Creates a report of Filters to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Filter folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Filter tab
Symbol Icon




Filter Body Height 1 #PartData::[lbl_FilterBodyHeight1]#
Nozzle Offset #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset]#
Offset #PartData::[lbl_Offset]#
Flame Arrestor (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flame Arrestors to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Flame Arrestor folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Flame Arrestor tab

Symbol Icon


Piping Specialty Height #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyHeight]#

Flared Pipe (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant

Rules)
Creates a report of Flared Pipe to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Field Fit Length folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Flared Pipe tab

Schedule Thickness #PGDB::ScheduleThickness#
Lap Length #PGDB::[lbl_LapLength]#
Lap Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_LapThickness]#
Flow Magnetic (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flow Magnetic to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Flow Magnetic folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name


Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Flow Magnetic tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Height


Instrument Width #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentWidth]#
Instrument Height 1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentHeight1]#

Flow Switch (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flow Switches to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Flow Switch folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Flow Switch tab

Symbol Icon




Flow Transmitter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Flow Transmitters to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Flow Transmitter folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Flow Transmitter tab


Symbol Icon


Fluid Density Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Fluid Density Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Fluid Density Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Fluid Density Rule tab

Fluid Code #PGDB::FluidCode#
Temperature From #PGDB::[lbl_TemperatureFrom]#
Temperature To #PGDB::[lbl_TemperatureTo]#
Density #PGDB::[lbl_Density]#

Free Vent2 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Free Vents to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Free Vent2 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Free Vent2 tab

Symbol Icon



Piping Specialty Width #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyWidth]#
Vent Angle #PartData::[lbl_VentAngle]#
Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Full-size Tees
and Reducing Tees\Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees.rtp
Commodity Code #Branch Fittings::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Branch Fittings::Material cl#
Material #Branch Fittings::Material#
Material Category #Branch Fittings::Material Category#
GIS cl #Branch Fittings::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #Branch Fittings::Geo Ind Std#
Short Material Description #Branch Fittings::Short Material Description#
Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Commodity Type#
Piping Commodity Type #Branch Fittings::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
Pressure #Branch Fittings::End Prep 1#
NPD #Branch Fittings::NPD 1#
Unit #Branch Fittings::Unit 1#
Port 3
Pressure #Branch Fittings::Pressure 3#
NPD #Branch Fittings::NPD 3#
Unit #Branch Fittings::Unit 3#
Face to Center #Branch Fittings::[lbl_FacetoCenter]#
Face 1 to Center #Branch Fittings::[lbl_Face1toCenter]#
Face 2 to Center #Branch Fittings::[lbl_Face2toCenter]#

Gasket Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of gasket part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Gasket Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Gasket Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #GPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Ring Number #GPD::RingNumber#
Nominal Diameter From #GPD::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #GPD::NominalDiameterTo#
Nominal Diameter #GPD::NominalDiameter#
Npd Unit Type #GPD::NpdUnitType#
Gasket Industry Standard #GPD::GasketIndustryStandard#
Gasket Type #GPD::GasketType#
Thickness For 3D Model #GPD::[lbl_ThicknessFor3DModel]#
Procurement Thickness #GPD::[lbl_ProcurementThickness]#
Materials Grade #GPD::MaterialsGrade#
Gasket Outside Diameter #GPD::[lbl_GasketOutsideDiameter]#
Gasket Inside Diameter #GPD::[lbl_GasketInsideDiameter]#
Gasket Outside Diameter Basis #GPD::GasketOutsideDiameterBasis#
Flange Insulation Kit Type #GPD::FlangeInsulationKitType#
Insulating Washer Thickness #GPD::[lbl_InsulatingWasherThickness]#
Metallic Electro Plated Washer Thickness #GPD::[lbl_MetallicElectroPlatedWasherThk]#
Maintenance Factor #GPD::MaintenanceFactor#
Flange Pressure #GPD::FlangePressure#
Stress At Which Seal Is Initiated #GPD::StressAtWhichSealIsInitiated#
Tightness Curve Slope #GPD::TightnessCurveSlope#
Intersection Of Unload Curve With Vertical Axis #GPD::IntOfUnloadCurveWithVerAxis#
Minimum Tightness Parameter #GPD::MinimumTightnessParameter#

Maximum Tightness Parameter #GPD::MaximumTightnessParameter#

Maximum Temperature #GPD::MaximumTemperature#
Maximum Pressure #GPD::MaximumPressure#
Gasket Inside Diameter Basis #GPD::GasketInsideDiameterBasis#
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles (Catalog

Creates a report of Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles tab

Equipment Tag Number #PGDB::EquipmentTagNumber#
Nozzle Tag Number #PGDB::NozzleTagNumber#
Contractor Commondity Code #PGDB::ContractorCommodityCode#
Gasket Requirements #PGDB::GasketRequirements#
Ring Number #PGDB::RingNumber#
Fabrication Category #PGDB::FabricationCategory#
Supply Responsibility #PGDB::SupplyResponsibility#
Comments #PGDB::Comments#

Globe Control Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Globe Control Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Globe Control Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Globe Control Valve tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation



Hangers and Supports All Sorted by Name (Hangers

and Supports)
All supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting structure
information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and Supports\All
Sorted by Name\All Sorted by Name.rtp

Hanger/Support #HangerSupport::HangerName#
Support Location
#FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#HangerSupport::[outStructure Hanger Support Occurrence Location]#
Supported Entity
Run #HangerSupport::RunName#
System #HangerSupport::RouteName#
Supporting Structure One #HangerSupport::StructName#
Supporting Structure Two #HangerSupport::StructName2#
Hangers and Supports Combined Sorted by Name

(Hangers and Supports)
Combined supports are listed with corresponding "supported" route information and "supporting"
structure information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and
Supports\Combined Sorted by Name\Combined Sorted by Name.rtp


Support Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
#HangerSupport::[OccurrenceLocation]#
Supported Entity (Heading)
System #HangerSupport::RouteName#
Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing (Hangers

and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the Route objects that are being
supported.
Supports\Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing\Hangers and Supports End View -
Drawing.rtp
Item #SupportRoute::ItemNum#
Supported Entity
Run #SupportRoute::RouteName#
System #SupportRoute::RunName#
Hangers and Supports for Cableways Sorted by Name

Cableway supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and Supports\For
Cableways Sorted by Name\For Cableways Sorted by Name.rtp
Cableway
System #HangerSupport::CablewayName#

Hangers and Supports for Components - Drawings

This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the components that make up
the support.
Components - Drawing\For Components - Drawing.rtp
Item Number #For Components - Drawing::ItemNum#
Part Number #For Components - Drawing::Part Number#
Quantity #For Components - Drawing::Total#
Hangers and Supports for Components Sorted by

Name (Hangers and Supports)
Hangers are listed with corresponding support component name as well as location and weight
data.
Components Sorted by Name\For Components Sorted by Name.rtp
Support Component #HangerSupport::SupportComponentName#
Component Location #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #FormattingMatrix::{MyTransformA}#
Dry Weight #HangerSupport::DryWeight#
Wet Weight #HangerSupport::WetWeight#

Hangers and Supports for Conduit Sorted by Name

Conduit supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
Conduits Sorted by Name\For Conduits Sorted by Name.rtp
Conduit
System #HangerSupport::ConduitName#
NCD #HangerSupport::NCD#
NCD Unit Type #HangerSupport::NCDUnitType#
Hangers and Supports for Ducts Sorted by Name

Duct supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
Ducts Sorted by Name\For Ducts Sorted by Name.rtp
Duct
System #HangerSupport::DuctName#
Duct Width #HangerSupport::Width#

Duct Depth #HangerSupport::Depth#

Hangers and Supports for Pipe Sorted by Name

Pipe supports are listed with corresponding supported route information and supporting
Pipe Sorted by Name\For Pipe Sorted by Name.rtp
Pipe Line
System #HangerSupport::PipeLineName#
NPD #HangerSupport::NPD#
NPD Unit Type #HangerSupport::NPDUnitType#
Hangers and Supports for Supported Route - Drawing

This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the Route objects that are being
supported.
Supported Route - Drawing\For Supported Route - Drawing.rtp
Item Number #SupportRoute::ItemNum#
Supporting Entity
Run #SupportRoute::RouteName#
System #SupportRoute::RunName#

Hangers and Supports for Supporting Structure -

Drawing (Hangers and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. The structure used to attach the
support to is listed.
Supporting Structure - Drawing\For Supporting Structure - Drawing.rtp
Item Number #SupportStruct::ItemNum#
Structure #SupportStruct::StructName#
Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing (Hangers

and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the components that make up
the support.
Supports\Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing\Hangers and Supports ISO View -
Drawing.rtp
Item #For Components - Drawing::ItemNum#
Qty #For Components - Drawing::Total#
BOM Description #For Components - Drawing::BOM Description#
Hangers and Supports Pipe Rack Sorted by Name -

Export to Icarus (Hangers and Supports)
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Hangers and Supports\Pipe
Rack Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus.rtp
Pipe racks (space folders) are listed with many properties such as area, tag, and WBS
information.
Internal Name
Units
AreaName #PipeRack::SpaceFolder#
CpUserTag #PipeRack::Name#
CpComponentWBS (Blank)
CpNumberItems #PipeRack::NumberItems#
CpLength M #PipeRack::Length#
CpWidth M #PipeRack::Width#
CpHeight M #PipeRack::Height#
CpNumberOfLevels #PipeRack::NumberLevels#

CpHeightToFirstLevel M #PipeRack::HeightFirstLevel#
CpPipeRackType #PipeRack::PipeRackType#
CpSteelAnalysisType #PipeRack::SteelAnalysis#
CpMainBentSpacing M #PipeRack::MainBent#
CpThirdColumnYN #PipeRack::ThirdColumnOption#
CpColumnBaseOption #PipeRack::ColumnBaseOption#
CpDistributedLoadPerLevel KPA #PipeRack::[outStructure Icarus Pipe Rack Distributed Load
per Level]#
CpAirCoolerLoading KPA #PipeRack::[outStructure Icarus Pipe Rack Air Cooler Loading]#
CpNumberOfCatwalks #PipeRack::NumberCatwalks#
CpCatwalkWidth M #PipeRack::CatwalkWidth#
CpNumberOfLadders #PipeRack::NumberLadders#
CpNumberOfStairways #PipeRack::NumberStairways#
CpNumberOfBracedBays #PipeRack::NumberBracedBays#
CpNumberBeamStrutsPerColumnLine #PipeRack::BeamStrutsPerColumnLine#
CpNumberBeamStrutsPerPipeLevel #PipeRack::BeamStrutsPerPipeLevel#
CpEndBentExclusion #PipeRack::EndBentExclusion#
CpBeamColumnMinimumWidth MM #PipeRack::[outStructure Icarus Pipe Rack Minimum
Beam or Column Width]#
CpConcreteType #PipeRack::ConcreteType#
CpWindForceAdjustment #PipeRack::WindForceAdjustment#
CpSeismicForceAdjustment #PipeRack::SeismicForceAdjustment#
CpGratingType #PipeRack::GratingType#
Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing (Hangers

and Supports)
This is an embedded report for a Pipe Support drawing. It lists the Structure used attach the
support to.
Supports\Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing\Hangers and Supports Side View -
Drawing.rtp
Item #SupportStruct::ItemNum#
Structure #SupportStruct::StructName#

Holes on Penetrating Spool (Hole Management)

Creates a report for hole diameters and locations relative to the nearest coordinates.
Reports\HoleMgmt\PenetratingSpool folder.
Sheet1 tab
Hole Trace oid #PenetratingSpool::oid#
Spool Name #PenetratingSpool::SpoolName#
Hole Name #PenetratingSpool::HoleName#
Penetrated Plate #PenetratingSpool::StructureName#
Plate Name (Fitting) #PenetratingSpool::PlateName#
CS #PenetratingSpool::CS#
Center of Hole Trace
X #PenetratingSpool::X#
Y #PenetratingSpool::Y#
Z #PenetratingSpool::Z#
Hole Diameter #PenetratingSpool::Diameter#
HVAC Material Take-Off (HVAC)

HVAC duct, fabricated parts, fittings, transitions, registers, and dampers are listed with
quantities and other information. This may be embedded into a drawing.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\HVAC\Material Take-
Duct
Section #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Duct::[CrossSection]#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Duct::[LengthFormatted]#
Sheet Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #Duct::[WeightFormatted]#
Total Weight (SUM)
Fabricated Part
Name #Fabricated::Name#
Duct Section Max #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fabricated::CrossSectionMax#
Sheet Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #Fabricated::[outHVAC Fabricated Weight]#

Total Weight (SUM)

Fitting
Item Number #Fitting::ItemNum#
Category #Fitting::Category#
Description #Fitting::PartDescription#
Angle #FormattingUOM::{Angle}# #Fitting::[outHVAC Angle Value]#
Inlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Inlet#
Outlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Outlet#
Branch1 #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Branch1#
Branch2 #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Fitting::Branch2#
Quantity #Fitting::[Quantity]#
#Fitting::PlaneOfTurn#
#Fitting::ElbowThroatRadius#
#Fitting::CornerRadius#
#Fitting::Angle#
#Fitting::CategorySort#
#Fitting::Diff#
Transition
Item Number #Transition::ItemNum#
Category #Transition::Category#
Description #Transition::PartDescription#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Transition::[outHVAC Transition Length]#
Inlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Transition::Inlet#
Outlet #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Transition::Outlet#
Quantity #Transition::[Quantity]#
#Transition::Length#
#Transition::Diff#
Register – Diffuser – Grille
Type #Register::Type#
Section #Register::[outHVAC Linear Duct Cross Section Size]#
Model #Register::Model#
Quantity #Register::[Quantity]#
Damper – Other In-line
Type #Damper::Type#
Duct Section #FormattingUOM::{Section}# #Damper::CrossSectionMax#
Model #Damper::Model#
Quantity #Damper::[Quantity]#

In-Line Fittings (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\In-Line
Fittings\In-Line Fittings.rtp
Commodity Code #In-line Fittings::Commodity Code#
Material cl #In-line Fittings::Material cl#
Material #In-line Fittings::Material#
Material Category #In-line Fittings::Material Category#
GIS cl #In-line Fittings::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #In-line Fittings::Geo Ind Std#
Short Material Description #In-line Fittings::Short Material Description#
Commondity Type #In-line Fittings::Commodity Type#
Piping Commodity Type #In-line Fittings::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
End Prep cl #In-line Fittings::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #In-line Fittings::End Prep 1#
Schedule
Pressure #In-line Fittings::Pressure 1#
End Std cl #In-line Fittings::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #In-line Fittings::End Std 1#
NPD #In-line Fittings::NPD 1#
Unit #In-line Fittings::Unit 1#
Port 2
End Prep cl #In-line Fittings::End Prep 2 cl#
End Prep #In-line Fittings::End Prep 2#
Schedule #In-line Fittings::Schedule 2#
Pressure #In-line Fittings::Pressure 2#
End Std cl #In-line Fittings::End Std 2 cl#
End Std #In-line Fittings::End Std 2#
NPD #In-line Fittings::NPD 2#
Unit #In-line Fittings::Unit 2#
Face to Face #In-line Fittings::[lbl_FacetoFace]#

Industry Commodity Code Rules (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules)
Creates a report of piping industry commodity code rules for improved integration. This report is
be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules\Industry Commodity Code Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Formats tab
Property Name #Formats::PropertyName#
Property Sequence #Formats::PropertySequence#
Number of Characters #Formats::NoOfChars#
Industry Practice Properties tab

Identifies the industry practice properties addressed by this report - Pressure Rating, Schedule
Thickness, Materials Grade, and Geometric Industry Standard.
Bolt Coating tab

BoldCoatingCodelistNumber #BoltCoating::CodelistValue#
BoltCoatingChars #BoltCoating::Code#
BoltCoatingValue #BoltCoating::ShortValue#
Bolt Diameter tab

BoltDiameterChars #BoltDiameter::Code#
BoltDiameterValue #BoltDiameter::StringValue#
Bolt Length tab

BoltLengthChars #BoltLength::Code#
BoltLengthValue #BoltLength::StringValue#
Bolt Set Quantity tab

Bolt Set Quantity Chars #BoltSetQuantity::Code#
BoltSetQuantityValue #BoltSetQuantity::IntegerValue#

Bolt Type tab

BoltTypeCodelistNumber #BoltType::CodelistValue#
BoltTypeChars #BoltType::Code#
BoltTypeValue #BoltType::ShortValue#
EndPreparation tab
EndPreparationCodelistNumber #EndPreparation::CodelistValue#
EndPreparationChars #EndPreparation::Code#
EndPreparationValue #EndPreparation::ShortValue#
Flange Face Surface Finish tab

FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishCodelistNumber #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::CodelistValue#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishChars #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::Code#
FlangeFaceSurfaceFinishValue #FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish::ShortValue#
Gasket Thickness tab

GasketThicknessChars #GasketThickness::Code#
GasketThicknessValue #GasketThickness::StringValue#
Gasket Type tab

GasketTypeCodelistNumber #GasketType::CodelistValue#
GasketTypeChars #GasketType::Code#
GasketTypeValue #GasketType::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Practice tab

GeometricIndustryPracticeCodelistNumber #GeometricIndustryPractice::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryPracticeChars #GeometricIndustryPractice::Code#
GeometricIndustryPracticeValue #GeometricIndustryPractice::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodelistNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::Code#
GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_UM::ShortValue#
Geometric Industry Standard_US tab

GeometricIndustryStandardCodeListNumber
#GeometricIndustryStandard_US::CodelistValue#
GeometricIndustryStandardChars #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::Code#

GeometricIndustryStandardValue #GeometricIndustryStandard_US::ShortValue#
Lining Material tab

LiningMaterialCodelistNumber #LiningMaterial::CodelistValue#
LiningMaterialChars #LiningMaterial::Code#
LiningMaterialValue #LiningMaterial::ShortValue#
Manufacturing Method tab

ManufacturingMethodCodelistNumber #ManufacturingMethod::CodelistValue#
ManufacturingMethodChars #ManufacturingMethod::Code#
ManufacturingMethodValue #ManufacturingMethod::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_BS tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_BS::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_BS::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_BS::ShortValue#
MaterialsGrade_US tab
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeCodelistNumber #MaterialsGrade_US::CodelistValue#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeChars #MaterialsGrade_US::Code#
MaterialsIndustryStandardandGradeValue #MaterialsGrade_US::ShortValue#
Nipple or Purchase Length tab

NippleorPurchaseLengthChars #NippleorPurchaseLength::Code#
NippleorPurchaseLengthValue #NippleorPurchaseLength::StringValue#
Nut Type tab

NutTypeCodelistNumber #NutType::CodelistValue#
NutTypeChars #NutType::Code#
NutTypeValue #NutType::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_DN tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_DN::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_DN::Code#
PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_DN::ShortValue#
Pressure Rating_US tab

PressureRatingCodelistNumber #PressureRating_US::CodelistValue#
PressureRatingChars #PressureRating_US::Code#

PressureRatingValue #PressureRating_US::ShortValue#
Piping Commodity Type tab

PipingCommodityTypeCodelistNumber #PCT::CodelistValue#
PipingCommodityTypeChars #PCT::Code#
PipingCommodityTypeValue #PCT::ShortValue#
Requisition Classification tab

RequisitionClassificationCodelistNumber #RequisitionClassification::CodelistValue#
RequisitionClassificationChars #RequisitionClassification::Code#
RequisitionClassificationValue #RequisitionClassification::ShortValue#
Surface Preparation tab

SurfacePreparationCodelistNumber #SurfacePreparation::CodelistValue#
SurfacePreparationChars #SurfacePreparation::Code#
SurfacePreparationValue #SurfacePreparation::ShortValue#
Valve Manufacturer and Model No tab

ValveManufcaturerandModelNumberCodelistNumber
#ValveManufacturerandModelNo::CodelistValue#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberChars #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::Code#
ValveManufacturerandModelNumberValue #ValveManufacturerandModelNo::ShortValue#
Valve Trim tab

ValveTrimCodelistNumber #ValveTrim::ValveTrimCodelistNumber#
ValveTrimChars #ValveTrim::Code#
Valve Trim Value #ValveTrim::ShortValue#
Washer Thickness tab

WasherThicknessChars #WasherThickness::Code#
WasherThicknessValue #WasherThickness::StringValue#
Washer Type tab

WasherTypeCodelistNumber #WasherType::CodelistValue#
WasherTypeChars #WasherType::Code#
WasherTypeValue #WasherType::ShortValue#

Inline Silencer Type1 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Inline Silencers Type1 to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Inline Silencer Type1 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Inline Silencer Type1 tab

Symbol Icon




Instrument Class Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of instrument class data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Instrument Class Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Instrument Class Data tab

Tag Number #MCD::TagNumber#
Generic Tag Number #MCD::GenericTagNumber#
Spec Name #MCD::SpecName#
First Size From #MCD::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #MCD::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #MCD::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #MCD::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #MCD::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #MCD::SecondSizeUnits#

Multi Size Option #MCD::MultiSizeOption#

Requisition Type #MCD::RequisitionType#
Contractor Commodity Code #MCD::ContractorCommodityCode#
Instrument Type #MCD::InstrumentType#
Geometry Type #MCD::GeometryType#
First Size Schedule #MCD::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #MCD::SecondSizeSchedule#
Part Data Basis #MCD::PartDataBasis#
Is Graphical Representation #MCD::IsGraphicalRepresentation#
Maximum Temperature #MCD::[lbl_MaximumTemperature]#
Material Grade #MCD::MaterialGrade#
Lining Material #MCD::LiningMaterial#
Corrosion Allowance #MCD::CorrosionAllowance#
Short Material Description #MCD::ShortMaterialDescription#
Localized Short Material Description #MCD::LocalizedShortMaterialDesc#
Long Material Description #MCD::LongMaterialDescription#
Vendor #MCD::Vendor#
Manufacturer #MCD::Manufacturer#
Fabrication Type #MCD::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility #MCD::SupplyResponsibility#
Reporting Type #MCD::ReportingType#
Gasket Requirements #MCD::GasketRequirements#
Bolting Requirements #MCD::BoltingRequirements#
Welding Requirements #MCD::WeldingRequirement#
Loose Material Requirements #MCD::LooseMaterialRequirements#
Substitution Cap Screws Quantity #MCD::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Substitution Cap Screw Contractor Commodity Code #MCD::SubstCapScrewsQuantity#
Substitution Cap Screw Diameter #MCD::[lbl_SubstCapScrewDiameter]#
Tapped Hole Depth #MCD::[lbl_TappedHoleDepth]#
Valve Operator Type #MCD::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Geometry Industry Standard #MCD::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Valve Operator Catalog Part Number #MCD::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Hyperlink To Electronic Manuals #MCD::HyperlinkToElectronicManuals#
Hyperlink To Electronic Vendor #MCD::HyperlinkToElectronicVendor#
Reportable Commodity Code #MCD::ReportableCommodityCode#

Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#

Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #MCD::AltReportableCommodityCode#
Mirror Behavior Option #MCD::MirrorBehaviorOption#
Maximum Pressure #MCD::MaximumPressure#
Quantity Of Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Piping Note 1 #MCD::PipingNote1#
First Size UOM Basis In Catalog #MCD::FirstSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#
Second Size UOM Basis In Catalog #MCD::SecondSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#
Instrumentation Control Valves Sorted by Name

(Instrumentation)
Control valves are listed with primary/secondary sizes, supply responsibility, and approval
status.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Instrumentation\Control
Valves Sorted by Name\Control Valves Sorted by Name.rtp
Item Name #ControlValves::ItemName#
Size #ControlValves::[outInstrumentation Control Valves NPD with Unit Primary]#
Size #ControlValves::[outInstrumentation Control Valves NPD with Unit Secondary]#
Description #ControlValves::[Description]#
Supply Responsibility #ControlValves::SupplyResponsibility#
Approval Status #ControlValves::Status_LongString#
Instruments (Verification of Consistency)

Creates a report of instruments to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Verification
of Consistency\Instruments folder.
StockInstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#

Tag Number #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#

First Size From #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISCapScrewsBoltPartdata::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code Of The Substitution Cap Screw
#PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
Contractor Commodity Code Of The Piping Specialty
#PISCapScrewsBoltPartData::contractorcommoditycode#
CusEngInstrBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom
First Size To #PICEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEBoltedGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PICEBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PICEBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PICEBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
PICESubstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Substitution Cap Screw
#PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::ShortMaterialDescription#
First Size From #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeunits#

Second Size From #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#

Second Size To #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PICECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstrFemaleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEFemailGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEFemaleGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEFemaleGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PICEFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PICEFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PICEFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PICEFemaleGenericData::schedule#
CusEngInstLinearThkDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PICELinearThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard
#PICELinearThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#

CusEngInstLocalizdDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PICELocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICELocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICELocalizedDesc:;firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICELocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICELocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICELocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICELocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICELocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstLongDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PICELongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICELongDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICELongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICELongDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICELongDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICELongDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICELongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICELongDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngIntMatlClasBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PICEMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PICEMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
CusEngInstMechDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#

First Size To #PICEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#

First Size Units #PICEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PICEMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PICEMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PICEMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
CusEngInstPartDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEPartData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEPartData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEPartData::multisizeoptions#
CusEngInstPlainPipeDatUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICEPlainGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEPlainGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEPlainGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEPlainGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEPlainGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEPlainGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEPlainGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEPlainGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PICEPlainGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PICEPlainGenericData::npdunits#
End Standard #PICEPlainGenericData::endstandard#

Schedule (Thickness) #PICEPlainGenericData::schedule#
CusEngInstReportOfSymbols
Description of the Error #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PICEReoprtOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
ReportOfCustEngInstruments
Tag Number #PICEReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEReport::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEReport::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICEReport::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PICEReport::partnumber#
Primary Size #PICEReport::primarysize#
Primary Size Units #PICReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PICReport::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PICEReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PICEReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PICEReport::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngRptblCmdtyNotInMatCtlData
Description of the Error #PICEReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#

Second Size From #PICEReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#

Second Size To #PICEReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Reportable Piping Commodity
#PICEReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Instrument
#PICEReportableCmdty::contractorcommoditycode#
CusEngInstruShortDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEShortDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEShortDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEShortDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEShortDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstSubtCapScrewUndefined
Description of the Error #PICESubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
#PICESubstCapScrew::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Tag Number #PICESubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICESubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICESubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICESubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICESubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
SummaryOfCusEngInstrumentParts
Tag Number #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#

Second Size Units #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#

Multi-size Option #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PICESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngInstrumentFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PICESymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PICESymbolPlacement::TagNumber#
First Size From #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PICESymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Primary Size #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PICESymbolPlacement::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PICESymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
First Size Schedule #PICESymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PICESymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PICESymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PICESymbolPlacement::symbolname#
CusEngInstrumentSymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PICESymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICESymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICESymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICESymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICESymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICESymbols::secondsizefrom#

Second Size To #PICESymbols::secondsizeto#

Second Size Units #PICESymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PICESymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CusEngInstValOpNotInOpMatClData
Description of the Error #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEValveOpMatIctlData::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstValOpNotInOpPartData
Description of the Error #PICEValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PICEValveOpPart::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PICEValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PICEValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PICEValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PICEValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PICEValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PICEValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PICEValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
CusEngInstWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PICEWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PICEWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PICEWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PICEWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PICEWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PICEWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
StockInstBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#

First Size From #PISBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom#

First Size To #PISBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISBoltedGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PISBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PISBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PISBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
StockInstWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PISWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PISWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PISWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PISWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
StockInstNotInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PISCmdtyClass::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISCmdtyClass::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISCmdtyClass::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISCmdtyClass::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISCmdtyClass::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISCmdtyClass::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISCmdtyClass::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISCmdtyClass::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISCmdtyClass::industrycommoditycode#
StockInstNotInCmdtySerLimitData
Description of the Error #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizefrom#

First Size To #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeto#

First Size Units #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npdunittype#
StockInstFemaleEndDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISFemaleGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISFemaleGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISFemaleGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISFemaleGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PISFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PISFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PISFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PISFemaleGenericData::schedule#
StockInstLinerThkDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#

Multi-size Option #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::multisizeoption#

Industry Commodity Code #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard #PISLinerThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#
StockInstLocalizedDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PISLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISLocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISLocalizedDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISLocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISLocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISLocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISLocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISLocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code #PISLocalizedDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstLongDescUndefined
Description of Error #PISLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISLongDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISLongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISLongDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISLongDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISLongDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISLongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISLongDesc::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code #PISLongDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstMatlClasBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PISMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PISMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PISMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#

Second Size From #PISMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#

Second Size To #PISMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
StockInstNotInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PISMatlCtlData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISMatlCtlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISMatlCtlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISMatlCtlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISMatlCtlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISMatlCtlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISMatlCtlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISMatlCtlData::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity #PISMatlCtlData::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstMechEndDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISMechanicalGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PISMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PISMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PISMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
StkInstrMultpileMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PISMultipleMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISMultipleMatlCtlData::tagnumber#

Contractor Commodity Code of the Piping Instrument

#PISMultipleMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PISMultipleMatlCtlData::ShortMaterialDescription#
StockInstrumentPartsUndefined
Description of the Error #PISPartValidation::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISPartValidation::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISPartValidation::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISPartValidation::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISPartValidation::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISPartValidation::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISPartValidation::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISPartValidation::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISPartValidation::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISPartValidation::industrycommoditycode#
StockInstPlainPipeDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PISPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PISPlainGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISPlainGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISPlainGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISPlainGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISPlainGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISPlainGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISPlainGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISPlainGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISPlainGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PISPlainGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PISPlainGenericData::npdunits#
End Standard #PISPlainGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PISPlainGenericData::schedule#
ReportOfStockInstruments
Tag Number #PISReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISReport::firstsizeunits#

Second Size From #PISReport::secondsizefrom#

Second Size To #PISReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISReport::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISReport::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PISReport::partnumber#
Primary Size #PISReport::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PISReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PISReport::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PISReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PISReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PISReport::secondsizeschedule#
StockInstRptbCmtyNotInMatCtData
Description of the Error #PISReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
The Contractor Commodity Code of the Reportable Piping Commodity
#PISReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Stock Instrument
#PISReportableCmdty::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstSymbolsReport
Description of the Error #PISReportOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISReportOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISReportOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISReportOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISReportOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISReportOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISReportOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISReportOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISReportOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#

Symbol Name #PISReportOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockInstShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of Error #PISShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISShortDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISShortDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISShortDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISShortDesc::secondsizeunits#
Contractor Commodity Code #PISShortDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
StockInstSubCapScwNotInMatCtDat
Description of the Error #PISSubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISSubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISSubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
#PISSubstCapScrew::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
SummaryOfStockInstrumentParts
Tag Number #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#

Units of Measure #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#

Secondary Size #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PISSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
StockInstrumentFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PISSymbolPlacement::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISSymbolPlacement::Tag Number#
First Size From #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PISSymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PISSymbolPlacement::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::primarysizeuints#
Secondary Size #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PISSymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
First Size Schedule #PISSymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PISSymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PISSymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PISSymbolPlacement::symbolname#
StockInstrumentSymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PISSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PISSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PISSymbols::industrycommoditycode#

Symbol Name #PISSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockInstValOpNotInOpMatCtlData
Description of the Error #PISValveOpMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PISValveOpMatlctlData::ValveOperatorPartNumber#
Tag Number #PISValveOpMatlctlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeunits#
StockInstValOpNotInOpPartData
Description of the Error #PISValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PISValveOpPart::ValveOperatorPartNumber#
Tag Number #PISValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PISValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PISValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PISValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PISValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PISValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PISValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
Insulation Material (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Insulation Data)
Creates a report of Insulation Material to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Insulation Material folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Insulation Material tab

Material Type #PGDB::MaterialType#
Density #PGDB::[lbl_Density]#
Allowable Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_AllowableThickness]#
Insulation Specification (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Insulation Specification to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Insulation Specification folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Insulation Specification tab

Spec Name #PGDB::SpecName#
Material #PGDB::Material#
Purpose #PGDB::Purpose#
Thickness Rule #PGDB::ThicknessRule#
Temperature Rule #PGDB::TemperatureRule#
Insulation Thickness Table (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Insulation Thickness Table to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Data\Insulation Thickness Table folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name

Remarks
Insulation Thickness Table tab

Spec Name #PGDB::SpecName#
Npd_Low #PGDB::Npd_Lo#
Npd_High #PGDB::Npd_Hi#
Npd Unit Type #PGDB::NpdUnitType#
Temperature_Low #PGDB::[lbl_Temperature_Lo]#
Temperature_High #PGDB::[lbl_Temperature_Hi]#
Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_Thickness]#
Knife Gate Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Knife Gate Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Knife Gate Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
Knife Gate Valve tab

Symbol Icon
OA:InsulationThickness
OA:Rotation


Valve Height #PartData::[lbl_ValveHeight]#
Ladder Splice Plate (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray ladder splice plates to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\LadderSplicePlate folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Cable Tray Ladder Splice Plate tab

Symbol Icon
Quantity of Associated Parts #PartData::QuantityOfAssociatedParts#


Linear Valves (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Linear
Valves\Linear Valves.rtp
Spec Name #Valves::Spec Name#
Commodity Code #Valves::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Valves::Material cl#
Material #Valves::Material#
Material Category #Valves::Material Category#
GIS cl #Valves::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #Valves::Geo Ind Std#
Short Material Description #Valves::Short Material Description#
Operator Part Number #Valves::Operator Part No#
Operator cl #Valves::Operator cl#
Operator #Valves::Operator#
Port 1
End Prep cl #Valves::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #Valves::End Prep 1#
Schedule #Valves::Schedule 1#
Pressure #Valves::Pressure 1#
Flow cl #Valves::Flow 1 cl#
Flow #Valves::Flow 1#
End Std cl #Valves::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #Valves::End Std 1#
NPD #Valves::NPD 1#
Unit #Valves::Unit 1#
Port 2

End Prep cl #Valves::End Prep 2 cl#

End Prep #Valves::End Prep 2#
Schedule #Valves::Schedule 2#
Pressure #Valves::Pressure 2#
Flow cl #Valves::Flow 2 cl#
Flow #Valves::Flow 2#
End Std cl #Valves::End Std 2 cl#
End Std #Valves::End Std 2#
NPD #Valves::NPD 2#
Unit #Valves::Unit 2#
Face to Face #Valves::[lbl_FacetoFace]#
Liner Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of liner thickness data to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Lines Thickness Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Liner Thickness Data tab

Lining Material #LTD::LiningMaterial#
Geometry Industry Standard #LTD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Nominal Piping Diameter #LTD::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #LTD::NominalDiameterUnits#
Liner Thickness At Inside Diameter #LTD::[lbl_LinerThicknessAtInsideDiameter]#
Liner Thickness At Face Of Flange #LTD::[lbl_LinerThicknessAtFaceOfFlange]#
Optional Liner Thickness At Face Of Flange #LTD::[lbl_OptionalLinerThkAtFaceOfFlange]#
Load Combination Relations (Compartmentation)

Creates a load combination overview report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\LoadCombination folder.

Sheet1 tab
Load Combination #Compartment::LoadCombination#
Spatial Load #Compartment::SpatialLoad#
Connected Compartment #Compartment::ConnectedCompartment#
Connected Compartment Part Description
#Compartment::ConnectedCompartmentPartDescription#
Unit Load #Compartment::UnitLoad#
Load Folder #Compartment::LoadFolder#
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab


Manufacturing Material List Summary

(StructManufacturing)
Creates a material list summary report for a specified block plus its nested parts.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Material List folder.
Report tab
Entered Block/Assy Name #QWP::{ItemName}#
Lot Number #QWP::Lot number#
Part #QWP::Part Name#
Dimensions #QWP::Dimensions#
Quantity #QWP::Quantity#
Weight #QWP::Total weight#
Quantity
in block #QWP::Count of parts in Block#
other block #QWP::Count of parts in other Blocks#
Manufacturing Parts List (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing parts list report for a specified block plus its nested parts.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Parts List folder.
Sheet1 tab
User Name #FormattingField::{UserName}#
Block #QWP::{ItemName}#

Sketch #QWP::Sketch#
Sheet Number #QWP::Sheet number#
Material #QWP::MaterialType#
Quantity
port #QWP::Quantity on Port#
CL #QWP::Quantity on Centerline#
stdb #QWP::Quantity on Stbd#
Weight
unit #QWP::Unit weight#
total #QWP::Total weight#
Workshop #QWP::Workshop#
Revision #QWP::Scantling Drawing Revision#
Manufacturing Weight and CG (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of weight and CG for manufacturing parts selected by a filter.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Weight and CG folder.
Sheet1 tab
Block #WeightAndCG::Block#
Part Name #WeightAndCG::PartName#
Weight #WeightAndCG::Weight#
Center of Gravity
x #WeightAndCG::COGx#
y #WeightAndCG::COGy#
z #WeightAndCG::COGz#
Quantity #WeightAndCG::Quantity#
Location #WeightAndCG::Location#
Total is generated for the Weight column.

Marian Export (StructManufacturing)

Creates a structural manufacturing report to be used in exporting data.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Marian Export folder.
Sheet1 tab
Date/Time #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
Lot Number #Nesting::LotNumber#
Order Number #Nesting::OrderNumber#
Lot Material Type #Nesting::LotMaterialType#
Lot Material Grade #Nesting::LotMaterialGrade#
Lot Size #Nesting::LotSize#
Mass Flow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Mass Flow to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Mass Flow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Mass Flow tab

Symbol Icon


Master Instrument Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master instrument part data to be used for review and approval of the
Piping Instruments Part Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running
this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Instrument Part Data folder.

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Custom Interfaces tab

Interface Name
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
SheetName tab


End Standard [1] #PartData::EndStandard1#


Major Body Diameter #PartData::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#
Operator Height #PartData::[lbl_OperatorHeight]#
Operator Length #PartData::[lbl_OperatorLength]#
Master Piping Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master piping part data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Piping Part Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running this delivered
report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Piping Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Interface Name
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
SheetName tab
Part Class Type PipeComponentClass


Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation


Master Piping Specialty Part Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master piping specialty part data to be used for review and approval of the
Piping Part Specialty Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running this
delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Piping Specialty Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Interface Name

Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
SheetName tab
Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation



Collar Thickness #PartData::[lbl_CollarThickness]#

Basket Length #PartData::[lbl_BasketLength]#
Basket End Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BasketEndDiameter]#
Collar End to Center #PartData::[lbl_CollarEndtoCenter]#
Master Valve Operator Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of master valve operator part data to be used for review and approval of the
Valve Operator Class Part Name and Unit of Measure are required when running this
delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Master Valve Operator Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Interface Name
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

SheetName tab
Part Class Type ValveOperatorClass
Symbol Icon
Valve Operator Number #PartData::ValveOperatorNumber#
Valve Size #PartData::ValveSize#
Valve Size Units #PartData::ValveSizeUnits#
Valve Operator Is Rotatable #PartData::ValveOperatorIsRotatable#
Dry Cog X #PartData::[lbl_DryCogX]#
Dry Cog Y #PartData::[lbl_DryCogY]#
Operator Diameter #PartData::[lbl_OperatorDiameter]#
Materials Data (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Materials Data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Materials Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Materials Data tab

Design Standard #PGDB::DesignStandard#
Material Grade #PGDB::MaterialsGrade#
Temperature #PGDB::[lbl_Temperature]#
Wall Thickness From #PGDB::[lbl_WallThicknessFrom]#
Wall Thickness To #PGDB::[lbl_WallThicknessTo]#

Coefficient Y #PGDB::CoefficientY#
Allowable Stress #PGDB::[lbl_AllowableStress]#
Mill Tolerance Percentage #PGDB::MillTolerancePercentage#
Mill Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_MillTolerance]#
Mating Ports (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Mating Ports to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Mating Ports folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Mating Ports tab

End Preparation 1 #PGDB::EndPrep1#
End Preparation 2 #PGDB::EndPrep2#

Mfg Profile Data Output by Block or Assy

Creates a manufacturing profile data report based on output by block or assembly.
Reports\StructManufacturing\MFGPROFILE folder. The report files for this report are named
StrMfgProfile.
Mfg Profile Report tab

Comments #FormattingField::{Comments}#
Entered #StrMfgProfile::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
BlockName #StrMfgProfile::BlockName#
AssemblyName #StrMfgProfile::AssemblyName#
MfgProfile Name #StrMfgProfile::ItemName#
MfgProfile Curvature Type #StrMfgProfile::CurvatureType#
Total Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesTotal]#
Web Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesWeb]#
TopFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesTopFlange]#
Total Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesTotal]#
Web Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesWeb]#
TopFlange Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesTopFlange]#
BtmFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthBeforeFeaturesBottomFlange]#
BtmFlange Length After Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StrMfgProfile::[outFormat_Local_LengthAfterFeaturesBottomFlange]#
oid #StrMfgProfile::Oid#

Mfg Profile Data Output for Whole Ship

Creates a manufacturing profile data report based on output by block or assembly.
Reports\StructManufacturing\MFGPROFILE folder. The report files for this report are named
StrMfgProfile2.

Name #StrMfgProfile::ItemName#
Curvature Type #StrMfgProfile::CurvatureType#
TopFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
BtmFlange Length Before Features #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
oid #StrMfgProfile::Oid#

MfgPinJig - Accuracy (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Mfg Pin Jig)
Creates a manufacturing PinJig report for intersection points for association with a Drawings by
Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create
Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\XptPinOffset folder.
Report tab
Intersection point #XptPinOffsetReport::m_IntxPtName#
Parent Remarking line - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_HorRemarkLineParent#
Nearest Pin's Row #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinRow#
Nearest Pin's Column #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinCol#
Offset on Jig floor - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_X#
Offset on Jig floor - Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_Y#
Nearest Pin's height #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinHeight#
Distance between Intersection point and its upper position
#XptPinOffsetReport::m_IntxPtHeight#
MfgPinJig - Girth Length (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig)
Creates a manufacturing PinJig report for girth offsets of intersection points for association with
a Drawings by Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule
component to create Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more
information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\GirthLength folder.
Report tab
#GirthLengthReport_Data::m_HorizontalRemarkingLine#
#GirthLengthReport_Header::m_VerticalRemarkLineName_1#
#GirthLengthReport_Data::m_HorizontalGirthLength_1#


MfgTemplate - Multi Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets)
Creates a manufacturing template set report with rows wrapped to fit for association with a
Drawings by Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component
to create Manufacturing Template Set drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Template sets\MfgTemplate -
MultiRow folder.
Report tab
#DefaultReport_Header::TXT_TemplateName#
#DefaultReport_Header::TXT_Station_0# - #DefaultReport_Header::TXT_Step_19#
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateName#
Length of Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtStep_0#
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateLength#
Height at Length of Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtTemplateLength#
Height at Lower Seam
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtLowerSeam#
Girth along Lower Seam to Mid-Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_Grt_Btm_LS_MidTemplateBtmLS#
Height at Upper Seam
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtUpperSeam#
Girth along Upper Seam to Mid-Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_Grt_Btm_US_MidTemplateBtmUS#

Height at Base Control Line

#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtBCL#
Girth along BCL to Mid-Template
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_Grt_Btm_BCL_MidTemplateBtmBCL#
Template Angle
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateAngle#
S_Value
#DefaultReport_Data::DAT_SValue#
MfgTemplate - Split Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets)
Overview
Creates a manufacturing template set report with rows split across tables for association with a
SplitRow folder.

Report tab
Template Front View:
1 - Upper Seam Point

2 - Lower Seam Point
3 - Base Control Point
4 - Mid Section Number
5 - Template Upper End
6 - Template Lower End
7 - Height of Template at Upper Seam Point
8 - Height of Template at Lower Seam Point or Height at Offset 1
9 - Height at Offset 10
10 - Height at Offset 0
11 - Length of Template
12 - Height at Base Control Line
13 - Distance from Lower Seam to Next Section
14 - Distance from Upper Seam to Next Section
Numeric Report Header Description Design time Example of

Callouts Column at values values at
Header at Design Runtime Runtime
time
#DefaultReport_H Template in TB0- Name of the #TXT_TemplateName1 vlcc_B_46f8rc.s

eader::TXT_Temp 1_1.1 specific template in # at-IJSeam or
lateName1# the templateset #DefaultReport_Data::
DAT_TemplateName1 T1
#
10 #DefaultReport_H at 0 mm Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data 228

eader::TXT_Step_ of the template at ::[outFormat_Local_DA
0# Offset 0 T_HeightAtStep_0]#
8 #DefaultReport_H at 250 mm Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data 375

eader::TXT_Step_ of the template at ::[outFormat_Local_DA
1# Offset 1 T_HeightAtStep_1]#


time
#DefaultReport_H at (i x Offset value Provides the height # #DefaultReport_Data 670 (at offset
eader::TXT_Step_ ) mm. In this case, of the template for ::[outFormat_Local_DA distance 750
i# where i is the the Offset value is this Offset distance. T_HeightAtStep_i]# mm for Offset
Offset number 250 mm. where i is the Offset 3)
number
11 Length of Length of Provides the length #DefaultReport_Data3: 7000

Template Template of the template :[outFormat_Local_DA
T_TemplateLength]#
9 Height at Length Height at Length Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3: 596

of Template of Template at the end of the :[outFormat_Local_DA
template T_HeightAtTemplateLe
ngth]#
8 Height at Lower Height at Lower Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3: 350

Seam Seam at Lower Seam :[outFormat_Local_DA
T_HeightAtLowerSeam
]#
Girth along Lower Girth along Lower Provides the girth #DefaultReport_Data3: 4963
Seam to Mid- Seam to Mid- length from Lower :[outFormat_Local_DA
Template Template Seam to Mid T_Grt_Btm_LS_MidTe
Template mplateBtmLS]#
7 Height at Upper Height at Upper Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3: 743

Seam Seam at Upper Seam :[outFormat_Local_DA
T_HeightAtUpperSeam
]#
Girth along Upper Girth along Upper Provides the girth #DefaultReport_Data3: 5006
Seam to Mid- Seam to Mid- length from Upper :[outFormat_Local_DA
Template Template Seam to Mid T_Grt_Btm_US_MidTe
Template mplateBtmUS]#
12 Height at Base Height at Base Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3: 1792

Control Line Control Line at Base Control :[outFormat_Local_DA
Line (BCL) T_HeightAtBCL]#
Girth along BCL Girth along BCL Provides the girth #DefaultReport_Data3: 5032
to Mid-Template to Mid-Template length from BCL to :[outFormat_Local_DA
Mid Template T_Grt_Btm_BCL_MidT
emplateBtmBCL]#
Template Angle Template Angle The acute angle #DefaultReport_Data3: 85.2

measured between :[outFormat_Local_DA
template and plate T_TemplateAngle]#
surface
Angle With Angle With The side from #DefaultReport_Data3: Aft

Respect to Respect to which the acute :DAT_TemplateAngleD
angle is measured ir#


time
S_Value S_Value Provides the #DefaultReport_Data3: 1004

distance of each :[outFormat_Local_DA
template from the T_SValue]#
first template along
the BCL
Distance between Distance between Provides the Distance between BCL 3594
BCL and Lower BCL and Lower distance between and Lower Seam
Seam Seam BCL and Lower #DefaultReport_Data3:
Seam :[outFormat_Local_DA
T_LM]#
Distance between Distance between Provides the #DefaultReport_Data3: 3450

BCL and Upper BCL and Upper distance between :[outFormat_Local_DA
Seam Seam BCL and Upper T_UM]#
Seam
13 Distance from Distance from Provides the #DefaultReport_Data3: 42

Lower Seam to Lower Seam to distance between :[outFormat_Local_DA
next Section next Section Lower Seam and T_L]#
next Offset
14 Distance from Distance from Provides the #DefaultReport_Data3: 36

Upper seam to Upper seam to distance between :[outFormat_Local_DA
next section next section Upper Seam and T_U]#
next Offset
4 Mid-section Mid-section The Offset number #DefaultReport_Data3: 14

number number counted at BCL :[outFormat_Local_DA
with respect to T_M]#
Lower Seam
Distance from Distance from Provides the #DefaultReport_Data3: 1295

BCL to the BCL to the distance between :[outFormat_Local_DA
Tangent location Tangent location BCL and Tangent T_RB]#
Location
Height of Height of Provides the height #DefaultReport_Data3: 1540

Template at the Template at the at Tangent :[outFormat_Local_DA
Tangent location Tangent location Location T_RH]#
Report Output Format

This report is available as a standalone embedded (in drawing document) report or as a Graphic
view dependent report.

Min Pipe Length Purchase (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Min Pipe Length Purchase to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Min Pipe Length Purchase folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Min Pipe Length Purchase tab

Purchase Length #PGDB::[lbl_PurchaseLength]#
Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumPipeLength]#
Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredMinimumPipeLength]#
Minimum Pipe Length Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Minimum Pipe Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Minimum Pipe Length Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab

Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumPipeLength]#

Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredMinimumPipeLength]#
Motor Operated Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Motor Operated Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Motor Operated Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Motor Operated Valve tab

Symbol Icon




Multi Port Valve Operator Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of Multi Port Valve Operator Data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Multi Port Valve Operator Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Multi Port Valve Operator Data tab

First Size From #PGDB::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #PGDB::FirstSizeTo#
Second Size From #PGDB::SecondSizeFrom#

Second Size To #PGDB::SecondSizeTo#

Port Number #PGDB::PortNumber#
Valve Operator Type #PGDB::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Geo Ind Std #PGDB::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Valve Operator Number #PGDB::ValveOperatorNumber#
Multiple Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent

View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles)
Creates a multiple profile sketch report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can
use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile
Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Multiple
folder.
Report tab
Cross Section #PSDefault::CrossSection#
Grade #PSDefault::Grade#
Part Name #PSMultiple::PartName#
Weight (KG) #PSMultiple::Weight#
Symmetry
PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
Orientation DIR #PSMultiple::Orientation#
Parameters
A #PSMultiple::A# - AN #PSMultiple::AN#

Nesting (StructManufacturing)
Creates a manufacturing nesting report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Nesting folder.
Sheet1 tab
Part Name #Nesting::PartName#
Lot Number #Nesting::LotNumber#
Order Number #Nesting::OrderNumber#
Registration Timestamp #Nesting::RegistrationTimestamp#
Nesting Timestamp #Nesting::NestingTimestamp#
Lot Material Type #Nesting::LotMaterialType#
Lot Material Grade #Nesting::LotMaterialGrade#
Lot Length #Nesting::LotLength#
Lot Width #Nesting::LotWidth#
Lot Thickness #Nesting::LotThickness#
NPD Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of NPD Equivalence Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\NPD Equivalence Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

NPD Equivalence Rule tab

NPD In Primary Units Of Measure #PGDB::NPDInPrimaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Primary Units Of Measure #PGDB::PrimaryUnitsOfMeasure#
NPD In Secondary Units Of Measure #PGDB::NPDInSecondaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Secondary Units of Measure #PGDB::SecondaryUnitsOfMeasure#
Nut Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping)

Creates a report of nut part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Nut Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Nut Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #NPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Nut Type #NPD::NutType#
Geometry Industry Standard #NPD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Materials Grade #NPD::MaterialsGrade#
Nut Height #NPD::[lbl_NutHeight]#
Objects Inside Compartments (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of objects inside compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartInsideObjects folder.
Sheet1 tab
Compartments #Compartment::Name#
PartDescription #Compartment::PartDesc#

Inside Objects #Compartment::InsideObject#
Olet-type Branches (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Olet-type
Branches\Olet-type Branches.rtp
Commodity Code #Olets::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Olets::Material cl#
Material #Olets::Material#
Material Category #Olets::Material Category#
GIS cl #Olets::GIS cl#
Geo Ind Std #Olets::Geo Ind Std#
Short Material Description #Olets::Short Material Description#
Commodity Type #Olets::Commodity Type#
Piping Component Type #Olets::Piping Commodity Type#
Port 1
Pressure #Olets::Pressure 1#
End Prep cl #Olets::End Prep 1 cl#
End Prep #Olets::End Prep 1#
End Std cl #Olets::End Std 1 cl#
End Std #Olets::End Std 1#
Schedule #Olets::Schedule 1#
NPD #Olets::NPD 1#
Unit #Olets::Unit 1#
Port 2
Pressure #Olets::Pressure 2#
End Prep cl #Olets::End Prep 2 cl#
End Prep #Olets::End Prep 2#
End Std cl #Olets::End Std 2 cl#
End Std #Olets::End Std 2#
Schedule #Olets::Schedule 2#
NPD #Olets::NPD 2#
Unit #Olets::Unit 2#
Face to Header Surface #Olets::[lbl_FacetoHeaderSurface]#
Hole in Heater #Olets::[lbl_HoleinHeader]#
Major Body Diameter #Olets::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#

Orifice Plates (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Orifice Plates to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Orifice Plates folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Orifice Plates tab

Symbol Icon




Orthographic Drawing Revision History (Deliverables)

Creates a report of drawing revision history, including status and update information.
Reports\Deliverables\Orthographic Drawing Revision History folder.
Sheet tab
Path #OrthoSheet::Path#
Name #OrthoSheet::Name#
Date Created #OrthoSheet::Date Created#
Last Updated #OrthoSheet::Date Last Modified#
Last Updated By #OrthoSheet::Last Modified by#
Approval #OrthoSheet::Approval Status#
In To Do List #OrthoSheet::[outSheetInToDoList]#
In DB Integrity #OrthoSheet::SheetError#
Version #OrthoSheet::Version#
Revision Mark #OrthoSheet::Revision Mark#
Date Modified #OrthoSheet::Revision Date Last Modified#
Revision Date #OrthoSheet::Revision Date#
Revised By #OrthoSheet::Revised By#
Modified By #OrthoSheet::Revision Last Modified by#
Origin #OrthoSheet::[outRevisionType]#

Permission Group - First Class BO (ShipStructure)

Creates a permission group report for first class BOs.
Reports\ShipStructure\Permission Group-First Class BO folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Object Name #PGofFirstClassBO::ObjectName#
Object Type #PGofFirstClassBO::ObjectType#
Permission Group #PGofFirstClassBO::PermissionGroup#
Approval Status #PGofFirstClassBO::ApprovalStatus#
OID #PGofFirstClassBO::OID#
Permission Group - Root Plate And Profile Sys

(ShipStructure)
Creates a permission group report for root plate and profile system.
Reports\ShipStructure\Permission Group-Root PlateAndProfile Sys folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Object Name #RootPlateAndProfileSys::ObjectName#
Object Type #RootPlateAndProfileSys::ObjectType#
Permission Group #RootPlateAndProfileSys::PermissionGroup#
Approval Status #RootPlateAndProfileSys::ApprovalStatus#
OID #RootPlateAndProfileSys::OID#

Physical Conns WO PlannJoints (ShipStructure)

Creates a report of physical connections without planning joints.
Reports\ShipStructure\Physical Conns WO PlannJoints folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Connection Oid #PhyConns::PhyConnOid#
Connection Name #PhyConns::PhyConnName#
Connected Part1 #PhyConns::Part1#
Assembly/Block for Part1 #PhyConns::Assembly1#
Connected Part2 #PhyConns::Part2#
Assembly/Block for Part2 #PhyConns::Assembly2#
Pin Height (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Creates a manufacturing PinJig report for default Pin height for association with a Drawings by
Rule view. You can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create
Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin folder.
Report tab
Company Name
Jig Tables
Project #Plant::Name#
Block #DefaultPinReport::m_Block#
Curved Panel ID #DefaultPinReport::m_CurvedPanelId#

Jig Row No #PinHeightReport::m_Row#

A through BI #PinHeightReport::m_PinHeight0# through
#PinHeightReport::m_PinHeight60#
Total Number Of Pins #PinCountReport::m_PinCount#
Pin Jig (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing PinJig report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Pin Jig folder.
Sheet1 tab
Pin Height #FormattingUOM::{Height}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinHeight#
Row Number #StrMfgPinJig::RowNumber#
Column Number #StrMfgPinJig::ColumnNumber#
Pin Position X #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinPositionX#
Pin Position Y #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinPositionY#
Pin Position Z #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StrMfgPinJig::PinPositionZ#
Pipe Bending Configuration Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Configuration Data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Configuration Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Pipe Bending Configuration Data tab

Is Bend Planar #PGDB::IsBendPlanar#
Nominal Bend Angle From 1 #PGDB::[lbl_[NominalBendAngleFrom1]#
Nominal Bend Angle To 1 #PGDB::[lbl_NominalBendAngleTo1]#
Non Planar Rotation Angle From 2 #PGDB::[lbl_NonPlanarRotationAngleFrom2]#
Non Planar Rotation Angle To 2 #PGDB::[lbl_NonPlanarRotationAngleTo2]#
Nominal Bend Angle From 2 #PGDB::[lbl_NominalBendAngleFrom2]#
Pipe Bend Type #PGDB::PipeBendType#
Bend To Bend Tangent Basis #PGDB::BendToBendTangentBasis#

Pipe Bending Die Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Die Data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Die Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Pipe Bending Die Data tab

Piping Bending Machine Name #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineName#
Nominal Piping Diameter UOM #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterUOM#
Piping Bend Radius Multiplier #PGDB::PipeBendRadiusMultiplier#
Absolute Pipe Bend Radius #PGDB::[lbl_AbsolutePipeBendRadius]#
Minimum Grip Length #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumGripLength]#
Default Min Tan Len Between Bends #PGDB::[lbl_DefaultMinTanLenBetweenBends]#
Pipe Bending Elongation (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pipe Bending Elongation to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Pipe Bending Elongation folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Pipe Bending Elongation tab

Pipe Bend Radius #PGDB::[lbl_PipeBendRadius]#
Pipe Elongation Unit Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_PipeElongationUnitBendAngle]#
Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_BendAngle]#
Pipe Elongation #PGDB::[lbl_PipeElongation]#
Pipe Bending Machine Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Machine Data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Machine Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Pipe Bending Machine Data tab

Piping Bending Machine Name #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineName#
Piping Bending Machine Description #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineDescription#
Piping Bending Machine Type #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineType#
Height Above Shop Floor #PGDB::[lbl_HeightAboveShopFloor]#
Maximum Pipe Length #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumPipeLength]#
Maximum Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumBendAngle]#
Minimum Bend Angle #PGDB::[lbl_MinimumBendAngle]#
Maximum Capacity #PGDB::MaximumCapacity#
Maximum Section Modulus #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumSectionModulus]#
Maximum Centerline Radius #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumCenterlineRadius]#

Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data)
Creates a report of Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data to be used for review and
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data\Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length Data tab

Pipe Bending Machine Name #PGDB::PipeBendingMachineName#
Pipe Bend Type #PGDB::PipeBendType#
Minimum Bend To Bend Tangent Length Option #PGDB::MinBendToBendTanLenOption#
Nominal Piping Diameter UOM #PGDB::NominalPipingDiameterUOM#
Piping Bend Radius Multiplier #PGDB::PipeBendRadiusMultiplier#
Minimum Tangent Length Between Turn 12 #PGDB::[lbl_MinTanLenBetweenTurn12]#
Minimum Tangent Length Between Turn23 #PGDB::[lbl_MinTanLenBetweenTurn23]#
Optional Minimum Grip Length #PGDB::[lbl_OptionalMinimumGripLength]#
Optional Minimum Pull Length #PGDB::[lbl_OptionalMinimumPullLength]#

Pipe Stock (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data)
Creates a report of pipe stock to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Piping Instruments Part Class Name and Unit of Measure inputs are required when running
this delivered report.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Pipe Stock folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomClassInterfaceList tab
Class Name
Interface Name
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Pipe Stock tab

Density #PartData::[lbl_Density]#
Purchase Length #PartData::[lbl_PurchaseLength]#
Minimum Pipe Length #PartData::[lbl_MinimumPipeLength]#
Maximum Pipe Length #PartData::[lbl_MaximumPipeLength]#
Npd[1]:Primary #PartData::Npd1#
Npd[2]:Secondary #PartData::Npd2#
Weight Per Unit Length #PartData::[lbl_WeightPerUnitLength]#

PipeRuns by Drawing (Deliverables\PipeRuns by

Drawing)
Creates a report of PipeRuns and the drawings that contain them, which can be used for review
and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Reports\Deliverables\PipeRuns by Drawing folder.
Sheet1
Drawing #DrawingPipeRuns::DrawingName#
Drawing Revision #DrawingPipeRuns::DrawingRevision#
Pipeline #DrawingPipeRuns::Pipeline#
PipeRun #DrawingPipeRuns::Run#
Piping Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog

Creates a report of piping commodity material control data to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Commodity Material Control Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Commodify Mt ControlData tab

First Size Units #MCD::FirstSizeTo#
Second Size To #MCD::SecondSizeTo#
Multi size Option #MCD::MultisizeOption#
Industry Commodity Code #MCD::IndustryCommodityCode#

Client Commodity Code #MCD::ClientCommodityCode#

CIMIS Commodity Code #MCD::CIMISCommodityCode#
Welding Requirement #MCD::WeldingRequirement#
Substitution Cap Screw Contractor Commodity Code
#MCD::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Substitution Cap Screw Diameter #MCD::SubstCapScrewDiameter#
Tapped Hole Depth #MCD::TappedHoleDepth#
Multi port Valve Operator Requirement #MCD::MultiportValveOpReq#
Valve Operator Geometric Industry Standard #MCD::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Part Data Source #MCD::PartDataSource#
Alternate Orientation Commodity Code #MCD::AltOrientationCommodityCode#
Vendor Part Number #MCD::VendorPartNumber#
Manufacturer Part Number #MCD::ManufacturerPartNumber#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#
Legacy Commodity Code #MCD::LegacyCommodityCode#

Piping Commodity Procurement Data (Catalog

Creates a report of Piping Commodity Procurement Data to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Commodity Procurement Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Commodity Procurement Data tab

Commodity Code #PGDB::CommodityCode#
First Size #PGDB::FirstSize#
Second Size #PGDB::SecondSize#
First Size Schedule #PGDB::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #PGDB::SecondSizeSchedule#
Client Commodity Code #PGDB::ClientCommodityCode#
CIMIS Commodity Code #PGDB::CIMISCommodityCode#
Vendor Part Number #PGDB::VendorPartNumber#
Manufacturer Part Number #PGDB::ManufacturerPartNumber#
Unit Cost #PGDB::UnitCost#
Requisition Number #PGDB::RequisitionNumber#
Installation Man Hours #PGDB::InstallationManHours#
Maintenance Man Hours #PGDB::MaintenanceManHours#
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data (Catalog

Creates a report of Piping Commodity Service Limits Data to be used for review and approval of


Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Commodity Service Limits Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Commodity Service Limits Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #PGDB::IndustryCommodityCode#
First Size Schedule #PGDB::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #PGDB::SecondSizeSchedule#
Industry Commodity Code Gasket #PGDB::IndustryCommodityCodeGasket#
Maximum Temperature #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumTemperature]#
Maximum Pressure #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumPressure]#
Piping Fittings - Export to Icarus

Fittings are listed with many properties such as area, fitting type, and pipe flange class.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Fittings - Export to
Icarus\Fittings - Export to Icarus.rtp
Internal Name (Blank)
Units (Blank)
AreaName #PipeComp::AreaName#
CpItemDescription #PipeComp::RunOID#
SpFittingType #PipeComp::CommodityType#
SpFittingCount #PipeComp::FittingCount#
CpPipeFlangeClass #PipeComp::Rating#
CpControlValveReduction (Blank)
CpControlValveMinimumClass (Blank)
CpValvePackingSeal (Blank)

Piping Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Fittings are listed with size, type, approval status, and quantity information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Fittings and Welds
Sorted by NPD\Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size
#Fitting::[outPiping Fittings NPD with Unit Primary]#
#Weld::[outPiping Weld NPD with Unit Primary]#
Type
#Fitting::Type#
#Weld::Type#
Description
#Fitting::[outPipe Part Commodity and Description_Local1]#
#Weld::Description#
Approval Status
#Fitting::Status#
#Weld::Status#
Quantity
#Fitting::Total#
#Weld::Total#
Piping Fittings Material Take-Off in WBS Project

Fittings are listed in material take-off form with NPD's, quantities and supply responsibilities.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Fittings Material Take-
Off in WBS Project\Fittings MTO in WBS Project.rtp
Project #Fittings::ProjectName#
Nominal Size
1 #Fittings::[outPiping Fittings NPD with Unit Primary]#
2 #Fittings::[outPiping Fittings NPD with Unit Secondary]#
Specification #Fittings::[outSpecName]#
Item Code #Fittings::ContractorCommodityCode#

Fabrication Requirement #Fittings::[outFabricationRequirement]#

Description #Fittings::ShortMaterialDescription#
Quantity #Fittings::Total#
OFM / CFM #Fittings::[outSupplyResponsibility]#
Piping Generic Data Bolted (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping generic data bolted to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Generic Data Bolted folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Generic Data Bolted tab

Nominal Diameter Units #PGDB::NominalDiameterUnits#
Flange Outside Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeOutsideDiameter]#
Flange Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeThickness]#
Flange Thickness Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeThicknessTolerance]#
Flange Face Projection #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeFaceProjection]#
Raised Face Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_RaisedFaceDiameter]#
Flange Groove Width #PGDB::[lbl_FlangeGrooveWidth]#
Seating Depth #PGDB::[lbl_SeatingDepth]#
Bolt Circle Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_BoltCircleDiameter]#
Quantity Of Bolts Required #PGDB::QuantityOfBoltsRequired#
Bolt Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
Body Outside Diameter #PGDB::[lbl_BodyOutsideDiameter]#
Drilling Template Pattern #PGDB::DrillingTemplatePattern#
Bolt Pattern Length Bolt Pattern Length

Bolt Pattern Width #PGDB::[lbl_BoltPatternWidth]#

Bolt Pattern Offset #PGDB::[lbl_BoltPatternOffset]#
Piping Generic Data Female (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping generic data female to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Generic Data Female folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Generic Data Female tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PGDF::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PGDF::NominalDiameterUnits#
Pressure Rating #PGDF::PressureRating#
Schedule #PGDF::Schedule#
End Preparation #PGDF::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PGDF::EndStandard#
Socket Diameter #PGDF::[lbl_SocketDiameter]#
Socket Depth #PGDF::[lbl_SocketDepth]#
Socket Offset #PGDF::[lbl_SocketOffset]#
Thread Depth #PGDF::[lbl_ThreadDepth]#
Hub Outside Diameter #PGDF::[lbl_HubOutsideDiameter]#
Hub Thickness #PGDF::[lbl_HubThickness]#
Body Outside Diameter #PGDF::[lbl_BodyOutsideDiameter]#

Piping Generic Data Mechanical (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping generic data mechanical to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Generic Data Mechanical folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Generic Data Mechanical tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PGDM::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PGDM::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PGDM::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PGDM::EndStandard#
Pressure Rating #PGDM::PressureRating#
Groove Depth #PGDM::[lbl_GrooveDepth]#
Groove Width #PGDM::[lbl_GrooveWidth]#
Groove Set back #PGDM::[lbl_GrooveWidth]#
Piping Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation Class

(Piping)
Pipe is listed with insulation properties such as class, material, purpose, temperature, and NPD.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Insulated Pipe Sorted
by Insulation Class\Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation Class.rtp
Insulation Class #Pipe::[outPipeInsulation]#
Material #Pipe::InsulationMaterial#
Purpose #Pipe::InsulationPurpose#
Temperature #Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Temperature]#
Thickness #Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Thickness]#
NPD #Pipe::NPD#

Unit #Pipe::NPDUnitType#
Length #Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Length]#
Piping Material Class (Verification of Consistency)

Creates a report of piping material classes to be used for review and approval of the reference
of Consistency\Piping Material Class folder.
BoltExtensionRuleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCBoltExtensionRule::Typeoferror#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCBoltExtensionRule::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCBoltExtensionRule::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PMCBoltExtensionRule::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PMCBoltExtensionRule::EndStandard#
CapscrewToleranceDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalcsCapscrewTol::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsCapscrewTol::[lbl_boltdiameter]#
Bolt Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsCapscrewTol::[lbl_boltlength]#
MachboltToleranceDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalcsMachBoltTol::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsMachBoltTol::[lbl_boltdiameter]#
Bolt Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsMachBoltTol::[lbl_boltlength]#
BoltLengthCalculationsReport
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::RevisionNumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NpdUnitType#
End Preparation #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1EndStandard#
Bolting Requirement #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port1BoltingRequirement#

Bolt Extension #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_BoltExtension1]#

Flange Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThickness1]#
Flange Thickness Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThicknessTolerance1]#
Flange Face Projection #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lb_FlangeFaceProjection1]#
Liner Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LinerThickness1]#
Lap Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LapThickness1]#
End Preparation #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2EndStandard#
Bolting Requirement #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::Port2BoltingRequirement#
Bolt Extension #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_BoltExtension2]#
Flange Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThickness2]#
Flange Thickness Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_FlangeThicknessTolerance2]#
Flange Face Projection #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lb_FlangeFaceProjection2]#
Liner Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LinerThickness2]#
Lap Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_LapThickness2]#
Gasket Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_GasketThickness]#
Number of Nuts #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfNuts#
Nut Height #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_NutHeight]#
SupplNumber of Nuts #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::SupplNumberOfNuts#
Number of Washers #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfWashers#
Washer Thickness #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_WasherThickness]#
CapScrew Hole Depth #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapScrewHoleDepth]#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
Number of Bolts #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfBolts#
RoundOffBasis #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::RoundOffBasis#
Bolt Calculated Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CalculatedLength]#
Bolt Rounded Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_RoundedLength]#
Bolt Length Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_Boltlengthtolerance]#
CapScrew Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapScrewLength]#
CapScrew Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapScrewDiameter]#
Number of CapScrews #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::NumberOfCapScrews#
CapScrew Length Tolerance #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_Capscrewlengthtolerance]#
CapScrew Rounded Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsReport::[lbl_CapscrewRoundedLength]#

StudBoltToleranceDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalcsStudBoltTol::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalcsStudBoltTol::boltdiameter#
Bolt Length #PMCBoltlengthCalcsStudBoltTol::boltlength#
PreferredCapScrewDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredCapScrew::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredCapScrew::boltdiameter#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredCapScrew::MaterialsGrade#
PreferredMachBoltDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredMachBolt::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredMachBolt::boltdiameter#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredMachBolt::MaterialsGrade#
PreferredStudBoltDataMissing
Description of the Error #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredStudBolt::Typeoferror#
Bolt Diameter #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredStudBolt::boltdiameter#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltlengthCalPreferredStudBolt::MaterialsGrade#
ReportOfBoltParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Bolt Type #PMCBoltPartDataReport::bolttype#
Materials Grade #PMCBoltPartDataReport::materialsgrade#
Coating Type #PMCBoltPartDataReport::coatingtype#
BoltsUndefinedInBoltPartData
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltboltpartdata::industrycommoditycode#
BolttypeUndefinedInBoltPartData
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltbolttypedata::contractorcommoditycode#

BoltSelFltr End Consistency

Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From
#PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To
#PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::NpdUnitTypes#
Bolt Option #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::BoltOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndStandard#
BoltsUndefinedInMatlControlData
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
BoltSelFltrNpDRangeOverlap
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PMCBoltSelectionfltUniqueNominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::NpdUnitType#
Bolt Option #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::BoltOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::EndPreparation#

Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::PressureRating#

End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndStandard#
BoltForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::NominalDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::pressurerating#
End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::endstandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Altendpreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Altpressurerating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCBoltSelectionFtr::Altendstandard#
SubstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::revisionnumber#
#PMCCapScrewBoltPart::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Piping Commodity
#PMCCapScrewBoltPart::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCapScrewBoltPart::ShortMaterialDescription#
SummaryOfCatalogParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ShortCode#
First Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeFrom#

Second Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeTo#

Second Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeUnits#
Multi-size Option #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::mutlisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::PrimarySizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondarySizeSchedule#
Commodity Option #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::CommodityOption#
Selection Basis #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SelectionBasis#
Maximum Temperature #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MaximumTemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MinimumTemperature#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ContractorCommodityCode#
Engineering Tag #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::EngineeringTag#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::IndustryCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ShortMaterialDescription#
First Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeFromMCD#
First Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeToMCD#
First Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FirstSizeUnitsMCD#
Second Size From #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeFromMCD#
Second Size To #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeToMCD#
Second Size Units #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SecondSizeUnitsMCD#
Geometric Industry Standard #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Valve Operator Type #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveOperatorType#
Valve Operator Number #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveOperatorNumber#
Materials Grade #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MaterialsGrade#
Piping Component Type #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::PipingComponentType#
Valve Model Number #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveModelNumber#
Valve Trim #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ValveTrim#
Flange Surface Finish #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::FlangeFaceSurfaceFinish#
Surface Preparation #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::SurfacePreparation#
Manufacturing Method #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::ManufacturingMethod#
Miscellaneous Requisition Classification
#PMCCatalogPartsSummary::MiscRequisistionClassification#
Npd[1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::Npd1#
NpdUnitType[1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::Npd1Units#
Pressure Rating [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::pressurerating1#
Schedule Thickness [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::schedule1#

End Preparation [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::endpreparation1#

End Standard [1] #PMCCatalogPartsSummary::endstandard1#
ClampsUndefinedInMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
SummaryOfClampSymbols
Description of the Error #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::specname#

Revision Number #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::revisionnumber#

Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code
#PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCClampCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
ClampSymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCClampCmdtyClassSymbol::symboldefinitionname#
ClampNotInCmdtyServiceLimitData
Description of the Error #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::revisionnumber#
#PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::industrycommoditycode#
Normal Piping Diameter #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCClampCmdtySpecificSericeLimitsData::npdunittype#
ClampNotInGasketSlnFltrData
Description of the Error #PMCClampGasketSelectionfltData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampGAsketSelectionfltData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampGAsketSelectionfltData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCClampGAsketSelectionfltData::contractorcommoditycode#
ReportOfClampParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampPartDataReport::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampPartDataReport::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PMCClampPartDataReport::partnumber#
Primary Size #PMCClampPartDataReport::primarysize#
Primary Size Npd Units #PMCClampPartDataReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PMCClampPartDataReport::secondarysize#

Secondary Size Npd Units #PMCClampPartDataReport::secsizenpdunits#

First Size Schedule #PMCClampPartDataReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCClampPartDataReport::secondsizeschedule#
ClampsUndefinedInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltCmdtyClassData::industrycommoditycode#
ClampsUndefinedInCmdtyPartData
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCClampSelectionfltPartData::npdunittype#
ClampSelFltrNpDRangeOverlap
Description of the Error #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::NpdUnitType#
Clamp Option #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::ClampOption#
Clamp Selection Basis #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::ClampSelectionBasis#
End Preparation #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::EndPreparation#
End Standard #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate End Standard #PMCClampSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndStandard#
BoltedEndGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::revisionnumber#


#PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Preparation #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
FemaleGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::npdunits#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::pressurerating#
End Preparation #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::endpreparation#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PMCCmdtyClassFemaleEndData::schedule#
LinerThicknessDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::commoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::npdunittype#
Lining Material #PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard
#PMCCmdtyClassLinerthicknessData::geometricindustrystandard#

MechanicalGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::revisionnumber#
#PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::npdunits#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::pressurerating#
End Preparation #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndDataendpreparation#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassMechanicalEndData::endstandard#
PlainPipingGenericDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::contractorcommoditycode#
IndustryCommodityCode #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::shortmaterialdescription#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::npdunits#
Schedule (Thickness) #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::schedule#
End Standard #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::endstandard#
Pressure Rating #PMCCmdtyClassPlainPipe::pressurerating#
SummaryOfCmdtyClassSymbols
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::revisionnumber#
#PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCCmdtyClassSummaryOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#

SymbolUndefinedInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PMCCmdtyClassSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CmdtyFltrSizesNotInNpdRule
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::shortcode#
Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::commoditycode#
Option Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::optioncode#
Maximum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::maximumtemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::minimumtemperature#
First Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCCmdtyFiltersizenotinnpdrule::multisizeoption#
DuplicateRecordsAndOverlaps
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::specname#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::shortcode#
Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::commoditycode#
Option Code #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::optioncode#
Maximum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::maximumtemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::minimumtemperature#
First Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizeto#

First Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizeunits#

Second Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::multisizeoption#
(Overlapping with) First Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizefrom1#
(Overlapping with) First Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::firstsizeto1#
(Overlapping with) Second Size From #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizefrom1#
(Overlapping with) Second Size To #PMCCmdtyFiltersizeOverlapping::secondsizeto1#
LabelForMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::SpecName#
Revision Number #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::RevisionNumber#
Label Name #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::Name#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::CommodityCode#
Material Description Type #PMCCmdtyMatlCtlDataLabelIV::MatlDescType#
ComponentTypeUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCComponentTypeVerification::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCComponentTypeVerification::specname#
Revision Number #PMCComponentTypeVerification::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCComponentTypeVerification::contractorcommoditycode#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCComponentTypeVerification::industrycommoditycode#
PipingCmdtyNotInCmdtyClassData
Description of the Error #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCFilterCmdtyClassData::shortmaterialdescription#
PipingCmdtyNotInServicelimits
Description of the Error #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::specname#
Revision Number #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::industrycommoditycode#

First Size #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::[lbl_npd1]#

Second Size #PMCFilterCmdtyServiceLimits::[lbl_npd2]#
PipingCmdtyNotInMatlControlData
Description of the Error #PMCFilterMatlctlData::Typeoferror#
Piping Material Class #PMCFilterMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCFilterMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCFilterMatlctlData::commoditycode#
Primary Npd #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd1#
Primary Npd Units #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd1units#
Secondary Npd #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd2#
Secondary Npd Units #PMCFilterMatlctlData::npd2units#
Multi-size Option #PMCFilterMatlctlData::multisizeoption#
FlangeSetbkDistanceRuleUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::Typeoferror#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Materials Grade #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::materialsgrade#
Pressure Rating #PMCFlangeSetbkDistanceRule::pressurerating#
ReportOfGasketParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGasketPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Diameter From #PMCGasketPartDataReport::nominaldiameterfrom#
Nominal Diameter To #PMCGasketPartDataReport::nominaldiameterto#
Nominal Diameter #PMCGasketPartDataReport::nominaldiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCGasketPartDataReport::npdunittype#
Gasket Type #PMCGasketPartDataReport::gaskettype#
Ring Number #PMCGasketPartDataReport::ringnumber#
Gasket Industry Standard #PMCGasketPartDataReport::gasketindustrystandard#
Thickness for 3D Model #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_ThicknessFor3DModel]#
Procurement Thickness #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_]ProcurementThickness]#
Materials Grade #PMCGasketPartDataReport::MaterialsGrade#
Gasket Outside Diameter #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_GasketOutsideDiameter]#
Gasket Inside Diameter #PMCGasketPartDataReport::[lbl_GasketInsideDiameter]#
Gasket Outside Diameter Basis #PMCGasketPartDataReport::GasketOutsideDiameterBasis#

Gasket Inside Diameter Basis #PMCGasketPartDataReport::GasketInsideDiameterBasis#
GasketsUndefinedInGasketParData
Description of the Error #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::industrycommoditycode#
Ring Number #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::ringnumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCGasketSelectionfltGasketPartIData::npdunittype#
GasketUndefinedInMatlCntrlData
Description of the Error #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCGasketSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
GasketForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::NominalDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::pressurerating#
End Standard #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::endstandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Altendpreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Altpressurerating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGasketSelectionFtr::Altendstandard#
GasketThicknessUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::industrycommoditycode#
Gasket Thickness #PMCGsktPart3DThickness::[lbl_ThicknessFor3DModel]#

GasketProcurementThkUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::industrycommoditycode#
Procurement Thickness #PMCGsktPartProcurementThickness::[lbl_ProcurementThickness]#
GasketSelFltr End Consistency

Description of the Error #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::industrycommoditycode#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::NpdUnitTypes#
Gasket Option #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::GasketOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::AlternateEndStandard#
Fluid Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #PMCGsktSelectionfltEndConsistency::ScheduleThickness#
GsktSelFltrFluidCodeConsistency
Description of the Error #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::industrycommoditycode#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
#PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::NominalPipingDiameterTo#

Npd Unit Types #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::NpdUnitTypes#

Gasket Option #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::GasketOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::AlternateEndStandard#
Fluid Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #PMCGsktSelectionfltFCConsistency::ScheduleThickness#
GsktSelFltrNpDRangeOverlap
Description of the Error #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Types #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::NpdUnitType#
Gasket Option #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::GasketOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::PressureRating#
End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::AlternateEndStandard#
Fluid Code #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #PMCGsktSelectionfltUnique::ScheduleThickness#
SubstCapScrewNotInMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::revisionnumber#


#PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCMatlCtlDataCapScrewVerification::ShortMaterialDescription#
LocalizedShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::commoditycode#
LongMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataLongDesc::commoditycode#
MultiPortValveOpDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::CommodityCode#
Primary Size #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd1#
Primary Size Units #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd1units#
Secondary Size #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd2#
Secondary Size Units #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::npd2units#
Mutli-size Option #PMCMatlCtlDataMultiPortValveOpData::multisizeoption#
ReportableCmdtyNotInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::revisionnumber#
#PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::reportablecommoditycode#
#PMCMatlCtlDataReportableCmdtyVerification::commoditycode#
ShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::TypeOfError#

Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::specname#

Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataShortDesc::commoditycode#
ValveOpNotInValveOpMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::revisionnumber#
Valve Operator Number
#PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::valveoperatorcatalogpartnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
ValveOpNotInValveOpPartData
Description of the Error #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::revisionnumber#
Valve Operator Number
#PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::valveoperatorcatalogpartnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartDatacommoditycode#
Valve Size #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::valvesize#
Valve Size Units #PMCMatlCtlDataValveOpPartData::valvesizeunits#
MultipleMatlCtlDataWithoutSizes
Description of the Error #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::revisionnumber#
#PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCMultipleMatlCtlData::ShortMaterialDescription#
ReportOfNutParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Type #PMCNutPartDataReport::nuttype#
Materials Grade #PMCNutPartDataReport::materialsgrade#
Nut Height #PMCNutPartDataReport::[lbl_nutheight]#
NutHeightUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCNutPartNutHeight::TypeOfError#

Piping Materials Class #PMCNutPartNutHeight::specname#

Revision Number #PMCNutPartNutHeight::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutPartNutHeight::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Height #PMCNutPartNutHeight::[lbl_nutheight]#
SupplNutHeightUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Height #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::[lbl_nutheight]#
Supplementary Nut Requirement #PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::supplementarynutoption#
Supplementary Nut Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCNutPartSupplNutHeight::supplnutcntrcommoditycode#
NutsUndefinedInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
NutsUndefinedInNuttPartData
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltNutpartdata::industrycommoditycode#
PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::RevisionNumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::contractorcommoditycode#
Supplementary Nut Requirement #PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::SupplementaryNutOption#
Supplementary Nut Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCNutSelectionfltSupplNut::SupplNutCntrCommodityCode#
DuplicateEntriesInNutSelFltr
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::TypeOfError#

Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::SpecName#

Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#
Nut Option #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::NutOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
Bolt Type #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::BoltType#
Bolt Diameter #PMCNutSelectionfltUnique::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
NutForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCNutSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCNutSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCNutSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Bolt Type #PMCNutSelectionFtr::BoltType#
Bolt Diameter #PMCNutSelectionFtr::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
PipingCmdtyNotInPartData
Description of the Error #PMCPartData::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCPartData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCPartData::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCPartData::industrycommoditycode#
Short Material Description #PMCPartData::shortmaterialdescription#
Primary Size #PMCPartData::primarysize#
Primary Size Units #PMCPartData::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PMCPartData::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PMCPartData::secondarysizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCPartData::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCPartData::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCPartData::secondsizeschedule#
ReportOfPartsInCatalog
Piping Materials Class #PMCPartReport::specname#
Revision Number #PMCPartReport::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCPartReport::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PMCPartReport::primarysize#
Primary Size Units of Measure #PMCPartReport::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PMCPartReport::secondarysize#

Secondary Size Units of Measure #PMCPartReport::secondarysizeunits#

Multi-size Option #PMCPartReport::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCPartReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCPartReport::secondsizeschedule#
RulesDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCRules::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCRules::specname#
Revision Number #PMCRule::revisionnumber#
Rule Name #PMCRules::Rulename#
SummaryOfClampParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::specname#
Revision Number #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::primarysize#
Primary Size Npd Units #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Npd Units #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCSummaryOfClampParts::secondsizeschedule#
SummaryOfBoltParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryofBoltParts::specname#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryofBoltParts::industrycommoditycode#
SummaryOfGasketParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryOfGasketParts::specname#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryOfGasketParts::industrycommoditycode#
SummaryOfNutParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryofNutParts::specname#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSummaryofNutParts::industrycommoditycode#
SummaryOfWasherParts
Piping Materials Class #PMCSummaryOfWasherParts::specname#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSSummaryOfWasherParts::industrycommoditycode#

SymbolPlacementFailed
Description of the Error #PMCSymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCSymbolPlacement::specname#
Revision Number #PMCSymbolPlacement::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCSymbolPlacement::IndustryCommodityCode#
Short Code #PMCSymbolPlacement::ShortCode#
Primary Size #PMCSymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PMCSymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Secondary Size #PMCSymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PMCSymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCSymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCSymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PMCSymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Option Code #PMCSymbolPlacement::optioncode#
Maximum Temperature #PMCSymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Minimum Temperature #PMCSymbolPlacement::minimumtemperature#
Selection Basis #PMCSymbolPlacement::selectionbasis#
Symbol Name #PMCSymbolPlacement::symbolname#
TapUndefinedInTapPropertyData
Description of the Error #PMCTaps::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCTaps::specname#
Revision Number #PMCTaps::revisionnumber#
Tap Number #PMCTaps::permissibletapnumber#
ValveOpShortMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
Valve Operator Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataShortDesc::operatorpartnumber#
ValveOpLongMatlDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::revisionnumber#

Valve Operator Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::operatorpartnumber#

Contractor Commodity Code #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLongDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
ReportOfWasherParts
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherPartDataReport::industrycommoditycode#
Washer Type #PMCWasherPartDataReport::washertype#
Materials Grade #PMCWasherPartDataReport::materialsgrade#
Washer Thickness #PMCWasherPartDataReport::[lbl_washerthickness]#
SupplWasherThicknessUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::revisionnumber#
#PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::IndustryCommodityCode#
Washer Thickness #PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::[lbl_WasherThickness]#
Supplementary Washer Requirement
#PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::SupplementaryWasherReqmt#
Supplementary Washer Contractor Commodity Code
#PMCWasherPartSupplWasherThickness::SupplWasherCntrCommodityCode#
WasherThicknessUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::IndustryCommodityCode#
Washer Thickness #PMCWasherPartWasherThickness::[lbl_WasherThickness]#
WashersUndefinedInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::revisionnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PMCWasherSelectionfltMatlctlData::contractorcommoditycode#
DuplicateEntriesInWasherSelFltr
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::revisionnumber#

Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::industrycommoditycode#

Washer Option #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::WasherOption#
Maximum Temperature #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::MaximumTemperature#
Bolt Diameter #PMCWasherSelectionfltUnique::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
WasherUndefinedInWasherPartData
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWasherSelectionfltWasherpartdata::industrycommoditycode#
WasherForBoltedJointUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::revisionnumber#
Bolt Diameter #PMCWasherSelectionFtr::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
ClampPartsWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PMCWeightDataForClampParts::[lbl_waterweight]#
WeightDataUndefinedForParts
Description of the Error #PMCWtAndCG::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCWtAndCG::specname#
Revision Number #PMCWtAndCG::revisionnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PMCWtAndCG::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PMCWtAndCG::PrimarySize#
Primary Size Units of Measure #PMCWtAndCG::PrimarySizeUnits#
Secondary Size #PMCWtAndCG::SecondarySize#
Secondary Size Units of Measure #PMCWtAndCG::SecondarySizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PMCWtAndCG::multisizeoption#
First Size Schedule #PMCWtAndCG::FirstSizeSchedule#

Second Size Schedule #PMCWtAndCG::SecondSizeSchedule#

Dry Weight #PMCWtAndCG::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PMCWtAndCG::[lbl_waterweight]#
WeldTypeValueUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::Typeoferror#
Fabrication Type1 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::FabricationTypeEnd1#
Construction Requirement1 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::ConstructionRequirementEnd1#
Fabrication Type2 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::FabricationTypeEnd2#
Construction Requirement2 #PMCWeldTypeRuleVerification::ConstructionRequirementEnd2#
VlvOpLocalShortMatDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::specname#
Revision Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::revisionnumber#
Valve Operator Number #PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::operatorpartnumber#
#PMCVlvOpMatlCtlDataLocalizedDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
BranchFittingNotInCmdtyFilter
Description of the Error #PipeBranch::TypeOfError#
Piping Materials Class #PipeBranch::specname#
Revision Number #PipeBranch::revisionnumber#
Short Code #PipeBranch::shortcode#
Header Size #PipeBranch::headersize#
Header Size NPD Unit Type #PipeBranch::hdrsizenpdunittype#
Branch Size #PipeBranch::branchsize#
Branch Size NPD Unit Type #PipeBranch::brsizenpdunittype#
IncorrectSlctnBasisInCmdtyFltr
Description of the Error #Reinforcingweldsandpads::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #Reinforcingweldsandpads::specname#
Revision Number #Reinforcingweldsandpads::revisionnumber#
Short Code #Reinforcingweldsandpads::shortcode#
Selection Basis #Reinforcingweldsandpads::selectionbasis#
Header Size #Reinforcingweldsandpads::headersize#
Header Size Units of Measure #Reinforcingweldsandpads::hdrsizenpdunittype#

Branch Size #Reinforcingweldsandpads::branchsize#

Branch Size Units of Measure #Reinforcingweldsandpads::brsizenpdunittype#
ServiceLimitsUndefined
Description of the Error #PMCServiceLimits::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PMCServiceLimits::specname#
Revision Number #PMCServiceLimits::RevisionNumber#
Npd From #PMCServiceLimits::NpdFrom#
Npd Units #PMCServiceLimits::NpdUnits#
Npd To #PMCServiceLimits::NpdTo#
Temperature #PMCServiceLimits::Temperature#
Pressure #PMCServiceLimits::Pressure#
Piping Material Take-Off (Piping)

Piping components are listed with category, NPD, and commodity code along with
quantities. This may be embedded into a drawing.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Material Take-
Item Number #Component::ItemNum#
Category #Component::Category#
Description #Component::[Description with Length]#
NPD #Component::[NPD]#
Code #Component::CommodityCode#
Client Commodity Code #PartData::ClientCommodityCode#
#Component::CategorySort#
#Component::QuantityTotal#
#Component::Diff#
Quantity #Component::[Quantity]#
Piping Materials Class (Piping Specifications)

Report of piping materials class with related selection filters and rules
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping Specifications\Piping
Materials Class\Piping Materials Class.rtp
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Bend Angles tab

Spec Name #Bend Angles::SpecName#
Npd #Bend Angles::npd#
Npd Unit Type #Bend Angles::NpdUnitType#
Bend Angle #Bend Angles::BendAngle#
Bolt Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Bolt Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Bolt Selection Filter::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #Bolt Selection Filter::NominalDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Type #Bolt Selection Filter::NpdUnitType#
Priority #Bolt Selection Filter::Priority#
Bolt Option #Bolt Selection Filter::BoltOption#
Bolt Extension Option #Bolt Selection Filter::BoltExtensionOption#
Contractor Commodity Code #Bolt Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
End Preparation #Bolt Selection Filter::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #Bolt Selection Filter::PressureRating#
End Standard #Bolt Selection Filter::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #Bolt Selection Filter::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate Pressure Rating #Bolt Selection Filter::AlternatePressureRating#
Alternate End Standard #Bolt Selection Filter::AlternateEndStandard#
Fabrication Category Override #Bolt Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Bolt Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Lubrication Requirements #Bolt Selection Filter::LubricationRequirements#
Max Temperature #Bolt Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Comments #Bolt Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Bolt Selection Filter::PipingNote1#

Clamp Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Clamp Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Clamp Selection Filter::NOMINALDIAMETERFROM#
Nominal Diameter To #Clamp Selection Filter::NOMINALDIAMETERTO#
Npd Unit Type #Clamp Selection Filter::NPDUNITTYPE#
Clamp Option #Clamp Selection Filter::CLAMPOPTION#
Clamp Selection Basis #Clamp Selection Filter::CLAMPSELECTIONBASIS#
Contractor Commodity Code #Clamp Selection Filter::CONTRACTORCOMMODITYCODE#
Priority #Clamp Selection Filter::PRIORITY#
Reportable Commodity Code #Clamp Selection Filter::REPORTABLECOMMODITYCODE#
Quantity Of Reportable Parts #Clamp Selection ilter::QUANTITYOFREPORTABLEPARTS#
End Preparation #Clamp Selection Filter::EndPreparation#
End Standard #Clamp Selection Filter::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #Clamp Selection Filter::AlternateEndPreparation#
Alternate End Standard #Clamp Selection Filter::AlternateEndStandard#
Fabrication Category Override #Clamp Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Clamp Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Max Temperature #Clamp Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #Clamp Selection
Filter::ALTREPORTABLECOMMODITYCODE#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #Clamp Selection
Filter::NOOFALTERNATEREPORTABLEPARTS#
Pressure Rating #Clamp Selection Filter::PressureRating#
Alternate Pressure Rating #Clamp Selection Filter::AlternatePressureRating#
Comments #Clamp Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Clamp Selection Filter::PipingNote1#

Corrosion Allowance tab

Spec Name #Corrosion Allowance::SpecName#
Materials Category #Corrosion Allowance::MaterialsCategory#
Fluid Code #Corrosion Allowance::FluidCode#
Corrosion Allowance #Corrosion Allowance::CorrosionAllowance#
Default Change Of Direction tab

Spec Name #Default Change Of Direction::SpecName#
Bend Angle From #Default Change Of Direction::BendAngleFrom#
Bend Angle To #Default Change Of Direction::BendAngleTo#
Functional Short Code #Default Change Of Direction::FunctionalShortCode#
Field Lining Thickness tab

Spec Name #Field Lining Thickness::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Field Lining Thickness::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Field Lining Thickness::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Field Lining Thickness::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Liner Thickness Inside Diameter #Field Lining Thickness::LinerThicknessInsideDiameter#
Liner Thickness On Face Of Flange #Field Lining Thickness::LinerThicknessOnFaceOfFlange#
Gasket Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Gasket Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Gasket Selection Filter::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #Gasket Selection Filter::NominalDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Type #Gasket Selection Filter::NpdUnitType#
Priority #Gasket Selection Filter::Priority#
Gasket Option #Gasket Selection Filter::GasketOption#
Ring Number #Gasket Selection Filter::RingNumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #Gasket Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Minimum Temperature #Gasket Selection Filter::MinimumTemperature#
Max Temperature #Gasket Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
End Preparation #Gasket Selection Filter::EndPreparation#
Pressure Rating #Gasket Selection Filter::PressureRating#
End Standard #Gasket Selection Filter::EndStandard#
Alternate End Preparation #Gasket Selection Filter::AlternateEndPreparation#

Alternate Pressure Rating #Gasket Selection Filter::AlternatePressureRating#

Alternate End Standard #Gasket Selection Filter::AlternateEndStandard#
Fabrication Type #Gasket Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Gasket Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Fluid Code #Gasket Selection Filter::FluidCode#
Schedule Thickness #Gasket Selection Filter::ScheduleThickness#
Comments #Gasket Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Gasket Selection Filter::PipingNote1#
Inside Surface Treatment tab

Coating Type #Inside Surface Treatment::CoatingType#
Interior Surface Treatment #Inside Surface Treatment::INTERIORSURFACETREATMENT#
#Inside Surface Treatment::SpecName#
#Inside Surface Treatment::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERFROM#
#Inside Surface Treatment::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERTO#
#Inside Surface Treatment::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERUNITS#
#Inside Surface Treatment::FluidCode#
Joint Quality Factor tab

Spec Name #Joint Quality Factor::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter From #Joint Quality Factor::NominalDiameterFrom#
Nominal Diameter To #Joint Quality Factor::NominalDiameterTo#
Npd Unit Type #Joint Quality Factor::NpdUnitType#
Joint Quality Factor #Joint Quality Factor::JointQualityFactor#

Minimum Pipe Length Purchase tab

Spec Name #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Minimum Pipe Length
Purchase::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Purchase Length #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::PurchaseLength#
Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length Purchase::MinimumPipeLength#
Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length
Purchase::PreferredMinimumPipeLength#
Minimum Pipe Length Rule tab

Spec Name #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::NominalDiameter#
Unit Type #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::UnitType#
Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::MinimumPipeLength#
Preferred Minimum Pipe Length #Minimum Pipe Length Rule::PreferredMinimumPipeLength#
Nut Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Nut Selection Filter::SpecName#
Nut Option #Nut Selection Filter::NutOption#
Bolt Type #Nut Selection Filter::BoltType#
Bolt Diameter #Nut Selection Filter::BoltDiameter#
Contractor Commodity Code #Nut Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Supplementary Nut Requirement #Nut Selection Filter::SupplementaryNutRequirement#
Supplementary Nut Contractor Commodity Code #Nut Selection
Filter::SUPPLEMENTARYCOMMODITYCODE#
Max Temperature #Nut Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Fabrication Category Override #Nut Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Nut Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Comments #Nut Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Nut Selection Filter::PipingNote1#


Outside Surface Treatment tab

Spec Name #Outside Surface Treatment::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Outside Surface Treatment::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Outside Surface Treatment::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Outside Surface Treatment::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
EnvironmentalZone #Outside Surface Treatment::EnvironmentalZone#
Coating Type #Outside Surface Treatment::CoatingType#
Exterior Surface Treatment #Outside Surface Treatment::ExteriorSurfaceTreatment#
AuxiliaryTreatment #Outside Surface Treatment::AuxiliaryTreatment#
Permissible PipeBending Machine tab

Spec Name #Permissible PipeBending Machine::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Permissible PipeBending
Machine::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Permissible PipeBending Machine::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units of Measure #Permissible Pipe Bending
Machine::NOMINALPIPINGDIAMETERUOM#
Pipe Bending Machine Name #Permissible PipeBending Machine::PipeBendingMachineName#
Permissible Taps tab

Spec Name #Permissible Taps::SpecName#
Permissible Tap Number #Permissible Taps::PermissibleTapNumber#
Is Preferred Tap #Permissible Taps::IsPreferredTap#
Pipe Bend Radii tab

Spec Name #Pipe Bend Radii::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Pipe Bend Radii::NominalDiameter#
Unit Type #Pipe Bend Radii::UnitType#
Bend Radius #Pipe Bend Radii::BendRadius#
Bend Radius Multiplier #Pipe Bend Radii::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Is Default #Pipe Bend Radii::IsDefault#

Pipe Bending Elongation tab

Spec Name #Pipe Bending Elongation::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter #Pipe Bending Elongation::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Pipe Bending Elongation::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Pipe Bend Radius #Pipe Bending Elongation::PipeBendRadius#
Pipe Elongation Unit Bend Angle #Pipe Bending Elongation::PipeElongationUnitBendAngle#
Bend Angle #Pipe Bending Elongation::BendAngle#
Pipe Elongation #Pipe Bending Elongation::PipeElongation#
Pipe Branch tab

Spec Name #Pipe Branch::SpecName#
Header Size #Pipe Branch::HeaderSize#
Header Size Unit Type #Pipe Branch::HeaderSizeUnitType#
Branch Size #Pipe Branch::BranchSize#
Branch Size Unit Type #Pipe Branch::BranchSizeUnitType#
Angle Low #Pipe Branch::AngleLow#
Angle High #Pipe Branch::AngleHigh#
Short Code #Pipe Branch::ShortCode#
Secondary Short Code #Pipe Branch::SecondaryShortCode#
Tertiary Short Code #Pipe Branch::TertiaryShortCode#
Pipe Nominal Diameters tab

Spec Name #Pipe Nominal Diameters::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Pipe Nominal Diameters::Npd#
Unit Type #Pipe Nominal Diameters::NpdUnitType#
Pipe Takedown Parts tab

Spec Name #Pipe Takedown Parts::SpecName#
Nominal Diameter #Pipe Takedown Parts::NominalDiameter#
Unit Type #Pipe Takedown Parts::UnitType#
Weld ShortCode #Pipe Takedown Parts::WeldShortCode#
Takedown Short Code #Pipe Takedown Parts::TakedownShortCode#
Pair Required #Pipe Takedown Parts::PairRequired#
Is Weld #Pipe Takedown Parts::IsWeld#

Piping Commodity Filter tab

Spec Name #Piping Commodity Filter::SpecName#
Short Code #Piping Commodity Filter::ShortCode#
First Size From #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeUnits#
Commodity Option #Piping Commodity Filter::CommodityOption#
Multi Size Option #Piping Commodity Filter::MultiSizeOption#
Minimum Temperature #Piping Commodity Filter::MinimumTemperature#
Maximum Temperature #Piping Commodity Filter::MaximumTemperature#
Engineering Tag #Piping Commodity Filter::EngineeringTag#
Selection Basis #Piping Commodity Filter::SelectionBasis#
Commodity Code #Piping Commodity Filter::CommodityCode#
Fabrication Category Override #Piping Commodity Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Piping Commodity Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
First Size Schedule #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #Piping Commodity Filter::SecondSizeSchedule#
Reportable Commodity Code #Piping Commodity Filter::ReportableCommodityCode#
Bend Radius Multiplier Piping Commodity Filter::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Number Of Miter Cuts #Piping Commodity Filter::NumberOfMiterCuts#
Preferred Pipe Length #Piping Commodity Filter::PreferredPipeLength#
Quantity Of Reportable Parts #Piping Commodity Filter::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Jacketed Piping Basis #Piping Commodity Filter::JacketedPipingBasis#
Associated Commodity Code #Piping Commodity Filter::AssociatedCommodityCode#
PDS Modifier #Piping Commodity Filter::PDSModifier#
Bend Radius #Piping Commodity Filter::BendRadius#
Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #Piping Commodity
Filter::ALTREPORTABLECOMMODITYCODE#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #Piping Commodity
Filter::QUANTITYOFALTREPORTABLEPARTS#
First Size UOM Basis in Catalog #Piping Commodity Filter::FirstSizeUOMBasisinCatalog#

Second Size UOM Basis in Catalog #Piping Commodity

Filter::SecondSizeUOMBasisinCatalog#
Comments #Piping Commodity Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Piping Commodity Filter::PipingNote1#
Piping Materials Class Data tab

Spec Name #Piping Materials Class Data::SpecName#
Fluid Service #Piping Materials Class Data::FluidService#
Materials of Construction Class #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsofConstructionClass#
Materials Description #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsDescription#
Design Standard #Piping Materials Class Data::DesignStandard#
Lining Material #Piping Materials Class Data::LiningMaterial#
Piping Spec Status #Piping Materials Class Data::PipingSpecStatus#
Responsibility #Piping Materials Class Data::Responsibility#
Last Modified On #Piping Materials Class Data::LastModifiedOn#
Revision Number #Piping Materials Class Data::RevisionNumber#
Approved By #Piping Materials Class Data::ApprovedBy#
Approval Date #Piping Materials Class Data::ApprovalDate#
Piping Commodity Override Option #Piping Materials Class
Data::PipingCommodityOverrideOption#
Automated Flange Selection Option #Piping Materials Class
Data::AutomatedFlangeSelectionOption#
Washer Creation Option #Piping Materials Class Data::WasherCreationOption#
Stress Relief #Piping Materials Class Data::StressRelief#
Examination #Piping Materials Class Data::Examination#
Hyperlink To Human Spec #Piping Materials Class Data::HyperlinkToHumanSpec#
Gasket Requirement Override #Piping Materials Class Data::GasketRequirementOverride#

Stress Relief Requirement #Piping Materials Class Data::StressReliefRequirement#

Materials Type #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsType#
Materials Group #Piping Materials Class Data::MaterialsGroup#
Jacket Material Of Construction Class #Piping Materials Class
Data::JACKETMATOFCONSTRUCTIONCLASS#
Jumper Materials Of Construction Class #Piping Materials Class
Data::JUMPERMATOFCONSTRUCTIONCLASS#
Jacket Materials Description #Piping Materials Class Data::JacketMaterialsDescription#
Jumper Materials Description #Piping Materials Class Data::JumperMaterialsDescription#
Jacket and Jumper Fluid Service #Piping Materials Class Data::JacketandJumperFluidService#
Comments #Piping Materials Class Data::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Piping Materials Class Data::PipingNote1#
Port Alignment tab

Spec Name #Port Alignment::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Port Alignment::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Port Alignment::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Port Alignment::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
End Preparation #Port Alignment::EndPreparation#
Method Of Trimming #Port Alignment::MethodOfTrimming#
Acceptable Alignment Tolerance #Port Alignment::AcceptableAlignmentTolerance#

Reinforcing Pad Data tab

Spec Name #Reinforcing Pad Data::SpecName#
Header Size #Reinforcing Pad Data::HeaderSize#
Header Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Pad Data::HeaderSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Branch Size #Reinforcing Pad Data::BranchSize#
Branch Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Pad Data::BranchSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Acute Branch Angle From #Reinforcing Pad Data::AcuteBranchAngleFrom#
Acute Branch Angle To #Reinforcing Pad Data::AcuteBranchAngleTo#
Minimum Reinforcing Pad Width #Reinforcing Pad Data::MinimumReinforcingPadWidth#
Reinforcing Weld Data tab

Spec Name #Reinforcing Weld Data::SpecName#
Header Size #Reinforcing Weld Data::HeaderSize#
Header Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Weld Data::HeaderSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Branch Size #Reinforcing Weld Data::BranchSize#
Branch Size Units Of Measure #Reinforcing Weld Data::BranchSizeUnitsOfMeasure#
Acute Branch Angle From #Reinforcing Weld Data::AcuteBranchAngleFrom#
Acute Branch Angle To #Reinforcing Weld Data::AcuteBranchAngleTo#
Min. Reinforcing Weld Size #Reinforcing Weld Data::MinReinforcingWeldSize#
Root Gap tab

Spec Name #Root Gap::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Root Gap::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Root Gap::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Root Gap::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Root Gap #Root Gap::RootGap#
Service Limits tab

Spec Name #Service Limits::SpecName#
Temperature #Service Limits::Temperature#
Pressure #Service Limits::Pressure#

Size Reduction tab

Spec Name #Size Reduction::SpecName#
First Size #Size Reduction::FirstSize#
First Size Units #Size Reduction::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size #Size Reduction::SecondSize#
Second Size Units #Size Reduction::SecondSizeUnits#
Size Reduction Type #Size Reduction::SizeReductionType#
Size Reduction Preference #Size Reduction::SizeReductionPreference#
Fitting 2 First Size #Size Reduction::Fitting2FirstSize#
Fitting 2 First Size Units #Size Reduction::Fitting2FirstSizeUnits#
Thickness Data Rule tab

Spec Name #Thickness Data Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter #Thickness Data Rule::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Thickness Data Rule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Minimum Thickness #Thickness Data Rule::MinimumThickness#
Retirement Thickness #Thickness Data Rule::RetirementThickness#
Thread Thickness #Thickness Data Rule::ThreadThickness#
Preferred Schedule 1 #Thickness Data Rule::PreferredSchedule1#

Washer Selection Filter tab

Spec Name #Washer Selection Filter::SpecName#
Washer Option #Washer Selection Filter::WasherOption#
Bolt Diameter #Washer Selection Filter::BoltDiameter#
Contractor Commodity Code #Washer Selection Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Max Temperature #Washer Selection Filter::MaxTemperature#
Supplementary Washer Requirement #Washer Selection
Filter::SUPPLEMENTARYWASHERREQ#
Supplementary Washer Contractor Commodity Code #Washer Selection
Filter::SUPPLWASHERCNTRCOMMODITYCODE#
Fabrication Category Override #Washer Selection Filter::FabricationType#
Supply Responsibility Override #Washer Selection Filter::SupplyResponsibilityOverride#
Comments #Washer Selection Filter::Comments#
Piping Note 1 #Washer Selection Filter::PipingNote1#
Weld Clearance Rule tab

Spec Name #Weld Clearance Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Weld Clearance Rule::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Weld Clearance Rule::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Weld Clearance Rule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Weld Class #Weld Clearance Rule::WeldClass#
Weld Clearance Diameter Increase #Weld Clearance Rule::WeldClearanceDiameterIncrease#
Weld Clearance Length #Weld Clearance Rule::WeldClearanceLength#

Weld Gap Rule tab

Spec Name #Weld Gap Rule::SpecName#
Nominal Piping Diameter From #Weld Gap Rule::NominalPipingDiameterFrom#
Nominal Piping Diameter To #Weld Gap Rule::NominalPipingDiameterTo#
Nominal Piping Diameter Units #Weld Gap Rule::NominalPipingDiameterUnits#
Weld Class #Weld Gap Rule::WeldClass#
Weld Type #Weld Gap Rule::WeldType#
Weld Gap #Weld Gap Rule::WeldGap#
Piping Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Nipple spools are listed with size, type, approval status, and quantity information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Nipple Spools Sorted
by NPD\Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size #NippleSpool::[outPiping Nipple Spool NPD with Unit Primary]#
Type #NippleSpool::Type#
Description #NippleSpool::[outDescription]#
Approval Status #NippleSpool::Status#
Quantity #NippleSpool::Quantity#
Piping Part Data F001 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for blind flanges or caps to be used for review and approval
report. The following Flanges Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Part Class Piping Commodity Type
BlindFlange Blind flange
FBLD Blind flange
BlindFlange_m Blind flange

CAPTC Cap

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data F001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data F001 tab

Symbol Icon





Creates a report of piping part data for plate flanges or slip-on flanges to be used for review and
report:
PlateFlange Plate flange
SlipOnReducingFlange Slip-on reducing flange
SlipOnFlange_m Slip-on flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for reducing filler flanges to be used for review and approval
report:
FRLILR Reducing filler flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon



Creates a report of piping part data for lap joint flanges to be used for review and approval of the
report:
LapJointFlange Lap joint flange with stub end
LapJointFlange_m Lap joint flange


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Lap Thickness
OA:Is Pipe Flared




Stub Length #PartData::[lbl_StubLength]#
Lap Thickness #PartData::[lbl_LapThickness]#

Creates a report of piping part data for weld neck orifice flanges with one tap to be used for
report:
OrificeFlange Weld neck orifice flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon


Face to Tap #PartData::[lbl_FacetoTap]#


Creates a report of piping part data for weld neck orifice flanges with two taps to be used for
report:
OrificeFlangewithTwoTaps Weld neck orifice flange

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Face to Tap #PartData::[lbl_FacetoTap]#
Tap Orientation #PartData::TapOrientation#

Piping Part Data M001 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for caps or plugs based on Face to End dimensions to be
used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report. The following End Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Cap Cap
Plug Plug

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data M001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Piping Part Data M001 tab

Symbol Icon



Creates a report of piping part data for fixed angle symmetrical elbows or non-radial weldolets or
180 degree returns based on Face to Center dimension to be used for review and approval of
report. The following Direction Change Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is
used for this report:
11_25DegElbow 11.25 degree elbow
180DegReturn 180 degree long radius return
45DegElbow 45 degree elbow
E45 45 degree elbow
E90 90 degree elbow

VE90Elbow 90 degree elbow
VE45 45 degree elbow
VPSElbow90Deg 90 degree elbow
VPSElbow45Deg 45 degree elbow
E45TC 45 degree elbow
E90TC 90 degree elbow, Hygienic
WeldoletNonRadial Non-radial weldolet

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon


Creates a report of piping part data for variable angle symmetrical elbows based on Face to
Center dimension to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
45Deg3DElbow 45 degree elbow, 3D
45DegLRElbow 45 degree elbow, long radius
90Deg3DElbow 90 degree elbow, 3D

90DegLRElbow 90 degree elbow, long radius
90DegSRElbow 90 degree elbow, short radius
E45LRRJ 45 degree elbow, long radius
E90LRRJ 90 degree elbow, long radius
Elbow45Deg 45 degree elbow
Elbow90Deg 90 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Symbol Icon
OA:Angle



Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 90 degree reducing elbows to be used for
90DegRedElbow 90 degree reducing elbow


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Reducing Length #PartData::[lbl_ReducingLength]#

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 90 degree reducing elbows to be used for
90DegReducingElbow 90 degree reducing elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon


ParameterA2 #PartData::[lbl_ParameterA2]#


Creates a report of piping part data for symmetrical long tangent elbows based on Elbow Bend
Radius and Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
45DegSymElbow 45 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent
90DegSymElbow 90 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Elbow Bend Radius #PartData::[lbl_ElbowBendRadius]#


Creates a report of piping part data for fixed angle symmetrical long tangent elbows based on
Face to Center and Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of the
E45LT 45 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent
E90LT 90 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent
30DegSymElbow 30 degree elbow
60DegSymElbow 60 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for elbows based on Face to Center and Tangent Length
dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
TrimSymElbowType1 90 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon
OA:Angle



Creates a report of piping part data for variable angle symmetrical long tangent elbows based on
Elbow Bend Radius and Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of
TrimSymElbowType2 90 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle





Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical long tangent elbows based on one Face to
Center and two Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval of the
45DegLtElbow 45 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent
90DegLTElbow 90 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent
90DebAsymElbow 90 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon



Tangent Length1 #PartData::[lbl_TangentLength1]#

Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 30 degree, long tangent elbows based on
Elbow Bend Radius and two Tangent Length dimensions to be used for review and approval
30DegAsymElbow 30 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage

ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 45 degree, long radius, long tangent
elbows based on Elbow Bend Radius, Face to Center, and Tangent Length dimensions to be
45DegAsymElbow 45 degree elbow, long radius, long tangent

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical 60 degree, long tangent elbows based on
Elbow Bend Radius, two Face to Center, and two Tangent Length dimensions to be used for
60DegAsymElbow 60 degree elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon



Creates a report of piping part data for mitered elbows to be used for review and approval of the
E225MiterNCut 22.5 degree elbow, 1-cut mitered
E30MiterNCut 30 degree elbow, 1-cut mitered

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon


No Of Miter Cuts #PartData::NoOfMiterCuts#


Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical street elbows to be used for review and
45DegStreetElbow 45 degree elbow, street
90DegStreetElbow 90 degree elbow, street

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical union elbows to be used for review and
45DegUnionElbow 45 degree elbow, union
90DegUnionElbow 90 degree elbow, union

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for 90 degree reducing street elbows to be used for review
90DegRedStreetElbow 90 degree reducing street elbow

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for 180 degree return with Use-Point to be used for review
TRUBWWM 180 degree return with Use-Point

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon


Face1 to Face3 #PartData::[lbl_Face1toFace3]#


Creates a report of piping part data for 180 degree return with Use-Point on side offset to be
TRUSWWM 180 degree return with Use-Point on Side offset

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for Tee or true wye type brand fittings based on two Face to
Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report. The following Branch Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for
this report:
Reducing Tee Reducing branch tee
TrueY True Y
TRB Reducing branch tee
Reducing Tee_m Reducing branch tee
ReducingLateral Reducing branch lateral
TMMMS Reducing branch tee
TRMMMS Reducing branch tee
TRWWM Reducing branch tee
TRWWMS Reducing branch tee
TWWM Tee
TWWMS Tee
TrueY2FC True Y


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon





Creates a report of piping part data for Tee type branch fittings based on Face to Center
dimension to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
this report:
ReducingRunAndBranchTee Reducing run and branch tee
Tee Tee
T Tee
Tee_m Tee
VictaulicT tee
VPSTee Tee
TLT Tee
TMMM Tee
TRJ Tee


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon





Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical Tee or wye or lateral type branch fittings
based on three Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
this report:
90DebReducingYBranch 90 degree reducing short Y-branch
90DegYBranch 90 degree short Y-branch
Lateral Lateral
ReducingLateral Reducing run and branch lateral
StreetTee Street tee
TrueY3FC True Y

Index tab
Worksheet Name

Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon





Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical Tee type branch fittings based on Face to
Center and Face2 to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
this report:
TMSWMS Tee
TWMSW Short Outlet Run Tee
TWMW Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Center and Face 3 to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference
this report:
Tee_PDB Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon



Face and Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
this report:
DripRingTee Drip ring tee
ReducingInstrumentTee Reducing instrument tee
TFI Full size instrument tee
TRI Reducing instrument tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for trimmable tee based on Face to Center dimension and
Trim Angle to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
this report:
TrimmableTee Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon
OA:Angle



Creates a report of piping part data for trimmable reducing tee based on two Face to Center
dimensions and Trim Angle to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
this report:
TrimmableReducingTee Reducing branch tee


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Angle





Creates a report of piping part data for Tee Wye type branch fittings to be used for review and
this report:
TeeWye Tee wye
ReducingTeeWye Reducing run and branch tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon



Face3 Offset1 #PartData::[lbl_Face3Offset1]#
Face3 Offset2 #PartData::[lbl_Face3Offset2]#

Creates a report of piping part data for union tee type fittings to be used for review and approval
this report:
OnBranchUnionTee On-branch union tee
OnRunUnionTee On-run union tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for instrument tees to be used for review and approval of the
this report:
InstrumentTee Short Outlet Run Tee

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon



Creates a report of piping part data for lateral of true wye type branch fittings based on Face to
Face and Face to Branch dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
this report:
LAT Lateral
Y True Y

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Face2 to Branch #PartData::[lbl_Face2toBranch]#


Creates a report of piping part data for olet type branch fittings based on Face to Header
Surface, Major Body Diameter, and Hole in Header dimensions to be used for review and
this report:
Sockolet Sockolet reducing
Thredolet Thredolet reducing
Weldolet Weldolet reducing
Sockolet_m Sockolet reducing
Thredolet_m Thredolet reducing
Weldolet_m Weldolet reducing

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon


Face to HeaderSurface #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderSurface]#
Hole in Header #PartData::[lbl_HoleinHeader]#
MajorBodyDiameter #PartData::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#


Creates a report of piping part data for sweepolets to be used for review and approval of the
this report:
Sweepolet Sweepolet

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Face to Header Center #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderCenter]#
Sweepolet Width #PartData::[lbl_SweepoletWidth]#

Creates a report of piping part data for flanged olets to be used for review and approval of the
this report:
FlangeOlet Nippolet


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Face to Header Surface #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderSurface]#
Nipple Length #PartData::[lbl_NippleLength]#
Flange Length #PartData::[lbl_FlangeLength]#

Creates a report of piping part data for cross type branch fittings based on Face to Center
this report:
BasinCross Basin cross
Cross Cross
ReducingBranchCross Reducing branch cross
ReducingRunBrnchCross Reducing run branch cross
XLT Cross
XMMMM Cross

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical reducing cross type branch fittings based
on two Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
this report:
XRMMMM Reducing branches cross
XLRT Reducing branches cross

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for reinforcing pads to be used for review and approval of
this report:
ReinforcingPad Stub-on reinforcing pad
ReinforcingPad_m Stub-on reinforcing pad

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon
OA:Angle
OA:PadThickness
OA:PadWidth


RPad Width #PartData::[lbl_RPadWidth]#
RPad Thickness #PartData::[lbl_RPadThickness]#
Angle #PartData::[lbl_Angle]#


Creates a report of piping part data for non-radial reinforcing pads to be used for review and
this report:
ReinforcingPadNonRadial Non-radial reinforcing pad

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon
OA:Angle


RPad Width #PartData::[lbl_RPadWidth]#
RPad Thickness #PartData::[lbl_RPadThickness]#
Angle #PartData::[lbl_Angle]#


Creates a report of piping part data for elevated type fire monitors, type 1, to be used for review
report. The following Miscellaneous Fittings Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is
ElevatedFireMonitorTy1 Elevated type fire monitor

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon
OA:FacetoCenter


BodyT to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyTtoCenter]#
BodyB to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyBtoCenter]#
BodyL to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyLtoCenter]#
BodyR to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyRtoCenter]#
Cannon Length #PartData::[lbl_CannonLength]#
Cannon Diameter #PartData::[lbl_CannonDiameter]#
Body Width #PartData::[lbl_BodyWidth]#


Creates a report of piping part data for fire hydrants to be used for review and approval of the
FireHydrant Dry barrel type hydrant

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Bottom to Center #PartData::[lbl_BottomtoCenter]#
Grade to Center #PartData::[lbl_GradetoCenter]#
Water Outlet to Grade #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutlettoGrade]#
Water Outlet to Top #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutlettoTop]#
Hydrant Diameter #PartData::[lbl_HydrantDiameter]#
Water Outlet to Center #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutlettoCenter]#
Water Outlet Diameter #PartData::[lbl_WaterOutletDiameter]#
Rotation #PartData::[lbl_Rotation]#


Creates a report of piping part data for elevated type fire monitors, type 2, to be used for review
ElevatedFireMonitorTy2 Elevated type fire monitor

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

ParameterB1 #PartData::[lbl_ParameterB1]#


Creates a report of piping part data for station type monitors to be used for review and approval
Monitor Station type monitor

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

BodyT to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyTtoCenter]#
BodyB to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyBtoCenter]#
BodyL to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyLtoCenter]#
BodyR to Center #PartData::[lbl_BodyRtoCenter]#
Cannon Length #PartData::[lbl_CannonLength]#
Cannon Diameter #PartData::[lbl_CannonDiameter]#


Creates a report of piping part data for hose rack stations to be used for review and approval of
HoseRackStation Hose rack

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Port V Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortVOffset]#
Port H Offset #PartData::[lbl_PortHOffset]#
Station Length #PartData::[lbl_StationLength]#
Station Height #PartData::[lbl_StationHeight]#
Station Width #PartData::[lbl_StationWidth]#


Creates a report of piping part data for spray sprinklers to be used for review and approval of the
Sprinkler Spray sprinkler

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Sprinkler Diameter #PartData::[lbl_SprinklerDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for spectacle blinds to be used for review and approval of
SpectacleBlind Spectacle blind


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Spectacle Position




Fig8InterAxis #PartData::[lbl_Fig8InterAxis]#

Creates a report of piping part data for stub end long parts to be used for review and approval of
StubEnd Stub end long

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for couplings based on two Face to Center dimensions to
be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
Coupling_PDB Coupling

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon
OA:FacetoCenter
OA:Face1toCenter



Creates a report of piping part data for Victaulic couplings to be used for review and approval of
RedCoupling Coupling, Victaulic


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Disc Width #PartData::[lbl_DiscWidth]#
Disc Diameter #PartData::[lbl_DiscDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for half couplings to be used for review and approval of the
HalfCoupling Half coupling

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon


Face to Header Center #PartData::[lbl_FacetoHeaderCenter]#


Creates a report of piping part data for clamps and tri-clamps to be used for review and approval
ClampHDHWN_TriClover Clamp, Tri-Clamp

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon

Clamp Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for Techlok Clamps to be used for review and approval of
TechlokClamp Clamp, Techlok


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Clamp Inner Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampInnerDiameter]#
Clamp Outer Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampOuterDiameter]#
Clamp Length #PartData::[lbl_ClampLength]#
Clamp Width #PartData::[lbl_ClampWidth]#
Lug Separation #PartData::[lbl_LugSeparation]#
Bolt Lug Width #PartData::[lbl_BoltLugWidth]#
Bolt Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BoltDiameter]#
Bolt Center Distance #PartData::[lbl_BoltCenterDistance]#
Bolt Length #PartData::[lbl_BoltLength]#
Bolt Pitch #PartData::[lbl_BoltPitch]#

Creates a report of piping part data for Victaulic Clamps to be used for review and approval of
VictaulicClamp Clamp, Victaulic

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon



Clamp Outer Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ClampOuterDiameter]#
Clamp Length #PartData::[lbl_ClampLength]#
Clamp Width #PartData::[lbl_ClampWidth]#

Creates a report of piping part data for Unions to be used for review and approval of the
Union Union

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage

ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon


Union Diameter #PartData::[lbl_Union Diameter]#


Creates a report of piping part data for spacers to be used for review and approval of the
SPACER Ring spacer

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Symbol Icon
OA:Face to Face



Creates a report of piping part data for paddle spacers to be used for review and approval of the
Paddle Paddle spacer


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Handle to Center #PartData::[lbl_HandletoCenter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for flanges or olets or other miscellaneous fittings based on
Face to Face dimension to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
FlangeConnectionPiece Flange connecting piece
LongWeldNeckFlange Long weld neck flange
ReducingFlange Threaded reducing flange
SlipOnFlange Slip-on flange
SocketFlange Socket flange
SocketweldFlange Socket weld flange
ThreadedFlange Threaded flange
WeldNeckFlange Weld neck flange
WeldNeckExpanderFlange Weld neck expander flange
Bushing Bushing
ConcentricReducer Concentric reducer
ConcentricSwage Concentric swage

Coupling Coupling
Nipple Nipple
ReducingInsert Reducing insert type 1
Elbolet Elbolet for long radius elbow
Endolet Endolet
Latrolet Latrolet
BlankDisc Blank disc
REDC Concentric reducer
Elbolet_m Elbolet for long radius elbow
Endolet_m Endolet
WeldNeckFlange_m Weld neck flange
ConcentricReducer_m Concentric reducer
Coupling_m Coupling
VREDC Concentric reducer
VPSCoupling Coupling, Victaulic
Hub Hub
FERR Ferrule
REDCLT Concentric reducer Extended Tangent
REDCMM Concentric reducer
REDCRJ Concentric reducer
REDELT Eccentric reducer Extended Tangent
HoseConnection Hose connection
UnionTail Union tail
UnionHead Union head


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon





Creates a report of piping part data for eccentric reducing or eccentric swage fittings based on
Face to Face dimension and Eccentric Offset Basis to be used for review and approval of the
EccentricReducer Eccentric reducer
EccentricSwage Eccentric swage
REDE Eccentric reducer
EccentricReducer_m Eccentric reducer
VREDE Eccentric reducer
REDEMM Eccentric reducer
REDERJ Eccentric reducer


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:EccentricOffsetBasis




Piping Part Data Op001 (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Valve Operator Part Data)
Creates a report of piping part data for hand wheel operators or solenoid operators based on
Operator Height and Operator Diameter to be used for review and approval of the reference
report. The following Operator Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
Operator3 Hand wheel
Operator251 Hand wheel, special
Operator3_b Hand wheel
Operator691 Solenoid, single

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Valve Operator Part Data\Piping Part Data Op001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data Op001 tab

Valve Operator is Rotatable #PartData::ValveOperatorIsRotatable#
Dry Cog Z #PartData::[lbl_DryCogZ]#

Creates a report of piping part data for gear, top mounted hand wheel Type 1 operator to be
report:

Operator291 Gear, top mounted hand wheel Type 1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Actuator Length #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorLength]#
Operator Depth #PartData::[lbl_OperatorDepth]#
Actuator Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorDiameter]#
Actuator Offset #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorOffset]#
Stem Extension #PartData::[lbl_StemExtension]#

Creates a report of piping part data for gear, side mounted hand wheel Type 1 operator to be
report:
Operator331 Gear, side mounted hand wheel Type 1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name

Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Operator Cen From Top #PartData::[lbl_OperCenFromTop]#


report:

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Arm Length1 #PartData::[lbl_ArmLength1]#
Arm Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ArmDiameter]#

report:


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Operator Height1 #PartData::[lbl_OperatorHeight1]#

report:

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType

PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Arm Length1 #PartData::[lbl_ArmLength1]#


Creates a report of piping part data for inclined hand wheel to be used for review and approval
report:
Operator 5 Inclined hand wheel

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Stem Angle #PartData::[lbl_StemAngle]#

Creates a report of piping part data for gear, side mounted inclined hand wheel Type 1 operator
to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report:
Operator351 Gear, side mounted inclined hand wheel Type 1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Stem Angle #PartData::[lbl_StemAngle]#

Creates a report of piping part data for wrench, special type operator to be used for review and
report:
Operator271 Wrench, special

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Lever Length #PartData::[lbl_LeverLength]#

Creates a report of piping part data for wrench or lever type operators to be used for review and
report:
Operator9 Wrench, short
Operator17 Lever


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Lever Length #PartData::[lbl_LeverLength]#

Lever Length1 #PartData::[lbl_LeverLength1]#

Creates a report of piping part data for electro-pneumatic operators based on Actuator
report:
OperatorElecAct Electro-pneumatic

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Actuator Height #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorHeight]#
Actuator Length #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorLength]#
Actuator Width #PartData::[lbl_ActuatorWidth]#

Creates a report of piping part data for electro-pneumatic operators to be used for review and
report:
OperatorDL84 Electro-pneumatic operators
OpACVB Electro-pneumatic operators

Index tab
Worksheet Name

Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Creates a report of piping part data for motor, Type 1 operator based on Instrumental Height,
Instrumental Length, and Instrumental Width dimensions to be used for review and approval
report:
OpRacKAndPinion Motor, Type 1

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Withdrawal Distance #PartData::[lbl_WithdrawalDistance]#

Creates a report of piping part data for motor, Type 1 operator based on Operator Height and
Operator Depth to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report:
OPTravelingNutAct Motore, Type 1


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Creates a report of piping part data for indicator post to be used for review and approval of the
report:
IndicatorPost Indicator post

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Post Base To Valve Center #PartData::[lbl_PostBaseToValveCenter]#
Post Base To Level #PartData::[lbl_PostBaseToLevel]#
Post Height #PartData::[lbl_PostHeight]#
Post Diameter #PartData::[lbl_PostDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for wall post to be used for review and approval of the
report:
WallPost Wall post

Index tab
Worksheet Name

Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Post Base To Valve Center #PartData::[lbl_PostBaseToValveCenter]#
Post Height #PartData::[lbl_PostHeight]#
Post Diameter #PartData::[lbl_PostDiameter]#
Wall Thickness #PartData::[lbl_WallThickness]#

Hand Wheel Diameter #PartData::[lbl_HandWheelDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for chain wheel based on Operator Height and Chain
Wheel Diameter to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
report:
ChainWheelRVC Chain wheel

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Chain Wheel Dia #PartData::[lbl_ChainWheelDia]#

Creates a report of piping part data for chain wheel based on Operator Length, Operator
Diameter, and Hand Wheel Diameter to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
report:
ChainWheel Chain wheel

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Creates a report of piping part data for ________________________ to be used for review and
report:
FloorBox Floor box

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Floor Thickness #PartData::[lbl_FloorThickness]#
Top Opening Diameter #PartData::[lbl_TopOpeningDiameter]#
Bottom Opening Diameter #PartData::[lbl_BottomOpeningDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for floor stand to be used for review and approval of the
report:
FloorStand Floor stand

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Base Plate Dia #PartData::[lbl_BasePlateDia]#


Creates a report of piping part data for extension stem to be used for review and approval of the
report:
ExtensionStem Extension stem

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab


Piping Part Data P01 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for distance piece to be used for review and approval of the
report. The following Distance Pieces Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for
this report:
DistancePiece Distance piece

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data P01 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data P01 tab




Piping Part Data S01 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for steam trap with two ports to be used for review and
report. The following Steam Traps Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
WOStreamTrap Steam trap

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data S01 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Piping Part Data S01 tab



Base to Inlet #PartData::[lbl_BasetoInlet]#
Outlet Offset #PartData::[lbl_OutletOffset]#
ST Height #PartData::[lbl_STHeight]#
Piping Part Data S02 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for steam trap with three ports to be used for review and
report. The following Steam Traps Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this
report:
WOSteamTrap3 Steam trap

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data S02 folder.

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Piping Part Data S02 tab





Base to Inlet #PartData::[lbl_BasetoInlet]#
Base to Outlet #PartData::[lbl_BasetoOutlet]#
Outlet Offset #PartData::[lbl_OutletOffset]#
Piping Part Data V001 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of piping part data for valves based on Face to Face dimension to be used for
report. The following Valves Part Class/Piping Commodity Type mapping is used for this report:
CheckValveSwing Check value swing type
CheckValve Check value reduced port
CheckValve_Fem Check valve reduced port swing type
StopCheckValve Stop check valve
WaferCheckValve Wafer check valve

BallValve Ball valve long pattern
ButterflyValve Butterfly valve low pressure
GateValve Gate valve
GlobeValve Globe valve
PlugValve Plug valve short pattern
DIA Diaphragm valve

Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data\Piping Part Data V001 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Piping Part Data V001 tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation




Creates a report of piping part data for valves based on Face to Center dimension to be used
for review and approval of the reference data in your catalog.
AngleCheckValve Angle check valve
AngleStopCheckValve Angle stop check valve

AngleGlobeValve Angle blowdown valve
TankDrainValve Tank drain valve
AngleValve45Deg Angle valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon

OA:Rotation



Creates a report of piping part data for asymmetrical valves or knife gate values based on two
Face to Center dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
AngleGlobeValve_Asym Angle blowdown valve
GateValve_Asym Gate valve reduced port
GlobeValve_Asym Globe valve reduced port
KnifeGateValve Knife gate valve
It is located in the Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation





Creates a report of piping part data for gate valves, globe valves, or diaphragm valves based on
Face to Face, Operator Height, and Operator Diameter dimensions to be used for review and
GateValve_m Gate valve
GlobeValve_m GlobeValve_m
DIAMM Diaphragm valve
DIALT Diaphragm valve
DIAWM Diaphragm valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon




Creates a report of piping part data for automatic recirculation valves to be used for review and
AutoRecirculationValve Automatic recirculation valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation


Cone Length #PartData::[lbl_Cone Length]#


Creates a report of piping part data for Gate values with through-conduits to be used for review
ConduitGateValve Gate valve, through-conduit

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation


CylinderLength #PartData::[lbl_CylinderLength]#

Creates a report of piping part data for angle hose valve to be used for review and approval of
AngleHoseValve Angle hose valve


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab





Hose Conn End to Center #PartData::[lbl_HoseConnEndtoCenter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for angle valve based on Face to Center, Operator Height,
and Operator Diameter dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
AngleValve Angle valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab





Creates a report of piping part data for high pressure butterfly valve to be used for review and
ButterflyValve_m Butterfly valve high pressure

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab





Disc Width #PartData::[lbl_DiscWidth]#
Disc Diameter #PartData::[lbl_DiscDiameter]#
Stem Width #PartData::[lbl_StemWidth]#
Stem Diameter #PartData::[lbl_StemDiameter]#
Stem FI Width #PartData::[lbl_StemFlWidth]#
Stem FI Diameter #PartData::[lbl_StemFlDiameter]#
Act FI Width #PartData::[lbl_ActFlWidth]#
Act FI Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ActFlDiameter]#
Act Width #PartData::[lbl_ActWidth]#
Act Diameter #PartData::[lbl_ActDiameter]#


Creates a report of piping part data for low pressure butterfly valve based on Face to Face to be
ButterflyValveArmLength Butterfly valve low pressure

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

GUIDS tab



Creates a report of piping part data for low pressure butterfly valve based on Face to Face and
Operator Height dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
ButterflyValveOperHgt Butterfly valve low pressure


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab






Creates a report of piping part data for ball valve reduced port to be used for review and
BallValve_m Ball valve reduced port

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab





Creates a report of piping part data for check valve based on Face to Face and Valve Height
CKL Check valve, horizontal lift

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab






Creates a report of piping part data for gate valve based on Face to Face, Valve Height, and
Hand Wheel Diameter dimensions to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
GateValveAngleOp Gate valve


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab




Rotation #PartData::[lbl_Rotation]#

Creates a report of piping part data for olet gate valve to be used for review and approval of the
OletGateValve Extended body gate valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList

OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab



Valve Center to Header Center #PartData::[lbl_ValveCentertoHeaderCenter]#
Olet Length #PartData::[lbl_OletLength]#


Creates a report of piping part data for 3-way ball valve based on three Face to Center
3WayBallValve 3-way ball valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab






Creates a report of piping part data for 3-way ball valve based on Face to Center, Major Body
Diameter, Operator Height, and Operator Length dimensions to be used for review and

3WayBall 3-way ball valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab





Major Body Diameter #PartData::[lbl_MajorBodyDiameter]#

Creates a report of piping part data for 2-way diaphragm diverter valve to be used for review and
MultiportDia2WayG 2-way diaphragm diverter valve


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab





Valve Body Width #PartData::[lbl_ValveBodyWidth]#
Valve Body Depth #PartData::[lbl_ValveBodyDepth]#
Valve Body Height #PartData::[lbl_ValveBodyHeight]#

MultiportDia3Way 3-way diaphragm diverter valve


Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab





Nozzle Center to Center #PartData::[lbl_NozzleCentertoCenter]#



Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab








MultiportDia4Way 4-way diaphragm diverter valve

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits

CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab








Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab









Piping Pipe Line List (Piping)

Pipelines are listed with several properties like nominal size, paint spec, insulation purpose.
Located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Piping
Pipe Line List\Piping Pipe Line List.rtp
PipeRun #PipeLine::PipeRun#
NPD #PipeLine::[Nominal Diameter]#
Piping Spec #PipeLine::PipingSpec#
Insul Spec #PipeLine::InsulationSpec#
Insul Matrl #PipeLine::InsulationMaterial#
Insul Temp #PipeLine::[outPipe Line List Insulation Temperature]#
Insul Purp #PipeLine::InsulationPurpose#
Paint Spec #PipeLine::PaintingSpecs#
Op. Temp #PipeLine::[outPipe Line List Operating Temperature]#
Op. Pressure #PipeLine::[outPipe Line List Operating Pressure]#

Piping Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project

Pipes are listed in material take-off form with quantity being calculated for total length and
supply responsibilities.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\<ReportsTemplatesFolder>\Reports\Types of
Reports\Piping\Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project\Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Project.rtp
Project #Pipes::ProjectName#
Nominal Size #Pipes::[outPiping Pipes NPD with Unit]#
Specification #Pipes::[outSpecName]#
Item Code #Pipes::ContractorCommodityCode#
Fabrication Requirement #Pipes::FabricationRequirement#
Description #Pipes::[outDescription]#
Total Length #Pipes::[outPiping Pipes Length]#
OFM / CFM #Pipes::[outSupplyResponsibility]#
Piping Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus

Pipe runs are listed with many properties such as area, tag, and WBS information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipe Runs - Export to
Icarus\Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus.rtp
Internal Name (Blank)
Units (Blank)
AreaName #PipeRun::AreaName#
CpItemDescription #PipeRun::OID#
CpUserTag #PipeRun::Name#
CpComponentWBS #PipeRun::PLSName#
CpNumberItems #PipeRun::NumberItems#
CpPipeMaterial #PipeRun::Material#
CpCustomPipeSpec #PipeRun::SpecName#
CpPipeDiameter
MM DIAM #PipeRun::NPD#
CpPipeLength
M #PipeRun::Length#
CpPipeType (Blank)

CpPipeScheduleGage #PipeRun::Schedule#
CpPipeThickness #PipeRun::Schedule#
CpFluidPhase (Blank)
CpLiquidFlowrate
L/S (Blank)
CpGasFlowrate
M3/H (Blank)
CpFluidDensity
KG/M3 #PipeRun::[outPiping Icarus Fluid Density]#
CpFluidViscosity
MPA-S (Blank)
CpDesignGaugePressure
KPA #PipeRun::[outPiping Icarus Design Maximum Pressure]#
CpDesignTemperature
DEG C #PipeRun::[outPiping Icarus Design Maximum Temperature]#
CpOperatingTemperature
DEG C #PipeRun::[outPiping Pipe Run Operating Maximum Temperature]#
CpPipeInsulationType #PipeRun::InsulationMaterial#
CpPipeInsulationThickness
MM #PipeRun::[outPiping Pipe Run Insulation Thickness 2]#
CpPipeInsulationJacketType (Blank)
CpPersonnelProtectionPercent
PERCENT (Blank)
CpETraceCableType #PipeRun::TracingType#
CpHeatTraceFluid #PipeRun::TracingMedium#
CpETraceMaintenanceTemperature
DEG C #PipeRun::[outPiping Pipe Run Tracing Temperature]#
CpSteamGaugePressure
KPA (Blank)
CpSpecialPipeDescription (Blank)
CpNumberWelds #PipeRun::WeldCount#
CpWeldXrayPercent
PERCENT #PipeRun::WeldXRayPercent#
CpStressRelief (Blank)
CpPipeNumberPrimeCoats

COATS (Blank)
CpPipeNumberFinishCoats
COATS (Blank)
CpPipeSandblastAreaPercent
PERCENT (Blank)
CpPipeInstallationOption (Blank)
CpDepthBuriedPipe
MM (Blank)
CpPipeRoutingType (Blank)
CpPipeBendForElbow (Blank)
CpPipeBranchForTee (Blank)
CpFittingRulesYN (Blank)
CpValveRulesYN (Blank)
CpHorizontalAllowancePercent (Blank)
CpVerticalAllowancePercent (Blank)
CpPrimaryEquipmentUserTag (Blank)
CpPrimaryEquipmentConnection (Blank)
CpSecondaryEquipmentUserTag (Blank)
CpSecondaryEquipmentConnection (Blank)
Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Pipe is listed with description, length, approval status, and weight.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipe Total Length
Sorted by NPD\Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size #Piping::[outPiping Piping NPD with Unit]#
Description
#Piping::IndustryCommodityCode#
#Piping::ShortMaterialDescription#
#Piping::[outPiping Piping Length]#
Approval Status #Piping::Status#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#Piping::[outPiping Weight]#

Piping Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted by Name

(Piping)
Pipelines are listed along with their respective pipe runs and user modification information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipeline and Revision
Data Sorted by Name\Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted by Name.rtp
Pipeline #Pipeline Revision Report::Pipeline#
Pipe Run #Pipeline Revision Report::PipeRun#
Modified
By #Pipeline Revision Report::UserLogin#
Date #Pipeline Revision Report::DateLastModified#
Piping Pipelines Sorted by Name (Piping)

Pipelines are listed with several properties like nominal size, paint spec, insulation purpose, and
approval status.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Pipelines Sorted by
Name\Pipelines Sorted by Name.rtp
Line Number
#Pipe::LineNumber#
Nominal Size
#Pipe::NPD#
#Pipe::NPDUnitType#
Pipe Spec
Paint Spec
#Pipe::PipeSpec#
#Pipe::Coating Type#
Insulation
Insulation Temperature #FormattingUOM::{Temperature}#
#Pipe::[Pipe Insulation]#
#Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Temperature]#
Insulation Purpose

Insulation Material
#Pipe::Insulation Purpose#
#Pipe::Insulation Purpose_LongString#
#Pipe::Insulation Material#
#Pipe::Insulation Material_LongString#
Insulation Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#Pipe::[outPiping Pipe Insulation Thickness]#
Approval Status #Pipe::Status#
Piping Specialty Class Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of piping specialty class data to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Piping Specialty Class Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Piping Specialty Class Data tab

Tag Number #MCD::TagNumber#
Generic Tag Number #MCD::GenericTagNumber#
Spec Name #MCD::SpecName#
First Size Units #MCD::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size To#MCD::SecondSizeTo#
Multi Size Option #MCD::MultiSizeOption#
Requisition Type #MCD::RequisitionType#
Specialty Type #MCD::SpecialtyType#
Geometry Type #MCD::SpecialtyType#
First Size Schedule #MCD::FirstSizeSchedule#
Second Size Schedule #MCD::SecondSizeSchedule#

Part Data Basis #MCD::PartDataBasis#

Is Graphical Representation #MCD::IsGraphicalRepresentation#
Maximum Temperature #MCD::[lbl_MaximumTemperature]#
Material Grade #MCD::MaterialGrade#
Lining Material #MCD::LiningMaterial#
Corrosion Allowance #MCD::CorrosionAllowance#
Welding Requirements #MCD::WeldingRequirement#
Substitution Cap Screw Contractor Commodity Code
#MCD::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Substitution Cap Screw Diameter #MCD::[lbl_SubstCapScrewDiameter]#
Tapped Hole Depth #MCD::[lbl_TappedHoleDepth]#
Valve Operator Geometry Industry Standard #MCD::ValveOperatorGeoIndStd#
Quantity of Alternate Reportable Parts #MCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#
Mirror Behavior Option #MCD::MirrorBehaviorOption#
Maximum Pressure #MCD::MaximumPressure#

First Size UOM Basis in Catalog #MCD::FirstSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#

Second Size UOM Basis in Catalog #MCD::SecondSizeUOMBasisInCatalog#
Piping Specifications Sorted by Spec Name

Specifications are listed per plant with material and fluid references.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Specifications Sorted
by Spec Name\Specifications Sorted by Spec Name.rtp
Specification #Piping Specifications Per Plant::SpecName#
Description #Piping Specifications Per Plant::Description#
Material Reference #Piping Specifications Per Plant::MaterialReference#
Fluid Reference #Piping Specifications Per Plant::FluidReference#
Piping Tie Points in WBS Project

Tie Points (which are actually Control Points) are listed with corresponding Pipeline/Run
information and location coordinates.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Tie Points in WBS
Project\Tie Points in WBS Project.rtp
Tie Point #Tie Point::ControlPointName#
Ownership
Pipeline #Tie Point::PipelineName#
Pipe Run #Tie Point::PipeRunName#
Coordinates
W #Tie Point::[outPiping Tie Point Occurrence Location X]#
N #Tie Point::[outPiping Tie Point Occurrence Location Y]#
U #Tie Point::[outPiping Tie Point Occurrence Location Z]#
Notes #Tie Point::Note#

Piping Valves Material Take-Off in WBS Project

Valves are listed in material take-off form with NPD's, quantities and supply responsibilities.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Valves Material Take-
Off in WBS Project\Valves Material Take-Off in WBS Project.rtp
Project #Valves::ProjectName#
Nominal Size
1 #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Primary]#
2 #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Secondary]#
Specification #Valves::[Specification]#
Item Code #Valves::ContractorCommodityCode#
Description #Valves::[Description]#
Quantity #Valves::TotalQuantity#
OFM / CFM #Valves::[SupplyResponsibility]#
Piping Valves Sorted by NPD (Piping)

Valves are listed with primary/secondary sizes, approval status, and quantity information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Piping\Valves Sorted by
NPD\Valves Sorted by NPD.rtp
Size #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Primary]#
Size #Valves::[outPiping Valves NPD with Unit Secondary]#
Description #Valves::[Description]#
Approval Status #Valves::Status_LongString#
Quantity #Valves::TotalQuantity#

Plain Piping Generic Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of plain piping generic data to be used for review and approval of the reference
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Plain Piping Generic Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Plain Piping Generic Data tab

Nominal Piping Diameter #PPGD::NominalPipingDiameter#
Nominal Diameter Units #PPGD::NominalDiameterUnits#
End Standard #PPGD::EndStandard#
Schedule #PPGD::Schedule#
Pressure Rating #PPGD::PressureRating#
Piping Outside Diameter #PPGD::[lbl_PipingOutsideDiameter]#
Wall Thickness #PPGD::[lbl_WallThickness]#
Planning Joints (ShipStructure)

Creates a planning joint report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Planning Joint folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
PlanningJointID #PlanningJoint::PlanningJointID# The unique key for a particular planning
joint.
PlanningJointName #PlanningJoint::PlanningJointName#
PhysicalConnectionID #PlanningJoint::PhysicalConnectionID# The unique key for a
particular physical connection.

AssemblyID #PlanningJoint::AssemblyID# The Assembly ID to which the planning joint is

assigned.
Assembly Name #PlanningJoint::AssemblyName#
Connected Part1 #PlanningJoint::Part1#
Connected Part2 #PlanningJoint::Part2#
Weld Type #PlanningJoint::WeldType# Tee, Weld, ButtWeld, or LapWeld.
Weld Dimension (Leg) m #PlanningJoint::WeldDimension# Leg length of the welding.
WeldEquipment #PlanningJoint::WeldEquipment# Type of welding machine/equipment.
WeldPosition #PlanningJoint::WeldPosition# Flat, Vertical, Horizontal, or Overhead.
WeldDirection #PlanningJoint::WeldDirection# Up, Down, N/A (not-applicable), Unknown.
Length(m) #PlanningJoint::Length# Length of the planning joint.
Groove Type #PlanningJoint::GrooveType# Type of groove (edge preparation) used - X, I,
V, Y, and so on.
Accessibility #PlanningJoint::Accessibility# Open space or Closed space.
WeldInclination(rad) #PlanningJoint::WeldInclination# Inclination of the planning joint is
calculated based on the Manufacturing Orientation of the assembly.
WeldRotation(rad) #PlanningJoint::WeldRotation# Rotation of the planning joint is
calculated based on the Manufacturing Orientation of the assembly.
Root Gap m #PlanningJoint::RootGap# Gap between the weld part and the joint part.
WeldSide #PlanningJoint::WeldSide# Determines the side of the welding. For plates:
Molded and Anti-Molded. For profiles: the defined naming sides (Web-Left, Web, Right, and so
on).
WeldShape #PlanningJoint::WeldShape# Curved or Straight.
Land Length(Nose) m #PlanningJoint::LandLength# The length of the land, if relevant.
Plate Flange Setback Distance (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Plate Flange Setback Distance to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Plate Flange Setback Distance folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Plate Flange Setback Distance tab

Setback Distance #PGDB::[lbl_SetbackDistance]#
Plate Part (ShipStructure)

Creates a plate part report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Plate Part folder.
Sheet1 tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Top System Name #PlatePart::{System Parent Name (can be the Plant Name)}#
Plate Part #PlatePart::ItemName#
Plate Type #PlatePart::PlateType#
Tightness #PlatePart::Tightness#
Description (General Notes) #PlatePart::Description#
Material Type #PlatePart::MaterialType#
Material Grade #PlatePart::MaterialGrade#
Plate System (ShipStructure)

Creates a plate system report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Plate System folder.
Sheet1 tab
Plant #Plant::Name#

Top System Name #PlatePart::{System Parent Name (can be the Plant Name)}#
Plate System #PlateSystem::ItemName#
Plate Type #PlateSystem::PlateType#
Tightness #PlateSystem::Tightness#
Description (General Notes) #PlateSystem::Description#
Material Type #PlateSystem::MaterialType#
Material Grade #PlateSystem::MaterialGrade#
Port Alignment Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Port Alignment Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Port Alignment Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Port Alignment Rule tab

Method Of Trimming #PGDB::MethodOfTrimming#
Acceptable Alignment Tolerance #PGDB::[lbl_AcceptableAlignmentTolerance]#
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule folder.

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule tab

Bolt Diameter Increment #PGDB::[lbl_BoltDiameterIncrement]#
Materials Grade #PGDB::MaterialsGrade#
Preferred Bolt Length From #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredBoltLengthFrom]#
Preferred Bolt Length To #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredBoltLengthTo]#
Preferred Bolt Length Increment #PGDB::[lbl_PreferredBoltLengthIncrement]#
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule tab


Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule tab


Pressure Gauge (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Gauges to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Gauge folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Gauge tab

Symbol Icon


Instrument Width1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentWidth1]#

Pressure Regulator (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Regulators to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Regulator folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Regulator tab

Symbol Icon



Pressure Relief Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Relief Valves to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Relief Valve folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Relief Valve tab



Symbol Icon
OA:Rotation


Face 1 to Center #PartData::[lbl_Face1toCenter]#
Pressure Switch (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Switches to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Switch folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage

ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Switch tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Height1


Pressure Transmitter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Pressure Transmitters to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Pressure Transmitter folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName

Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Pressure Transmitter tab

Symbol Icon


Instrument Nut Width #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentNutWidth]#
Profile Sketch - Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent

Creates a report for a single profile sketch for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing
Profile Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles folder.
SP3DReport Definition
Report tab
Part Name #PSDefault::PartName#

Weight (KG) #PSDefault::Weight#

Location PORT #PSDefault::Symmetry_PORT#
Location CL #PSDefault::Symmetry_CL#
Location STBD #PSDefault::Symmetry_STBD#
Profile Sketch - Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent

Creates a report for multiple profile sketches for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing
Profile Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles folder.
SP3DReport Definition
Report tab
Location PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
Location CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
Location STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
Profile Stock Length (ShipStructure)

Creates a profile stock length report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Profile Stock Length folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#

ID #Profiles::ID#
Length#FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Profiles::[Length]#
X #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #Profiles::[X]#
Y #Profiles::Y#
Z #Profiles::[Z]#
Reducer (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray reducer parts--straight, left, and right--to be used for review and
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Reducers folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
The following part class names (PartClassName) are associated with this report definition:
CTStraightReducer, CTLeftReducer, and CTRightReducer.
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

Cable Tray_Reducers tab

Symbol Icon


Load Width[2] #PartData::[lbl_LoadDepth2]#
Reinforcing Pads (Catalog Parts)

[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Reinforcing
Pads\Reinforcing Pads.rtp
Commodity Code #Branch Fittings with RPads::Commodity Code#
Material cl #Branch Fittings with RPads::Material cl#
Material #Branch Fittings with RPads::Material#
Material Category #Branch Fittings with RPads::Material Category#
Short Material Description #Branch Fittings with RPads::Short Material Description#
Header Schedule #Branch Fittings with RPads::Header Schedule#
Header NPD #Branch Fittings with RPads::Header NPD#
H Unit #Branch Fittings with RPads::H Unit#
Branch NPD #Branch Fittings with RPads::Branch NPD#
B Unit #Branch Fittings with RPads::B Unit#
RPad Width #Branch Fittings with RPads::[lbl_RPadWidth]#
RPad Thickness #Branch Fittings with RPads::[lbl_RPadThickness]#
Root Gap (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant

Rules)
Creates a report of Root Gap to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Root Gap folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name

Remarks
Root Gap tab

Root Gap #PGDB::[lbl_RootGap]#
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Cableway)

Creates a report of cableway specification rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Cableway\Rules folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Cableway Nominal Sizes tab

Spec Name #Nominal Sizes::SpecName#
Section Name #Nominal Sizes::SectionName#
CableWay Bend Radius tab

Spec Name #Bend Radius::SpecName#
Bend Radius #Bend Radius::[lbl_BendRadius]#
Rules (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit)

Creates a report of conduit specification rules to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Rules folder.

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Conduit Filter tab

Spec Name #Conduit Filter::SpecName#
Short Code #Conduit Filter::ShortCode#
Comments #Conduit Filter::Comments#
First Size From #Conduit Filter::FirstSizeFrom#
First Size To #Conduit Filter::FirstSizeTo#
First Size Units #Conduit Filter::FirstSizeUnits#
Second Size From #Conduit Filter::SecondSizeFrom#
Second Size To #Conduit Filter::SecondSizeTo#
Second Size Units #Conduit Filter::SecondSizeunits#
Commodity Option #Conduit Filter::CommodityOption#
Contractor Commodity Code #Conduit Filter::ContractorCommodityCode#
Bend Radius #Conduit Filter::[lbl_BendRadius]#
Bend Radius Multiplier #Conduit Filter::BendRadiusMultiplier#
Selection Basis #Conduit Filter::SelectionBasis#
Conduit Nominal Diameters tab

Spec Name #Conduit Nominal Diameters::SpecName#
Npd #Conduit Nominal Diameters::Npd#
Npd Unit Type #Conduit Nominal Diameters::NpdUnitType#
Shell Expansion (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports)
Creates a shell expansion profile parts report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create shell expansion
drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Shell Expansion folder.

Report tab
Name #ShellExpansion::ProfileName#
Type #ShellExpansion::ProfileType#
Material Type #ShellExpansion::ProfileMaterialType#
Material Grade #ShellExpansion::ProfileMaterialGrade#
Short Code Hierarchy Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Short Code Hierarchy Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Short Code Hierarchy Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Short Code Hierarchy Rule tab

Short Code Hierarchy Type #PGDB::ShortCodeHierarchyType#
Short Code #PGDB::ShortCode#
Short Stroke Rotameter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Short Stroke Rotameters to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Short Stroke Rotameter
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Short Stroke Rotameter tab

Symbol Icon



Single Profile Sketch (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Manufacturing Profiles)
Creates a single profile sketch report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can use
this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile Sketch
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Single
folder.
Report tab
Symmetry
PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
#PSDefault::CurvedPosition#
0 - 60
#PSCurved::Location#
#PSCurved::0# - #PSCurved::60#
Size Reduction Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Size Reduction Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Size Reduction Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name

Remarks
Size Reduction Rule tab

Size Reduction Type #PGDB::SizeReductionType#
Size Reduction Preference #PGDB::SizeReductionPreference#
Fitting 2 First Size #PGDB::Fitting2FirstSize#
Fitting 2 First Size Units #PGDB::Fitting2FirstSizeUnits#
Slip On Flange Setback Distance (Catalog

Creates a report of Slip On Flange Setback Distance to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Slip On Flange Setback Distance folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Slip On Flange Setback Distance tab

Company Practice Gap #PGDB::[lbl_CompanyPracticeGap]#
Company Practice Round Off Factor #PGDB::[lbl_CompanyPracticeRoundOffFactor]#
Maximum Weld Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_MaximumWeldThickness]#

Slot (ShipStructure)
Creates a slot report.
Reports\ShipStructure\Slot folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#
Assembly #Slot::Assembly#
Penetrated Plate #Slot::Penetrated Plate#
Slot #Slot::Slot#
Slot Type #Slot::Slot Type#
Profile ID #Slot::Stiffener Part#
Stiffened Plate System #Slot::Stiffened Plate System#
SmartPlant Review
Generates the graphics (VUE) and attribute data (MDB2) files. These files can be opened in the
SmartPlant Review application. The S3DToSPRDirect.xls file does not require editing and is not
customizable.
Accuracy Data (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing PinJig Accuracy Data report.
Report tab
Parent Remarking line - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_HorRemarkLineParent
Parent Remarking line - Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_VerRemarkLineParent#


Offset on Jig floor - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_X#
Offset on Jig floor – Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_RelOffset_Y#
Nearest Pin's height #XptPinOffsetReport::m_NearestPinHeight#
Distance between Intersection point and its upper position #XptPinOffsetReport::m_IntxPtHeight
Embedded Standalone Reports

Most reports are dependent upon a related view. The following reports can be added to a
Drawings by Rule component without a related view.
MfgTemplate - Split Row (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Template
Sets) (on page 459)
For more information, see "General Tab (Setup Dialog Box - Drawings by Rule)" in the
Material List (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of Materials to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Reports\StructManufacturing folder.
Sheet1 tab
Enter Block/Assy Name #QWP::{ItemName}#
Lot number #QWP::Lot number#
Dimensions #QWP::Dimensions#
Quantity #QWP::Quantity#
Weight #QWP::Total weight#
Quantity in block #QWP::Count of parts in Block#
Quantity other block #QWP::Count of parts in other Blocks#

MFGPROFILE (StructManufacturing)
Creates a manufacturing profile report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\MFGPROFILE folder.

User #Formatting Field::{User Name}#
BlockName #StrMfgProfile::BlockName#
AssemblyName #StrMfgProfile::AssemblyName#
MfgProfile Name #StrMfgProfile::ItemName#
MfgProfile Curvature Type #StrMfgProfile::CurvatureType#
TopFlange Length Before #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
BtmFlange Length Before #FormattingUOM::{Length}#

MfgTemplate - Common Report

(ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets)
Drawings by Rule view. You can use this report when up a Drawing by Rule component to
create Manufacturing Template Set drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more
CommonReport folder.
Report tab
Date\Time #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
Plate #DefaultTemplateReport::PlateName#
Template #DefaultTemplateReport::TemplateName#
Positions #CommonReport_Data::DAT_TemplateName#
Sight Line Marking #CommonReport_Data::DAT_SightLineDist#
Upper Angle Mark #CommonReport_Data::DAT_UpperAngleMark#
Lower Angle Mark #CommonReport_Data::DAT_LowerAngleMark#
Template Angle (Fore) #CommonReport_Data::DAT_ForeTemplateAngle#
Template Angle (AFT) #CommonReport_Data::DAT_AftTemplateAngle#
Length of Template #CommonReport_Data::DAT_TemplateLength#
Height at Length of Template #CommonReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtTemplateLength#

MfgTemplate - Offset Report

Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets)
OffsetReport folder.
Report tab
Date\Time #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
Plate #DefaultTemplateReport::PlateName#
Template #DefaultTemplateReport::TemplateName#
Offset Spacing #DefaultTemplateReport::TemplateOffset#
DISTANCE Offset #DefaultReport_Data::DAT_TemplateName

#
#DefaultReport_Header::TXT_Step_0# 1 #DefaultReport_Data::DAT_HeightAtStep_0#

DISTANCE Offset #DefaultReport_Data2::DAT_TemplateNam

e#
#DefaultReport_Header2::TXT_Step_1 11 #DefaultReport_Data2::DAT_HeightAtStep_1
0# 0#
1# 1#
2# 2#
3# 3#
4# 4#
5# 5#
6# 6#
7# 7#
8# 8#
9# 9#
Panel Data Report (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin)
Creates a report for manufacturing PinJig for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can
use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing PinJig
Report tab
<Company Name>

Jig Tables
Jig Dimensions #DefaultPinReport::m_JigDimension#
Required Area #DefaultPinReport::m_RqArea#
Angle between frame plane and assembly plane
#DefaultPinReport::m_FrameNAssemblyAngle#
Angle between waterline plane and assembly plane
#DefaultPinReport::m_WaterLineNAssemblyAngle#
Panel Data Table
Distance From the Sightline to

Heights of Panel Edges for Jig Column
Edges of Panel
Type #PanelDataReport::m_EdgeType# #SightLineToEdge::m_EdgeTypeD

ist#
A #PanelDataReport::m_Height0# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance0#
B #PanelDataReport::m_Height1# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance1#
C #PanelDataReport::m_Height2# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance2#
D #PanelDataReport::m_Height3# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance3#
E #PanelDataReport::m_Height4# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance4#
F #PanelDataReport::m_Height5# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance5#
G #PanelDataReport::m_Height6# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance6#
H #PanelDataReport::m_Height7# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance7#
I #PanelDataReport::m_Height8# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance8#
J #PanelDataReport::m_Height9# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance9#
K #PanelDataReport::m_Height10# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance10#
L #PanelDataReport::m_Height11# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance11#
M #PanelDataReport::m_Height12# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance12#
N #PanelDataReport::m_Height13# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance13#


Edges of Panel

ist#
O #PanelDataReport::m_Height14# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance14#
P #PanelDataReport::m_Height15# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance15#
Q #PanelDataReport::m_Height16# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance16#
R #PanelDataReport::m_Height17# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance17#
S #PanelDataReport::m_Height18# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance18#
T #PanelDataReport::m_Height19# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance19#
U #PanelDataReport::m_Height20# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance20#
V #PanelDataReport::m_Height21# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance21#
W #PanelDataReport::m_Height22# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance22#
X #PanelDataReport::m_Height23# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance23#
Y #PanelDataReport::m_Height24# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance24#
Z #PanelDataReport::m_Height25# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance25#
AA #PanelDataReport::m_Height26# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance26#
AB #PanelDataReport::m_Height27# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance27#
AC #PanelDataReport::m_Height28# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance28#
AD #PanelDataReport::m_Height29# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance29#
AE #PanelDataReport::m_Height30# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance30#
AF #PanelDataReport::m_Height31# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance31#
AG #PanelDataReport::m_Height32# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance32#
AH #PanelDataReport::m_Height33# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance33#
AI #PanelDataReport::m_Height34# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance34#
AJ #PanelDataReport::m_Height35# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance35#
AK #PanelDataReport::m_Height36# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance36#


Edges of Panel

ist#
AL #PanelDataReport::m_Height37# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance37#
AM #PanelDataReport::m_Height38# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance38#
AN #PanelDataReport::m_Height39# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance39#
AO #PanelDataReport::m_Height40# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance40#
AP #PanelDataReport::m_Height41# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance41#
AQ #PanelDataReport::m_Height42# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance42#
AR #PanelDataReport::m_Height43# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance43#
AS #PanelDataReport::m_Height44# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance44#
AT #PanelDataReport::m_Height45# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance45#
AU #PanelDataReport::m_Height46# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance46#
AV #PanelDataReport::m_Height47# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance47#
AW #PanelDataReport::m_Height48# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance48#
AX #PanelDataReport::m_Height49# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance49#
AY #PanelDataReport::m_Height50# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance50#
AZ #PanelDataReport::m_Height51# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance51#
BA #PanelDataReport::m_Height52# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance52#
BB #PanelDataReport::m_Height53# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance53#
BC #PanelDataReport::m_Height54# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance54#
BD #PanelDataReport::m_Height55# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance55#
BE #PanelDataReport::m_Height56# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance56#
BF #PanelDataReport::m_Height57# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance57#
BG #PanelDataReport::m_Height58# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance58#
BH #PanelDataReport::m_Height59# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance59#


Edges of Panel

ist#
BI #PanelDataReport::m_Height60# #SightLineToEdge::m_Distance60#
Corners of the Panels

Corner #CornerReport::ItemNum#
Dist(X) #CornerReport::m_X#
Dist(Y) #CornerReport::m_Y#
Dist(Z) #CornerReport::m_Z#
Parts List (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of parts to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Parts List folder.
Sheet1 tab
Block #QWP::{ItemName}#
Part #QWP::PartName#
Sketch #QWP::Sketch#
Sheet Number #QWP::Sheet number#
Material #QWP::MaterialType#
Quantity port #QWP::Quantity on Port#
Quantity CL #QWP::Quantity on Centerline#
Quantity stbd #QWP::Quantity on Stbd#
Weight unit #QWP::Unit weight#
Weight total #QWP::Total weight#
Workshop #QWP::Workshop#

Revision #QWP::Scantling Drawing Revision#
Pin Jig (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Mfg

Pin Jig)
Creates a report for manufacturing Pin Jig for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Pin
Jig drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Report tab
Company Name
Jig Tables
Jig Dimensions #DefaultPinReport::m_JigDimension#

Required Area #DefaultPinReport::m_RqArea#
1, 2 - Diagonal Lengths
3 - Aft Butt
4 - Upper Seam
5 - Fore Butt
6 - Lower Seam
7 - Horizontal Interval
8 - Vertical Interval
9 - Vertical Distance Between Nearest Pin and Jig Corner
10 - Horizontal Distance Between Nearest Pin and Jig Corner
11 -14 - Corner Pins
15 - Assembly Panel
16 - Pin Height
17 - Plate Seams
18 - Base Plane

Numeric Report Column Description Design Time Example of

Callouts Header at Values Values at
Design Time Runtime
1,2 Diagonal Length Diagonal lengths #DefaultPinReport:: 14779

on the pin jig 3D [outFormat_local_
m_Diagonal_ALFU]
#
10,11,12,1 Ground Names of the #GroundInfoReport (H3, V12)

3 Information corner pins ::m_PinName#
9 Ground Vertical distance #GroundINfoReport -175

Information between nearest ::[outFormat_Loca_
pin and corner of m_DY]#
jig floor
10 Ground Horizontal #GroundInfoReport 63

Information distance between ::[outFormat_Local
nearest pin and _m_DX]#
corner of jig floor
16 Ground Actual pin height #GroundInfoReport 937

Information ::[outFormat_Local
_m_PinHeight]#
7 Pin Interval Horizontal #DefaultPinReport:: 600

interval for pin jig [outFormat_Local_
spacing m_HorizInterval]#
8 Pin Interval Vertical interval #DefaultPinReport:: 500

for pin jig spacing [outFormat_Local_
m_VertInterval]#
3 Seam Girth Aft butt remarking #DefaultPinReport:: 5953

Length line of pin jig [outFormat_Local_
m_Girth_A_BUTT]#
4 Seam Girth Upper seam #DefaultPinReport:: 12084

Length remarking line of [outFormat_Local_
pin jig m_Girth_U_SEAM]
#
5 Seam Girth Fore butt #DefaultPinReport:: 6778

pin jig m_Girth_F_BUTT]#
6 Seam Girth Lower seam #DefaultPinReport:: 11378

pin jig m_Girth_L_SEAM]
#

Ground Info:
No. #GroundInfoReport::m_ItemNum#
Pin Name #GroundInfoReport::m_PinName#
dX #GroundInfoReport::m_DX#
dY #GroundInfoReport:: m_DY#
Pin Height #GroundInfoReport:: m_PinHeight#
Pin Height Summary:
Range Design Time Values Example of

Values at
Runtime
Height <= 800 #PinSummaryReport::m_Range1# 317
800 < Height <= 1300 #PinSummaryReport::m_Range2# 19
1300 < Height <= 1800 #PinSummaryReport::m_Range3# 0
1800 < Height #PinSummaryReport::m_Range4# 1
Assembly Angle:
Axis Design Time Values Example of

Values at
Runtime
X-Plane #DefaultPinReport::m_FrameNAsse 65.1

mblyAngle#
Y-Plane #DefaultPinReport::m_ButtockLine 138.1

NAssemblyAngle#
X-Plane #DefaultPinReport::m_WaterLineN 58.7

AssemblyAngle#

Profile Sketch Multiple (ShipDrawings\Dependent

Creates a multiple profile sketch report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can
use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile
Sketch drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Multiple
folder.
Report tab
Symmetry PORT #PSMultiple::Symmetry_PORT#
Symmetry CL #PSMultiple::Symmetry_CL#
Symmetry STBD #PSMultiple::Symmetry_STBD#
Parameters A #PSMultiple::A#
Parameters B #PSMultiple::B#
Parameters C #PSMultiple::C#
Parameters D #PSMultiple::D#
Parameters E #PSMultiple::E#
Parameters F #PSMultiple::F#
Parameters G #PSMultiple::G#
Parameters H #PSMultiple::H#
Parameters I #PSMultiple::I#
Parameters J #PSMultiple::J#
Parameters K #PSMultiple::K#
Parameters L #PSMultiple::L#
Parameters M #PSMultiple::M#
Parameters N #PSMultiple::N#
Parameters O #PSMultiple::O#

Parameters P #PSMultiple::P#
Parameters Q #PSMultiple::Q#
Parameters R #PSMultiple::R#
Parameters S #PSMultiple::S#
Parameters T #PSMultiple::T#
Parameters U #PSMultiple::U#
Parameters V #PSMultiple::V#
Parameters W #PSMultiple::W#
Parameters X #PSMultiple::X#
Parameters Y #PSMultiple::Y#
Parameters Z #PSMultiple::Z#
Parameters AA #PSMultiple::AA#
Parameters AB #PSMultiple::AB#
Parameters AC #PSMultiple::AC#
Parameters AD #PSMultiple::AD#
Parameters AE #PSMultiple::AE#
Parameters AF #PSMultiple::AF#
Parameters AG #PSMultiple::GA#
Parameters AH #PSMultiple::AH#
Parameters AI #PSMultiple::AI#
Parameters AJ #PSMultiple::AJ#
Parameters AK #PSMultiple::AK#
Parameters AL #PSMultiple::AL#
Parameters AM #PSMultiple::AM#
Parameters AN #PSMultiple::AN#

Profile Sketch Single (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch -
Single)
Creates a single profile sketch for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can use this
report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing Profile Sketch
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile Sketch - Single
folder.
Report tab
Part Name #PSDefault::PartName#
Weight (KG) #PSDefault::Weight#
PORT #PSDefault::Symmetry_PORT#
Symmetry CL #PSDefault::Symmetry_CL#
#PSDefault::Curve #PSCurved::Location
dPosition# #
0 #PSCurved::0#
1 #PSCurved::1#
2 #PSCurved::2#
3 #PSCurved::3#
4 #PSCurved::4#
5 #PSCurved::5#
6 #PSCurved::6#
7 #PSCurved::7#
8 #PSCurved::8#
9 #PSCurved::9#

dPosition# #
10 #PSCurved::10#
11 #PSCurved::11#
12 #PSCurved::12#
13 #PSCurved::13#
14 #PSCurved::14#
15 #PSCurved::15#
16 #PSCurved::16#
17 #PSCurved::17#
18 #PSCurved::18#
19 #PSCurved::19#
20 #PSCurved::20#
21 #PSCurved::21#
22 #PSCurved::22#
23 #PSCurved::23#
24 #PSCurved::24#
25 #PSCurved::25#
26 #PSCurved::26#
27 #PSCurved::27#
28 #PSCurved::28#
29 #PSCurved::29#
30 #PSCurved::30#
31 #PSCurved::31#
32 #PSCurved::32#
33 #PSCurved::33#

dPosition# #
34 #PSCurved::34#
35 #PSCurved::35#
36 #PSCurved::36#
37 #PSCurved::37#
38 #PSCurved::38#
39 #PSCurved::39#
40 #PSCurved::40#
41 #PSCurved::41#
42 #PSCurved::42#
43 #PSCurved::43#
44 #PSCurved::44#
45 #PSCurved::45#
46 #PSCurved::46#
47 #PSCurved::47#
48 #PSCurved::48#
49 #PSCurved::49#
50 #PSCurved::50#
51 #PSCurved::51#
52 #PSCurved::52#
53 #PSCurved::53#
54 #PSCurved::54#
55 #PSCurved::55#
56 #PSCurved::56#
57 #PSCurved::57#

dPosition# #
58 #PSCurved::58#
59 #PSCurved::59#
60 #PSCurved::60#
Shell Expansion Accuracy Check

(ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell Expansion)
Creates a shell expansion accuracy report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You
can use this report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component to create shell expansion
Reports\ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell Expansion\Shell Expansion Accuracy Check
folder.
Report1 tab
x #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Location X#
Shell Expansion Accuracy Results - Hull Lines (G & T)
Offset1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Offset1#
Girth1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Girth1#
Offset2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Offset2#
Girth2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Girth2#
 Girths #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Girth Total#
Offsets #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Offset Total#
Y = f(x) #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ACIS Total#
Shell Expansion Accuracy Results - Expansion Drawing (Core Math)
Offset1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Offset1#
Girth1 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Girth1#
Offset2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Offset2#
Girth2 #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Girth2#
 Girths #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Girth Total#

 Offsets #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Offset Total#

Y = f(x) #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Math Total#
Error (meters)
 Girths #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ErrorGirth#
 Offsets #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::ErrorOffset#
 Y #Shell Expansion Accuracy Check::Error#
STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO (ShipStructure)

Creates a report for Structural Plate Material Take-Offs to be used for review and approval of
Reports\ShipStructure\STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO folder.
Report tab
Reporting on Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOMParam::BlockID#
Reporting on Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyID#
Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyName#
Part ID #StructuralBOM::PartID#
Part Name #StructuralBOM::PartName#
ShipSide #StructuralBOM::Symmetry#
Object #StructuralBOM::Object#
Object Type #StructuralBOM::ObjectType#
Status #StructuralBOM::Status#
Stage #StructuralBOM::Stage#
Material Type #StructuralBOM::MaterialType#
Grade #StructuralBOM::Grade#
Plate Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateLength]#
Plate Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateWidth]#
Curved #StructuralBOM::Curved#

Part Drawing Number #StructuralBOM::PartDwgNumber#

Arrangement Drawing Number #StructuralBOM::ArrgDwgNumber#
Mfg Part Id #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part ID#
Mfg Part Name #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part Name#
Nest ID #StructuralBOM::NestID#
Nesting Stage #StructuralBOM::Nesting Stage#
Center of Gravity X #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGX]#
Center of Gravity Y #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGY]#
Center of Gravity Z #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGZ]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedWeight]#
Area #FormattingUOM::{Area}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedArea]#
STRUCTURAL PROFILE (ShipStructure)

Creates a report of Structural Profile Material Take-Offs to be used for review and approval of
Reports\ShipStructure\STRUCTURAL PROFILE MTO folder.
Report tab
Reporting on Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOMParam::BlockID#
Reporting on Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::{Enter Block Name or Assembly Name}#
Block/Assembly ID #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyID#
Block/Assembly Name #StructuralBOM::BlockOrAssemblyName#
Ship Side #StructuralBOM::Symmetry#
Profile Type #StructuralBOM::ProfileType#

Profile Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_ProfileLength]#
Web Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebWidth]#
Flange Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeWidth]#
Web Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebThickness]#
Flange Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeThickness]#
IsTwisted #StructuralBOM::IsTwisted#
Mfg Part Id #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part ID#
Mfg Part Name #StructuralBOM::Mfg Part Name#
Nesting Stage #StructuralBOM::NestingStage#
Center of Gravity X #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFomattedCoGX]#
Center of Gravity Y #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGY]#
Center of Gravity Z #FormattingUOM::{Location}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedCoGZ]#
Weight #FormattingUOM::{Weight}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedWeight]#
Area #FormattingUOM::{Area}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormattedArea]#
Weight and CG (StructManufacturing)

Creates a report of Weights and CGs to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Reports\StructManufacturing\Weight and CG folder.
Sheet1 tab

Filter #WeightandCG::{FilterName}#
Block #WeightAndCG::Block#
Part Name #WeightAndCG::PartName#
Weight #WeightAndCG::Weight#
Center of Gravity x #WeightAndCG::COGx#
Center of Gravity y #WeightAndCG::COGy#
Center of Gravity z #WeightAndCG::COGz#
Quantity #WeightAndCG::Quantity#
Location #WeightAndCG::Location#
Total =SUM(D11:D12)
Xpt Pin Offset (ShipDrawings\Dependent View

Creates a report for the intersection point of a PinJig. You can use this report when setting up a
Drawing by Rule component to create Manufacturing PinJig drawings in the Drawings and
Reports task. For more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Report tab
Parent Remarking line - Horizontal #XptPinOffsetReport::m_HorRemarkLineParent#
Parent Remarking line - Vertical #XptPinOffsetReport::m_VerRemarkLineParent#
Offset on Jig floor - Horizontal #XptOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_RelOffset_X#
Offset on Jig floor - Vertical #XptOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_RelOffset_Y#
Nearest Pin's height #XptPinOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_NearestPinHeight]#
Distance between Intersection point and its upper position
#XptPinOffsetReport::[outFormat_Local_m_IntxPtHeight]#

Spatial Load Relations (Compartmentation)

Creates a spatial load overview report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\SpatialLoadRelations folder.
Sheet1 tab
Spatial Load #Compartment::Name#
Load Combination #Compartment::Parent#
Compartment #Compartment::ConnectedCompartment#
Specialties (Verification of Consistency)

Creates a report of specialty objects to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
of Consistency\Specialties folder.
StockSpltyWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSSWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PSSWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PSSWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
CusEngSpltyBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom#

First Size To #PSCEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#

First Size Units of Measure #PSCEBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEBoltedGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCEBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSCEBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSCEBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSCEBoltedGenericData::endstandard#
PSCESubstCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#
#PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
Short Material Description #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::ShortMaterialDescription#
First Size From #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCECapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSpltyFemaleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEFemaleGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First SIze To #PSCEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEFemaleGenericData::npd#

Nominal Diameter Units #PSCEFemaleGenericData::npdunits#

End Preparation #PSCEFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSCEFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSCEFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSCEFemaleGenericData::schedule#
CusEngSpltyLinerthkDatUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard #PSCELinerThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#
CusEngSpltyLocalizeDesUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCELocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCELocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCELocalizedDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCELocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCELocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCELocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCELocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCELocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSpltyLongDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCELongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCELongDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCELongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCELongDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCELongDesc::firstsizeunits#

Second Size From #PSCELongDesc::secondsizefrom#

Second Size To #PSCELongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCELongDesc::secondsizeunits#
CusEngMatlClassBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PSCEMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PSCEMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCEMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCEMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
CusEngSpltyMechEndDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSCEMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
CusEngSpltyUndefinedInPartData
Description of the Error #PSCEPartData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEPartData::firstsizefrom#

First Size To #PSCEPartData::firstsizeto#

First Size Units #PSCEPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCEPartData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEPartData::multisizeoption#
CusEngSptyPlainPipeDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEPartData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEPartData::multisizeoption#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSCEPartData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSCEPartData::npdunits#
End Standard #PSCEPartData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSCEPartData::schedule#
CusEngPipingSpltyReport
Description of the Error #PSCEReport::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCEReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCEReport::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEReport::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCEReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCEReport::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PSCEReport::partnumber#
Primary Size #PSCEReport::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PSCEReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSCEReport::secondarysize#

Units of Measure #PSCEReport::secsizenpdunits#

First Size Schedule #PSCEReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSCEReport::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngRptblCmdtyNotInMatCtlData
Description of the Error #PSCEReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
#PSCEReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Tag Number #PSCEReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
ReportOfCusEngSpltySymbols
Description of the Error #PSCEReportOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCEReportOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEReportOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEReportOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEReportOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEReportOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEReportOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PSCEReportOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CusEngSpltyShortDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCEShortDesc::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEShortDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEShortDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEShortDesc::secondsizeunits#

CusEngSubtCapScwNotInMatlCtlDat
Description of the Error #PSCESubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCESubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
#PSCESubstCapScrew::SubstCapScrewCntrCommodityCode#
First Size From #PSCESubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCESubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCESubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCESubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCESubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCESubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
SummaryOfCusEngSpltyParts
Description of the Error #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Part Number #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#
Units of Measure #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Units of Measure #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSCESummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
CusEngSpltyFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PSCESymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSCESymbolPlacement::TagNumber#
First Size From #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#

Second Size From #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#

Second Size To #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSCESymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Primary Size #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PSCESymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
First Size Schedule #PSCESymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSCESymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PSCESymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PSCESymbolPlacement::symbolname#
CusEngSpltySymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCESymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCESymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCESymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCESymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCESymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCESymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCESymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCESymbols::secondsizeunits#
Symbol Name #PSCESymbols::symboldefinitionname#
CusEngSpValveOpNotInMatlctlData
Description of the Error #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeunits#

CusEngSpltyValveOpNotInPartData
Description of the Error #PSCEValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSCEValveOpPart::ValveOperatorCatalogPartNumber#
Tag Number #PSCEValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSCEValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSCEValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSCEValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSCEValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSCEValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
CusEngSpltyWeightDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSCEWtAndCg::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSCEWtAndCg::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PSCEWtAndCg::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSCEWtAndCg::partnumber#
Dry Weight #PSCEWtAndCg::[lbl_dryweight]#
Water Weight #PSCEWtAndCg::[lbl_waterweight]#
StockSpltyBoltedDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSBoltedGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSBoltedGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSBoltedGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSBoltedGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSBoltedGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSBoltedGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSBoltedGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSBoltedGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSBoltedGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSBoltedGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSBoltedGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSBoltedGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSSBoltedGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSSBoltedGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSSBoltedGenericData::endstandard#

StockSpltyCapScrewNotInBoltData
Description of the Error #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::secondsizeunits#
#PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
Contractor Commodity Code of the Piping Specialty
#PSSCapScrewsBoltPartData::contractorcommoditycode#
StockSpltyUndefinedInCmdtyClass
Description of the Error #PSSCmdtyClass::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSCmdtyClass::tagnumber#
#PSSCmdtyClass::industrycommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSCmdtyClass::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSCmdtyClass::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtyClass::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSCmdtyClass::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSCmdtyClass::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtyClass::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyNotInServiceLimitsDat
Description of the Error #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::tagnumber#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::industrycommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::secondsizeunits#
Nominal Piping Diameters #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npd#

Nominal Diameter Units #PSSCmdtySpecificserviceLimits::npdunittype#
StockSpltyFemaleDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSFemaleGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSFemaleGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSFemaleGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSFemaleGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSFemaleGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSFemaleGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSFemaleGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSFemaleGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSFemaleGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSFemaleGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSFemaleGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSFemaleGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSSFemaleGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSSFemaleGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSSFemaleGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSSFemaleGenericData::schedule#
StockSpltyLinerThkDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::npdunits#
Lining Material #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::liningmaterial#
Geometric Industry Standard #PSSLinerThicknessGenericData::geometricindustrystandard#

StockSpltyLocalizeDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSLocalizedDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSLocalizedDesc::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSLocalizedDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSLocalizedDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSLocalizedDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSLocalizedDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSLocalizedDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSLocalizedDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSLocalizedDesc::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyLongDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSLongDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSLongDesc::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSLongDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSLongDesc::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSLongDesc::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSLongDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSLongDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSLongDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSLongDesc::secondsizeunits#
StockMatlClassBasisUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSMatlClassExistence::Typeoferror#
Piping Materials Class #PSSMatlClassExistence::specname#
Tag Number #PSSMatlClassExistence::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSMatlClassExistence::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSMatlClassExistence::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSMatlClassExistence::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSMatlClassExistence::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSMatlClassExistence::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSMatlClassExistence::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSMatlClassExistence::multisizeoption#
StockySpltyNotInMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PSSMatlCtlData::TypeOfError#

Tag Number #PSSMatlCtlData::tagnumber#

Contractor Commodity Code #PSSMatlCtlData::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSMatlCtlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSMatlCtlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units of Measure #PSSMatlCtlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSMatlCtlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSMatlCtlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units of Measure #PSSMatlCtlData::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyMechDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSMechanicalGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSMechanicalGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSMechanicalGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSMechanicalGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSMechanicalGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSMechanicalGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSMechanicalGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSMechanicalGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSMechanicalGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSMechanicalGenericData::npdunits#
End Preparation #PSSMechanicalGenericData::endpreparation#
Pressure Rating #PSSMechanicalGenericData::pressurerating#
End Standard #PSSMechanicalGenericData::endstandard#
StkSpltyMultipleMatlCtlData
Description of the Error #PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::tagnumber#
#PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::commoditycode#
Short Material Description #PSSMultipleMatlCtlData::ShortMaterialDescription#
StockSpltyPartDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSPartValidation::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSPartValidation::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSPartValidation::firstsizefrom#

First Size To #PSSPartValidation::firstsizeto#

First Size Units #PSSPartValidation::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSPartValidation::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSPartValidation::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSPartValidation::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSPartValidation::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSPartValidation::industrycommoditycode#
StockSptyPlainPipeDataUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSPlainGenericData::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSPlainGenericData::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSPlainGenericData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSPlainGenericData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSPlainGenericData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSPlainGenericData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSPlainGenericData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSPlainGenericData::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSPlainGenericData::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSPlainGenericData::industrycommoditycode#
Nominal Piping Diameter #PSSPlainGenericData::npd#
Nominal Diameter Units #PSSPlainGenericData::npdunits#
End Standard #PSSPlainGenericData::endstandard#
Schedule (Thickness) #PSSPlainGenericData::schedule#
StockSpltyPartReport
Description of the Error #PSSReport::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSReport::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSReport::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSReport::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSReport::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSReport::secondsizeunits#
Second Size To #PSSReport::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSReport::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSReport::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSReport::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSSReport::partnumber#

Primary Size #PSSReport::primarysize#

Primary Size Units #PSSReport::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSSReport::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PSSReport::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PSSReport::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSSReport::secondsizeschedule#
StockSpltyRptbleCmdtyUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSReportableCmdty::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSReportableCmdty::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSReportableCmdty::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSReportableCmdty::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSReportableCmdty::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSReportableCmdty::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSReportableCmdty::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSReportableCmdty::secondsizeunits#
#PSSReportableCmdty::reportablecommoditycode#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSReportableCmdty::contractorcommoditycode#
ReportOfStockSpltySymbols
Description of the Error #PSSReportOfSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSReportOfSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSReportOfSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSReportOfSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSReportOfSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSReportOfSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSReportOfSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSReportOfSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSReportOfSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PSSReportOfSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockSpltyShortDescUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSShortDesc::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSShortDesc::tagnumber#
Contractor Commodity Code #PSSShortDesc::contractorcommoditycode#
First Size From #PSSShortDesc::firstsizefrom#

First Size To #PSSShortDesc::firstsizeto#

First Size Units #PSSShortDesc::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSShortDesc::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSShortDesc::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSShortDesc::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltySubtCapScrewUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSSubstCapScrew::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSSubstCapScrew::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSSubstCapScrew::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSubstCapScrew::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSubstCapScrew::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSubstCapScrew::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSubstCapScrew::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSubstCapScrew::secondsizeunits#
#PSSSubstCapScrew::capscrewcontractorcmdtycode#
#PSSSubstCapScrew::contractorcommoditycode#
SummaryOfStockSpltyParts
Description of the Error #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::industrycommoditycode#
Part Number #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::partnumber#
Primary Size #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::primarysize#
Primary Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::prisizenpdunits#
Secondary Size #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondarysize#
Secondary Size Units #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secsizenpdunits#
First Size Schedule #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::firstsizeschedule#

Second Size Schedule #PSSSummaryOfCatalogParts::secondsizeschedule#
StockSpltyFailedToPlace
Description of the Error #PSSSymbolPlacement::Typeoferror#
Tag Number #PSSSymbolPlacement::TagNumber#
First Size From #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizeunits#
Multi-size Option #PSSSymbolPlacement::multisizeoption#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSSymbolPlacement::industrycommoditycode#
Primary Size #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsize#
Primary Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::primarysizeunits#
Secondary Size #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsize#
Secondary Size Units #PSSSymbolPlacement::Secsizeunits#
First Size Schedule #PSSSymbolPlacement::firstsizeschedule#
Second Size Schedule #PSSSymbolPlacement::secondsizeschedule#
Maximum Temperature #PSSSymbolPlacement::maximumtemperature#
Symbol Name #PSSSymbolPlacement::symbolname#
StockSpltySymbolUndefined
Description of the Error #PSSSymbols::TypeOfError#
Tag Number #PSSSymbols::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSSymbols::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSSymbols::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSSymbols::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSSymbols::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSSymbols::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSSymbols::secondsizeunits#
Industry Commodity Code #PSSSymbols::industrycommoditycode#
Symbol Name #PSSSymbols::symboldefinitionname#
StockSpltyValOpNotInOpMatCtData
Description of the Error #PSSValveOpMatlctlDataTypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::ValveOperatorPartNumber#

Tag Number #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::tagnumber#

First Size From #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSValveOpMatlctlData::secondsizeunits#
StockSpltyValOpNotInPartData
Description of the Error #PSSValveOpPart::TypeOfError#
Valve Operator Number #PSSValveOpPart::ValveOperatorPartNumber#
Tag Number #PSSValveOpPart::tagnumber#
First Size From #PSSValveOpPart::firstsizefrom#
First Size To #PSSValveOpPart::firstsizeto#
First Size Units #PSSValveOpPart::firstsizeunits#
Second Size From #PSSValveOpPart::secondsizefrom#
Second Size To #PSSValveOpPart::secondsizeto#
Second Size Units #PSSValveOpPart::secondsizeunits#
Specifications (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Cableway)
Creates a report of cableway specifications to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Cableway\Specifications folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Cableway Spec tab

Spec Name #Spec::SpecName#
Description #Spec::Description#
Is Tray Specification #Spec::IsTraySpecification#
Material #Spec::Material#

Tray Type #Spec::TrayType#

Manufacturer #Spec::Manufacturer#
Default Bend Radius #Spec::[lbl_DefaultBendRadius]#
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit)

Creates a report of conduit specifications to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Specifications folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Conduit Spec tab

Spec Name #Conduit Spec::SpecName#
Material #Conduit Spec::Material#
Service #Conduit Spec::Service#
Splice Plate Vertical Adjustable (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray vertical adjustable splice plates to be used for review and approval
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\SplicePlaVerAdjustable folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName


AttributeUse
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate tab

Symbol Icon
Quantity of Associated Parts #PartData::QuantityOfAssociatedParts#


SPMAT Cable Tray MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Cable Tray Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT CableTray MTO folder.
Plant Name: #Plant::Name#
Date: #FormattingField::{DateTime}#
User: #FormattingField::{UserName}#
SP Material Cable Tray MTO

GUID #Cable Tray::OID#
Discipline #Cable Tray::Discipline#
Area #Cable Tray::Area#
unit #Cable Tray::Unit#
WBS #Cable Tray::WBS#
cableway name #Cable Tray::Cableway Name#
PartNumber #Cable Tray::Part Number#
PartDescription #Cable Tray::Part Description#
Nominal Width #Cable Tray::Nominal Width#
NominalDepth #Cable Tray::[outNominalDepth]#
Reducing Size #Cable Tray::[outReducingSize]#
Rung Spacing #Cable Tray::[outRungSpacing]#
TrayType #Cable Tray::Tray Type_LongString#

Component Type #Cable Tray::Component Type_LongString#

Material #Cable Tray::Material_LongString#
Manufacturer #Cable Tray::Manufacturer#
LoadSpanClassification #Cable Tray::Load Span Classification_LongString#
Length #Cable Tray::[outLength]#
Approval status #Cable Tray::Approval Status_LongString#
Weight #Cable Tray::[outWeight]#
Weight Unit
Quantity #Cable Tray::[outLength]#
Quantity Unit
SPMAT Handrail MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Handrails Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT Handrail MTO folder.
SP Material Handrail MTO

GUID #Handrails::OID#
Discipline #Handrails::Discipline#
Area #Handrails::Area#
unit #Handrails::Unit#
WBS #Handrails::WBS#
Name #Handrails::Name#
System #Handrails::System#
Length #Handrails::[outLength]#
Length Unit
Height #Handrails::[outHeight]#
Height Unit
Weight #Handrails::[outWeight]#
Weight Unit
Material #Handrails::Material#
Grade #Handrails::Grade#

SPMAT Pipe MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Piping Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT Pipe MTO folder.
SP Material Pipe MTO

GUID #SPMATPipeMTO::OID#
Discipline #SPMATPipeMTO::Discipline#
Area #SPMATPipeMTO::AreaSystem#
unit #SPMATPipeMTO::UnitSystem#
Pipeline #SPMATPipeMTO::LineId#
Iso Sheet #SPMATPipeMTO::IsoSheet#
Pipe Run #SPMATPipeMTO::PipeRun#
WBS #SPMATPipeMTO::WBS#
Component Type #SPMATPipeMTO::Category#
Name #SPMATPipeMTO::ComponentName#
PartNumer #MemberParts::Member Part Number#
TAG #SPMATPipeMTO::Tag#
Commodity Code #SPMATPipeMTO::CommodityCode#
Size1 #SPMATPipeMTO::NPD1#
Size1 Unit #SPMATPipeMTO::NPDUnitType1#
Spec #SPMATPipeMTO::Spec#
Material #SPMATPipeMTO::Material#
Fabrication Type #SPMATPipeMTO::FabricationType#
Approval Status #SPMATPipeMTO::ApprovalStatus#
Quantity #SPMATPipeMTO::QuantityTotal#
Quantity Unit

SPMAT Steel MTO (SPMaterialMTO)

Creates a report of Steel Material Take-Off (MTO) to be used for review and approval of the
Reports\SPMaterialMTO\SPMAT Pipe MTO folder.
SP Material Steel MTO

GUID #MemberParts::OID#
Discipline #MemberParts::Discipline#
Area #MemberParts::Area#
unit #MemberParts::Unit#
WBS #MemberParts::WBS#
Structural System Name #MemberParts::Structural System Name#
Section #MemberParts::Structural System Name#
Material Type #MemberParts::Material Type#
Material Grade #MemberParts::Material Grade#
Length Quantity #MemberParts::[outLength]#
Weight #MemberParts::[outWeight]#
Surface Area #MemberParts::[outSurface]#
PartNumber #MemberParts::Member Part Number#
Standard Notes Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\StandardNotesData)
Creates a report of Standard Notes Data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\StandardNotesData folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Standard Notes Data tab

Name #PartData::Name#
Purpose #PartData::Purpose#
Description #PartData::Description#
Steam Trap Type4 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Steam Traps Type4 to be used for review and approval of the reference data
in your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Steam Trap Type4 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Steam Trap Type4 tab



Symbol Icon


Trap Body Diameter #PartData::[lbl_TrapBodyDiameter]#
Trap Length1 #PartData::[lbl_TrapLength1]#

in your catalog.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

Symbol Icon




Piping Specialty Length #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyLength]#
Nozzle Offset #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset]#
Nozzle Offset1 #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset1]#
Nozzle1 to Nozzle2 #PartData::[lbl_Nozzle1toNozzle2]#
Nozzle Offset2 #PartData::[lbl_NozzleOffset2]#

in your catalog.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter


Symbol Icon

Piping Specialty Length #PartData::[lbl_PipingSpecialtyLength]#

in your catalog.

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

Symbol Icon




Trap Diameter #PartData::[lbl_TrapDiameter]#

in your catalog.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter



Symbol Icon


Trap Height Top to Cen #PartData::[lbl_TrapHeightToptoCen]#
Withdrawal Distance #PartData::[lbl_WithdrawalDistance]#
Trap Height Bot to Cen #PartData::[lbl_TrapHeightBottoCen]#
With drawal Distance1 #PartData::[lbl_WithdrawalDistance1]#
Straight (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of cable tray straight parts to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Straight folder.

Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
CableTray Straight tab

Symbol Icon


STRMFG Profile Bending Line (StructManufacturing)

Creates a manufacturing profile bending line report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\STRMFGProfileBendingLine folder.
Default Report tab


#STRMFGProfileBendingLine::PositionNo#
#STRMFGProfileBendingLine::0# - #STRMFGProfileBendingLine::40#
STRMFG Profile Sketch Support

Creates a manufacturing profile sketch support report.
Reports\StructManufacturing\STRMFGProfileSketchSupport folder.
Default Report tab

#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Part Name#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::ShrinkageAndMarginApplied#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Web Length#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::TopFlange Length#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::BtmFlange Length#
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Feature1Distance# -
#STRMFGProfileSketchSupport::Feature80Distance#
Structural BOM (ShipStructure)

Creates a structural bill of materials report. This may be embedded into a drawing.
It is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\\Reports\Types of
Reports\ShipStructure\Structural BOM folder.
Report tab
Plant #Plant::Name#

ShipSide #StructuralBOM::Symmetry#
Profile Type #StructuralBOM::ProfileType#
Plate Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateLength]#
Plate Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateWidth]#
Plate Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_PlateThickness]#
Profile Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_ProfileLength]#
Web Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebWidth]#
Flange Width #FormattingUOM::{Width}# #StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeWidth]#
Web Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_WebThickness]#
Flange Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#StructuralBOM::[outFormat_Local_FlangeThickness]#
IsTwisted #StructuralBOM::IsTwisted#
COGx #StructuralBOM::COGx#
COGy #StructuralBOM::COGy#
COGz #StructuralBOM::COGz#
Weight #StructuralBOM::Weight#
Area #StructuralBOM::Area#

Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off

(Structure)
Itemized list of Curve members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed from the member solid.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Curve Member
Itemized Material Take-Off\Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off.rtp
Item #MemberCurve::ItemNum#
Name #MemberCurve::Name#
Priority #MemberCurve::Priority#
Type Category #MemberCurve::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberCurve::Type#
Section #MemberCurve::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberCurve::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberCurve::MaterialGrade#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Cut Length]#
Weight (3D Geometry Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Dry Weight]#
Surface Area #FormattingUOM::{SurfaceArea}#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off

by Unit Weight (Structure)
Itemized list of Curve members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed as Area x CutLength x Density.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Curve Member
Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight\Curve Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit
Weight.rtp

Item #MemberCurve::ItemNum#
Name #MemberCurve::Name#
Priority #MemberCurve::Priority#
Type Category #MemberCurve::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberCurve::Type#
Section #MemberCurve::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberCurve::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberCurve::MaterialGrade#
#MemberCurve::[outStructure Curve Member Cut Length]#
Weight (Catalog Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#MemberCurve::[Computed DryWeight]#
#MemberCurve::[Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Designed Handrails Details Properties

Creates a Designed Handrail report that contains handrail name, length, and total weight. A
second sheet reports data about the individual members that comprise the handrail (posts, rails,
and so forth.)
This report is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Structure folder.
Designed Handrail Summary tab

Filter Name: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterName}#
Filter Location: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterDescription}#
Designed Handrail Name #Summary::Name#
Estimated Length* #FormattingUOM::{Cut Length}#
Designed Handrail

Filter Name: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterName}#

Filter Location: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description: #DesignedHandrails::{FilterDescription}#
Designed Handrail Name #DesignedHandrails::Name#
Part Name #DesignedHandrails::MemberPartName#
Type #DesignedHandrails::Type#
Cross Section #DesignedHandrails::CrossSection#
Material #DesignedHandrails::MaterialType#
Grade #DesignedHandrails::MaterialGrade#
Length #FormattingUOM::{Cut Length}# #DesignedHandrails::[CutLengthFormat]#
Plate Dimensions Length #FormattingUOM::{Plate Length}#
#DesignedHandrails::[PlateLengthFormat]#
Plate Dimensions Width #FormattingUOM::{Plate Width}#
#DesignedHandrails::[PlateWidthFormat]#
Plate Dimensions Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Plate Thickness}#
#DesignedHandrails::[PlateThicknessFormat]#
#DesignedHandrails::[WeightFormat]#
Structure Handrails Detailed Properties (Structure)

Detailed report listing section sizes and end treatments.
Reports\Structure\Handrails Detailed Properties\Handrails Detailed Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Handrails::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Handrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Handrails::{FilterDescription}#
Top Rail Section #Handrails::Top Rail Section#
Height to Top Rail #Handrails::[outHeighttoTopRail]#
Mid-rail Section #Handrails::Mid-rail Section#
Height to Mid-rail #Handrails::[outHeighttoMidRail]#
Post Section #Handrails::Post Section#
Toe Plate Section #Handrails::Toe Plate Section#

Height to Toe Plate #Handrails::[outHeightToToePlate]#

Begin Treatment #Handrails::Begin Treatment#
Begin Extension Length #Handrails::[outBeginLength]#
End Treatment #Handrails::End Treatment#
End Extension Length #Handrails::[outEndLength]#
Structure Handrails General Properties (Structure)

General report listing length, height, weight and material.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Handrails General
Properties\Handrails General Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Handrails::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Handrails::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Handrails::{FilterDescription}#
System #Handrails::Parent System#
Length ft. #Handrails::[outLength]#
Height ft. #Handrails::[outHeight]#
Weight (3D Geometry Method) #Handrails::[outWeight]#
Material #Handrails::Material#
Grade #Handrails::Grade#
Structure Ladders Detailed Properties (Structure)

Detailed report listing component dimensions and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Ladders Detailed
Properties\Ladders Detailed Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Ladders::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Ladders::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Ladders::{FilterDescription}#
Name #Ladders::Name#
Location #Ladders::[outLocation]#

Number of Steps #Ladders::NumSteps#

Stringer Width #Ladders::[outStringerWidth]#
Stringer Thickness #Ladders::[outStringerThickness]#
Step Diameter #Ladders::[outStepDiameter]#
Step Pitch #Ladders::[outStepPitch]#
Hoop Bottom Level #Ladders::[outBottomLevel]#
Hoop Pitch #Ladders::[outHoopPitch]#
Hoop Radius #Ladders::[outHoopRadius]#
Flare Radius #Ladders::[outFlareRadius]#
Strap Count #Ladders::Strap Count#
Strap Width #Ladders::[outStrapWidth]#
Strap Thickness #Ladders::[outStrapThickness]#
Wall Offset #Ladders::[outWallOffset]#
Ladder Extension #Ladders::[outExtension]#
Structure Ladders General Properties (Structure)

General report listing length, width, height, material and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Ladders General
Properties\Ladders General Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Ladders::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Ladders::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Ladders::{FilterDescription}#
Name #Ladders::Name#
Location #Ladders::[outLocation]#
System #Ladders::SystemName#
Length #Ladders::[outLength]#
Width #Ladders::[outWidth]#
Height #Ladders::[outHeight]#
Angle #Ladders::[outAngle]#
Weight (3D Geometry Method) #Ladders::[outWeight]#
Material #Ladders::Primary_SPSMaterial#
Grade #Ladders::Primary_SPSGrade#

Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off

(Structure)
Itemized list of Linear members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed from the member solid.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Linear Member
Itemized Material Take-Off\Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off.rtp
Item #MemberLinear::ItemNum#
Name #MemberLinear::Name#
Priority #MemberLinear::Priority#
Type Category #MemberLinear::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberLinear::Type#
Section #MemberLinear::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberLinear::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberLinear::MaterialGrade#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Cut Length]#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Dry Weight]#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off

by Unit Weight (Structure)
Itemized list of Linear members including member type, section name, material, length, weight
and surface area. Weight is computed as Area x CutLength x Density.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Linear Member
Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight\Linear Member Itemized Material Take-Off by Unit
Weight.rtp
Item #MemberLinear::ItemNum#

Name #MemberLinear::Name#
Priority #MemberLinear::Priority#
Type Category #MemberLinear::TypeCategory#
Type #MemberLinear::Type#
Section #MemberLinear::SectionName#
Material Type #MemberLinear::MaterialType#
Material Grade #MemberLinear::MaterialGrade#
#MemberLinear::[outStructure Linear Member Cut Length]#
Weight (Catalog Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#MemberLinear::[Computed DryWeight]#
#MemberLinear::[Computed SurfaceArea]#
Totals
Structure Member Summarized Material Take-Off by

Unit Weight (Structure)
Summary Member Weight (by Unit Weight) & Length MTO by System are provided.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Member
Summarized Material Take-Off by Unit Weight\Member Summarized Material Take-Off by Unit
Weight.rtp
Item Count #Members::ItemCount#
Section #Members::SectionName#
Material Type #Members::MaterialType#
Material Grade #Members::MaterialGrade#
Total Length #FormattingUOM::{Length}#
#Members::[outStructure Member Length]#
Total Weight (Catalog Method) #FormattingUOM::{Weight}#
#Members::TotalWeight#
Total Surface Area #FormattingUOM::{SurfaceArea}#
#Members::TotalSurfaceArea#
Totals

Structure Open Steel Sorted by Name - Export to

Icarus (Structure)
Open steel objects are listed with many properties such as area, tag, and WBS information.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Open Steel Sorted
by Name - Export to Icarus\Open Steel Sorted by Name - Export to Icarus.rtp
Internal Name
Units (BLANK)
AreaName #OpenSteel::SpaceFolder#
CpItemDescription #OpenSteel::Name#
CpUserTag (BLANK)
CpComponentWBS (BLANK)
CpNumberItems #OpenSteel::NumberItems#
CpLength
M
#OpenSteel::Length#
CpWidth
M
#OpenSteel::Width#
CpHeight
M
#OpenSteel::Height#
CpNumberFloors #OpenSteel::NumberFloors#
CpDistributedLoadPerLevel
KPA
#OpenSteel::[outStructure Icarus Open Steel Distributed Load per Level]#
CpBaySpan
M
#OpenSteel::BaySpan#
CpBayWidth
M
#OpenSteel::BayWidth#
CpNumberStairways #OpenSteel::NumberStairways#
CpStructuralSteelAnalysisType #OpenSteel::SteelAnalysis#
CpColumnBaseOption #OpenSteel::ColumnBaseOption#
CpFloorGratePercentArea
PERCENT
#OpenSteel::FloorGratePercentArea#

CpGratingType #OpenSteel::GratingType#
CpSidingPercentWallArea
PERCENT
#OpenSteel::SidingPercentArea#
CpSidingType #OpenSteel::SidingType#
CpSlabThickness
MM
#OpenSteel::[outStructure Icarus Open Steel Slab Thickness]#
CpFloorSlabPercentArea
PERCENT
#OpenSteel::FloorSlabPercentArea#
CpWindForceAdjustment #OpenSteel::WindForceAdjustment#
CpSeismicForceAdjustment #OpenSteel::SeismicForceAdjustment#
Structure Slab Material Take-Off (Structure)

Slabs are listed by priority with properties such as name, layer type, and material
information. Totals are calculated for thickness, weight and net surface area.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Slab Material Take-
Off\Slab Material Take-Off.rtp
Item #Slab::ItemNum#
Name #Slab::Name#
Priority #Slab::Priority#
Slab Type #Slab::SlabType#
Slab Composition #Slab::SlabComposition#
Layer Type #Slab::LayerType#
Material Type #Slab::MaterialType#
Material Grade #Slab::MaterialGrade#
Thickness #FormattingUOM::{Thickness}#
#Slab::[outStructure Slab Thickness]#
Net Volume #FormattingUOM::{NetVolume}#
#Slab::[outStructure Slab Volume]#
#Slab::[outStructure Slab Dry Weight]#

Net Surface Area #FormattingUOM::{NetSurfaceArea}#

#Slab::[outStructure Linear Member Net Surface Area]#
Net Projected Area #FormattingUOM::{NetProjectedArea}#
#Slab::[outStructure Linear Member Net Projected Surface Area]#
Total Projected Area #FormattingUOM::{TotalProjectedArea}#
#Slab::[outStructure Linear Member Total Projected Surface Area]#
Totals
Structure Stairs Detailed Properties (Structure)

Detailed report listing component dimensions and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Stairs Detailed
Properties\Stairs Detailed Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Stairs::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Stairs::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Stairs::{FilterDescription}#
Name #Stairs::Name#
Location #Stairs::[outLocation]#
Number of Steps #Stairs::NumSteps#
Top Landing Length #Stairs::[outLandingLength]#
Platform Thickness #Stairs::[outPlatformThickness]#
Stringer Section #Stairs::String Section#
Step Section #Stairs::StepSectionName#
Step Pitch #Stairs::[outStepPitch]#
Handrail Section #Stairs::HandRail Section#
Post Height #Stairs::[outPostHeight]#
Post Spacing #Stairs::[outPostSpacing]#
Number of Midrails #Stairs::Number of Midrails#
Envelope Height #Stairs::[outEnvelopeHeight]#

Structure Stairs General Properties (Structure)

General report listing length, width, height, material and physical location.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Structure\Stairs General
Properties\Stairs General Properties.rtp
Filter Name #Stairs::{FilterName}#
Filter Location #Stairs::{FilterLocation}#
Filter Description #Stairs::{FilterDescription}#
Name #Stairs::Name#
Location #Stairs::[outLocation]#
System #Stairs::SystemName#
Length #Stairs::[outLength]#
Width #Stairs::[outWidth]#
Height #Stairs::[outHeight]#
Angle #Stairs::[outAngle]#
Weight (3D Geometry Method) #Stairs::[outWeight]#
Material #Stairs::Primary_SPSMaterial#
Grade #Stairs::Primary_SPSGrade#
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule tab

T Strainer (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of T Strainers to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\T Strainer folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
T Strainer tab


Symbol Icon
Bend Angle #PartData::BendAngle#


Tap Properties Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of Tap Properties Data to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Tap Properties Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Tap Properties Data tab

End Preparation #PGDB::EndPrep#


Schedule Thickness #PGDB::ScheduleThickness#
Flow Direction #PGDB::FlowDirection#
Tee (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray tees, reducing tees, and expanding tees to be used for review and
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Tees folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CTTee, CTReducingTee, CTExpandingTee, CTTeeVD, and CTTeeVU.
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab
CableTray_Tee tab


Symbol Icon


Temperature Control Valve (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Temperature Control Valves to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Temperature Control Valve
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly

SymbolParameter
Temperature Control Valve tab

Symbol Icon


Temperature Switch (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Temperature Switches to be used for review and approval of the reference
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Temperature Switch folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Temperature Switch tab

Symbol Icon


Instrument Diameter1 #PartData::[lbl_InstrumentDiameter1]#
Temperature Transmitter (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Temperature Transmitters to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Temperature Transmitter
folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type

UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Temperature Transmitter tab

Symbol Icon
OA:Instrument Length1


Trench Run Report (Civil)

Creates a trench run report.
This report is located in the [Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\Civil\Trench Run Detailed Properties folder.
Name
Trench Type
Cross-section
Slope Properties
 Start Invert Elevation
 End invert Elevation
 Bottom Slope
Length

 Top Slope Length

 Bottom Slope Length
 Trench Length
Trench Length is the horizontal length of the trench as projected onto the XY
plane.
Group Name
Material, Volume and Dry Weight
 Trench Slab
 Material
 Name
 Grade
 Volume
 Dry Weight
 Trench Footings
 Material
 Name
 Grade
 Volume
 Dry Weight
ToDoListStrMfgObjects (StructManufacturing)
Creates a to-do list report for structural manufacturing objects.
Reports\StructManufacturing\ToDoListStrMfgObjects folder.
Sheet1 tab

Unit Load Attributes (Compartmentation)

Creates a unit load attributes report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\UnitLoadAttributes folder.
Sheet1 tab
Unit Load #Compartment::Name#
Load Magnitude #Compartment::LoadMagnitude#
Vector X #Compartment::VectorX#
Vector Y #Compartment::VectorY#
Vector Z #Compartment::Vector Z#
Unit Load Relations (Compartmentation)

Creates a unit load overview report for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\UnitLoadRelations folder.
Sheet1 tab
Unit Load #Compartment::Name#

Valve Operator Material Control Data (Catalog

Creates a report of valve operator material control data to be used for review and approval of
Engineering Checks\Piping\Valve Operator material Control Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Valve Operator Mt ControlData tab

Operator Part Number #VMCD::OperatorPartNumber#
Short Material Description #VMCD::ShortMatlDescription#
Localized Short Material Description #VMCD::LocShortMaterialDescription#
Long Material Description #VMCD::LongMaterialDescription#
Vendor #VMCD::Vendor#
Manufacturer #VMCD::Manufacturer#
Valve Operator Type #VMCD::ValveOperatorType#
Reportable Commodity Code #VMCD::ReportableCommodityCode#
Quantity of Reportable Part #VMCD::QuantityOfReportableParts#
Alternate Reportable Commodity Code #VMCD::AltReportableCommodityCode#
Quantity Of Alternate Reportable Parts #VMCD::QuantityOfAltReportableParts#
Hyperlink To Electronic Vendor #VMCD::HyperlinkToElectronicVendor#
Hyperlink To Electronic Manuals #VMCD::HyperlinkToElectronicManuals#
Valve Tags by Spec (Catalog Parts)

Valve tags retrieved based on specification.
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Reports\Types of Reports\Catalog Parts\Valve Tags by
Spec\Valve Tags by Spec.rtp
Spec Name #ValveTag::Spec Name#
From S #ValveTag::From S#
To S #ValveTag::To S#
Value Tag #ValveTag::Valve Tag#
Max Temp #ValveTag::[outMaxTemp]#

Commodity Code #ValveTag::Commodity Code#

From M #ValveTag::From M#
To M #ValveTag::To M#
Short Material Description #ValveTag::Short Material Description#
Operator Part Number #ValveTag::Operator Part ##
Operator cl #ValveTag::Operator cl#
Operator #ValveTag::Operator#
Vent Silencer2 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Vent Silencer2 to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Vent Silencer2 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

Vent Silencer2 tab

Symbol Icon


Vent Silencer Body #PartData::[lbl_VentSilencerBodyDiameter]#
View Default (ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports)

Creates a view default report for association with a Drawings by Rule view. You can use this
report when setting up a Drawing by Rule component in the Drawings and Reports task. For
more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports\Default folder.
Report1 tab
View Name #ViewDefault::ViewName#
Document Name #ViewDefault::DocumentName#
Volumes and Parents (Compartmentation)

Creates a report of volume and parent folders for compartments.
Reports\Compartmentation\CompartRelations folder.

Sheet1 tab
Vortex Flow (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Vortex Flow to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Instrument Part Data\Vortex Flow folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter

Vortex Flow tab

Symbol Icon


Washer Part Data (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping)
Creates a report of washer part data to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Washer Part Data folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Washer Part Data tab

Industry Commodity Code #WPD::IndustryCommodityCode#
Washer Type #WPD::WasherType#
Geometric Industry Standard #WPD::GeometricIndustryStandard#
Materials Grade #WPD::MaterialsGrade#
WasherThickness #WPD::[lbl_WasherThickness]#

Weld Model Representation Rule (Catalog

Creates a report of Weld Model Representation Rule to be used for review and approval of the
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Weld Model Representation Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
Weld Model Representation Rule tab

Weld Class #PGDB::WeldClass#
Weld Radius Increase #PGDB::[lbl_WeldRadiusIncrease]#
Weld Thickness #PGDB::[lbl_WeldThickness]#
Weld Type Rule (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Weld Type Rule to be used for review and approval of the reference data in
your catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules\Weld Type Rule folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks

Weld Type Rule tab

Fabrication Type Of End1 #PGDB::FabricationTypeOfEnd1#
Construction Requirement Of End1 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementOfEnd1#
Fabrication Type of End2 #PGDB::FabricationTypeOfEnd2#
Construction Requirement Of End2 #PGDB::ConstructionRequirementOfEnd2#
Weld Type #PGDB::WeldType#
Wye (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts)

Creates a report of cable tray wye parts--left, right, horizontal, and TJ Cope--to be used for
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts\Wyes folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CTHWyeLeft, CTHWyeRight, CTHWyeLeftTJC, and CTHWyeRightTJC.
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
CategoryName
AttributeUserName
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits
CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
GUIDS tab

CableTray_Wye tab
Symbol Icon


Face to Tangent #PartData::[lbl_FacetoTangent]#
Y Strainer2 (Catalog Engineering

Creates a report of Y Strainer2 to be used for review and approval of the reference data in your
catalog.
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty Part Data\Y Strainer2 folder.
Index tab
Worksheet Name
Remarks
CustomInterfaces
InterfaceName
Category Name
Attribute User Name
Type
UnitsType
PrimaryUnits

CodeList
OnPropertyPage
ReadOnly
SymbolParameter
Y Strainer2 tab
Symbol Icon
Bend Angle #PartData::BendAngle#



Index
Basket Strainer 2 (Catalog Engineering
3 Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) • 268
3Way Diverter Valve (Catalog Engineering Batch Local Update • 210
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Batch Management • 203
Instrument Part Data) • 260 Batch Management Dialog Box (Batch
Management Command) • 205
A Batch Print • 209
Accuracy Data (StructManufacturing) • 854 Batch Print Schedule Wizard Common
Add a component • 65 Tasks • 221
Add a filter-based query to a report Batch Processing • 202
template • 175 Batch Processing - Intergraph Smart Batch
Add a folder • 64 Services • 198
Add a package of components • 65 Batch Refresh • 211
Add Actions to Queue • 199 Batch Schedule Wizard Common Tasks •
Add Baseline (Tools Menu) • 178 212
Add Component Dialog Box • 65 Batch Update • 209
Add Custom Command Dialog Box • 229 Batch Update Document(s) • 210
Add custom commands • 228 Bend Radius Multiplier Rule (Catalog
Add Display (Tools Menu) • 178 Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
Add Formatting (Tools Menu) • 178 271
Add Query (Tools Menu) • 175 Bends (Catalog Engineering
Add Report Baseline Dialog Box • 179 Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 271
Add Report Query Dialog Box • 177 Blind End Plate (Catalog Engineering
Add Sheets to a Report Template • 137 Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 274
Angle Control Valve (Catalog Engineering Block Assembly Dimensions • 276
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Bolt Commodity Code Subst Rule (Catalog
Instrument Part Data) • 263 Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
Appendix 276
Report Descriptions • 260 Bolt Diameter Equivalence Rule (Catalog
Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports • Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
256 277
Assembly and Block (Assembly) • 265 Bolt Extension (Catalog Engineering
Assembly Network (Assembly) • 266 Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 277
Attributes Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) Bolt Part Data (Catalog Engineering
• 152 Checks\Piping) • 278
Auto Material Description Rule (Catalog Bolt Selection Filter For Nozzles (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
266 279
Auto WBS Creation Rule (Catalog Bonding Jumper (Catalog Engineering
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 280
267 Box Connector (Catalog Engineering
Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 282
Browse for Folder Dialog Box • 196
B Bubble Detector (Catalog Engineering
Baseline Tab (Report Template Editor Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Dialog Box) • 145 Instrument Part Data) • 284
Bulkload the SPRDirect Catalog (Upgrade
Only) • 182

Index
Butterfly Valve Elec (Catalog Engineering Conduit Pullbox (Catalog Engineering

Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 308
Instrument Part Data) • 286 Conduit Reducer (Catalog Engineering
Butterfly Valve On Off V (Catalog Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 311
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Conduit Reducing Tee (Catalog
Piping Instrument Part Data) • 288 Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 313
Conduit Stock (Catalog Engineering
C Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 315
Conduit Tangent Elbow (Catalog
Cable Tray Specifications (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 317
Engineering Checks\CableTray) • 290 Conduit Tee (Catalog Engineering
Calculation ProgIDs (Catalog Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 319
Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 292 Conduit Union (Catalog Engineering
Cap Screw Length Calc Tolerance Rule Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 321
(Catalog Engineering Configuration Tab • 170
Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 292 Configuration Tab (Properties Dialog Box) •
Catalog Reports Tab (Run Report Dialog 99
Box) • 168 Configuration Tab (Surface Style Rule
Choose Label Dialog Box • 101 Properties Dialog Box) • 93
Collapse All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for
Excel) • 162 Windows • 77
Column Settings Dialog Box • 61 Connected Compartments
Commodity Material Control Data (Catalog (Compartmentation) • 323
Engineering Checks\Conduit) • 293 Conservation Vent (Catalog Engineering
Compare Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
• 157 Instrument Part Data) • 324
Compartment Attributes Contractor Commodity Code Rules
(Compartmentation) • 294 (Catalog Engineering
Compartmentation Weight and CG Checks\Piping\Commodity Code Rules) •
(Compartmentation) • 296 326
Compartments and Tightness Copy a report template to the catalog • 165
(Compartmentation) • 295 Copy Report To Catalog (Report Shortcut
Compartments and Zones Menu) • 164
(Compartmentation) • 295 Copy Report Types, Labels, and the
Complete Batch Schedule (Schedule Configuration File • 181
Wizard) • 221 Create a backup to use for restoration • 111
Component Insulation Exclusion Rule Create a filter-based report • 131
(Catalog Engineering Create a new report template from an
Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) • 296 existing template • 128
Components Overview • 112 Create a search folder • 189
Conditional Drawing Update • 109 Create a Template • 200
Conductivity Sensor (Catalog Engineering Create an imported folder • 195
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Create an SPRDirect Report • 185
Instrument Part Data) • 297 Create and update a delivered report • 130
Conduit 45 Degree Elbow (Catalog Create custom commands • 227
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 299 Create Report (Report Shortcut Menu) •
Conduit 90 Degree Elbow (Catalog 128
Engineering Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 301 Cross (Catalog Engineering
Conduit Coupling (Catalog Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 330
Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 303 Custom Commands • 224
Conduit Plug (Catalog Engineering Custom Commands Dialog Box • 229
Checks\Conduit\Parts) • 306 Custom Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 94

Index
D DIN Wall Thickness Data (Catalog

Engineering Checks\Piping) • 348
Default Change Of Direction (Catalog
Direction Change Fittings (Catalog Parts) •
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
349
333
Display Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog
Default Commodity Selection Rule (Catalog
Box) • 145
Engineering Checks\Conduit) • 333
Document Properties Dialog Box • 252
Default Project Options (Catalog
Drawings and Reports • 52
Drawings Batch Dialog Box • 198
Define User Item Dialog Box • 160
Definition Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 169
Delete a custom command • 228 E
Delete an item • 75 Edit a custom command • 228
Delete Command • 74 Edit a Report Template • 136
Delivered Custom Commands • 230 Edit Custom Command Dialog Box • 230
Design Layout • 145 Edit document properties • 79
Designed Member Itemized Material Take- Edit or delete batch jobs • 204
off • 335 Edit Template (Report Shortcut Menu) • 136
Detail View (View Menu) • 59 Edit the ReportSettings.txt Configuration
Diagnostic 3D Grouped by Description and File • 183
Discipline (Diagnostic) • 336 Electrical CableTray Material Take-Off
Diagnostic 3D To Do List Entries • 337 (Electrical) • 350
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Hanger
(Diagnostic) • 337 Name (Electrical) • 350, 351
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped Electrical Cableway Fill Sorted by Key
by Problem Description (Diagnostic) • Hanger Name (Electrical) • 352, 353
338 Electrical Cabling Fill Sorted by Cableway
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues Grouped Element (Electrical) • 353, 354
by Status (Diagnostic) • 339 Electrical Cabling Material Take-Off
Diagnostic Clean Database Issues with (Electrical) • 355
Column Filters (Diagnostic) • 340 Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cable Type
Diagnostic General Statistics on Modeling (Electrical) • 356
Activity (Diagnostic) • 341 Electrical Cabling Sorted by Cableway
Diagnostic Interference Checking Element (Electrical) • 357
(Diagnostic) • 341 Electrical Cabling Sorted by Electrical
Diagnostic Interference Checking with System Name (Electrical) • 358, 359
System Names (Diagnostic) • 342 Electrical Cabling Sorted by Hanger Name
Diagnostic P&ID Correlated 3D Objects (Electrical) • 359, 360
(Diagnostic) • 343 Electrical Cabling Sorted by Key Hanger
Diagnostic P&ID Non-Correlated Objects Name (Electrical) • 360, 361
(Diagnostic) • 344 Electrical Cabling Sorted by Path Marker
Diagnostic Piping Commodity Specifications Name (Electrical) • 361, 362
(Diagnostic) • 344 Embed Labels in a Report • 139
Diagnostic SmartPlant To Do List Embedded Standalone Reports • 855
(Diagnostic) • 345 Equipment Finishing Sorted by Equipment
Diagnostic Synch Workspace Report Name (Equipment) • 363
(Diagnostic) • 346 Equipment Location in WBS Project • 363
Diagnostic ToDoList Include Second Class Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment
Objects (Diagnostic) • 346 Name Style 1 (Equipment) • 364
Diagnostic User Access Rights (Diagnostic) Equipment Location Sorted by Equipment
• 347 Name Style 2 (Equipment) • 364
Diagnostic WorkShare Management Equipment Material Take-Off (Equipment) •
(Diagnostic) • 347 365

Index
Equipment Nozzle Sorted by Equipment • G

365
Gasket Part Data (Catalog Engineering
Equipment Piping Trim (Piping) • 366
Checks\Piping) • 391
Exhaust Head (Catalog Engineering
Gasket Selection Filter for Nozzles (Catalog
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Part Data) • 367
392
Expand All (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft
General Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) •
Excel) • 162
151
Expansion Joint (Catalog Engineering
General Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 81
Globe Control Valve (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) • 369
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Expansion Joint Offset (Catalog
Instrument Part Data) • 393
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Group Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) •
Piping Specialty Part Data) • 372
154
F H
Field Fit Length (Catalog Engineering
Hangers and Supports All Sorted by Name
Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 374
(Hangers and Supports) • 395
Filter (Catalog Engineering
Hangers and Supports Combined Sorted by
Name (Hangers and Supports) • 395
Part Data) • 375
Hangers and Supports End View - Drawing
Find documents to publish • 253
Find Documents to Publish • 253
Hangers and Supports for Cableways
Find Documents to Publish Dialog Box •
Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports)
254
• 396
Flame Arrestor (Catalog Engineering
Hangers and Supports for Components -
Drawings (Hangers and Supports) • 397
Part Data) • 377
Hangers and Supports for Components
Flared Pipe (Catalog Engineering
Sorted by Name (Hangers and Supports)
• 397
Flow Magnetic (Catalog Engineering
Hangers and Supports for Conduit Sorted
by Name (Hangers and Supports) • 398
Hangers and Supports for Ducts Sorted by
Flow Switch (Catalog Engineering
Hangers and Supports for Pipe Sorted by
Flow Transmitter (Catalog Engineering
Hangers and Supports for Supported Route
- Drawing (Hangers and Supports) • 399
Hangers and Supports for Supporting
Fluid Density Rule (Catalog Engineering
Structure - Drawing (Hangers and
Supports) • 400
Formatting Tab (Report Template Editor
Hangers and Supports ISO View - Drawing
Dialog Box) • 144
Free Vent2 (Catalog Engineering
Hangers and Supports Pipe Rack Sorted by
Name - Export to Icarus (Hangers and
Part Data) • 388
Supports) • 400
Full-size Tees and Reducing Tees (Catalog
Hangers and Supports Side View - Drawing
Parts) • 390
Hierarchy Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box)
• 159
Holes on Penetrating Spool (Hole
Management) • 402

Index
HVAC Material Take-Off (HVAC) • 402 M

Mach Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule
I (Catalog Engineering
Icons for Components and Drawings • 55 Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 438
Imported Folders • 194 Manage batch jobs • 203
Industry Commodity Code Rules (Catalog Manage Projects • 255
Engineering Checks\Piping\Commodity Management Console (View Menu) • 58
Code Rules) • 405 Manufacturing Material List Summary
In-Line Fittings (Catalog Parts) • 404 (StructManufacturing) • 439
Inline Silencer Type1 (Catalog Engineering Manufacturing Parts List
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty (StructManufacturing) • 439
Part Data) • 409 Manufacturing Weight and CG
Insert a note at a precise place on an (StructManufacturing) • 440
isometric drawing • 105 Marian Export (StructManufacturing) • 441
Instrument Class Data (Catalog Marine Reports • 117
Engineering Checks\Piping) • 411 Mass Flow (Catalog Engineering
Instrumentation Control Valves Sorted by Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Name (Instrumentation) • 413 Instrument Part Data) • 441
Instruments (Verification of Consistency) • Master Instrument Part Data (Catalog
413 Engineering Checks\Piping) • 443
Insulation Material (Catalog Engineering Master Piping Part Data (Catalog
Checks\Piping\Insulation Data) • 430 Engineering Checks\Piping) • 446
Insulation Specification (Catalog Master Piping Specialty Part Data (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Engineering Checks\Piping) • 448
Data) • 431 Master Valve Operator Part Data (Catalog
Insulation Thickness Table (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) • 451
Engineering Checks\Piping\Insulation Material List (StructManufacturing) • 855
Data) • 431 Materials Data (Catalog Engineering
Interface Overview • 54 Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 452
ISO Standards in Marine Drawings • 44 Mating Ports (Catalog Engineering
Issue request documents • 246 Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 453
Issue Request Tab (Publish Dialog Box) • Menus and Toolbars • 55
251 Mfg Profile Data Output by Block or Assy
Issue Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 95 (StructManufacturing) • 454
Item Properties Dialog Box • 150 Mfg Profile Data Output for Whole Ship
(StructManufacturing) • 455
K MfgPinJig - Accuracy
Knife Gate Valve (Catalog Engineering Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) • 456
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping MfgPinJig - Girth Length
Instrument Part Data) • 432 (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) • 456
L MFGPROFILE (StructManufacturing) • 856
Labels Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) • MfgTemplate - Common Report
153 (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Ladder Splice Plate (Catalog Engineering Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets) •
Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 434 857
Linear Valves (Catalog Parts) • 436 MfgTemplate - Multi Row
Liner Thickness Data (Catalog Engineering (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Checks\Piping) • 437 Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets) •
Load Combination Relations 458
(Compartmentation) • 437

Index
MfgTemplate - Offset Report P

Panel Data Report
Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets) •
858
Reports\Mfg Pin Jig\Default Pin) • 859
MfgTemplate - Split Row
Parameters (Report Shortcut Menu) • 163
Parts List (StructManufacturing) • 863
Reports\Manufacturing Template Sets) •
Permission Group - First Class BO
459
(ShipStructure) • 474
Min Pipe Length Purchase (Catalog
Permission Group - Root Plate And Profile
Sys (ShipStructure) • 474
463
Permissions Overview • 57
Minimum Pipe Length Rule (Catalog
Physical Conns WO PlannJoints
(ShipStructure) • 475
463
Pin Height (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Motor Operated Valve (Catalog Engineering
Pin Jig (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Part Data) • 464
Multi Port Valve Operator Data (Catalog
Pin Jig (StructManufacturing) • 476
Pipe Bending Configuration Data (Catalog
Multiple Profile Sketch
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending
Data) • 476
Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) • 467
Pipe Bending Die Data (Catalog
My Reports Tab (Run Report Dialog Box) •
Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending
168
Data) • 478
Pipe Bending Elongation (Catalog
N Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
Nesting (StructManufacturing) • 468 478
New Command • 64 Pipe Bending Machine Data (Catalog
Notes Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 94 Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending
NPD Equivalence Rule (Catalog Data) • 479
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • Pipe Bending Minimum Tangent Length
468 Data (Catalog Engineering
Nut Part Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Pipe Bending Data) • 480
Checks\Piping) • 469 Pipe Stock (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
O Data) • 481
PipeRuns by Drawing
Objects Inside Compartments (Deliverables\PipeRuns by Drawing) •
(Compartmentation) • 469 483
Olet-type Branches (Catalog Parts) • 470 Piping Commodity Material Control Data
Open a document • 74 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) •
Open Command • 74 483
Optional Schedule Properties Dialog Box • Piping Commodity Procurement Data
202 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) •
Orifice Plates (Catalog Engineering 485
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Piping Commodity Service Limits Data
Instrument Part Data) • 471 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) •
Orthographic Drawing Revision History 486
(Deliverables) • 473 Piping Fittings - Export to Icarus • 486
Piping Fittings and Welds Sorted by NPD
(Piping) • 487

Index
Piping Fittings Material Take-Off in WBS Piping Part Data M007 (Catalog
Project • 487 Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Piping Generic Data Bolted (Catalog Piping Part Data) • 565
Engineering Checks\Piping) • 488 Piping Part Data M008 (Catalog
Piping Generic Data Female (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Engineering Checks\Piping) • 489 Piping Part Data) • 568
Piping Generic Data Mechanical (Catalog Piping Part Data M009 (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping) • 490 Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Piping Insulated Pipe Sorted by Insulation Piping Part Data) • 570
Class (Piping) • 490 Piping Part Data M010 (Catalog
Piping Material Class (Verification of Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Consistency) • 491 Piping Part Data) • 573
Piping Material Take-Off (Piping) • 517 Piping Part Data M011 (Catalog
Piping Materials Class (Piping Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Specifications) • 517 Piping Part Data) • 576
Piping Nipple Spools Sorted by NPD Piping Part Data M012 (Catalog
(Piping) • 531 Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Piping Part Data F001 (Catalog Engineering Piping Part Data) • 579
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Piping Part Data M013 (Catalog
Data) • 531 Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Piping Part Data M001 (Catalog Piping Part Data) • 597
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part Data M019 (Catalog
Piping Part Data) • 548 Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Piping Part Data) • 562

Index
Piping Part Data M024 (Catalog Piping Part Data M041 (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered
Piping Part Data) • 615 Piping Part Data) • 664

Index
Piping Part Data Op001 (Catalog Piping Part Data Op018 (Catalog
Valve Operator Part Data) • 712 Valve Operator Part Data) • 738
Piping Part Data Op005 (Catalog Piping Part Data P01 (Catalog Engineering
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part
Valve Operator Part Data) • 718 Data) • 744
Piping Part Data Op006 (Catalog Piping Part Data S01 (Catalog Engineering
Piping Part Data Op007 (Catalog Piping Part Data S02 (Catalog Engineering
Piping Part Data Op008 (Catalog Piping Part Data V001 (Catalog
Valve Operator Part Data) • 723 Piping Part Data) • 752

Index
Piping Part Data V011 (Catalog Piping Valves Sorted by NPD (Piping) • 825
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Plain Piping Generic Data (Catalog
Piping Part Data) • 780 Engineering Checks\Piping) • 826
Piping Part Data V012 (Catalog Planning Joints (ShipStructure) • 826
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Plate Flange Setback Distance (Catalog
Piping Part Data) • 783 Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
Piping Part Data V013 (Catalog 827
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Plate Part (ShipStructure) • 828
Piping Part Data) • 786 Plate System (ShipStructure) • 828
Piping Part Data V014 (Catalog Port Alignment Rule (Catalog Engineering
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 829
Piping Part Data) • 788 Preface • 44
Piping Part Data V015 (Catalog Preferred Cap Screw Length Rule (Catalog
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
Piping Part Data) • 791 830
Piping Part Data V016 (Catalog Preferred Mach Bolt Length Rule (Catalog
Piping Part Data V017 (Catalog Preferred Stud Bolt Length Rule (Catalog
Piping Part Data V018 (Catalog Pressure Gauge (Catalog Engineering
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping
Piping Part Data) • 800 Instrument Part Data) • 832
Piping Part Data V019 (Catalog Pressure Regulator (Catalog Engineering
Piping Part Data V020 (Catalog Pressure Relief Valve (Catalog Engineering
Piping Part Data V021 (Catalog Pressure Switch (Catalog Engineering
Piping Part Data V022 (Catalog Pressure Transmitter (Catalog Engineering
Piping Pipe Line List (Piping) • 817 Print a document • 76
Piping Pipe Material Take-Off in WBS Print a document as a PDF file • 76
Project • 818 Print Command • 75
Piping Pipe Runs - Export to Icarus • 818 Profile Sketch - Multiple
Piping Pipe Total Length Sorted by NPD (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
(Piping) • 820 Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) • 843
Piping Pipeline and Revision Data Sorted Profile Sketch - Single
by Name (Piping) • 821 (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Piping Pipelines Sorted by Name (Piping) • Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) • 842
821 Profile Sketch Multiple
Piping Specialty Class Data (Catalog (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Engineering Checks\Piping) • 822 Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) • 868
Piping Specifications Sorted by Spec Name Profile Sketch Single
• 824 (ShipDrawings\Dependent View
Piping Tie Points in WBS Project • 824 Reports\Manufacturing Profiles\Profile
Piping Valves Material Take-Off in WBS Sketch - Single) • 870
Project • 825 Profile Stock Length (ShipStructure) • 843

Index
Properties (Shortcut Menu in Microsoft Restore a document from a backup model •

Excel) • 146 111
Properties Command • 79 Revise • 232
Properties Dialog Box • 80, 169 Revise a document • 233
Properties Dialog Box (Batch Management Revise Dialog Box • 234
Command) • 206 Revising • 232
Publish • 238 Revision Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 96
Publish a large 3D model to SmartPlant Root Gap (Catalog Engineering
Foundation • 246 Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 846
Publish Common Tasks • 238 Rules (Catalog Engineering
Publish Dialog Box • 247 Checks\Cableway) • 847
Publish documents • 243 Rules (Catalog Engineering
Publish Tab (Publish Dialog Box) • 247 Checks\Conduit) • 847
Publish Workflows • 244 Run a custom command • 228
Published Documents - Load, Consolidated, Run an Existing Catalog Report • 171
and MergeDelta Tasks (S3D) • 241 Run an Existing Personal Report • 171
Publishing Documents • 235 Run Report • 167
Publishing Title Blocks • 237 Run Report Dialog Box • 168
Q S
Query Parameters Designer Dialog Box • Save a package • 66
142 Save a report template to a specified
Query Tab (Report Template Editor Dialog location • 173
Box) • 140 Save As Command • 68
Save As Dialog Box • 72
R Save as SmartPlant Foundation (*.xml) • 70
Save Package Command • 66
Reducer (Catalog Engineering Save Package Dialog Box • 67
Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 844 Save Report Template (File Menu) • 172
Refresh (Shortcut Menu) • 102 Save Report Template As (File Menu) • 172
Refresh (View Menu) • 62 Save Template As Dialog Box • 174
Refresh document status • 102 Save to a file • 68
Region Properties Dialog Box • 163 Schedule [Task] Dialog Box • 200
Reinforcing Pads (Catalog Parts) • 846 Schedule Daily Batch Job (Schedule
Remove Report Component (Tools Menu) • Wizard) • 217
179 Schedule Monthly Batch Job (Schedule
Rename an item • 75 Wizard) • 219
Rename Command • 75 Schedule One-Time-Only Batch Job
Repair Documents Custom Command • 230 (Schedule Wizard) • 220
Report Parameters Dialog Box • 164 Schedule Weekly Batch Job (Schedule
Report Parameters Dialog Box (SPRDirect) Wizard) • 218
• 187 Schedule Wizard • 212
Report Properties of <SheetName> Dialog Search Folder Filters • 190
Box • 147 Search Folders • 188
Report Queries to Extract Data • 124 Select Active Project Dialog Box • 255
Report Template Editor • 140 Select Aspects Dialog Box • 89
Report Templates • 120 Select Location Dialog Box • 166
Report Templates Folder • 122 Select Object Type Dialog Box • 144
Reports Common Tasks • 119 Select Printer (File Menu) • 76
Reports Workflow • 118 Select Printer Dialog Box • 77
Restore • 110 Select Properties Dialog Box • 143
Select Report Template Dialog Box • 135

Index
Set Batch Job Frequency (Schedule SPMAT Cable Tray MTO (SPMaterialMTO)
Wizard) • 216 • 898
Set properties for publishing documents • SPMAT Handrail MTO (SPMaterialMTO) •
239 899
Set surface styles and aspects for 3D SPMAT Pipe MTO (SPMaterialMTO) • 900
model data documents • 79 SPMAT Steel MTO (SPMaterialMTO) • 901
Setting Properties • 78 SPRDirect Tips and Troubleshooting • 187
Setup (Imported Folder) • 196 Spreadsheet Reports • 116
Setup (Search Folder) • 190 Standard Notes Data (Catalog Engineering
Setup Dialog Box (Imported Folder) • 196 Checks\StandardNotesData) • 901
Setup Dialog Box (Search Folder) • 190 Steam Trap Type4 (Catalog Engineering
Shell Expansion (ShipDrawings\Dependent Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
View Reports) • 848 Part Data) • 902
Shell Expansion Accuracy Check Steam Trap Type5 (Catalog Engineering
(ShipDrawings\Standalone Reports\Shell Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Expansion) • 873 Part Data) • 904
Short Code Hierarchy Rule (Catalog Steam Trap Type6 (Catalog Engineering
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
849 Part Data) • 907
Short Stroke Rotameter (Catalog Steam Trap Type7 (Catalog Engineering
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Piping Instrument Part Data) • 849 Part Data) • 909
Shortcut Menus • 63 Steam Trap Type8 (Catalog Engineering
Signature Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box) Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
• 84 Part Data) • 912
Single Profile Sketch Straight (Catalog Engineering
(ShipDrawings\Dependent View Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 914
Reports\Manufacturing Profiles) • 852 STRMFG Profile Bending Line
Size Reduction Rule (Catalog Engineering (StructManufacturing) • 916
Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 852 STRMFG Profile Sketch Support
Slip On Flange Setback Distance (Catalog (StructManufacturing) • 917
Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • Structural BOM (ShipStructure) • 917
853 STRUCTURAL PLATE MTO
Slot (ShipStructure) • 854 (ShipStructure) • 874
Smart 3D View Definition Explorer Dialog STRUCTURAL PROFILE (ShipStructure) •
Box • 162 875
SmartPlant Review • 854 Structure Curve Member Itemized Material
Solids of Design Equipment with Composite Take-Off (Structure) • 919
CoG (Equipment) • 366 Structure Curve Member Itemized Material
Sort Tab (Item Properties Dialog Box) • 156 Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) • 919
Spatial Load Relations (Compartmentation) Structure Designed Handrails Details
• 878 Properties • 920
Specialties (Verification of Consistency) • Structure Handrails Detailed Properties
878 (Structure) • 921
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Structure Handrails General Properties
Checks\Cableway) • 895 (Structure) • 922
Specifications (Catalog Engineering Structure Ladders Detailed Properties
Checks\Conduit) • 896 (Structure) • 922
Specify columns in the detail view • 60 Structure Ladders General Properties
Splice Plate Vertical Adjustable (Catalog (Structure) • 923
Engineering Checks\CableTray\Parts) • Structure Linear Member Itemized Material
896 Take-Off (Structure) • 924

Index
Structure Linear Member Itemized Material U

Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) • 924
Unit Load Attributes (Compartmentation) •
Structure Member Summarized Material
943
Take-Off by Unit Weight (Structure) • 925
Unit Load Relations (Compartmentation) •
Structure Open Steel Sorted by Name -
943
Export to Icarus (Structure) • 926
Update • 107
Structure Slab Material Take-Off (Structure)
Update a report • 104
• 927
Update a single drawing • 104, 109
Structure Stairs Detailed Properties
Update all drawings in a folder or a
(Structure) • 928
component • 104, 108
Structure Stairs General Properties
Update an Existing Batch Job (Schedule
(Structure) • 929
Wizard) • 215
Stud Bolt Length Calc Tolerance Rule
Update Now • 103
(Catalog Engineering
Updating Documents • 101
Use the SmartPlant Review Spreadsheet
Style Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 86
Report for SPRDirect • 180
Submit or Schedule a Batch Job (Schedule
Using SPRDirect • 181
Wizard) • 214
Submit or Schedule Printing (Schedule
Wizard) • 223 V
Support for Handling Large Publishes • 240 Valve Operator Material Control Data
Surface Style Rule Properties Dialog Box • (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping) •
91 944
Surface Style Rule Properties Tab (Surface Valve Tags by Spec (Catalog Parts) • 944
Style Rule Properties Dialog Box) • 91 Vent Silencer2 (Catalog Engineering
Surface Styles and Aspects Tab (Properties Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Specialty
Dialog Box) • 87 Part Data) • 945
View Default (ShipDrawings\Dependent
T View Reports) • 947
View Menu • 58
T Strainer (Catalog Engineering
Volumes and Parents (Compartmentation) •
947
Part Data) • 930
Vortex Flow (Catalog Engineering
Tap Properties Data (Catalog Engineering
Checks\Piping) • 932
Tee (Catalog Engineering
Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 933
Temperature Control Valve (Catalog W
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Washer Part Data (Catalog Engineering
Piping Instrument Part Data) • 935 Checks\Piping) • 950
Temperature Switch (Catalog Engineering WBS Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 98
Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Weight and CG (StructManufacturing) • 876
Instrument Part Data) • 937 Weld Model Representation Rule (Catalog
Temperature Transmitter (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) •
Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered 951
Piping Instrument Part Data) • 939 Weld Type Rule (Catalog Engineering
Title Area Tab (Properties Dialog Box) • 81 Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) • 951
ToDoListStrMfgObjects What's New in Drawings and Reports • 47
(StructManufacturing) • 942 Workspace Explorer (View Menu) • 62
Tools Menu • 197 Wye (Catalog Engineering
Transfer Ownership Dialog Box • 100 Checks\CableTray\Parts) • 952
Trench Run Report (Civil) • 941
Troubleshooting Linked Servers • 259

Index
X
Xpt Pin Offset (ShipDrawings\Dependent
View Reports\Mfg Pin Jig) • 877
Y
Y Strainer2 (Catalog Engineering
Part Data) • 954

Reports Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Reports Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Reports

Version 2016 (11.0)

U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Reports User's Guide 2

Reports User's Guide 3

What's New in Drawings and Reports ..................................................................................................... 47

Drawings and Reports .............................................................................................................................. 52

Interface Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 54

View Menu .................................................................................................................................................. 58

Shortcut Menus ......................................................................................................................................... 63

Reports User's Guide 4

Configure SmartPlant PDF Converter for Windows ....................................................................... 77

Components Overview ............................................................................................................................ 112

Spreadsheet Reports .............................................................................................................................. 116

Reports User's Guide 5

Add Query (Tools Menu) ..................................................................................................................... 175

Search Folders ......................................................................................................................................... 188

Imported Folders ..................................................................................................................................... 194

Tools Menu ............................................................................................................................................... 197

Reports User's Guide 6

Revising .................................................................................................................................................... 232

Publishing Documents............................................................................................................................ 235

Appendix: Troubleshooting Drawings and Reports ............................................................................ 256

Appendix: Report Descriptions ............................................................................................................. 260

Reports User's Guide 7

Reports User's Guide 8

GUIDS tab .................................................................................................................................... 280

Reports User's Guide 9

Compartmentation Weight and CG (Compartmentation) ................................................................... 296

Reports User's Guide 10

SP3DReport_Definition ................................................................................................................ 313

Reports User's Guide 11

Gasket Thickness tab ................................................................................................................... 327

Reports User's Guide 12

Diagnostic SmartPlant To Do List (Diagnostic)................................................................................... 345

Reports User's Guide 13

Expansion Joint Offset (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping

Reports User's Guide 14

Free Vent2 tab .............................................................................................................................. 388

Reports User's Guide 15

Geometric Industry Standard_UM tab .......................................................................................... 406

Reports User's Guide 16

Cable Tray Ladder Splice Plate tab.............................................................................................. 435

Reports User's Guide 17

Materials Data (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ..................................................... 452

Reports User's Guide 18

NPD Equivalence Rule (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Plant Rules) ....................................... 468

Reports User's Guide 19

Pipe Bending Machine Data tab ................................................................................................... 479

Reports User's Guide 20

Minimum Pipe Length Purchase tab ............................................................................................ 522

Reports User's Guide 21

Piping Part Data F004 tab ............................................................................................................ 540

Reports User's Guide 22

Piping Part Data M006 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part

Reports User's Guide 23

SP3DReport_Definition ................................................................................................................ 582

Reports User's Guide 24

CustomInterfaces ......................................................................................................................... 604

Reports User's Guide 25

Piping Part Data M027 tab ........................................................................................................... 624

Reports User's Guide 26

Piping Part Data M035 (Catalog Engineering Checks\Piping\Delivered Piping Part